Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1723/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals & Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1723/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:22 GMT Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:22 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1723/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1723/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1723/ thebookvoice.com no Mrs. Clemmie Durgan bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1723/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals & Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303173 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303173]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born to Be Wild: Why Teens Take Risks, and How We Can Help Keep Them Safe Author: Jess Shatkin Narrator: Jess Shatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, research-based guide that sheds new light on why young people make dangerous choices--and offers solutions that work Texting while driving. Binge-drinking. Unprotected sex. There are plenty of reasons for parents to worry about getting a late-night call about their teen. But most of the advice parents and educators hear about teens is outdated and unscientific--and simply doesn't work. Acclaimed adolescent psychiatrist and educator Jess Shatkin brings more than two decades' worth of research and clinical experience to the subject, along with cutting-edge findings from brain science, evolutionary psychology, game theory, and other disciplines -- plus a widely curious mind and the perspective of a concerned dad himself.  Using science and stories, fresh analogies, clinical anecdotes, and research-based observations, Shatkin explains: * Why 'scared straight,' adult logic, and draconian punishment don't work  * Why the teen brain is 'born to be wild'--shaped by evolution to explore and take risks * The surprising role of brain development, hormones, peer pressure, screen time, and other key factors * What parents and teachers can do--in everyday interactions, teachable moments, and specially chosen activities and outings--to work with teens' need for risk, rewards and social acceptance, not against it. “Presents new research, as well as insights as a clinician and a father….This book is a clear argument to stop putting ourselves in our children’s shoes, and to try putting ourselves in their minds, instead.” –The Washington Post   “With stories (personal and professional), neuroscience and cognition, psychology and clinical experience Dr. Shatkin offers an abundance of understandable, engaging and actionable information. He explains why and shows how. We can reduce risk in the adolescents we love and teach, but only if we know to how to do so and then do it. Born To Be Wild shows us the way to succeed.” --Psychology Today Winner, National Parenting Product Award 2017 Jess Shatkin Tue, 03 Oct 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303173 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303173]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born to Be Wild: Why Teens Take Risks, and How We Can Help Keep Them Safe Author: Jess Shatkin Narrator: Jess Shatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, research-based guide that sheds new light on why young people make dangerous choices--and offers solutions that work Texting while driving. Binge-drinking. Unprotected sex. There are plenty of reasons for parents to worry about getting a late-night call about their teen. But most of the advice parents and educators hear about teens is outdated and unscientific--and simply doesn't work. Acclaimed adolescent psychiatrist and educator Jess Shatkin brings more than two decades' worth of research and clinical experience to the subject, along with cutting-edge findings from brain science, evolutionary psychology, game theory, and other disciplines -- plus a widely curious mind and the perspective of a concerned dad himself.  Using science and stories, fresh analogies, clinical anecdotes, and research-based observations, Shatkin explains: * Why 'scared straight,' adult logic, and draconian punishment don't work  * Why the teen brain is 'born to be wild'--shaped by evolution to explore and take risks * The surprising role of brain development, hormones, peer pressure, screen time, and other key factors * What parents and teachers can do--in everyday interactions, teachable moments, and specially chosen activities and outings--to work with teens' need for risk, rewards and social acceptance, not against it. “Presents new research, as well as insights as a clinician and a father….This book is a clear argument to stop putting ourselves in our children’s shoes, and to try putting ourselves in their minds, instead.” –The Washington Post   “With stories (personal and professional), neuroscience and cognition, psychology and clinical experience Dr. Shatkin offers an abundance of understandable, engaging and actionable information. He explains why and shows how. We can reduce risk in the adolescents we love and teach, but only if we know to how to do so and then do it. Born To Be Wild shows us the way to succeed.” --Psychology Today Winner, National Parenting Product Award 2017 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303173]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born to Be Wild: Why Teens Take Risks, and How We Can Help Keep Them Safe Author: Jess Shatkin Narrator: Jess Shatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, research-based guide that sheds new light on why young people make dangerous choices--and offers solutions that work Texting while driving. Binge-drinking. Unprotected sex. There are plenty of reasons for parents to worry about getting a late-night call about their teen. But most of the advice parents and educators hear about teens is outdated and unscientific--and simply doesn't work. Acclaimed adolescent psychiatrist and educator Jess Shatkin brings more than two decades' worth of research and clinical experience to the subject, along with cutting-edge findings from brain science, evolutionary psychology, game theory, and other disciplines -- plus a widely curious mind and the perspective of a concerned dad himself.  Using science and stories, fresh analogies, clinical anecdotes, and research-based observations, Shatkin explains: * Why 'scared straight,' adult logic, and draconian punishment don't work  * Why the teen brain is 'born to be wild'--shaped by evolution to explore and take risks * The surprising role of brain development, hormones, peer pressure, screen time, and other key factors * What parents and teachers can do--in everyday interactions, teachable moments, and specially chosen activities and outings--to work with teens' need for risk, rewards and social acceptance, not against it. “Presents new research, as well as insights as a clinician and a father….This book is a clear argument to stop putting ourselves in our children’s shoes, and to try putting ourselves in their minds, instead.” –The Washington Post   “With stories (personal and professional), neuroscience and cognition, psychology and clinical experience Dr. Shatkin offers an abundance of understandable, engaging and actionable information. He explains why and shows how. We can reduce risk in the adolescents we love and teach, but only if we know to how to do so and then do it. Born To Be Wild shows us the way to succeed.” --Psychology Today Winner, National Parenting Product Award 2017 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303172 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental: Lithium, Love, and Losing My Mind Author: Jaime Lowe Narrator: Jaime Lowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A riveting memoir and a fascinating investigation of the history, uses, and controversies behind lithium, an essential medication for millions of people struggling with bipolar disorder.   It began in Los Angeles in 1993, when Jaime Lowe was just sixteen. She stopped sleeping and eating, and began to hallucinate—demonically cackling Muppets, faces lurking in windows, Michael Jackson delivering messages from the Neverland Underground. Lowe wrote manifestos and math equations in her diary, and drew infographics on her bedroom wall. Eventu­ally, hospitalized and diagnosed as bipolar, she was prescribed a medication that came in the form of three pink pills—lithium. In Mental, Lowe shares and investigates her story of episodic madness, as well as the stabil­ity she found while on lithium. She interviews scientists, psychiatrists, and patients to examine how effective lithium really is and how its side effects can be dangerous for long-term users—including Lowe, who after twenty years on the medication suffers from severe kidney damage. Mental is eye-opening and powerful, tackling an illness and drug that has touched millions of lives and yet remains shrouded in social stigma. Now, while she adjusts to a new drug, her pur­suit of a stable life continues as does her curiosity about the history and science of the mysterious element that shaped the way she sees the world and allowed her decades of sanity. Lowe travels to the Bolivian salt flats that hold more than half of the world’s lithium reserves, rural America where lithium is mined for batteries, and tolithium spas that are still touted as a tonic to cure all ills. With unflinching honesty and humor, Lowe allows a clear-eyed view into her life, and an arresting inquiry into one of mankind’s oldest medical mysteries. Jaime Lowe Tue, 03 Oct 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303172 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental: Lithium, Love, and Losing My Mind Author: Jaime Lowe Narrator: Jaime Lowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A riveting memoir and a fascinating investigation of the history, uses, and controversies behind lithium, an essential medication for millions of people struggling with bipolar disorder.   It began in Los Angeles in 1993, when Jaime Lowe was just sixteen. She stopped sleeping and eating, and began to hallucinate—demonically cackling Muppets, faces lurking in windows, Michael Jackson delivering messages from the Neverland Underground. Lowe wrote manifestos and math equations in her diary, and drew infographics on her bedroom wall. Eventu­ally, hospitalized and diagnosed as bipolar, she was prescribed a medication that came in the form of three pink pills—lithium. In Mental, Lowe shares and investigates her story of episodic madness, as well as the stabil­ity she found while on lithium. She interviews scientists, psychiatrists, and patients to examine how effective lithium really is and how its side effects can be dangerous for long-term users—including Lowe, who after twenty years on the medication suffers from severe kidney damage. Mental is eye-opening and powerful, tackling an illness and drug that has touched millions of lives and yet remains shrouded in social stigma. Now, while she adjusts to a new drug, her pur­suit of a stable life continues as does her curiosity about the history and science of the mysterious element that shaped the way she sees the world and allowed her decades of sanity. Lowe travels to the Bolivian salt flats that hold more than half of the world’s lithium reserves, rural America where lithium is mined for batteries, and tolithium spas that are still touted as a tonic to cure all ills. With unflinching honesty and humor, Lowe allows a clear-eyed view into her life, and an arresting inquiry into one of mankind’s oldest medical mysteries. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental: Lithium, Love, and Losing My Mind Author: Jaime Lowe Narrator: Jaime Lowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A riveting memoir and a fascinating investigation of the history, uses, and controversies behind lithium, an essential medication for millions of people struggling with bipolar disorder.   It began in Los Angeles in 1993, when Jaime Lowe was just sixteen. She stopped sleeping and eating, and began to hallucinate—demonically cackling Muppets, faces lurking in windows, Michael Jackson delivering messages from the Neverland Underground. Lowe wrote manifestos and math equations in her diary, and drew infographics on her bedroom wall. Eventu­ally, hospitalized and diagnosed as bipolar, she was prescribed a medication that came in the form of three pink pills—lithium. In Mental, Lowe shares and investigates her story of episodic madness, as well as the stabil­ity she found while on lithium. She interviews scientists, psychiatrists, and patients to examine how effective lithium really is and how its side effects can be dangerous for long-term users—including Lowe, who after twenty years on the medication suffers from severe kidney damage. Mental is eye-opening and powerful, tackling an illness and drug that has touched millions of lives and yet remains shrouded in social stigma. Now, while she adjusts to a new drug, her pur­suit of a stable life continues as does her curiosity about the history and science of the mysterious element that shaped the way she sees the world and allowed her decades of sanity. Lowe travels to the Bolivian salt flats that hold more than half of the world’s lithium reserves, rural America where lithium is mined for batteries, and tolithium spas that are still touted as a tonic to cure all ills. With unflinching honesty and humor, Lowe allows a clear-eyed view into her life, and an arresting inquiry into one of mankind’s oldest medical mysteries. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303115 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good News About PTSD Author: Dion Jensen Narrator: Dion Jensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: I 'm going to f****n kill this c**t! That was my first thought when a civie boss clicked his fingers at me and pointed at me to “come here!” (He backed off at speed when he saw the look in my eyes.) If we were on live ops I would have put 2 rounds centre mass and 1 in his head! Out here in the world, if he was within arm 's reach I would have already punched him in the throat! My reactions are automatic because my subconscious bodyguards are highly trained. Unfortunately, after one of my best mates was killed in Iraq, reacting to a perceived threat with violence was a common occurrence which I had to get under contol especially when my daughter snuck up behind me to give Daddy a fright She saw the look in my eyes and I saw the fear in hers and the journey that resulted in this book began. YOU ARE NOT ALONE, YOU ARE NOT CRAZY AND YOU CAN BEAT THIS. How do I know? I've been there. Through the Army, Police and Iraq, combined with the normal life challenges we all face, I would display signs and symptoms that would match the clinical terms for PTSD but I disagreed that these behaviours were a disorder at all. Don 't get me wrong, the trauma you went through is real, you may be suffering nightmares, flashbacks, insomnia or you are a werewolf like I was, but these are perfectly normal responses to what you have been through. I found that PTSD signs and symptoms are a result of how EFFECTIVELY you have trained your subconscious bodyguards to keep you alive. This is the GOOD news. When you understand what I have discovered in this book, you will be able to re-train, re-brief and re-deploy ‘Your Subconscious Bodyguards. ' “The book does not merely share his own story, but more than that, Dion applies CBT (cognitive behavioural therapy) techniques as well as soldier imagery and Jungian warrior archetypes to access more complex and richer emotional material in regards to PTSD.” Ingo Lambrecht PhD M.A. (Comp. Lit.) M.A. (Clin. Psych.) Wits SA Dion Jensen Fri, 18 Aug 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303115 thebookvoice.com 5:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good News About PTSD Author: Dion Jensen Narrator: Dion Jensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: I 'm going to f****n kill this c**t! That was my first thought when a civie boss clicked his fingers at me and pointed at me to “come here!” (He backed off at speed when he saw the look in my eyes.) If we were on live ops I would have put 2 rounds centre mass and 1 in his head! Out here in the world, if he was within arm 's reach I would have already punched him in the throat! My reactions are automatic because my subconscious bodyguards are highly trained. Unfortunately, after one of my best mates was killed in Iraq, reacting to a perceived threat with violence was a common occurrence which I had to get under contol especially when my daughter snuck up behind me to give Daddy a fright She saw the look in my eyes and I saw the fear in hers and the journey that resulted in this book began. YOU ARE NOT ALONE, YOU ARE NOT CRAZY AND YOU CAN BEAT THIS. How do I know? I've been there. Through the Army, Police and Iraq, combined with the normal life challenges we all face, I would display signs and symptoms that would match the clinical terms for PTSD but I disagreed that these behaviours were a disorder at all. Don 't get me wrong, the trauma you went through is real, you may be suffering nightmares, flashbacks, insomnia or you are a werewolf like I was, but these are perfectly normal responses to what you have been through. I found that PTSD signs and symptoms are a result of how EFFECTIVELY you have trained your subconscious bodyguards to keep you alive. This is the GOOD news. When you understand what I have discovered in this book, you will be able to re-train, re-brief and re-deploy ‘Your Subconscious Bodyguards. ' “The book does not merely share his own story, but more than that, Dion applies CBT (cognitive behavioural therapy) techniques as well as soldier imagery and Jungian warrior archetypes to access more complex and richer emotional material in regards to PTSD.” Ingo Lambrecht PhD M.A. (Comp. Lit.) M.A. (Clin. Psych.) Wits SA Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good News About PTSD Author: Dion Jensen Narrator: Dion Jensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: I 'm going to f****n kill this c**t! That was my first thought when a civie boss clicked his fingers at me and pointed at me to “come here!” (He backed off at speed when he saw the look in my eyes.) If we were on live ops I would have put 2 rounds centre mass and 1 in his head! Out here in the world, if he was within arm 's reach I would have already punched him in the throat! My reactions are automatic because my subconscious bodyguards are highly trained. Unfortunately, after one of my best mates was killed in Iraq, reacting to a perceived threat with violence was a common occurrence which I had to get under contol especially when my daughter snuck up behind me to give Daddy a fright She saw the look in my eyes and I saw the fear in hers and the journey that resulted in this book began. YOU ARE NOT ALONE, YOU ARE NOT CRAZY AND YOU CAN BEAT THIS. How do I know? I've been there. Through the Army, Police and Iraq, combined with the normal life challenges we all face, I would display signs and symptoms that would match the clinical terms for PTSD but I disagreed that these behaviours were a disorder at all. Don 't get me wrong, the trauma you went through is real, you may be suffering nightmares, flashbacks, insomnia or you are a werewolf like I was, but these are perfectly normal responses to what you have been through. I found that PTSD signs and symptoms are a result of how EFFECTIVELY you have trained your subconscious bodyguards to keep you alive. This is the GOOD news. When you understand what I have discovered in this book, you will be able to re-train, re-brief and re-deploy ‘Your Subconscious Bodyguards. ' “The book does not merely share his own story, but more than that, Dion applies CBT (cognitive behavioural therapy) techniques as well as soldier imagery and Jungian warrior archetypes to access more complex and richer emotional material in regards to PTSD.” Ingo Lambrecht PhD M.A. (Comp. Lit.) M.A. (Clin. Psych.) Wits SA https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302984 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Moments: Why Certain Experiences Have Extraordinary Impact Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 72 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling authors of Switch and Made to Stick explore why certain brief experiences can jolt us and elevate us and change us—and how we can learn to create such extraordinary moments in our life and work. While human lives are endlessly variable, our most memorable positive moments are dominated by four elements: elevation, insight, pride, and connection. If we embrace these elements, we can conjure more moments that matter. What if a teacher could design a lesson that he knew his students would remember twenty years later? What if a manager knew how to create an experience that would delight customers? What if you had a better sense of how to create memories that matter for your children? This book delves into some fascinating mysteries of experience: Why we tend to remember the best or worst moment of an experience, as well as the last moment, and forget the rest. Why “we feel most comfortable when things are certain, but we feel most alive when they’re not.” And why our most cherished memories are clustered into a brief period during our youth. Readers discover how brief experiences can change lives, such as the experiment in which two strangers meet in a room, and forty-five minutes later, they leave as best friends. (What happens in that time?) Or the tale of the world’s youngest female billionaire, who credits her resilience to something her father asked the family at the dinner table. (What was that simple question?) Many of the defining moments in our lives are the result of accident or luck—but why would we leave our most meaningful, memorable moments to chance when we can create them? The Power of Moments shows us how to be the author of richer experiences. Dan Heath, Chip Heath Tue, 03 Oct 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302984 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Moments: Why Certain Experiences Have Extraordinary Impact Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 72 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling authors of Switch and Made to Stick explore why certain brief experiences can jolt us and elevate us and change us—and how we can learn to create such extraordinary moments in our life and work. While human lives are endlessly variable, our most memorable positive moments are dominated by four elements: elevation, insight, pride, and connection. If we embrace these elements, we can conjure more moments that matter. What if a teacher could design a lesson that he knew his students would remember twenty years later? What if a manager knew how to create an experience that would delight customers? What if you had a better sense of how to create memories that matter for your children? This book delves into some fascinating mysteries of experience: Why we tend to remember the best or worst moment of an experience, as well as the last moment, and forget the rest. Why “we feel most comfortable when things are certain, but we feel most alive when they’re not.” And why our most cherished memories are clustered into a brief period during our youth. Readers discover how brief experiences can change lives, such as the experiment in which two strangers meet in a room, and forty-five minutes later, they leave as best friends. (What happens in that time?) Or the tale of the world’s youngest female billionaire, who credits her resilience to something her father asked the family at the dinner table. (What was that simple question?) Many of the defining moments in our lives are the result of accident or luck—but why would we leave our most meaningful, memorable moments to chance when we can create them? The Power of Moments shows us how to be the author of richer experiences. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Moments: Why Certain Experiences Have Extraordinary Impact Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 72 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling authors of Switch and Made to Stick explore why certain brief experiences can jolt us and elevate us and change us—and how we can learn to create such extraordinary moments in our life and work. While human lives are endlessly variable, our most memorable positive moments are dominated by four elements: elevation, insight, pride, and connection. If we embrace these elements, we can conjure more moments that matter. What if a teacher could design a lesson that he knew his students would remember twenty years later? What if a manager knew how to create an experience that would delight customers? What if you had a better sense of how to create memories that matter for your children? This book delves into some fascinating mysteries of experience: Why we tend to remember the best or worst moment of an experience, as well as the last moment, and forget the rest. Why “we feel most comfortable when things are certain, but we feel most alive when they’re not.” And why our most cherished memories are clustered into a brief period during our youth. Readers discover how brief experiences can change lives, such as the experiment in which two strangers meet in a room, and forty-five minutes later, they leave as best friends. (What happens in that time?) Or the tale of the world’s youngest female billionaire, who credits her resilience to something her father asked the family at the dinner table. (What was that simple question?) Many of the defining moments in our lives are the result of accident or luck—but why would we leave our most meaningful, memorable moments to chance when we can create them? The Power of Moments shows us how to be the author of richer experiences. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302958 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First 1,000 Days: A Crucial Time for Mothers and Children -- And the World Author: Roger Thurow Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Your child can achieve great things.' A few years ago, pregnant women in four corners of the world heard those words and hoped they could be true. Among them were Esther Okwir in rural Uganda, where the infant mortality rate is among the highest in the world; Jessica Saldana, a high school student in a violence-scarred Chicago neighborhood; Shyamkali, the mother of four girls in a low-caste village in India; and Maria Estella, in Guatemala's western highlands, where most people are riddled with parasites and moms can rarely afford the fresh vegetables they farm. Greatness? It was an audacious thought, given their circumstances. But they had new cause to be hopeful: they were participating in an unprecedented international initiative designed to transform their lives, the lives of their children, and ultimately the world. The 1,000 Days movement, a response to recent, devastating food crises and new research on the economic and social costs of childhood hunger and stunting, is focused on providing proper nutrition during the first 1,000 days of children's lives, beginning with their mother's pregnancy. Proper nutrition during these days can profoundly influence an individual's ability to grow, learn, and work-and determine a society's long-term health and prosperity. In this inspiring, sometimes heartbreaking book, Roger Thurow takes us into the lives of families on the forefront of the movement to illuminate the science, economics, and politics of malnutrition, charting the exciting progress of this global effort and the formidable challenges it still faces: economic injustice, disease, lack of education and sanitation, misogyny, and corruption. Roger Thurow Tue, 12 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302958 thebookvoice.com 11:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First 1,000 Days: A Crucial Time for Mothers and Children -- And the World Author: Roger Thurow Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Your child can achieve great things.' A few years ago, pregnant women in four corners of the world heard those words and hoped they could be true. Among them were Esther Okwir in rural Uganda, where the infant mortality rate is among the highest in the world; Jessica Saldana, a high school student in a violence-scarred Chicago neighborhood; Shyamkali, the mother of four girls in a low-caste village in India; and Maria Estella, in Guatemala's western highlands, where most people are riddled with parasites and moms can rarely afford the fresh vegetables they farm. Greatness? It was an audacious thought, given their circumstances. But they had new cause to be hopeful: they were participating in an unprecedented international initiative designed to transform their lives, the lives of their children, and ultimately the world. The 1,000 Days movement, a response to recent, devastating food crises and new research on the economic and social costs of childhood hunger and stunting, is focused on providing proper nutrition during the first 1,000 days of children's lives, beginning with their mother's pregnancy. Proper nutrition during these days can profoundly influence an individual's ability to grow, learn, and work-and determine a society's long-term health and prosperity. In this inspiring, sometimes heartbreaking book, Roger Thurow takes us into the lives of families on the forefront of the movement to illuminate the science, economics, and politics of malnutrition, charting the exciting progress of this global effort and the formidable challenges it still faces: economic injustice, disease, lack of education and sanitation, misogyny, and corruption. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First 1,000 Days: A Crucial Time for Mothers and Children -- And the World Author: Roger Thurow Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Your child can achieve great things.' A few years ago, pregnant women in four corners of the world heard those words and hoped they could be true. Among them were Esther Okwir in rural Uganda, where the infant mortality rate is among the highest in the world; Jessica Saldana, a high school student in a violence-scarred Chicago neighborhood; Shyamkali, the mother of four girls in a low-caste village in India; and Maria Estella, in Guatemala's western highlands, where most people are riddled with parasites and moms can rarely afford the fresh vegetables they farm. Greatness? It was an audacious thought, given their circumstances. But they had new cause to be hopeful: they were participating in an unprecedented international initiative designed to transform their lives, the lives of their children, and ultimately the world. The 1,000 Days movement, a response to recent, devastating food crises and new research on the economic and social costs of childhood hunger and stunting, is focused on providing proper nutrition during the first 1,000 days of children's lives, beginning with their mother's pregnancy. Proper nutrition during these days can profoundly influence an individual's ability to grow, learn, and work-and determine a society's long-term health and prosperity. In this inspiring, sometimes heartbreaking book, Roger Thurow takes us into the lives of families on the forefront of the movement to illuminate the science, economics, and politics of malnutrition, charting the exciting progress of this global effort and the formidable challenges it still faces: economic injustice, disease, lack of education and sanitation, misogyny, and corruption. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302920 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Braving the Wilderness: The quest for true belonging and the courage to stand alone Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Braving the Wilderness, written and read by Brene Brown. ‘True belonging doesn't require us to change who we are. It requires us to be who we are.’ Social scientist Brené Brown, PhD, LMSW has sparked a global conversation about the experiences that bring meaning to our lives – experiences of courage, vulnerability, love, belonging, shame and empathy. In Braving the Wilderness, Brown redefines what it means to truly belong in an age of increased polarisation. With her trademark mix of research, storytelling and honesty, Brown will again change the cultural conversation while mapping out a clear path to true belonging. Brown argues that what we're experiencing today is a spiritual crisis of disconnection, and introduces four practices of true belonging that challenge everything we believe about ourselves and each other. She writes, ‘True belonging requires us to believe in and belong to ourselves so fully that we can find sacredness both in both being a part of something, and in standing alone when necessary. But in a culture that's rife with perfectionism and pleasing, and with the erosion of civility, it's easy to stay quiet, hide in our ideological bunkers, or fit in rather than show up as our true selves and brave the wilderness of uncertainty and criticism. But true belonging is not something we negotiate or accomplish with others; it's a daily practice that demands integrity and authenticity. It's a personal commitment that we carry in our hearts.’ Brown offers us the clarity and courage we need to find our way back to ourselves and to each other. And that path cuts right through the wilderness. Brown writes, ‘The wilderness is an untamed, unpredictable place of solitude and searching. It is a place as dangerous as it is breathtaking, a place as sought after as it is feared. But it turns out to be the place of true belonging, and it's the bravest and most sacred place you will ever stand.’ Brené Brown Tue, 12 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302920 thebookvoice.com 4:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Braving the Wilderness: The quest for true belonging and the courage to stand alone Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Braving the Wilderness, written and read by Brene Brown. ‘True belonging doesn't require us to change who we are. It requires us to be who we are.’ Social scientist Brené Brown, PhD, LMSW has sparked a global conversation about the experiences that bring meaning to our lives – experiences of courage, vulnerability, love, belonging, shame and empathy. In Braving the Wilderness, Brown redefines what it means to truly belong in an age of increased polarisation. With her trademark mix of research, storytelling and honesty, Brown will again change the cultural conversation while mapping out a clear path to true belonging. Brown argues that what we're experiencing today is a spiritual crisis of disconnection, and introduces four practices of true belonging that challenge everything we believe about ourselves and each other. She writes, ‘True belonging requires us to believe in and belong to ourselves so fully that we can find sacredness both in both being a part of something, and in standing alone when necessary. But in a culture that's rife with perfectionism and pleasing, and with the erosion of civility, it's easy to stay quiet, hide in our ideological bunkers, or fit in rather than show up as our true selves and brave the wilderness of uncertainty and criticism. But true belonging is not something we negotiate or accomplish with others; it's a daily practice that demands integrity and authenticity. It's a personal commitment that we carry in our hearts.’ Brown offers us the clarity and courage we need to find our way back to ourselves and to each other. And that path cuts right through the wilderness. Brown writes, ‘The wilderness is an untamed, unpredictable place of solitude and searching. It is a place as dangerous as it is breathtaking, a place as sought after as it is feared. But it turns out to be the place of true belonging, and it's the bravest and most sacred place you will ever stand.’ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Braving the Wilderness: The quest for true belonging and the courage to stand alone Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Braving the Wilderness, written and read by Brene Brown. ‘True belonging doesn't require us to change who we are. It requires us to be who we are.’ Social scientist Brené Brown, PhD, LMSW has sparked a global conversation about the experiences that bring meaning to our lives – experiences of courage, vulnerability, love, belonging, shame and empathy. In Braving the Wilderness, Brown redefines what it means to truly belong in an age of increased polarisation. With her trademark mix of research, storytelling and honesty, Brown will again change the cultural conversation while mapping out a clear path to true belonging. Brown argues that what we're experiencing today is a spiritual crisis of disconnection, and introduces four practices of true belonging that challenge everything we believe about ourselves and each other. She writes, ‘True belonging requires us to believe in and belong to ourselves so fully that we can find sacredness both in both being a part of something, and in standing alone when necessary. But in a culture that's rife with perfectionism and pleasing, and with the erosion of civility, it's easy to stay quiet, hide in our ideological bunkers, or fit in rather than show up as our true selves and brave the wilderness of uncertainty and criticism. But true belonging is not something we negotiate or accomplish with others; it's a daily practice that demands integrity and authenticity. It's a personal commitment that we carry in our hearts.’ Brown offers us the clarity and courage we need to find our way back to ourselves and to each other. And that path cuts right through the wilderness. Brown writes, ‘The wilderness is an untamed, unpredictable place of solitude and searching. It is a place as dangerous as it is breathtaking, a place as sought after as it is feared. But it turns out to be the place of true belonging, and it's the bravest and most sacred place you will ever stand.’ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302891 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolutionary Psychology II Author: Allen Macneill Narrator: Allen Macneill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 8, 2011 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the first course in this lecture series, Professor Allen MacNeill delved into the exciting new field of evolutionary psychology, the scientific study of how human nature has evolved. In part two, the esteemed professor continues to investigate why humans do the things they do. Questions raised and answered in this course include the following: Why are some people born leaders? Why is warfare so common? And why are so many people deeply religious? Allen Macneill Thu, 08 Sep 2011 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302891 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolutionary Psychology II Author: Allen Macneill Narrator: Allen Macneill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 8, 2011 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the first course in this lecture series, Professor Allen MacNeill delved into the exciting new field of evolutionary psychology, the scientific study of how human nature has evolved. In part two, the esteemed professor continues to investigate why humans do the things they do. Questions raised and answered in this course include the following: Why are some people born leaders? Why is warfare so common? And why are so many people deeply religious? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolutionary Psychology II Author: Allen Macneill Narrator: Allen Macneill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 8, 2011 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the first course in this lecture series, Professor Allen MacNeill delved into the exciting new field of evolutionary psychology, the scientific study of how human nature has evolved. In part two, the esteemed professor continues to investigate why humans do the things they do. Questions raised and answered in this course include the following: Why are some people born leaders? Why is warfare so common? And why are so many people deeply religious? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302795 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fair Junkie: A Memoir of Getting Dirty and Staying Clean Author: Amy Dresner Narrator: Amy Dresner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Blackout and Permanent Midnight, a darkly funny and revealing debut memoir of one woman's twenty-year battle with sex, drugs, and alcohol addiction, and what happens when she finally emerges on the other side. Growing up in Beverly Hills, Amy Dresner had it all: a top-notch private school education, the most expensive summer camps, and even a weekly clothing allowance. But at 24, she started dabbling in meth in San Francisco and unleashed a fiendish addiction monster. Soon, if you could snort it, smoke it, or have sex with, she did. Smart and charming, with Daddy's money to fall back on, she sort of managed to keep it all together. But on Christmas Eve 2011 all of that changed when, high on Oxycontin, she stupidly 'brandished' a bread knife on her husband and was promptly arrested for 'felony domestic violence with a deadly weapon.' Within months, she found herself in the psych ward--and then penniless, divorced, and looking at 240 hours of court-ordered community service. For two years, assigned to a Hollywood Boulevard 'chain gang,' she swept up syringes (and worse) as she bounced from rehabs to halfway houses, all while struggling with sobriety, sex addiction, and starting over in her forties. In the tradition of Orange Is the New Black and Jerry Stahl's Permanent Midnight, Amy Dresner's My Fair Junkie is an insightful, darkly funny, and shamelessly honest memoir of one woman's battle with all forms of addiction, hitting rock bottom, and forging a path to a life worth living. Amy Dresner Tue, 12 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302795 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fair Junkie: A Memoir of Getting Dirty and Staying Clean Author: Amy Dresner Narrator: Amy Dresner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Blackout and Permanent Midnight, a darkly funny and revealing debut memoir of one woman's twenty-year battle with sex, drugs, and alcohol addiction, and what happens when she finally emerges on the other side. Growing up in Beverly Hills, Amy Dresner had it all: a top-notch private school education, the most expensive summer camps, and even a weekly clothing allowance. But at 24, she started dabbling in meth in San Francisco and unleashed a fiendish addiction monster. Soon, if you could snort it, smoke it, or have sex with, she did. Smart and charming, with Daddy's money to fall back on, she sort of managed to keep it all together. But on Christmas Eve 2011 all of that changed when, high on Oxycontin, she stupidly 'brandished' a bread knife on her husband and was promptly arrested for 'felony domestic violence with a deadly weapon.' Within months, she found herself in the psych ward--and then penniless, divorced, and looking at 240 hours of court-ordered community service. For two years, assigned to a Hollywood Boulevard 'chain gang,' she swept up syringes (and worse) as she bounced from rehabs to halfway houses, all while struggling with sobriety, sex addiction, and starting over in her forties. In the tradition of Orange Is the New Black and Jerry Stahl's Permanent Midnight, Amy Dresner's My Fair Junkie is an insightful, darkly funny, and shamelessly honest memoir of one woman's battle with all forms of addiction, hitting rock bottom, and forging a path to a life worth living. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fair Junkie: A Memoir of Getting Dirty and Staying Clean Author: Amy Dresner Narrator: Amy Dresner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Blackout and Permanent Midnight, a darkly funny and revealing debut memoir of one woman's twenty-year battle with sex, drugs, and alcohol addiction, and what happens when she finally emerges on the other side. Growing up in Beverly Hills, Amy Dresner had it all: a top-notch private school education, the most expensive summer camps, and even a weekly clothing allowance. But at 24, she started dabbling in meth in San Francisco and unleashed a fiendish addiction monster. Soon, if you could snort it, smoke it, or have sex with, she did. Smart and charming, with Daddy's money to fall back on, she sort of managed to keep it all together. But on Christmas Eve 2011 all of that changed when, high on Oxycontin, she stupidly 'brandished' a bread knife on her husband and was promptly arrested for 'felony domestic violence with a deadly weapon.' Within months, she found herself in the psych ward--and then penniless, divorced, and looking at 240 hours of court-ordered community service. For two years, assigned to a Hollywood Boulevard 'chain gang,' she swept up syringes (and worse) as she bounced from rehabs to halfway houses, all while struggling with sobriety, sex addiction, and starting over in her forties. In the tradition of Orange Is the New Black and Jerry Stahl's Permanent Midnight, Amy Dresner's My Fair Junkie is an insightful, darkly funny, and shamelessly honest memoir of one woman's battle with all forms of addiction, hitting rock bottom, and forging a path to a life worth living. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302663 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - HO'OPONOPONO Author: Dra. María Carmen Martínez Narrator: Clemencia Larumbe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Ho´oponopono' es todo un éxito editorial. La autora lo escribió impresionada por los efectos benéficos que experimentó a nivel personal y de sus pacientes, pues este método sana relaciones y situaciones con personas que nos causan malestar o sufrimiento. Esta eficaz frase (mantra), contiene la energía sanadora del perdón y el amor que nos hace tomar la responsabilidad de todo lo que nos sucede y borra todo aquello que interfiere en la buena relación con los demás, con nosotros mismos y el mundo. Contribuye a lograr la paz interior y armonía en nuestro entorno. - María Carmen Martínez Tomás es una escritora y conferencista que se graduó como licenciada en Medicina y Cirugía. También se ha diplomado en Homeopatía y es Profesora del Máster de Medicina y Enfermería Naturista de la Universidad de Barcelona. De sus viajes por Hawái y otras regiones obtuvo enseñanzas espirituales que expresa con la publicación de libros y círculos de sanación cada vez más populares. Dra. María Carmen Martínez Fri, 29 Oct 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302663 thebookvoice.com 2:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - HO'OPONOPONO Author: Dra. María Carmen Martínez Narrator: Clemencia Larumbe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Ho´oponopono' es todo un éxito editorial. La autora lo escribió impresionada por los efectos benéficos que experimentó a nivel personal y de sus pacientes, pues este método sana relaciones y situaciones con personas que nos causan malestar o sufrimiento. Esta eficaz frase (mantra), contiene la energía sanadora del perdón y el amor que nos hace tomar la responsabilidad de todo lo que nos sucede y borra todo aquello que interfiere en la buena relación con los demás, con nosotros mismos y el mundo. Contribuye a lograr la paz interior y armonía en nuestro entorno. - María Carmen Martínez Tomás es una escritora y conferencista que se graduó como licenciada en Medicina y Cirugía. También se ha diplomado en Homeopatía y es Profesora del Máster de Medicina y Enfermería Naturista de la Universidad de Barcelona. De sus viajes por Hawái y otras regiones obtuvo enseñanzas espirituales que expresa con la publicación de libros y círculos de sanación cada vez más populares. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - HO'OPONOPONO Author: Dra. María Carmen Martínez Narrator: Clemencia Larumbe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Ho´oponopono' es todo un éxito editorial. La autora lo escribió impresionada por los efectos benéficos que experimentó a nivel personal y de sus pacientes, pues este método sana relaciones y situaciones con personas que nos causan malestar o sufrimiento. Esta eficaz frase (mantra), contiene la energía sanadora del perdón y el amor que nos hace tomar la responsabilidad de todo lo que nos sucede y borra todo aquello que interfiere en la buena relación con los demás, con nosotros mismos y el mundo. Contribuye a lograr la paz interior y armonía en nuestro entorno. - María Carmen Martínez Tomás es una escritora y conferencista que se graduó como licenciada en Medicina y Cirugía. También se ha diplomado en Homeopatía y es Profesora del Máster de Medicina y Enfermería Naturista de la Universidad de Barcelona. De sus viajes por Hawái y otras regiones obtuvo enseñanzas espirituales que expresa con la publicación de libros y círculos de sanación cada vez más populares. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302656 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ALMAS COMPAÑERAS Y LLAMAS GEMELAS Author: Elizabeth Clare Prophet Narrator: Inés Jacome Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Con ternura y conocimiento, 'Almas compañeras y llamas gemelas' ayuda a hombres y mujeres a explorar la dimensión espiritual de las relaciones y a despejar incógnitas para abrirse camino hacia la integridad y el verdadero amor. Este audiolibro contiene un enfoque distinto acerca del amor, el karma y las relaciones de pareja. Te ayuda a: -Descubrir nuevos aspectos sobre las almas compañeras, las llamas gemelas y las relaciones kármicas; -Comprender el motivo de por qué atraes ciertas parejas a tu vida; -Comprender cómo puede una relación difícil convertirse en un trampolín que te catapulte hacia ese amor ideal que tanto has anhelado. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Elizabeth Clare Prophet fue una escritora y líder espiritual, fundadora de The Summit Lighthouse y de la Iglesia Cristiana Triunfante, de la mano de su esposo Mark Prophet. Escribió más de cincuenta libros y dio conferencias en alrededor de treinta países, en los cuales dejó múltiples enseñanzas de espiritualidad práctica Elizabeth Clare Prophet Fri, 29 Oct 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302656 thebookvoice.com 2:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ALMAS COMPAÑERAS Y LLAMAS GEMELAS Author: Elizabeth Clare Prophet Narrator: Inés Jacome Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Con ternura y conocimiento, 'Almas compañeras y llamas gemelas' ayuda a hombres y mujeres a explorar la dimensión espiritual de las relaciones y a despejar incógnitas para abrirse camino hacia la integridad y el verdadero amor. Este audiolibro contiene un enfoque distinto acerca del amor, el karma y las relaciones de pareja. Te ayuda a: -Descubrir nuevos aspectos sobre las almas compañeras, las llamas gemelas y las relaciones kármicas; -Comprender el motivo de por qué atraes ciertas parejas a tu vida; -Comprender cómo puede una relación difícil convertirse en un trampolín que te catapulte hacia ese amor ideal que tanto has anhelado. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Elizabeth Clare Prophet fue una escritora y líder espiritual, fundadora de The Summit Lighthouse y de la Iglesia Cristiana Triunfante, de la mano de su esposo Mark Prophet. Escribió más de cincuenta libros y dio conferencias en alrededor de treinta países, en los cuales dejó múltiples enseñanzas de espiritualidad práctica Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ALMAS COMPAÑERAS Y LLAMAS GEMELAS Author: Elizabeth Clare Prophet Narrator: Inés Jacome Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Con ternura y conocimiento, 'Almas compañeras y llamas gemelas' ayuda a hombres y mujeres a explorar la dimensión espiritual de las relaciones y a despejar incógnitas para abrirse camino hacia la integridad y el verdadero amor. Este audiolibro contiene un enfoque distinto acerca del amor, el karma y las relaciones de pareja. Te ayuda a: -Descubrir nuevos aspectos sobre las almas compañeras, las llamas gemelas y las relaciones kármicas; -Comprender el motivo de por qué atraes ciertas parejas a tu vida; -Comprender cómo puede una relación difícil convertirse en un trampolín que te catapulte hacia ese amor ideal que tanto has anhelado. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Elizabeth Clare Prophet fue una escritora y líder espiritual, fundadora de The Summit Lighthouse y de la Iglesia Cristiana Triunfante, de la mano de su esposo Mark Prophet. Escribió más de cincuenta libros y dio conferencias en alrededor de treinta países, en los cuales dejó múltiples enseñanzas de espiritualidad práctica https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302655 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guía rápida de las 48 leyes del poder Author: Robert A. Greene Narrator: Octavio Rojas Paz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nos guste o no, vivimos en un mundo regido por el conflicto y la competencia feroz que nos exige siempre estar alertas y entrar en acción en todo momento. Si nos descuidamos, si no reaccionamos a tiempo ante los retos que nos plantea el entorno, si dejamos que los demás nos controlen y decidan por nosotros, estaremos perdidos. Esta guía rápida retoma las ideas básicas del polémico pero imprescindible libro de Robert Greene: Las 48 Leyes del poder', que millones de personas han leído en todo el mundo. Es una reflexión sobre el poder y también un instrumento práctico destinado a ser usado por aquellos que deseen abrirse camino y alcanzar el éxito. Greene nos revela las claves que permiten alcanzar, conquistar y defender el poder. 'Al fin un Audiolibro que te ayudará a planear tu ascenso hacia los más altos escalones del poder' -Daily Telegraph. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino. - Nació en California. Tiene un postgrado en estudios clásicos. Fue editor de revistas, traductor y articulista. También es conferencista y autor de libros que se han traducido a varios idiomas y ha alcanzado enormes cifras de venta. Robert A. Greene Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302655 thebookvoice.com 2:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guía rápida de las 48 leyes del poder Author: Robert A. Greene Narrator: Octavio Rojas Paz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nos guste o no, vivimos en un mundo regido por el conflicto y la competencia feroz que nos exige siempre estar alertas y entrar en acción en todo momento. Si nos descuidamos, si no reaccionamos a tiempo ante los retos que nos plantea el entorno, si dejamos que los demás nos controlen y decidan por nosotros, estaremos perdidos. Esta guía rápida retoma las ideas básicas del polémico pero imprescindible libro de Robert Greene: Las 48 Leyes del poder', que millones de personas han leído en todo el mundo. Es una reflexión sobre el poder y también un instrumento práctico destinado a ser usado por aquellos que deseen abrirse camino y alcanzar el éxito. Greene nos revela las claves que permiten alcanzar, conquistar y defender el poder. 'Al fin un Audiolibro que te ayudará a planear tu ascenso hacia los más altos escalones del poder' -Daily Telegraph. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino. - Nació en California. Tiene un postgrado en estudios clásicos. Fue editor de revistas, traductor y articulista. También es conferencista y autor de libros que se han traducido a varios idiomas y ha alcanzado enormes cifras de venta. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guía rápida de las 48 leyes del poder Author: Robert A. Greene Narrator: Octavio Rojas Paz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nos guste o no, vivimos en un mundo regido por el conflicto y la competencia feroz que nos exige siempre estar alertas y entrar en acción en todo momento. Si nos descuidamos, si no reaccionamos a tiempo ante los retos que nos plantea el entorno, si dejamos que los demás nos controlen y decidan por nosotros, estaremos perdidos. Esta guía rápida retoma las ideas básicas del polémico pero imprescindible libro de Robert Greene: Las 48 Leyes del poder', que millones de personas han leído en todo el mundo. Es una reflexión sobre el poder y también un instrumento práctico destinado a ser usado por aquellos que deseen abrirse camino y alcanzar el éxito. Greene nos revela las claves que permiten alcanzar, conquistar y defender el poder. 'Al fin un Audiolibro que te ayudará a planear tu ascenso hacia los más altos escalones del poder' -Daily Telegraph. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino. - Nació en California. Tiene un postgrado en estudios clásicos. Fue editor de revistas, traductor y articulista. También es conferencista y autor de libros que se han traducido a varios idiomas y ha alcanzado enormes cifras de venta. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302654 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El perdón Author: Gerald Jampolky Narrator: Bernardo Yancelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En este Audiolibro, el autor, con su voz que proviene del alma, nos susurra al oído palabras que nos hacen vibrar y reflexionar: Ama hasta convertirte en lo amado, más aún, hasta convertirte en el mismísimo amor. Y que no te confundan unos pocos homicidas y suicidas, el bien es mayoría pero no se nota porque es silencioso, una bomba hace más ruido que una caricia pero por cada bomba que destruye, hay miles de caricias que alimentan la vida. Hay tantas cosas para gozar y nuestro paso por la tierra es tan corto, que sufrir es una pérdida de tiempo. Haz sólo lo que amas y serás feliz, y el que hace lo que ama está benditamente condenado al éxito, que llegará cuando deba llegar, porque lo que debe ser será, y llegará naturalmente. No hagas nada por obligación ni por compromiso, sino por amor. Entonces habrá plenitud, y en esa plenitud todo es posible. ¡ESTE MENSAJE TRANSFORMA AL QUE LO ESCUCHA Y 'LO HACE' DESPERTAR EN UNA NUEVA REALIDAD! Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Gerald G. Jampolsky es psiquiatra de niños y adultos. Se graduó en Stanford Medical School y en 1975 fundó el primer Centro de Curación por Actitudes con una red mundial. Autor reconocido mundialmente como una autoridad en el campo de la psiquiatría, la salud, los negocios y la educación. Gerald Jampolky Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302654 thebookvoice.com 2:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El perdón Author: Gerald Jampolky Narrator: Bernardo Yancelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En este Audiolibro, el autor, con su voz que proviene del alma, nos susurra al oído palabras que nos hacen vibrar y reflexionar: Ama hasta convertirte en lo amado, más aún, hasta convertirte en el mismísimo amor. Y que no te confundan unos pocos homicidas y suicidas, el bien es mayoría pero no se nota porque es silencioso, una bomba hace más ruido que una caricia pero por cada bomba que destruye, hay miles de caricias que alimentan la vida. Hay tantas cosas para gozar y nuestro paso por la tierra es tan corto, que sufrir es una pérdida de tiempo. Haz sólo lo que amas y serás feliz, y el que hace lo que ama está benditamente condenado al éxito, que llegará cuando deba llegar, porque lo que debe ser será, y llegará naturalmente. No hagas nada por obligación ni por compromiso, sino por amor. Entonces habrá plenitud, y en esa plenitud todo es posible. ¡ESTE MENSAJE TRANSFORMA AL QUE LO ESCUCHA Y 'LO HACE' DESPERTAR EN UNA NUEVA REALIDAD! Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Gerald G. Jampolsky es psiquiatra de niños y adultos. Se graduó en Stanford Medical School y en 1975 fundó el primer Centro de Curación por Actitudes con una red mundial. Autor reconocido mundialmente como una autoridad en el campo de la psiquiatría, la salud, los negocios y la educación. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El perdón Author: Gerald Jampolky Narrator: Bernardo Yancelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En este Audiolibro, el autor, con su voz que proviene del alma, nos susurra al oído palabras que nos hacen vibrar y reflexionar: Ama hasta convertirte en lo amado, más aún, hasta convertirte en el mismísimo amor. Y que no te confundan unos pocos homicidas y suicidas, el bien es mayoría pero no se nota porque es silencioso, una bomba hace más ruido que una caricia pero por cada bomba que destruye, hay miles de caricias que alimentan la vida. Hay tantas cosas para gozar y nuestro paso por la tierra es tan corto, que sufrir es una pérdida de tiempo. Haz sólo lo que amas y serás feliz, y el que hace lo que ama está benditamente condenado al éxito, que llegará cuando deba llegar, porque lo que debe ser será, y llegará naturalmente. No hagas nada por obligación ni por compromiso, sino por amor. Entonces habrá plenitud, y en esa plenitud todo es posible. ¡ESTE MENSAJE TRANSFORMA AL QUE LO ESCUCHA Y 'LO HACE' DESPERTAR EN UNA NUEVA REALIDAD! Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Gerald G. Jampolsky es psiquiatra de niños y adultos. Se graduó en Stanford Medical School y en 1975 fundó el primer Centro de Curación por Actitudes con una red mundial. Autor reconocido mundialmente como una autoridad en el campo de la psiquiatría, la salud, los negocios y la educación. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302647 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guía práctica, pide y se te dará Author: Jerry Hicks, Esther Hicks Narrator: Elisa Cano Larrañaga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Esta guía práctica de 'Pide y se te dará. 22 pasos claves para lograrlo', es el complemento del Audiolibro 'Pide y se te dará', que te conecta directamente con la vibración adecuada para que consigas que tus deseos se hagan realidad. Estos pasos o juegos te liberan poco a poco de tus esquemas de resistencia. Paso a paso, día a día, en forma progresiva y sistemática, tu bienestar va a fluir naturalmente. Estos pasos te llevan a mejorar tu punto de atracción, por lo que los acontecimientos, tus circunstancias y experiencias nuevas serán las pruebas evidentes del cambio de tus vibraciones. Incluye: Meditaciones, afirmaciones, interpretación de sueños y construcción de espacios creativos. - Esther y Jerry Hicks han escrito nueve libros juntos, además de impartir numerosas conferencias acerca de la Ley de Atracción. A lo largo de una trayectoria de varias décadas compendiaron sus lecciones sobre espiritualidad, sobre los poderes creativos de los individuos y de su conexión con el universo. Jerry Hicks, Esther Hicks Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302647 thebookvoice.com 2:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guía práctica, pide y se te dará Author: Jerry Hicks, Esther Hicks Narrator: Elisa Cano Larrañaga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Esta guía práctica de 'Pide y se te dará. 22 pasos claves para lograrlo', es el complemento del Audiolibro 'Pide y se te dará', que te conecta directamente con la vibración adecuada para que consigas que tus deseos se hagan realidad. Estos pasos o juegos te liberan poco a poco de tus esquemas de resistencia. Paso a paso, día a día, en forma progresiva y sistemática, tu bienestar va a fluir naturalmente. Estos pasos te llevan a mejorar tu punto de atracción, por lo que los acontecimientos, tus circunstancias y experiencias nuevas serán las pruebas evidentes del cambio de tus vibraciones. Incluye: Meditaciones, afirmaciones, interpretación de sueños y construcción de espacios creativos. - Esther y Jerry Hicks han escrito nueve libros juntos, además de impartir numerosas conferencias acerca de la Ley de Atracción. A lo largo de una trayectoria de varias décadas compendiaron sus lecciones sobre espiritualidad, sobre los poderes creativos de los individuos y de su conexión con el universo. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guía práctica, pide y se te dará Author: Jerry Hicks, Esther Hicks Narrator: Elisa Cano Larrañaga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Esta guía práctica de 'Pide y se te dará. 22 pasos claves para lograrlo', es el complemento del Audiolibro 'Pide y se te dará', que te conecta directamente con la vibración adecuada para que consigas que tus deseos se hagan realidad. Estos pasos o juegos te liberan poco a poco de tus esquemas de resistencia. Paso a paso, día a día, en forma progresiva y sistemática, tu bienestar va a fluir naturalmente. Estos pasos te llevan a mejorar tu punto de atracción, por lo que los acontecimientos, tus circunstancias y experiencias nuevas serán las pruebas evidentes del cambio de tus vibraciones. Incluye: Meditaciones, afirmaciones, interpretación de sueños y construcción de espacios creativos. - Esther y Jerry Hicks han escrito nueve libros juntos, además de impartir numerosas conferencias acerca de la Ley de Atracción. A lo largo de una trayectoria de varias décadas compendiaron sus lecciones sobre espiritualidad, sobre los poderes creativos de los individuos y de su conexión con el universo. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302645 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - LA LLAMA VIOLETA Author: Elizabeth Clare Prophet Narrator: Inés Jacome Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En este audiolibro Elizabeth Prophet describe cómo usar esta energía espiritual de alta frecuencia para aumentar la vitalidad, superar bloqueos que impiden la curación y disolver traumas. Ahora tú puedes aplicar las técnicas para aportar equilibrio, armonía y cambios positivos en tu cuerpo, mente y alma. La llama violeta es una luz que está al servicio de todos los seres, nos llena de poder. El ilustre vidente del siglo XX Edgar Cayce reconoció el poder curativo de la Luz Violeta. Los alquimistas y algunas personas dedicadas a la curación han utilizado a lo largo de los tiempos esta elevada energía espiritual para lograr equilibrio en los chakras y transformación espiritual. Incluye: Historias verdaderas y nueve sencillos pasos para empezar a usar la Llama Violeta con afirmaciones, mantras y visualizaciones. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Elizabeth Clare Prophet fue una escritora y líder espiritual, fundadora de The Summit Lighthouse y de la Iglesia Cristiana Triunfante, de la mano de su esposo Mark Prophet. Escribió más de cincuenta libros y dio conferencias en alrededor de treinta países, en los cuales dejó múltiples enseñanzas de espiritualidad práctica Elizabeth Clare Prophet Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302645 thebookvoice.com 1:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - LA LLAMA VIOLETA Author: Elizabeth Clare Prophet Narrator: Inés Jacome Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En este audiolibro Elizabeth Prophet describe cómo usar esta energía espiritual de alta frecuencia para aumentar la vitalidad, superar bloqueos que impiden la curación y disolver traumas. Ahora tú puedes aplicar las técnicas para aportar equilibrio, armonía y cambios positivos en tu cuerpo, mente y alma. La llama violeta es una luz que está al servicio de todos los seres, nos llena de poder. El ilustre vidente del siglo XX Edgar Cayce reconoció el poder curativo de la Luz Violeta. Los alquimistas y algunas personas dedicadas a la curación han utilizado a lo largo de los tiempos esta elevada energía espiritual para lograr equilibrio en los chakras y transformación espiritual. Incluye: Historias verdaderas y nueve sencillos pasos para empezar a usar la Llama Violeta con afirmaciones, mantras y visualizaciones. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Elizabeth Clare Prophet fue una escritora y líder espiritual, fundadora de The Summit Lighthouse y de la Iglesia Cristiana Triunfante, de la mano de su esposo Mark Prophet. Escribió más de cincuenta libros y dio conferencias en alrededor de treinta países, en los cuales dejó múltiples enseñanzas de espiritualidad práctica Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - LA LLAMA VIOLETA Author: Elizabeth Clare Prophet Narrator: Inés Jacome Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En este audiolibro Elizabeth Prophet describe cómo usar esta energía espiritual de alta frecuencia para aumentar la vitalidad, superar bloqueos que impiden la curación y disolver traumas. Ahora tú puedes aplicar las técnicas para aportar equilibrio, armonía y cambios positivos en tu cuerpo, mente y alma. La llama violeta es una luz que está al servicio de todos los seres, nos llena de poder. El ilustre vidente del siglo XX Edgar Cayce reconoció el poder curativo de la Luz Violeta. Los alquimistas y algunas personas dedicadas a la curación han utilizado a lo largo de los tiempos esta elevada energía espiritual para lograr equilibrio en los chakras y transformación espiritual. Incluye: Historias verdaderas y nueve sencillos pasos para empezar a usar la Llama Violeta con afirmaciones, mantras y visualizaciones. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Elizabeth Clare Prophet fue una escritora y líder espiritual, fundadora de The Summit Lighthouse y de la Iglesia Cristiana Triunfante, de la mano de su esposo Mark Prophet. Escribió más de cincuenta libros y dio conferencias en alrededor de treinta países, en los cuales dejó múltiples enseñanzas de espiritualidad práctica https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302644 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - PIDE Y SE TE DARÁ Author: Jerry Hicks, Esther Hicks Narrator: Elisa Cano Larrañaga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este Audiolibro es muy poderoso. Con el conocimiento que contiene, puedes cambiar totalmente tu vida. Toda pregunta recibe una respuesta. Todo deseo es concedido. Toda plegaria, atendida. Procedes de un caudal infinito de bienestar que fluye en todos los aspectos de tu vida. Si tus deseos insatisfechos te hacen hoy infeliz, es sólo porque aún no has aprendido a manifestar tus anhelos para que goces tu vida como lo mereces. Eres un ser de luz, al que se le ha concedido el don de venir a la Tierra a llevar una vida de gozo y plenitud. Existe una inmensa abundancia de todo tipo de dones a tu alcance en cualquier momento: amor, reconocimiento, salud, abundancia... y si ahora no lo percibes así, tal vez sea porque aún no estás en disposición de recibirlos. 'No importa en qué momento y circunstancia de tu vida te encuentras ahora, con este conocimiento puedes mejorar tu vida. Adoro este Audiolibro, amo a Esther y Jerry Hicks'. -Louise L. Hay. 'Este Audiolibro que estas por escuchar, contiene las enseñanzas más poderosas que existen hasta el momento en nuestro planeta' -Dr. Wayne Dyer. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Esther y Jerry Hicks han escrito nueve libros juntos, además de impartir numerosas conferencias acerca de la Ley de Atracción. A lo largo de una trayectoria de varias décadas compendiaron sus lecciones sobre espiritualidad, sobre los poderes creativos de los individuos y de su conexión con el universo. Jerry Hicks, Esther Hicks Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302644 thebookvoice.com 2:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - PIDE Y SE TE DARÁ Author: Jerry Hicks, Esther Hicks Narrator: Elisa Cano Larrañaga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este Audiolibro es muy poderoso. Con el conocimiento que contiene, puedes cambiar totalmente tu vida. Toda pregunta recibe una respuesta. Todo deseo es concedido. Toda plegaria, atendida. Procedes de un caudal infinito de bienestar que fluye en todos los aspectos de tu vida. Si tus deseos insatisfechos te hacen hoy infeliz, es sólo porque aún no has aprendido a manifestar tus anhelos para que goces tu vida como lo mereces. Eres un ser de luz, al que se le ha concedido el don de venir a la Tierra a llevar una vida de gozo y plenitud. Existe una inmensa abundancia de todo tipo de dones a tu alcance en cualquier momento: amor, reconocimiento, salud, abundancia... y si ahora no lo percibes así, tal vez sea porque aún no estás en disposición de recibirlos. 'No importa en qué momento y circunstancia de tu vida te encuentras ahora, con este conocimiento puedes mejorar tu vida. Adoro este Audiolibro, amo a Esther y Jerry Hicks'. -Louise L. Hay. 'Este Audiolibro que estas por escuchar, contiene las enseñanzas más poderosas que existen hasta el momento en nuestro planeta' -Dr. Wayne Dyer. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Esther y Jerry Hicks han escrito nueve libros juntos, además de impartir numerosas conferencias acerca de la Ley de Atracción. A lo largo de una trayectoria de varias décadas compendiaron sus lecciones sobre espiritualidad, sobre los poderes creativos de los individuos y de su conexión con el universo. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - PIDE Y SE TE DARÁ Author: Jerry Hicks, Esther Hicks Narrator: Elisa Cano Larrañaga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este Audiolibro es muy poderoso. Con el conocimiento que contiene, puedes cambiar totalmente tu vida. Toda pregunta recibe una respuesta. Todo deseo es concedido. Toda plegaria, atendida. Procedes de un caudal infinito de bienestar que fluye en todos los aspectos de tu vida. Si tus deseos insatisfechos te hacen hoy infeliz, es sólo porque aún no has aprendido a manifestar tus anhelos para que goces tu vida como lo mereces. Eres un ser de luz, al que se le ha concedido el don de venir a la Tierra a llevar una vida de gozo y plenitud. Existe una inmensa abundancia de todo tipo de dones a tu alcance en cualquier momento: amor, reconocimiento, salud, abundancia... y si ahora no lo percibes así, tal vez sea porque aún no estás en disposición de recibirlos. 'No importa en qué momento y circunstancia de tu vida te encuentras ahora, con este conocimiento puedes mejorar tu vida. Adoro este Audiolibro, amo a Esther y Jerry Hicks'. -Louise L. Hay. 'Este Audiolibro que estas por escuchar, contiene las enseñanzas más poderosas que existen hasta el momento en nuestro planeta' -Dr. Wayne Dyer. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Esther y Jerry Hicks han escrito nueve libros juntos, además de impartir numerosas conferencias acerca de la Ley de Atracción. A lo largo de una trayectoria de varias décadas compendiaron sus lecciones sobre espiritualidad, sobre los poderes creativos de los individuos y de su conexión con el universo. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302640 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El milagro más grande del mundo Author: Og Mandino Narrator: Eugenio Castillo Lozano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre El milagro más grande del mundo que ha cambiado la vida de miles de persona En estos tiempos en los que imperan la violencia y el desamparo, los seres humanos necesitamos desesperadamente tener fe que nos brinde esperanza, aliento, paz mental e ideales por los cuales vivir, y sobre todo recuperar la confianza en nosotros mismos. El milagro más grande del mundo responde a esa necesidad con una narración fascinante en el cálido y particular estilo de Og Mandino. A través de una historia llena de misterio descubrimos un mensaje inspirador que penetra en lo más profundo de nuestra mente para enriquecer nuestra vida y la de los que nos rodean. El milagro más grande del mundo es una poderosa fuerza que motiva para lograr el milagro personal. ¡Og Mandino la ha hecho de nuevo! El milagro más grande del mundo es el complemento perfecto de su bestseller El vendedor más grande del mundo. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Og Mandino fue un escritor estadounidense y autor del Bestseller 'El vendedor más grande del mundo'. Se han vendido alrededor de cincuenta millones de sus libros, que además han sido traducido a varios idiomas. De niño editó su periódico escolar, pero su sueño de escribir tuvo que ser pospuesto debido a la muerte de su madre, requiriendo que se pusiera a trabajar para mantener a sus dos hermanos menores. Og Mandino Mon, 14 Mar 2022 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302640 thebookvoice.com 2:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El milagro más grande del mundo Author: Og Mandino Narrator: Eugenio Castillo Lozano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre El milagro más grande del mundo que ha cambiado la vida de miles de persona En estos tiempos en los que imperan la violencia y el desamparo, los seres humanos necesitamos desesperadamente tener fe que nos brinde esperanza, aliento, paz mental e ideales por los cuales vivir, y sobre todo recuperar la confianza en nosotros mismos. El milagro más grande del mundo responde a esa necesidad con una narración fascinante en el cálido y particular estilo de Og Mandino. A través de una historia llena de misterio descubrimos un mensaje inspirador que penetra en lo más profundo de nuestra mente para enriquecer nuestra vida y la de los que nos rodean. El milagro más grande del mundo es una poderosa fuerza que motiva para lograr el milagro personal. ¡Og Mandino la ha hecho de nuevo! El milagro más grande del mundo es el complemento perfecto de su bestseller El vendedor más grande del mundo. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Og Mandino fue un escritor estadounidense y autor del Bestseller 'El vendedor más grande del mundo'. Se han vendido alrededor de cincuenta millones de sus libros, que además han sido traducido a varios idiomas. De niño editó su periódico escolar, pero su sueño de escribir tuvo que ser pospuesto debido a la muerte de su madre, requiriendo que se pusiera a trabajar para mantener a sus dos hermanos menores. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El milagro más grande del mundo Author: Og Mandino Narrator: Eugenio Castillo Lozano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre El milagro más grande del mundo que ha cambiado la vida de miles de persona En estos tiempos en los que imperan la violencia y el desamparo, los seres humanos necesitamos desesperadamente tener fe que nos brinde esperanza, aliento, paz mental e ideales por los cuales vivir, y sobre todo recuperar la confianza en nosotros mismos. El milagro más grande del mundo responde a esa necesidad con una narración fascinante en el cálido y particular estilo de Og Mandino. A través de una historia llena de misterio descubrimos un mensaje inspirador que penetra en lo más profundo de nuestra mente para enriquecer nuestra vida y la de los que nos rodean. El milagro más grande del mundo es una poderosa fuerza que motiva para lograr el milagro personal. ¡Og Mandino la ha hecho de nuevo! El milagro más grande del mundo es el complemento perfecto de su bestseller El vendedor más grande del mundo. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Og Mandino fue un escritor estadounidense y autor del Bestseller 'El vendedor más grande del mundo'. Se han vendido alrededor de cincuenta millones de sus libros, que además han sido traducido a varios idiomas. De niño editó su periódico escolar, pero su sueño de escribir tuvo que ser pospuesto debido a la muerte de su madre, requiriendo que se pusiera a trabajar para mantener a sus dos hermanos menores. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302631 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Camino a la sanación Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En 'Camino a la sanación' el Dr. Deepak Chopra reúne la esencia de sus pensamientos en profundas y prácticas frases que ayudan a generar curación, armonía y equilibrio. Estas reflexiones influyen efectivamente en nuestra percepción y facilitan la tendencia natural del cuerpo para alcanzar la salud total. Éste es un viaje hacia la sanación que tiene lugar gracias a la fuerza de escuchar y repetir pensamientos positivos basados en la sabiduría de nuestro organismo. Convencido de que la meditación es la mejor forma de reconocer nuestra inteligencia interna y hacer contacto con ella, el Dr. Deepak Chopra nos presenta una extraordinaria y sencilla técnica de meditación con la que nos conduce al conocimiento de lo que verdaderamente somos. (Incluye técnica de meditación) este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Deepak Chopra Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302631 thebookvoice.com 1:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Camino a la sanación Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En 'Camino a la sanación' el Dr. Deepak Chopra reúne la esencia de sus pensamientos en profundas y prácticas frases que ayudan a generar curación, armonía y equilibrio. Estas reflexiones influyen efectivamente en nuestra percepción y facilitan la tendencia natural del cuerpo para alcanzar la salud total. Éste es un viaje hacia la sanación que tiene lugar gracias a la fuerza de escuchar y repetir pensamientos positivos basados en la sabiduría de nuestro organismo. Convencido de que la meditación es la mejor forma de reconocer nuestra inteligencia interna y hacer contacto con ella, el Dr. Deepak Chopra nos presenta una extraordinaria y sencilla técnica de meditación con la que nos conduce al conocimiento de lo que verdaderamente somos. (Incluye técnica de meditación) este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Camino a la sanación Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En 'Camino a la sanación' el Dr. Deepak Chopra reúne la esencia de sus pensamientos en profundas y prácticas frases que ayudan a generar curación, armonía y equilibrio. Estas reflexiones influyen efectivamente en nuestra percepción y facilitan la tendencia natural del cuerpo para alcanzar la salud total. Éste es un viaje hacia la sanación que tiene lugar gracias a la fuerza de escuchar y repetir pensamientos positivos basados en la sabiduría de nuestro organismo. Convencido de que la meditación es la mejor forma de reconocer nuestra inteligencia interna y hacer contacto con ella, el Dr. Deepak Chopra nos presenta una extraordinaria y sencilla técnica de meditación con la que nos conduce al conocimiento de lo que verdaderamente somos. (Incluye técnica de meditación) este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302630 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - EL SENDERO DEL MAGO Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En 'El sendero del mago' Deepak Chopra nos ofrece la sabiduría de las leyendas y los mitos de Merlín el Mago, uno de los más grandes maestros de Occidente. Frecuentemente el ego domina nuestra vida y no nos permite acercarnos a lo milagroso. Para contrarrestar su influencia, este audiolibro genera un camino en tu percepción de la realidad material y abre tu mente al valor de la transformación personal. Al aplicar la sabiduría de siglos que contiene esta obra, puedes experimentar el éxito, así como la felicidad, y vivir una auténtica conexión espiritual. El Dr. Deepak Chopra es pionero en la medicina mente-cuerpo y autor de varios audiolibros donde combina sus conocimientos de médico endocrinólogo, con la medicina Ayurveda que proviene de la India. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Deepak Chopra Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302630 thebookvoice.com 1:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - EL SENDERO DEL MAGO Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En 'El sendero del mago' Deepak Chopra nos ofrece la sabiduría de las leyendas y los mitos de Merlín el Mago, uno de los más grandes maestros de Occidente. Frecuentemente el ego domina nuestra vida y no nos permite acercarnos a lo milagroso. Para contrarrestar su influencia, este audiolibro genera un camino en tu percepción de la realidad material y abre tu mente al valor de la transformación personal. Al aplicar la sabiduría de siglos que contiene esta obra, puedes experimentar el éxito, así como la felicidad, y vivir una auténtica conexión espiritual. El Dr. Deepak Chopra es pionero en la medicina mente-cuerpo y autor de varios audiolibros donde combina sus conocimientos de médico endocrinólogo, con la medicina Ayurveda que proviene de la India. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - EL SENDERO DEL MAGO Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En 'El sendero del mago' Deepak Chopra nos ofrece la sabiduría de las leyendas y los mitos de Merlín el Mago, uno de los más grandes maestros de Occidente. Frecuentemente el ego domina nuestra vida y no nos permite acercarnos a lo milagroso. Para contrarrestar su influencia, este audiolibro genera un camino en tu percepción de la realidad material y abre tu mente al valor de la transformación personal. Al aplicar la sabiduría de siglos que contiene esta obra, puedes experimentar el éxito, así como la felicidad, y vivir una auténtica conexión espiritual. El Dr. Deepak Chopra es pionero en la medicina mente-cuerpo y autor de varios audiolibros donde combina sus conocimientos de médico endocrinólogo, con la medicina Ayurveda que proviene de la India. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302627 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mente y cuerpo mágico Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Gonzalo Curiel Larrauizar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El equilibrio natural entre la mente y el cuerpo es condición indispensable para percibir, concebir Y enfrentar la realidad. Conocer el propio cuerpo y prestar oídos a los sonidos de la salud es fundamental para reprogramar malos hábitos y retardar el proceso de envejecimiento. En este audiolibro el doctor Deepak Chopra nos enseña a conocer nuestro cuerpo y a alcanzar elevados niveles de conciencia, además de aprender a satisfacer espontáneamente nuestros deseos. Mediante el conocimiento de las funciones de nuestro cuerpo, una buena alimentación e innovadoras técnicas como la aromaterapia, 'Mente-cuerpo mágico' nos ayuda a curar adicciones, a recuperar nuestra libertad psicológica y a encontrar nuevas dimensiones de la realidad. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Deepak Chopra Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302627 thebookvoice.com 5:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mente y cuerpo mágico Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Gonzalo Curiel Larrauizar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El equilibrio natural entre la mente y el cuerpo es condición indispensable para percibir, concebir Y enfrentar la realidad. Conocer el propio cuerpo y prestar oídos a los sonidos de la salud es fundamental para reprogramar malos hábitos y retardar el proceso de envejecimiento. En este audiolibro el doctor Deepak Chopra nos enseña a conocer nuestro cuerpo y a alcanzar elevados niveles de conciencia, además de aprender a satisfacer espontáneamente nuestros deseos. Mediante el conocimiento de las funciones de nuestro cuerpo, una buena alimentación e innovadoras técnicas como la aromaterapia, 'Mente-cuerpo mágico' nos ayuda a curar adicciones, a recuperar nuestra libertad psicológica y a encontrar nuevas dimensiones de la realidad. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mente y cuerpo mágico Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Gonzalo Curiel Larrauizar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El equilibrio natural entre la mente y el cuerpo es condición indispensable para percibir, concebir Y enfrentar la realidad. Conocer el propio cuerpo y prestar oídos a los sonidos de la salud es fundamental para reprogramar malos hábitos y retardar el proceso de envejecimiento. En este audiolibro el doctor Deepak Chopra nos enseña a conocer nuestro cuerpo y a alcanzar elevados niveles de conciencia, además de aprender a satisfacer espontáneamente nuestros deseos. Mediante el conocimiento de las funciones de nuestro cuerpo, una buena alimentación e innovadoras técnicas como la aromaterapia, 'Mente-cuerpo mágico' nos ayuda a curar adicciones, a recuperar nuestra libertad psicológica y a encontrar nuevas dimensiones de la realidad. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302626 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mente sin tiempo, cuerpo sin edad Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Mente sin tiempo, cuerpo sin edad' trasciende las últimas investigaciones en torno al proceso del envejecimiento, y con base en la antigua sabiduría mente-cuerpo nos demuestra de manera contundente y sencilla que no tenemos por qué envejecer. El Dr. Deepak Chopra nos explica que, contrariamente a nuestras creencias, sí es posible controlar la forma en que nuestra mente y nuestro cuerpo metabolizan el tiempo, conservando la vitalidad, la creatividad, la memoria y la autoestima, para revertir así el proceso del envejecimiento. Este programa único en su género se enfoca en el control del estrés, los cambios alimenticios y el ejercicio. Además, propone un programa individualizado gracias al cual podemos aprender los pasos para vivir una existencia plena con una salud óptima -aumentando años a nuestra vida y vida a nuestros años- y alcanzar nuestro máximo potencial físico y espiritual. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Deepak Chopra Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302626 thebookvoice.com 3:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mente sin tiempo, cuerpo sin edad Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Mente sin tiempo, cuerpo sin edad' trasciende las últimas investigaciones en torno al proceso del envejecimiento, y con base en la antigua sabiduría mente-cuerpo nos demuestra de manera contundente y sencilla que no tenemos por qué envejecer. El Dr. Deepak Chopra nos explica que, contrariamente a nuestras creencias, sí es posible controlar la forma en que nuestra mente y nuestro cuerpo metabolizan el tiempo, conservando la vitalidad, la creatividad, la memoria y la autoestima, para revertir así el proceso del envejecimiento. Este programa único en su género se enfoca en el control del estrés, los cambios alimenticios y el ejercicio. Además, propone un programa individualizado gracias al cual podemos aprender los pasos para vivir una existencia plena con una salud óptima -aumentando años a nuestra vida y vida a nuestros años- y alcanzar nuestro máximo potencial físico y espiritual. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mente sin tiempo, cuerpo sin edad Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Mente sin tiempo, cuerpo sin edad' trasciende las últimas investigaciones en torno al proceso del envejecimiento, y con base en la antigua sabiduría mente-cuerpo nos demuestra de manera contundente y sencilla que no tenemos por qué envejecer. El Dr. Deepak Chopra nos explica que, contrariamente a nuestras creencias, sí es posible controlar la forma en que nuestra mente y nuestro cuerpo metabolizan el tiempo, conservando la vitalidad, la creatividad, la memoria y la autoestima, para revertir así el proceso del envejecimiento. Este programa único en su género se enfoca en el control del estrés, los cambios alimenticios y el ejercicio. Además, propone un programa individualizado gracias al cual podemos aprender los pasos para vivir una existencia plena con una salud óptima -aumentando años a nuestra vida y vida a nuestros años- y alcanzar nuestro máximo potencial físico y espiritual. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302625 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo crear abundancia Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este valioso audiolibro contiene el secreto para crear verdadera abundancia. El Dr. Deepak Chopra expone que la abundancia es nuestro estado natural y que el universo es un campo ilimitado de todas las posibilidades. Al escuchar estas reflexiones descubrimos que somos tanto creadores como parte de la creación y que la riqueza es nuestro derecho. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Deepak Chopra Mon, 14 Mar 2022 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302625 thebookvoice.com 0:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo crear abundancia Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este valioso audiolibro contiene el secreto para crear verdadera abundancia. El Dr. Deepak Chopra expone que la abundancia es nuestro estado natural y que el universo es un campo ilimitado de todas las posibilidades. Al escuchar estas reflexiones descubrimos que somos tanto creadores como parte de la creación y que la riqueza es nuestro derecho. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo crear abundancia Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este valioso audiolibro contiene el secreto para crear verdadera abundancia. El Dr. Deepak Chopra expone que la abundancia es nuestro estado natural y que el universo es un campo ilimitado de todas las posibilidades. Al escuchar estas reflexiones descubrimos que somos tanto creadores como parte de la creación y que la riqueza es nuestro derecho. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302444 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayhem: A Memoir Author: Sigrid Rausing Narrator: Maggie Gyllenhaal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 7, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Mayhem by Sigrid Rausing, read by Maggie Gyllenhaal. A searingly powerful memoir about the impact of addiction on a family In the summer of 2012 a woman named Eva was found dead in the London townhouse she shared with her husband, Hans K. Rausing. The couple had struggled with drug addiction for years, often under the glare of tabloid headlines. Now, writing with singular clarity and restraint the editor and publisher Sigrid Rausing, tries to make sense of what happened to her brother and his wife. In Mayhem, she asks the difficult questions those close to the world of addiction must face. 'Who can help the addict, consumed by a shaming hunger, a need beyond control? There is no medicine: the drugs are the medicine. And who can help their families, so implicated in the self-destruction of the addict? Who can help when the very notion of 'help' becomes synonymous with an exercise of power; a familial police state; an end to freedom, in the addict's mind?' Sigrid Rausing Thu, 07 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302444 thebookvoice.com 5:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayhem: A Memoir Author: Sigrid Rausing Narrator: Maggie Gyllenhaal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 7, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Mayhem by Sigrid Rausing, read by Maggie Gyllenhaal. A searingly powerful memoir about the impact of addiction on a family In the summer of 2012 a woman named Eva was found dead in the London townhouse she shared with her husband, Hans K. Rausing. The couple had struggled with drug addiction for years, often under the glare of tabloid headlines. Now, writing with singular clarity and restraint the editor and publisher Sigrid Rausing, tries to make sense of what happened to her brother and his wife. In Mayhem, she asks the difficult questions those close to the world of addiction must face. 'Who can help the addict, consumed by a shaming hunger, a need beyond control? There is no medicine: the drugs are the medicine. And who can help their families, so implicated in the self-destruction of the addict? Who can help when the very notion of 'help' becomes synonymous with an exercise of power; a familial police state; an end to freedom, in the addict's mind?' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayhem: A Memoir Author: Sigrid Rausing Narrator: Maggie Gyllenhaal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 7, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Mayhem by Sigrid Rausing, read by Maggie Gyllenhaal. A searingly powerful memoir about the impact of addiction on a family In the summer of 2012 a woman named Eva was found dead in the London townhouse she shared with her husband, Hans K. Rausing. The couple had struggled with drug addiction for years, often under the glare of tabloid headlines. Now, writing with singular clarity and restraint the editor and publisher Sigrid Rausing, tries to make sense of what happened to her brother and his wife. In Mayhem, she asks the difficult questions those close to the world of addiction must face. 'Who can help the addict, consumed by a shaming hunger, a need beyond control? There is no medicine: the drugs are the medicine. And who can help their families, so implicated in the self-destruction of the addict? Who can help when the very notion of 'help' becomes synonymous with an exercise of power; a familial police state; an end to freedom, in the addict's mind?' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302356 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - AMOR, EROTISMO E INTIMIDAD Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor Deepak Chopra nos habla de la fuente de amor que existe en la espiritualidad y de cómo, a través de ella, podemos transformar nuestra vida y nuestras relaciones. Sí es posible vivir cada día con significado, profundidad, romance y pasión. 'Amor, erotismo e Intimidad' contiene la explicación de las siete etapas del amor: atracción - enamoramiento - conquista - intimidad - entrega - pasión - éxtasis. También incluye ejercicios específicos que nos enseñan a reconocer y librarnos de los obstáculos que bloquean nuestra felicidad. Esta obra inspira, pues trata del área más compleja y rica del ser humano: su corazón. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Deepak Chopra Wed, 01 Sep 2021 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302356 thebookvoice.com 3:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - AMOR, EROTISMO E INTIMIDAD Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor Deepak Chopra nos habla de la fuente de amor que existe en la espiritualidad y de cómo, a través de ella, podemos transformar nuestra vida y nuestras relaciones. Sí es posible vivir cada día con significado, profundidad, romance y pasión. 'Amor, erotismo e Intimidad' contiene la explicación de las siete etapas del amor: atracción - enamoramiento - conquista - intimidad - entrega - pasión - éxtasis. También incluye ejercicios específicos que nos enseñan a reconocer y librarnos de los obstáculos que bloquean nuestra felicidad. Esta obra inspira, pues trata del área más compleja y rica del ser humano: su corazón. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - AMOR, EROTISMO E INTIMIDAD Author: Deepak Chopra Narrator: Emilio Evergenyi Matos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor Deepak Chopra nos habla de la fuente de amor que existe en la espiritualidad y de cómo, a través de ella, podemos transformar nuestra vida y nuestras relaciones. Sí es posible vivir cada día con significado, profundidad, romance y pasión. 'Amor, erotismo e Intimidad' contiene la explicación de las siete etapas del amor: atracción - enamoramiento - conquista - intimidad - entrega - pasión - éxtasis. También incluye ejercicios específicos que nos enseñan a reconocer y librarnos de los obstáculos que bloquean nuestra felicidad. Esta obra inspira, pues trata del área más compleja y rica del ser humano: su corazón. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Deepak Chopra es médico, endocrinólogo, pionero en la Medicina Mente/Cuerpo. La revista Time lo llamó el 'poeta-profeta de la medicina alternativa' y lo consideran una de las personalidades más representativas del siglo XX y XX. Millones de personas se han beneficiado con sus conocimientos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302319 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grown-Up's Guide to Teenage Humans: How to Decode Their Behavior, Develop Unshakable Trust, and Raise a Respectable Adult Author: Josh Shipp Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A practical guide to understanding teens from bestselling author and global youth advocate Josh Shipp. In 2015, Harvard researchers found that every child who does well in the face of adversity has had at least one stable and committed relationship with a supportive adult. But Josh Shipp didn’t need Harvard to know that. Once an at-risk foster kid, he was headed straight for trouble until he met the man who changed his life: Rodney, the foster parent who refused to quit on Shipp and got him to believe in himself. Now, in The Grown-Up’s Guide to Teenage Humans, Shipp shows all of us how to be that caring adult in a teenager’s life. Stressing the need for compassion, trust, and encouragement, he breaks down the phases of a teenage human from sixth to twelfth grade, examining the changes, goals, and mentality of teenagers at each stage. Shipp offers revelatory stories that take us inside the teen brain, and shares wisdom from top professionals and the most expert grown-ups. He also includes practice scripts that address tough issues, including: - FORGIVENESS: What do I do when a teen has been really hurt by someone and it’s not their fault? - COMMUNICATION: How do I get a teen to talk to me? They just grunt. - TRUST: My teen blew it. My trust is gone. Where do we go from here? - BULLYING: Help! A teen (or their friend) is being harassed. - DIFFICULT AND AWKWARD CONVERSATIONS: Drugs. Death. Sex. Oh my. Written in Shipp’s playfully authoritative, no-nonsense voice, The Grown-Up’s Guide to Teenage Humans tells his story and unpacks practical strategies that can make a difference. Ultimately, it's not about shortcuts or magic words—as Shipp reminds us, it’s about investing in kids and giving them the love, time, and support they need to thrive. And that means every kid is one caring adult away from being a success story. Josh Shipp Tue, 19 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302319 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grown-Up's Guide to Teenage Humans: How to Decode Their Behavior, Develop Unshakable Trust, and Raise a Respectable Adult Author: Josh Shipp Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A practical guide to understanding teens from bestselling author and global youth advocate Josh Shipp. In 2015, Harvard researchers found that every child who does well in the face of adversity has had at least one stable and committed relationship with a supportive adult. But Josh Shipp didn’t need Harvard to know that. Once an at-risk foster kid, he was headed straight for trouble until he met the man who changed his life: Rodney, the foster parent who refused to quit on Shipp and got him to believe in himself. Now, in The Grown-Up’s Guide to Teenage Humans, Shipp shows all of us how to be that caring adult in a teenager’s life. Stressing the need for compassion, trust, and encouragement, he breaks down the phases of a teenage human from sixth to twelfth grade, examining the changes, goals, and mentality of teenagers at each stage. Shipp offers revelatory stories that take us inside the teen brain, and shares wisdom from top professionals and the most expert grown-ups. He also includes practice scripts that address tough issues, including: - FORGIVENESS: What do I do when a teen has been really hurt by someone and it’s not their fault? - COMMUNICATION: How do I get a teen to talk to me? They just grunt. - TRUST: My teen blew it. My trust is gone. Where do we go from here? - BULLYING: Help! A teen (or their friend) is being harassed. - DIFFICULT AND AWKWARD CONVERSATIONS: Drugs. Death. Sex. Oh my. Written in Shipp’s playfully authoritative, no-nonsense voice, The Grown-Up’s Guide to Teenage Humans tells his story and unpacks practical strategies that can make a difference. Ultimately, it's not about shortcuts or magic words—as Shipp reminds us, it’s about investing in kids and giving them the love, time, and support they need to thrive. And that means every kid is one caring adult away from being a success story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grown-Up's Guide to Teenage Humans: How to Decode Their Behavior, Develop Unshakable Trust, and Raise a Respectable Adult Author: Josh Shipp Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A practical guide to understanding teens from bestselling author and global youth advocate Josh Shipp. In 2015, Harvard researchers found that every child who does well in the face of adversity has had at least one stable and committed relationship with a supportive adult. But Josh Shipp didn’t need Harvard to know that. Once an at-risk foster kid, he was headed straight for trouble until he met the man who changed his life: Rodney, the foster parent who refused to quit on Shipp and got him to believe in himself. Now, in The Grown-Up’s Guide to Teenage Humans, Shipp shows all of us how to be that caring adult in a teenager’s life. Stressing the need for compassion, trust, and encouragement, he breaks down the phases of a teenage human from sixth to twelfth grade, examining the changes, goals, and mentality of teenagers at each stage. Shipp offers revelatory stories that take us inside the teen brain, and shares wisdom from top professionals and the most expert grown-ups. He also includes practice scripts that address tough issues, including: - FORGIVENESS: What do I do when a teen has been really hurt by someone and it’s not their fault? - COMMUNICATION: How do I get a teen to talk to me? They just grunt. - TRUST: My teen blew it. My trust is gone. Where do we go from here? - BULLYING: Help! A teen (or their friend) is being harassed. - DIFFICULT AND AWKWARD CONVERSATIONS: Drugs. Death. Sex. Oh my. Written in Shipp’s playfully authoritative, no-nonsense voice, The Grown-Up’s Guide to Teenage Humans tells his story and unpacks practical strategies that can make a difference. Ultimately, it's not about shortcuts or magic words—as Shipp reminds us, it’s about investing in kids and giving them the love, time, and support they need to thrive. And that means every kid is one caring adult away from being a success story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302119 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Braving the Wilderness: Reese's Book Club: The Quest for True Belonging and the Courage to Stand Alone Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 382 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 70 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • REESE’S BOOK CLUB PICK • A timely and important book that challenges everything we think we know about cultivating true belonging in our communities, organizations, and culture, from the #1 bestselling author of Rising Strong, Daring Greatly, and The Gifts of Imperfection Don’t miss the five-part Max docuseries Brené Brown: Atlas of the Heart! “True belonging doesn’t require us to change who we are. It requires us to be who we are.” Social scientist Brené Brown, PhD, MSW, has sparked a global conversation about the experiences that bring meaning to our lives—experiences of courage, vulnerability, love, belonging, shame, and empathy. In Braving the Wilderness, Brown redefines what it means to truly belong in an age of increased polarization. With her trademark mix of research, storytelling, and honesty, Brown will again change the cultural conversation while mapping a clear path to true belonging. Brown argues that we’re experiencing a spiritual crisis of disconnection, and introduces four practices of true belonging that challenge everything we believe about ourselves and each other. She writes, “True belonging requires us to believe in and belong to ourselves so fully that we can find sacredness both in being a part of something and in standing alone when necessary. But in a culture that’s rife with perfectionism and pleasing, and with the erosion of civility, it’s easy to stay quiet, hide in our ideological bunkers, or fit in rather than show up as our true selves and brave the wilderness of uncertainty and criticism. But true belonging is not something we negotiate or accomplish with others; it’s a daily practice that demands integrity and authenticity. It’s a personal commitment that we carry in our hearts.” Brown offers us the clarity and courage we need to find our way back to ourselves and to each other. And that path cuts right through the wilderness. Brown writes, “The wilderness is an untamed, unpredictable place of solitude and searching. It is a place as dangerous as it is breathtaking, a place as sought after as it is feared. But it turns out to be the place of true belonging, and it’s the bravest and most sacred place you will ever stand.” Brené Brown Tue, 12 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302119 thebookvoice.com 4:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Braving the Wilderness: Reese's Book Club: The Quest for True Belonging and the Courage to Stand Alone Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 382 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 70 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • REESE’S BOOK CLUB PICK • A timely and important book that challenges everything we think we know about cultivating true belonging in our communities, organizations, and culture, from the #1 bestselling author of Rising Strong, Daring Greatly, and The Gifts of Imperfection Don’t miss the five-part Max docuseries Brené Brown: Atlas of the Heart! “True belonging doesn’t require us to change who we are. It requires us to be who we are.” Social scientist Brené Brown, PhD, MSW, has sparked a global conversation about the experiences that bring meaning to our lives—experiences of courage, vulnerability, love, belonging, shame, and empathy. In Braving the Wilderness, Brown redefines what it means to truly belong in an age of increased polarization. With her trademark mix of research, storytelling, and honesty, Brown will again change the cultural conversation while mapping a clear path to true belonging. Brown argues that we’re experiencing a spiritual crisis of disconnection, and introduces four practices of true belonging that challenge everything we believe about ourselves and each other. She writes, “True belonging requires us to believe in and belong to ourselves so fully that we can find sacredness both in being a part of something and in standing alone when necessary. But in a culture that’s rife with perfectionism and pleasing, and with the erosion of civility, it’s easy to stay quiet, hide in our ideological bunkers, or fit in rather than show up as our true selves and brave the wilderness of uncertainty and criticism. But true belonging is not something we negotiate or accomplish with others; it’s a daily practice that demands integrity and authenticity. It’s a personal commitment that we carry in our hearts.” Brown offers us the clarity and courage we need to find our way back to ourselves and to each other. And that path cuts right through the wilderness. Brown writes, “The wilderness is an untamed, unpredictable place of solitude and searching. It is a place as dangerous as it is breathtaking, a place as sought after as it is feared. But it turns out to be the place of true belonging, and it’s the bravest and most sacred place you will ever stand.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Braving the Wilderness: Reese's Book Club: The Quest for True Belonging and the Courage to Stand Alone Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 382 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 70 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • REESE’S BOOK CLUB PICK • A timely and important book that challenges everything we think we know about cultivating true belonging in our communities, organizations, and culture, from the #1 bestselling author of Rising Strong, Daring Greatly, and The Gifts of Imperfection Don’t miss the five-part Max docuseries Brené Brown: Atlas of the Heart! “True belonging doesn’t require us to change who we are. It requires us to be who we are.” Social scientist Brené Brown, PhD, MSW, has sparked a global conversation about the experiences that bring meaning to our lives—experiences of courage, vulnerability, love, belonging, shame, and empathy. In Braving the Wilderness, Brown redefines what it means to truly belong in an age of increased polarization. With her trademark mix of research, storytelling, and honesty, Brown will again change the cultural conversation while mapping a clear path to true belonging. Brown argues that we’re experiencing a spiritual crisis of disconnection, and introduces four practices of true belonging that challenge everything we believe about ourselves and each other. She writes, “True belonging requires us to believe in and belong to ourselves so fully that we can find sacredness both in being a part of something and in standing alone when necessary. But in a culture that’s rife with perfectionism and pleasing, and with the erosion of civility, it’s easy to stay quiet, hide in our ideological bunkers, or fit in rather than show up as our true selves and brave the wilderness of uncertainty and criticism. But true belonging is not something we negotiate or accomplish with others; it’s a daily practice that demands integrity and authenticity. It’s a personal commitment that we carry in our hearts.” Brown offers us the clarity and courage we need to find our way back to ourselves and to each other. And that path cuts right through the wilderness. Brown writes, “The wilderness is an untamed, unpredictable place of solitude and searching. It is a place as dangerous as it is breathtaking, a place as sought after as it is feared. But it turns out to be the place of true belonging, and it’s the bravest and most sacred place you will ever stand.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight of American Sanity: A Psychiatrist Analyzes the Age of Trump Author: Allen Frances Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Unravel[s] the national psyche that brought our politics to this moment.” — Evan Osnos, The New Yorker A landmark book, from “one of the world’s most prominent psychiatrists” (The Atlantic): Allen Frances analyzes the nation, viewing the rise of Donald J. Trump as darkly symptomatic of a deeper societal distress that must be understood if we are to move forward. Equally challenging and profound, Twilight of American Sanity “joins a small shelf of essential titles—Arlie Hochschild’s Strangers in Their Own Land is another—that help explain why and how the Trump presidency happened” (Kirkus). It is comforting to see President Donald Trump as a crazy man, a one-off, an exception—not a reflection on us or our democracy. But in ways I never anticipated, his rise was absolutely predictable and a mirror on our soul. … What does it say about us, that we elected someone so manifestly unfit and unprepared to determine mankind’s future? Trump is a symptom of a world in distress, not its sole cause. Blaming him for all our troubles misses the deeper, underlying societal sickness that made possible his unlikely ascent. Calling Trump crazy allows us to avoid confronting the craziness in our society—if we want to get sane, we must first gain insight about ourselves. Simply put: Trump isn’t crazy, but our society is. —from TWILIGHT OF AMERICAN SANITY More than three years in the making: the world's leading expert on psychiatric diagnosis, past leader of the American Psychiatric Association’s DSM (“the bible of psychology”), and author of the influential international bestseller on the medicalization of ordinary life, Saving Normal, draws upon his vast experience to deliver a powerful critique of modern American society’s collective slide away from sanity and offers an urgently needed prescription for reclaiming our bearings. Widely cited in recent months as the man who quite literally wrote the diagnostic criteria for narcissism, Allen Frances, M.D., has been at the center of the debate surrounding President Trump’s mental state—quoted in Evan Osnos’s May 2017 New Yorker article (“How Trump Could Get Fired”) and publishing a much-shared opinion letter in the New York Times (“An Eminent Psychiatrist Demurs on Trump’s Mental State”). Frances argues that Trump is ''bad, not mad''--and that the real question to wrestle with is how we as a country could have chosen him as our leader. Twilight of American Sanity is an essential work for understanding our national crisis. Allen Frances Tue, 05 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302098 thebookvoice.com 12:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight of American Sanity: A Psychiatrist Analyzes the Age of Trump Author: Allen Frances Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Unravel[s] the national psyche that brought our politics to this moment.” — Evan Osnos, The New Yorker A landmark book, from “one of the world’s most prominent psychiatrists” (The Atlantic): Allen Frances analyzes the nation, viewing the rise of Donald J. Trump as darkly symptomatic of a deeper societal distress that must be understood if we are to move forward. Equally challenging and profound, Twilight of American Sanity “joins a small shelf of essential titles—Arlie Hochschild’s Strangers in Their Own Land is another—that help explain why and how the Trump presidency happened” (Kirkus). It is comforting to see President Donald Trump as a crazy man, a one-off, an exception—not a reflection on us or our democracy. But in ways I never anticipated, his rise was absolutely predictable and a mirror on our soul. … What does it say about us, that we elected someone so manifestly unfit and unprepared to determine mankind’s future? Trump is a symptom of a world in distress, not its sole cause. Blaming him for all our troubles misses the deeper, underlying societal sickness that made possible his unlikely ascent. Calling Trump crazy allows us to avoid confronting the craziness in our society—if we want to get sane, we must first gain insight about ourselves. Simply put: Trump isn’t crazy, but our society is. —from TWILIGHT OF AMERICAN SANITY More than three years in the making: the world's leading expert on psychiatric diagnosis, past leader of the American Psychiatric Association’s DSM (“the bible of psychology”), and author of the influential international bestseller on the medicalization of ordinary life, Saving Normal, draws upon his vast experience to deliver a powerful critique of modern American society’s collective slide away from sanity and offers an urgently needed prescription for reclaiming our bearings. Widely cited in recent months as the man who quite literally wrote the diagnostic criteria for narcissism, Allen Frances, M.D., has been at the center of the debate surrounding President Trump’s mental state—quoted in Evan Osnos’s May 2017 New Yorker article (“How Trump Could Get Fired”) and publishing a much-shared opinion letter in the New York Times (“An Eminent Psychiatrist Demurs on Trump’s Mental State”). Frances argues that Trump is ''bad, not mad''--and that the real question to wrestle with is how we as a country could have chosen him as our leader. Twilight of American Sanity is an essential work for understanding our national crisis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight of American Sanity: A Psychiatrist Analyzes the Age of Trump Author: Allen Frances Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Unravel[s] the national psyche that brought our politics to this moment.” — Evan Osnos, The New Yorker A landmark book, from “one of the world’s most prominent psychiatrists” (The Atlantic): Allen Frances analyzes the nation, viewing the rise of Donald J. Trump as darkly symptomatic of a deeper societal distress that must be understood if we are to move forward. Equally challenging and profound, Twilight of American Sanity “joins a small shelf of essential titles—Arlie Hochschild’s Strangers in Their Own Land is another—that help explain why and how the Trump presidency happened” (Kirkus). It is comforting to see President Donald Trump as a crazy man, a one-off, an exception—not a reflection on us or our democracy. But in ways I never anticipated, his rise was absolutely predictable and a mirror on our soul. … What does it say about us, that we elected someone so manifestly unfit and unprepared to determine mankind’s future? Trump is a symptom of a world in distress, not its sole cause. Blaming him for all our troubles misses the deeper, underlying societal sickness that made possible his unlikely ascent. Calling Trump crazy allows us to avoid confronting the craziness in our society—if we want to get sane, we must first gain insight about ourselves. Simply put: Trump isn’t crazy, but our society is. —from TWILIGHT OF AMERICAN SANITY More than three years in the making: the world's leading expert on psychiatric diagnosis, past leader of the American Psychiatric Association’s DSM (“the bible of psychology”), and author of the influential international bestseller on the medicalization of ordinary life, Saving Normal, draws upon his vast experience to deliver a powerful critique of modern American society’s collective slide away from sanity and offers an urgently needed prescription for reclaiming our bearings. Widely cited in recent months as the man who quite literally wrote the diagnostic criteria for narcissism, Allen Frances, M.D., has been at the center of the debate surrounding President Trump’s mental state—quoted in Evan Osnos’s May 2017 New Yorker article (“How Trump Could Get Fired”) and publishing a much-shared opinion letter in the New York Times (“An Eminent Psychiatrist Demurs on Trump’s Mental State”). Frances argues that Trump is ''bad, not mad''--and that the real question to wrestle with is how we as a country could have chosen him as our leader. Twilight of American Sanity is an essential work for understanding our national crisis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301962 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are All the Black Kids Sitting Together in the Cafeteria?: And Other Conversations About Race Author: Beverly Daniel Tatum Narrator: Beverly Daniel Tatum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 61 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The classic, New York Times-bestselling book on the psychology of racism that shows us how to talk about race in America. Walk into any racially mixed high school and you will see Black, White, and Latino youth clustered in their own groups. Is this self-segregation a problem to address or a coping strategy? How can we get past our reluctance to discuss racial issues? Beverly Daniel Tatum, a renowned authority on the psychology of racism, argues that straight talk about our racial identities is essential if we are serious about communicating across racial and ethnic divides and pursuing antiracism. These topics have only become more urgent as the national conversation about race is increasingly acrimonious. This fully revised edition is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand dynamics of race and racial inequality in America. Beverly Daniel Tatum Tue, 05 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301962 thebookvoice.com 13:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are All the Black Kids Sitting Together in the Cafeteria?: And Other Conversations About Race Author: Beverly Daniel Tatum Narrator: Beverly Daniel Tatum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 61 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The classic, New York Times-bestselling book on the psychology of racism that shows us how to talk about race in America. Walk into any racially mixed high school and you will see Black, White, and Latino youth clustered in their own groups. Is this self-segregation a problem to address or a coping strategy? How can we get past our reluctance to discuss racial issues? Beverly Daniel Tatum, a renowned authority on the psychology of racism, argues that straight talk about our racial identities is essential if we are serious about communicating across racial and ethnic divides and pursuing antiracism. These topics have only become more urgent as the national conversation about race is increasingly acrimonious. This fully revised edition is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand dynamics of race and racial inequality in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are All the Black Kids Sitting Together in the Cafeteria?: And Other Conversations About Race Author: Beverly Daniel Tatum Narrator: Beverly Daniel Tatum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 61 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The classic, New York Times-bestselling book on the psychology of racism that shows us how to talk about race in America. Walk into any racially mixed high school and you will see Black, White, and Latino youth clustered in their own groups. Is this self-segregation a problem to address or a coping strategy? How can we get past our reluctance to discuss racial issues? Beverly Daniel Tatum, a renowned authority on the psychology of racism, argues that straight talk about our racial identities is essential if we are serious about communicating across racial and ethnic divides and pursuing antiracism. These topics have only become more urgent as the national conversation about race is increasingly acrimonious. This fully revised edition is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand dynamics of race and racial inequality in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301960 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jumping at Shadows: The Triumph of Fear and the End of the American Dream Author: Sasha Abramsky Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why is an unarmed young black woman who knocks on a stranger's front door to ask for help after her car breaks down perceived to be so threatening that he shoots her dead? Why do we fear infrequent acts of terrorism more far more common acts of violence? Why does a disease like Ebola, which killed only a handful of Americans, provoke panic, whereas the flu--which kills tens of thousands each year--is dismissed with a yawn? Jumping at Shadows is Sasha Abramsky's searing account of America's most dangerous epidemic: irrational fear. Taking readers on a dramatic journey through a divided nation, where everything from immigration to disease, gun control to health care has become fodder for fearmongers and conspiracists, he delivers an eye-popping analysis of our misconceptions about risk and threats. What emerges is a shocking portrait of a political and cultural landscape that is, increasingly, defined by our worst fears and rampant anxieties. Ultimately, Abramsky shows that how we calculate risk and deal with fear can teach us a great deal about ourselves, exposing deeply ingrained strains of racism, classism, and xenophobia within our culture, as well as our growing susceptibility to the toxic messages of demagogues. Sasha Abramsky Tue, 05 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301960 thebookvoice.com 8:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jumping at Shadows: The Triumph of Fear and the End of the American Dream Author: Sasha Abramsky Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why is an unarmed young black woman who knocks on a stranger's front door to ask for help after her car breaks down perceived to be so threatening that he shoots her dead? Why do we fear infrequent acts of terrorism more far more common acts of violence? Why does a disease like Ebola, which killed only a handful of Americans, provoke panic, whereas the flu--which kills tens of thousands each year--is dismissed with a yawn? Jumping at Shadows is Sasha Abramsky's searing account of America's most dangerous epidemic: irrational fear. Taking readers on a dramatic journey through a divided nation, where everything from immigration to disease, gun control to health care has become fodder for fearmongers and conspiracists, he delivers an eye-popping analysis of our misconceptions about risk and threats. What emerges is a shocking portrait of a political and cultural landscape that is, increasingly, defined by our worst fears and rampant anxieties. Ultimately, Abramsky shows that how we calculate risk and deal with fear can teach us a great deal about ourselves, exposing deeply ingrained strains of racism, classism, and xenophobia within our culture, as well as our growing susceptibility to the toxic messages of demagogues. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jumping at Shadows: The Triumph of Fear and the End of the American Dream Author: Sasha Abramsky Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why is an unarmed young black woman who knocks on a stranger's front door to ask for help after her car breaks down perceived to be so threatening that he shoots her dead? Why do we fear infrequent acts of terrorism more far more common acts of violence? Why does a disease like Ebola, which killed only a handful of Americans, provoke panic, whereas the flu--which kills tens of thousands each year--is dismissed with a yawn? Jumping at Shadows is Sasha Abramsky's searing account of America's most dangerous epidemic: irrational fear. Taking readers on a dramatic journey through a divided nation, where everything from immigration to disease, gun control to health care has become fodder for fearmongers and conspiracists, he delivers an eye-popping analysis of our misconceptions about risk and threats. What emerges is a shocking portrait of a political and cultural landscape that is, increasingly, defined by our worst fears and rampant anxieties. Ultimately, Abramsky shows that how we calculate risk and deal with fear can teach us a great deal about ourselves, exposing deeply ingrained strains of racism, classism, and xenophobia within our culture, as well as our growing susceptibility to the toxic messages of demagogues. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301958 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Girls: A Memoir Author: Sarah Thebarge Narrator: Sarah Thebarge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Twenty-seven-year-old Sarah The barge had it all - a loving boyfriend, an Ivy League degree, and a successful career - when her life was derailed by an unthinkable diagnosis: aggressive breast cancer. After surviving the grueling treatments - though just barely - Sarah moved to Portland, Oregon to start over. There, a chance encounter with an exhausted African mother and her daughters transformed her life again. A Somali refugee whose husband had left her, Hadhi was struggling to raise five young daughters, half a world a way from her war-torn homeland. Alone in a strange country, Hadhi and the girls were on the brink of starvation in their own home, 'invisible' to their neighbors and to the world. As Sarah helped Hadhi and the girls navigate American life, her outreach to the family became a source of courage and a lifeline for herself. Poignant, at times shattering, Sarah The barge's riveting memoir invites readers to engage in her story of finding connection, love, and redemption in the most unexpected places. Sarah Thebarge Tue, 17 Apr 2018 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301958 thebookvoice.com 6:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Girls: A Memoir Author: Sarah Thebarge Narrator: Sarah Thebarge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Twenty-seven-year-old Sarah The barge had it all - a loving boyfriend, an Ivy League degree, and a successful career - when her life was derailed by an unthinkable diagnosis: aggressive breast cancer. After surviving the grueling treatments - though just barely - Sarah moved to Portland, Oregon to start over. There, a chance encounter with an exhausted African mother and her daughters transformed her life again. A Somali refugee whose husband had left her, Hadhi was struggling to raise five young daughters, half a world a way from her war-torn homeland. Alone in a strange country, Hadhi and the girls were on the brink of starvation in their own home, 'invisible' to their neighbors and to the world. As Sarah helped Hadhi and the girls navigate American life, her outreach to the family became a source of courage and a lifeline for herself. Poignant, at times shattering, Sarah The barge's riveting memoir invites readers to engage in her story of finding connection, love, and redemption in the most unexpected places. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Girls: A Memoir Author: Sarah Thebarge Narrator: Sarah Thebarge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Twenty-seven-year-old Sarah The barge had it all - a loving boyfriend, an Ivy League degree, and a successful career - when her life was derailed by an unthinkable diagnosis: aggressive breast cancer. After surviving the grueling treatments - though just barely - Sarah moved to Portland, Oregon to start over. There, a chance encounter with an exhausted African mother and her daughters transformed her life again. A Somali refugee whose husband had left her, Hadhi was struggling to raise five young daughters, half a world a way from her war-torn homeland. Alone in a strange country, Hadhi and the girls were on the brink of starvation in their own home, 'invisible' to their neighbors and to the world. As Sarah helped Hadhi and the girls navigate American life, her outreach to the family became a source of courage and a lifeline for herself. Poignant, at times shattering, Sarah The barge's riveting memoir invites readers to engage in her story of finding connection, love, and redemption in the most unexpected places. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301703 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Asshole Survival Guide: How to Deal with People Who Treat You Like Dirt Author: Robert I Sutton Narrator: Robert I Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Asshole Survival Guide written and read by Robert I Sutton. Being around assholes, whether at work or elsewhere, can damage performance and affect wellbeing: having one asshole in a team has been shown to reduce performance by 30 to 40%. And social media has only given rise to further incivility -- 40% of people have experienced harassment online. But in The Asshole Survival Guide, Stanford professor Robert Sutton offers practical advice on identifying and tackling any kind of asshole -- based on research into groups from uncivil civil servants to French bus drivers, and 8,000 emails that he has received on asshole behaviour. With expertise and humour, he provides a cogent and methodical game-plan to fight back. First, he sets out the asshole audit, to find out what kind of asshole needs dealing with, and asshole detection strategies. Then he reveals field-tested, sometimes surprising techniques, from asshole avoidance and asshole taxes to mind-tricks and the art of love bombing. Finally, he explains the dangers of asshole blindness - when the problem might be yours truly. Robert I Sutton Thu, 07 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301703 thebookvoice.com 5:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Asshole Survival Guide: How to Deal with People Who Treat You Like Dirt Author: Robert I Sutton Narrator: Robert I Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Asshole Survival Guide written and read by Robert I Sutton. Being around assholes, whether at work or elsewhere, can damage performance and affect wellbeing: having one asshole in a team has been shown to reduce performance by 30 to 40%. And social media has only given rise to further incivility -- 40% of people have experienced harassment online. But in The Asshole Survival Guide, Stanford professor Robert Sutton offers practical advice on identifying and tackling any kind of asshole -- based on research into groups from uncivil civil servants to French bus drivers, and 8,000 emails that he has received on asshole behaviour. With expertise and humour, he provides a cogent and methodical game-plan to fight back. First, he sets out the asshole audit, to find out what kind of asshole needs dealing with, and asshole detection strategies. Then he reveals field-tested, sometimes surprising techniques, from asshole avoidance and asshole taxes to mind-tricks and the art of love bombing. Finally, he explains the dangers of asshole blindness - when the problem might be yours truly. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Asshole Survival Guide: How to Deal with People Who Treat You Like Dirt Author: Robert I Sutton Narrator: Robert I Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Asshole Survival Guide written and read by Robert I Sutton. Being around assholes, whether at work or elsewhere, can damage performance and affect wellbeing: having one asshole in a team has been shown to reduce performance by 30 to 40%. And social media has only given rise to further incivility -- 40% of people have experienced harassment online. But in The Asshole Survival Guide, Stanford professor Robert Sutton offers practical advice on identifying and tackling any kind of asshole -- based on research into groups from uncivil civil servants to French bus drivers, and 8,000 emails that he has received on asshole behaviour. With expertise and humour, he provides a cogent and methodical game-plan to fight back. First, he sets out the asshole audit, to find out what kind of asshole needs dealing with, and asshole detection strategies. Then he reveals field-tested, sometimes surprising techniques, from asshole avoidance and asshole taxes to mind-tricks and the art of love bombing. Finally, he explains the dangers of asshole blindness - when the problem might be yours truly. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301454 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Psychology of Habits [Russian Edition] Author: Aleksey Tihonov Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 35 minutes Release date: July 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From this book of the publishing house AB Publishing you will learn how to get rid of bad habits, how to cultivate a successful person, based on one's only habits, that is, the same daily activities. Let's talk about such an important moment in the life of any one of us as a relationship, and how to save love from habit. The final chord will be a series of tips on what you need to do to become a ... millionaire. This, it turns out, is quite simple and accessible to everyone, the main thing is to develop new mechanisms of action in oneself, and the matter will start to argue. Aleksey Tihonov Fri, 28 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301454 thebookvoice.com 1:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Psychology of Habits [Russian Edition] Author: Aleksey Tihonov Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 35 minutes Release date: July 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From this book of the publishing house AB Publishing you will learn how to get rid of bad habits, how to cultivate a successful person, based on one's only habits, that is, the same daily activities. Let's talk about such an important moment in the life of any one of us as a relationship, and how to save love from habit. The final chord will be a series of tips on what you need to do to become a ... millionaire. This, it turns out, is quite simple and accessible to everyone, the main thing is to develop new mechanisms of action in oneself, and the matter will start to argue. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Psychology of Habits [Russian Edition] Author: Aleksey Tihonov Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 35 minutes Release date: July 28, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From this book of the publishing house AB Publishing you will learn how to get rid of bad habits, how to cultivate a successful person, based on one's only habits, that is, the same daily activities. Let's talk about such an important moment in the life of any one of us as a relationship, and how to save love from habit. The final chord will be a series of tips on what you need to do to become a ... millionaire. This, it turns out, is quite simple and accessible to everyone, the main thing is to develop new mechanisms of action in oneself, and the matter will start to argue. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301295 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Hypnosis. How to Use and Resist [Russian Edition] Author: Alexander Filin Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskiy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: July 19, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The word 'hypnosis' has become fashionable relatively recently. But, despite a stormy surge of interest in this phenomenon, an ordinary person knows very little about hypnosis. The more interesting it is to learn that hypnosis is a well-researched medical device that is widely used to treat a variety of diseases. Elements of hypnosis are found in everyday life, and on television, and in forensics. Hypnosis can be treated, hypnosis can be resisted ... This book reveals the veils of secrets and makes hypnosis an accessible and understandable phenomenon, without any mysticism. But from this it does not become less interesting. Alexander Filin Wed, 19 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301295 thebookvoice.com 1:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Hypnosis. How to Use and Resist [Russian Edition] Author: Alexander Filin Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskiy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: July 19, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The word 'hypnosis' has become fashionable relatively recently. But, despite a stormy surge of interest in this phenomenon, an ordinary person knows very little about hypnosis. The more interesting it is to learn that hypnosis is a well-researched medical device that is widely used to treat a variety of diseases. Elements of hypnosis are found in everyday life, and on television, and in forensics. Hypnosis can be treated, hypnosis can be resisted ... This book reveals the veils of secrets and makes hypnosis an accessible and understandable phenomenon, without any mysticism. But from this it does not become less interesting. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Hypnosis. How to Use and Resist [Russian Edition] Author: Alexander Filin Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskiy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: July 19, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The word 'hypnosis' has become fashionable relatively recently. But, despite a stormy surge of interest in this phenomenon, an ordinary person knows very little about hypnosis. The more interesting it is to learn that hypnosis is a well-researched medical device that is widely used to treat a variety of diseases. Elements of hypnosis are found in everyday life, and on television, and in forensics. Hypnosis can be treated, hypnosis can be resisted ... This book reveals the veils of secrets and makes hypnosis an accessible and understandable phenomenon, without any mysticism. But from this it does not become less interesting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301292 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - NLP. Secret Techniques of Special Services [Russian Edition] Author: Andrew Robinson Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: July 19, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Who are the special agents? In our understanding - these are people with amazing abilities. They have overturned the will power, good physical shape and unique abilities. People are open books for them, they are easy to recognize a lie and the truth, know how to find out information and how to get others to perform tasks assigned by them. They manage to be his in any company and at the same time can easily become invisible. They are able to achieve their goals and never turn away from the intended path. It may seem that such a character is able to live only in the pages of a novel or a TV, but it is not. Such people do exist, and you can become one of them. You ever heard of neuro-linguistic programming? This is a relatively young science that can change not only you, but your entire life. Once you become familiar with its basics, you will not only be in charge of their lives, but also to find the key to solving any relationship problems. Andrew Robinson Wed, 19 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301292 thebookvoice.com 1:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - NLP. Secret Techniques of Special Services [Russian Edition] Author: Andrew Robinson Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: July 19, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Who are the special agents? In our understanding - these are people with amazing abilities. They have overturned the will power, good physical shape and unique abilities. People are open books for them, they are easy to recognize a lie and the truth, know how to find out information and how to get others to perform tasks assigned by them. They manage to be his in any company and at the same time can easily become invisible. They are able to achieve their goals and never turn away from the intended path. It may seem that such a character is able to live only in the pages of a novel or a TV, but it is not. Such people do exist, and you can become one of them. You ever heard of neuro-linguistic programming? This is a relatively young science that can change not only you, but your entire life. Once you become familiar with its basics, you will not only be in charge of their lives, but also to find the key to solving any relationship problems. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - NLP. Secret Techniques of Special Services [Russian Edition] Author: Andrew Robinson Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: July 19, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Who are the special agents? In our understanding - these are people with amazing abilities. They have overturned the will power, good physical shape and unique abilities. People are open books for them, they are easy to recognize a lie and the truth, know how to find out information and how to get others to perform tasks assigned by them. They manage to be his in any company and at the same time can easily become invisible. They are able to achieve their goals and never turn away from the intended path. It may seem that such a character is able to live only in the pages of a novel or a TV, but it is not. Such people do exist, and you can become one of them. You ever heard of neuro-linguistic programming? This is a relatively young science that can change not only you, but your entire life. Once you become familiar with its basics, you will not only be in charge of their lives, but also to find the key to solving any relationship problems. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301121 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Bytes: Quick Answers to Quirky Questions About the Brain Author: Eric Chudler, Lise Johnson Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuroscience in small bits for the brain-curious. From magazine covers to Hollywood blockbusters, neuroscience is front and center. This popular interest has inspired many questions from people who wonder just what is going on in the three pounds of tissue between their ears. In Brain Bytes, neuroscience educators Eric Chudler and Lise Johnson get right to it, asking and answering more than one hundred questions about the brain. Questions include: Does size matter (do humans have the largest brains)? Can foods make people smarter? Does surfing online kill brain cells? Why do we dream? Why can’t I tickle myself? Why do cats like catnip? Why do we yawn and why are yawns contagious? What can I do to keep my brain healthy? Whether you are interested in serious topics like the history of neuroscience or practical topics like brain health or fun topics like popular culture, this book is sure to provide your brain with some piece of information it didn’t have before. Eric Chudler, Lise Johnson Sat, 05 Aug 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301121 thebookvoice.com 6:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Bytes: Quick Answers to Quirky Questions About the Brain Author: Eric Chudler, Lise Johnson Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuroscience in small bits for the brain-curious. From magazine covers to Hollywood blockbusters, neuroscience is front and center. This popular interest has inspired many questions from people who wonder just what is going on in the three pounds of tissue between their ears. In Brain Bytes, neuroscience educators Eric Chudler and Lise Johnson get right to it, asking and answering more than one hundred questions about the brain. Questions include: Does size matter (do humans have the largest brains)? Can foods make people smarter? Does surfing online kill brain cells? Why do we dream? Why can’t I tickle myself? Why do cats like catnip? Why do we yawn and why are yawns contagious? What can I do to keep my brain healthy? Whether you are interested in serious topics like the history of neuroscience or practical topics like brain health or fun topics like popular culture, this book is sure to provide your brain with some piece of information it didn’t have before. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Bytes: Quick Answers to Quirky Questions About the Brain Author: Eric Chudler, Lise Johnson Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuroscience in small bits for the brain-curious. From magazine covers to Hollywood blockbusters, neuroscience is front and center. This popular interest has inspired many questions from people who wonder just what is going on in the three pounds of tissue between their ears. In Brain Bytes, neuroscience educators Eric Chudler and Lise Johnson get right to it, asking and answering more than one hundred questions about the brain. Questions include: Does size matter (do humans have the largest brains)? Can foods make people smarter? Does surfing online kill brain cells? Why do we dream? Why can’t I tickle myself? Why do cats like catnip? Why do we yawn and why are yawns contagious? What can I do to keep my brain healthy? Whether you are interested in serious topics like the history of neuroscience or practical topics like brain health or fun topics like popular culture, this book is sure to provide your brain with some piece of information it didn’t have before. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301080 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301080]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Know Yourself: How to Achieve Any Goals [Russian Edition] Author: Mihail Rejmarov Narrator: Mihail Rejmarov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The psychologist's session is at your home! Psychologist Michael Reimarov offers versatile and powerful recipes that will help you get closer to the desired goal! No goal can be achieved if you are not ready in the depths of your soul to achieve it. As a result, you can very much want something, but you will not be able to move. How to create this necessary, all-conquering attitude to achieve the goal? You will find the answer in this audiobook. Start moving to your goal right now! Mihail Rejmarov Mon, 17 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301080 thebookvoice.com 0:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301080]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Know Yourself: How to Achieve Any Goals [Russian Edition] Author: Mihail Rejmarov Narrator: Mihail Rejmarov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The psychologist's session is at your home! Psychologist Michael Reimarov offers versatile and powerful recipes that will help you get closer to the desired goal! No goal can be achieved if you are not ready in the depths of your soul to achieve it. As a result, you can very much want something, but you will not be able to move. How to create this necessary, all-conquering attitude to achieve the goal? You will find the answer in this audiobook. Start moving to your goal right now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301080]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Know Yourself: How to Achieve Any Goals [Russian Edition] Author: Mihail Rejmarov Narrator: Mihail Rejmarov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The psychologist's session is at your home! Psychologist Michael Reimarov offers versatile and powerful recipes that will help you get closer to the desired goal! No goal can be achieved if you are not ready in the depths of your soul to achieve it. As a result, you can very much want something, but you will not be able to move. How to create this necessary, all-conquering attitude to achieve the goal? You will find the answer in this audiobook. Start moving to your goal right now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301029 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Memorization: How to Improve Your Memory Author: William Walker Atkinson Narrator: Steven Benjamin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The books of William Walker Atkinson have helped millions of people to make their lives happier. This book will not be an exception. It contains many ways to improve your memory. How does one develop attention? What role do hearing and vision play in memorization? How can you memorize more information for the long term? You will learn the answers to these and other questions from this book! William Walker Atkinson Mon, 10 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301029 thebookvoice.com 1:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Memorization: How to Improve Your Memory Author: William Walker Atkinson Narrator: Steven Benjamin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The books of William Walker Atkinson have helped millions of people to make their lives happier. This book will not be an exception. It contains many ways to improve your memory. How does one develop attention? What role do hearing and vision play in memorization? How can you memorize more information for the long term? You will learn the answers to these and other questions from this book! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Memorization: How to Improve Your Memory Author: William Walker Atkinson Narrator: Steven Benjamin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The books of William Walker Atkinson have helped millions of people to make their lives happier. This book will not be an exception. It contains many ways to improve your memory. How does one develop attention? What role do hearing and vision play in memorization? How can you memorize more information for the long term? You will learn the answers to these and other questions from this book! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Language of Flirting Author: Irene Nova Narrator: Ann Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 32 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to approach and start the conversation? How to attack the attention? And in addition to that, how to behave naturally? How to overcome the fear that you might be rejected? These questions are relevant for everybody: young men and young women experience the same fear in getting acquainted with the opposite sex. We have written this book especially for you. This book will tell you about the problem for both sides: you will find out what exactly are the girls afraid of, what are the men worried about, you will see points of contact and learn how to overcome fear of meeting someone as well as gain comprehensive knowledge of the art of flirting. Irene Nova Mon, 10 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301024 thebookvoice.com 1:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Language of Flirting Author: Irene Nova Narrator: Ann Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 32 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to approach and start the conversation? How to attack the attention? And in addition to that, how to behave naturally? How to overcome the fear that you might be rejected? These questions are relevant for everybody: young men and young women experience the same fear in getting acquainted with the opposite sex. We have written this book especially for you. This book will tell you about the problem for both sides: you will find out what exactly are the girls afraid of, what are the men worried about, you will see points of contact and learn how to overcome fear of meeting someone as well as gain comprehensive knowledge of the art of flirting. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Language of Flirting Author: Irene Nova Narrator: Ann Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 32 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to approach and start the conversation? How to attack the attention? And in addition to that, how to behave naturally? How to overcome the fear that you might be rejected? These questions are relevant for everybody: young men and young women experience the same fear in getting acquainted with the opposite sex. We have written this book especially for you. This book will tell you about the problem for both sides: you will find out what exactly are the girls afraid of, what are the men worried about, you will see points of contact and learn how to overcome fear of meeting someone as well as gain comprehensive knowledge of the art of flirting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology of Happiness Author: Andrew Long Narrator: Geoff Walsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 32 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The audiobook Psychology of Happiness is written and well arranged for those who are finding it hard to achieve Happiness in their everyday lives, and in their endeavors. This audiobook has carefully examined the various reasons why people do not achieve Happiness as well as the factors that can contribute to such problems. Following the recommended steps will help restore normalcy to your life. It will help you unleash the power within you and you will learn to live a life of contentment, satisfaction, and Happiness. Andrew Long Mon, 10 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301023 thebookvoice.com 1:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology of Happiness Author: Andrew Long Narrator: Geoff Walsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 32 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The audiobook Psychology of Happiness is written and well arranged for those who are finding it hard to achieve Happiness in their everyday lives, and in their endeavors. This audiobook has carefully examined the various reasons why people do not achieve Happiness as well as the factors that can contribute to such problems. Following the recommended steps will help restore normalcy to your life. It will help you unleash the power within you and you will learn to live a life of contentment, satisfaction, and Happiness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology of Happiness Author: Andrew Long Narrator: Geoff Walsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 32 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The audiobook Psychology of Happiness is written and well arranged for those who are finding it hard to achieve Happiness in their everyday lives, and in their endeavors. This audiobook has carefully examined the various reasons why people do not achieve Happiness as well as the factors that can contribute to such problems. Following the recommended steps will help restore normalcy to your life. It will help you unleash the power within you and you will learn to live a life of contentment, satisfaction, and Happiness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301015 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'd Like To Talk Nicely Author: Quentin Bach Narrator: Jocelyn Ahlf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nobody is born a great orator. Being a good speaker requires a lot of training and planning. The world's greatest speakers: Socrates, Martin Luther King, Mahatma Gandhi and many, many more have spent a lot of time polishing and practicing their speeches before delivering them and stunning the audience. Their speeches lifted hearts when the times were rough, they gave hope to people and inspired people to stand for the cause. Quentin Bach Mon, 10 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301015 thebookvoice.com 1:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'd Like To Talk Nicely Author: Quentin Bach Narrator: Jocelyn Ahlf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nobody is born a great orator. Being a good speaker requires a lot of training and planning. The world's greatest speakers: Socrates, Martin Luther King, Mahatma Gandhi and many, many more have spent a lot of time polishing and practicing their speeches before delivering them and stunning the audience. Their speeches lifted hearts when the times were rough, they gave hope to people and inspired people to stand for the cause. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'd Like To Talk Nicely Author: Quentin Bach Narrator: Jocelyn Ahlf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: July 10, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nobody is born a great orator. Being a good speaker requires a lot of training and planning. The world's greatest speakers: Socrates, Martin Luther King, Mahatma Gandhi and many, many more have spent a lot of time polishing and practicing their speeches before delivering them and stunning the audience. Their speeches lifted hearts when the times were rough, they gave hope to people and inspired people to stand for the cause. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300995 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - David and Goliath: Underdogs, Misfits, and the Art of Battling Giants Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Maxim Kireev Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 6, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Malcolm Gladwell, the #1 bestselling author of The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers, and What the Dog Saw, offers his most provocative and dazzling book yet. Three thousand years ago on a battlefield in ancient Palestine, a shepherd boy felled a mighty warrior with nothing more than a stone and a sling, and ever since then the names of David and Goliath have stood for battles between underdogs and giants. David's victory was improbable and miraculous. He shouldn't have won. Or should he have? In David and Goliath, Malcolm Gladwell challenges how we think about obstacles and disadvantages, offering a new interpretation of what it means to be discriminated against, or cope with a disability, or lose a parent, or attend a mediocre school, or suffer from any number of other apparent setbacks. Gladwell begins with the real story of what happened between the giant and the shepherd boy those many years ago. From there, David and Goliath examines Northern Ireland's Troubles, the minds of cancer researchers and civil rights leaders, murder and the high costs of revenge, and the dynamics of successful and unsuccessful classrooms all to demonstrate how much of what is beautiful and important in the world arises from what looks like suffering and adversity. In the tradition of Gladwell's previous bestsellers The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers and What the Dog Saw David and Goliath draws upon history, psychology, and powerful storytelling to reshape the way we think of the world around us. Malcolm Gladwell Thu, 06 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300995 thebookvoice.com 8:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - David and Goliath: Underdogs, Misfits, and the Art of Battling Giants Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Maxim Kireev Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 6, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Malcolm Gladwell, the #1 bestselling author of The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers, and What the Dog Saw, offers his most provocative and dazzling book yet. Three thousand years ago on a battlefield in ancient Palestine, a shepherd boy felled a mighty warrior with nothing more than a stone and a sling, and ever since then the names of David and Goliath have stood for battles between underdogs and giants. David's victory was improbable and miraculous. He shouldn't have won. Or should he have? In David and Goliath, Malcolm Gladwell challenges how we think about obstacles and disadvantages, offering a new interpretation of what it means to be discriminated against, or cope with a disability, or lose a parent, or attend a mediocre school, or suffer from any number of other apparent setbacks. Gladwell begins with the real story of what happened between the giant and the shepherd boy those many years ago. From there, David and Goliath examines Northern Ireland's Troubles, the minds of cancer researchers and civil rights leaders, murder and the high costs of revenge, and the dynamics of successful and unsuccessful classrooms all to demonstrate how much of what is beautiful and important in the world arises from what looks like suffering and adversity. In the tradition of Gladwell's previous bestsellers The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers and What the Dog Saw David and Goliath draws upon history, psychology, and powerful storytelling to reshape the way we think of the world around us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - David and Goliath: Underdogs, Misfits, and the Art of Battling Giants Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Maxim Kireev Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 6, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Malcolm Gladwell, the #1 bestselling author of The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers, and What the Dog Saw, offers his most provocative and dazzling book yet. Three thousand years ago on a battlefield in ancient Palestine, a shepherd boy felled a mighty warrior with nothing more than a stone and a sling, and ever since then the names of David and Goliath have stood for battles between underdogs and giants. David's victory was improbable and miraculous. He shouldn't have won. Or should he have? In David and Goliath, Malcolm Gladwell challenges how we think about obstacles and disadvantages, offering a new interpretation of what it means to be discriminated against, or cope with a disability, or lose a parent, or attend a mediocre school, or suffer from any number of other apparent setbacks. Gladwell begins with the real story of what happened between the giant and the shepherd boy those many years ago. From there, David and Goliath examines Northern Ireland's Troubles, the minds of cancer researchers and civil rights leaders, murder and the high costs of revenge, and the dynamics of successful and unsuccessful classrooms all to demonstrate how much of what is beautiful and important in the world arises from what looks like suffering and adversity. In the tradition of Gladwell's previous bestsellers The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers and What the Dog Saw David and Goliath draws upon history, psychology, and powerful storytelling to reshape the way we think of the world around us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300990 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - The Tipping Point: How Little Things Can Make a Big Difference [Russian Edition] Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskiy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The tipping point is that magic moment when an idea, trend, or social behavior crosses a threshold, tips, and spreads like wildfire. Just as a single sick person can start an epidemic of the flu, so too can a small but precisely targeted push cause a fashion trend, the popularity of a new product, or a drop in the crime rate. This widely acclaimed bestseller, in which Malcolm Gladwell explores and brilliantly illuminates the tipping point phenomenon, is already changing the way people throughout the world think about selling products and disseminating ideas. Malcolm Gladwell Wed, 05 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300990 thebookvoice.com 8:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - The Tipping Point: How Little Things Can Make a Big Difference [Russian Edition] Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskiy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The tipping point is that magic moment when an idea, trend, or social behavior crosses a threshold, tips, and spreads like wildfire. Just as a single sick person can start an epidemic of the flu, so too can a small but precisely targeted push cause a fashion trend, the popularity of a new product, or a drop in the crime rate. This widely acclaimed bestseller, in which Malcolm Gladwell explores and brilliantly illuminates the tipping point phenomenon, is already changing the way people throughout the world think about selling products and disseminating ideas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - The Tipping Point: How Little Things Can Make a Big Difference [Russian Edition] Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskiy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The tipping point is that magic moment when an idea, trend, or social behavior crosses a threshold, tips, and spreads like wildfire. Just as a single sick person can start an epidemic of the flu, so too can a small but precisely targeted push cause a fashion trend, the popularity of a new product, or a drop in the crime rate. This widely acclaimed bestseller, in which Malcolm Gladwell explores and brilliantly illuminates the tipping point phenomenon, is already changing the way people throughout the world think about selling products and disseminating ideas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300972 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcome Your Fear Overcome Flying Author: My Ebook Publishing House Narrator: Matt Montanez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 26, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover How to ! You can demolish your fear of flying, and when those fears are gone they are gone for good! Some self-help books are hard work, but this one isn't. It's quick and concise, showing you what to do and how to do it, so you can start looking forward to that flight without the fear. Download your copy today! Take action right away to learn how to beat your fear of flying in this book "Overcome Your Fear of Flying My Ebook Publishing House Mon, 26 Jun 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300972 thebookvoice.com 0:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcome Your Fear Overcome Flying Author: My Ebook Publishing House Narrator: Matt Montanez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 26, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover How to ! You can demolish your fear of flying, and when those fears are gone they are gone for good! Some self-help books are hard work, but this one isn't. It's quick and concise, showing you what to do and how to do it, so you can start looking forward to that flight without the fear. Download your copy today! Take action right away to learn how to beat your fear of flying in this book "Overcome Your Fear of Flying Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcome Your Fear Overcome Flying Author: My Ebook Publishing House Narrator: Matt Montanez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 26, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover How to ! You can demolish your fear of flying, and when those fears are gone they are gone for good! Some self-help books are hard work, but this one isn't. It's quick and concise, showing you what to do and how to do it, so you can start looking forward to that flight without the fear. Download your copy today! Take action right away to learn how to beat your fear of flying in this book "Overcome Your Fear of Flying https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300962 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconcilable Differences: Connecting in a Disconnected World Author: Dawna Markova, Angie McArthur Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A remarkable new way to move beyond biases and blind spots (especially if you don’t think you have any!) so you can communicate more effectively with a friend, lover, relative, or colleague You know what it feels like to be “at odds” with someone. Sometimes it seems like you are speaking completely different languages. Cognitive neuroscientist Dr. Dawna Markova and communication expert Angie McArthur have spent years developing and implementing tools to help people find common ground. In Reconcilable Differences, they provide the strategies you need to bridge the gap at the heart of your differences with others. Each of us possesses rational intelligence: the capacity to divide information into discrete categories, processes, and logical steps. But you may not realize that the secret to building bridges between people lies hidden in your relational intelligence: the way you communicate, understand, learn, and trust. Reconcilable Differences shows you how to map mind patterns (the secret to pinpointing communication pitfalls) and identify thinking talents (the catalysts for peak performance). You will gain insights into how you learn in order to turn doubt into trust and uncertainty into productive engagement. Brimming with anecdotes and advice not only from the authors’ files but also from their own experiences as a mother- and daughter-in-law who are like night and day, Reconcilable Differences is your guidebook for making profoundly positive change with those you care about. Includes a PDF of Charts, Graphs, and Exercises Advance praise for Reconcilable Differences “Reconcilable Differences offers an inspiring way to bridge differences with someone you care about. It will help you identify and improve your relational intelligence, and become a better communicator in the process.”—Deepak Chopra, co-author of You Are the Universe: Discovering Your Cosmic Self and Why It Matters “Dawna Markova and Angie McArthur offer an extremely insightful road map to navigating the diverse ways each of us approaches making ourselves understood, as well as the way we tend to hear others. The insights and strategies herein are simple and elegant. The advice is as invaluable for success at work as it is for success in life.”—Peter Sims, founder and CEO, Parliament, Inc., and author of Little Bets: How Breakthrough Ideas Emerge from Small Discoveries “True communication begins with understanding yourself and the way you are being understood. This book is a powerful guide to self-analysis and bridge-building.”—Suzy Amis Cameron, co-founder, the MUSE School Dawna Markova, Angie McArthur Tue, 05 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300962 thebookvoice.com 6:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconcilable Differences: Connecting in a Disconnected World Author: Dawna Markova, Angie McArthur Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A remarkable new way to move beyond biases and blind spots (especially if you don’t think you have any!) so you can communicate more effectively with a friend, lover, relative, or colleague You know what it feels like to be “at odds” with someone. Sometimes it seems like you are speaking completely different languages. Cognitive neuroscientist Dr. Dawna Markova and communication expert Angie McArthur have spent years developing and implementing tools to help people find common ground. In Reconcilable Differences, they provide the strategies you need to bridge the gap at the heart of your differences with others. Each of us possesses rational intelligence: the capacity to divide information into discrete categories, processes, and logical steps. But you may not realize that the secret to building bridges between people lies hidden in your relational intelligence: the way you communicate, understand, learn, and trust. Reconcilable Differences shows you how to map mind patterns (the secret to pinpointing communication pitfalls) and identify thinking talents (the catalysts for peak performance). You will gain insights into how you learn in order to turn doubt into trust and uncertainty into productive engagement. Brimming with anecdotes and advice not only from the authors’ files but also from their own experiences as a mother- and daughter-in-law who are like night and day, Reconcilable Differences is your guidebook for making profoundly positive change with those you care about. Includes a PDF of Charts, Graphs, and Exercises Advance praise for Reconcilable Differences “Reconcilable Differences offers an inspiring way to bridge differences with someone you care about. It will help you identify and improve your relational intelligence, and become a better communicator in the process.”—Deepak Chopra, co-author of You Are the Universe: Discovering Your Cosmic Self and Why It Matters “Dawna Markova and Angie McArthur offer an extremely insightful road map to navigating the diverse ways each of us approaches making ourselves understood, as well as the way we tend to hear others. The insights and strategies herein are simple and elegant. The advice is as invaluable for success at work as it is for success in life.”—Peter Sims, founder and CEO, Parliament, Inc., and author of Little Bets: How Breakthrough Ideas Emerge from Small Discoveries “True communication begins with understanding yourself and the way you are being understood. This book is a powerful guide to self-analysis and bridge-building.”—Suzy Amis Cameron, co-founder, the MUSE School Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconcilable Differences: Connecting in a Disconnected World Author: Dawna Markova, Angie McArthur Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A remarkable new way to move beyond biases and blind spots (especially if you don’t think you have any!) so you can communicate more effectively with a friend, lover, relative, or colleague You know what it feels like to be “at odds” with someone. Sometimes it seems like you are speaking completely different languages. Cognitive neuroscientist Dr. Dawna Markova and communication expert Angie McArthur have spent years developing and implementing tools to help people find common ground. In Reconcilable Differences, they provide the strategies you need to bridge the gap at the heart of your differences with others. Each of us possesses rational intelligence: the capacity to divide information into discrete categories, processes, and logical steps. But you may not realize that the secret to building bridges between people lies hidden in your relational intelligence: the way you communicate, understand, learn, and trust. Reconcilable Differences shows you how to map mind patterns (the secret to pinpointing communication pitfalls) and identify thinking talents (the catalysts for peak performance). You will gain insights into how you learn in order to turn doubt into trust and uncertainty into productive engagement. Brimming with anecdotes and advice not only from the authors’ files but also from their own experiences as a mother- and daughter-in-law who are like night and day, Reconcilable Differences is your guidebook for making profoundly positive change with those you care about. Includes a PDF of Charts, Graphs, and Exercises Advance praise for Reconcilable Differences “Reconcilable Differences offers an inspiring way to bridge differences with someone you care about. It will help you identify and improve your relational intelligence, and become a better communicator in the process.”—Deepak Chopra, co-author of You Are the Universe: Discovering Your Cosmic Self and Why It Matters “Dawna Markova and Angie McArthur offer an extremely insightful road map to navigating the diverse ways each of us approaches making ourselves understood, as well as the way we tend to hear others. The insights and strategies herein are simple and elegant. The advice is as invaluable for success at work as it is for success in life.”—Peter Sims, founder and CEO, Parliament, Inc., and author of Little Bets: How Breakthrough Ideas Emerge from Small Discoveries “True communication begins with understanding yourself and the way you are being understood. This book is a powerful guide to self-analysis and bridge-building.”—Suzy Amis Cameron, co-founder, the MUSE School https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300915 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Children Learn (50th anniversary edition) Author: John Holt Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This enduring classic of educational thought offers teachers and parents deep, original insight into the nature of early learning. John Holt was the first to make clear that, for small children, 'learning is as natural as breathing.' In this delightful yet profound book, he looks at how we learn to talk, to read, to count, and to reason, and how we can nurture and encourage these natural abilities in our children. John Holt Tue, 01 Aug 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300915 thebookvoice.com 9:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Children Learn (50th anniversary edition) Author: John Holt Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This enduring classic of educational thought offers teachers and parents deep, original insight into the nature of early learning. John Holt was the first to make clear that, for small children, 'learning is as natural as breathing.' In this delightful yet profound book, he looks at how we learn to talk, to read, to count, and to reason, and how we can nurture and encourage these natural abilities in our children. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Children Learn (50th anniversary edition) Author: John Holt Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This enduring classic of educational thought offers teachers and parents deep, original insight into the nature of early learning. John Holt was the first to make clear that, for small children, 'learning is as natural as breathing.' In this delightful yet profound book, he looks at how we learn to talk, to read, to count, and to reason, and how we can nurture and encourage these natural abilities in our children. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300831 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Have a Rest: The Best Technique for Relaxation [Russian Edition] Author: Mihail Reymarov Narrator: Mihail Reymarov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is important to relax physically, emotionally, and mentally. It is due to relaxation that we can accept and process information, to learn new useful skills, and to find solutions to problems. Listening to this audiobook, you will: Learn useful psychological relaxation techniques Improve your condition Change the attitude to past events and to yourself Learn how to positively perceive the present Be able to attract into your life more fun and enjoyment, success, and harmony! Developing your ability to relax - the development of your freedom. Performing exercises regularly, you will change its state for the better and uncover your true potential. Mihail Reymarov Mon, 17 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300831 thebookvoice.com 0:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Have a Rest: The Best Technique for Relaxation [Russian Edition] Author: Mihail Reymarov Narrator: Mihail Reymarov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is important to relax physically, emotionally, and mentally. It is due to relaxation that we can accept and process information, to learn new useful skills, and to find solutions to problems. Listening to this audiobook, you will: Learn useful psychological relaxation techniques Improve your condition Change the attitude to past events and to yourself Learn how to positively perceive the present Be able to attract into your life more fun and enjoyment, success, and harmony! Developing your ability to relax - the development of your freedom. Performing exercises regularly, you will change its state for the better and uncover your true potential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Have a Rest: The Best Technique for Relaxation [Russian Edition] Author: Mihail Reymarov Narrator: Mihail Reymarov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is important to relax physically, emotionally, and mentally. It is due to relaxation that we can accept and process information, to learn new useful skills, and to find solutions to problems. Listening to this audiobook, you will: Learn useful psychological relaxation techniques Improve your condition Change the attitude to past events and to yourself Learn how to positively perceive the present Be able to attract into your life more fun and enjoyment, success, and harmony! Developing your ability to relax - the development of your freedom. Performing exercises regularly, you will change its state for the better and uncover your true potential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300830 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Change Yourself: The Universal Method of Success Author: Mihail Reymarov Narrator: Mihail Reymarov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is not just an audiobook - it's a session with professional psychologist Mikhail Reimarov! Before you write a universal methodology that can help you in situations where you do not know what to do next, what decisions to take and what to focus on. To find a new effective solution it is useful to go beyond your usual view of yourself and what you are doing. Listening to this book, you will learn: - how to make decisions; - where to begin the movement of the goal; - How to do what you really like; - how to act effectively. This audiobook will help you clarify the situation, start to act more efficiently and achieve the desired. Mihail Reymarov Mon, 17 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300830 thebookvoice.com 0:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Change Yourself: The Universal Method of Success Author: Mihail Reymarov Narrator: Mihail Reymarov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is not just an audiobook - it's a session with professional psychologist Mikhail Reimarov! Before you write a universal methodology that can help you in situations where you do not know what to do next, what decisions to take and what to focus on. To find a new effective solution it is useful to go beyond your usual view of yourself and what you are doing. Listening to this book, you will learn: - how to make decisions; - where to begin the movement of the goal; - How to do what you really like; - how to act effectively. This audiobook will help you clarify the situation, start to act more efficiently and achieve the desired. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Change Yourself: The Universal Method of Success Author: Mihail Reymarov Narrator: Mihail Reymarov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is not just an audiobook - it's a session with professional psychologist Mikhail Reimarov! Before you write a universal methodology that can help you in situations where you do not know what to do next, what decisions to take and what to focus on. To find a new effective solution it is useful to go beyond your usual view of yourself and what you are doing. Listening to this book, you will learn: - how to make decisions; - where to begin the movement of the goal; - How to do what you really like; - how to act effectively. This audiobook will help you clarify the situation, start to act more efficiently and achieve the desired. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300829 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Are You, Really?: The Surprising Puzzle of Personality Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Brian R. Little Narrator: Brian R. Little Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This fun, smart read for anyone eager to better understand (and improve) themselves argues that personality is driven not by nature nor nurture—but instead by the projects we pursue, which ultimately shape the people we become. Traditionally, scientists have emphasized what they call the first and second natures of personality—genes and culture, respectively. But today the field of personality science has moved well beyond the nature vs. nurture debate. In Who Are You, Really? Dr. Brian Little presents a distinctive view of how personality shapes our lives—and why this matters. Little makes the case for a third nature to the human condition—the pursuit of personal projects, idealistic dreams, and creative ventures that shape both people’s lives and their personalities. Little uncovers what personality science has been discovering about the role of personal projects, revealing how this new concept can help people better understand themselves and shape their lives. In this important work, Little argues that it is essential to devote energy and resources to creative endeavors in a highly focused fashion, even if it takes away from other components of our well-being. This does not mean that we cannot shift from one core project to another in the days of our lives. In fact, it is precisely that ability to flexibly craft projects that is the greatest source of sustainability. Like learning to walk, forcing ourselves out of balance as we step is the only way in which we can move forward. And it is the only way that human flourishing can be enhanced. The well-lived life is based on the sustainable pursuit of core projects in our lives. Ultimately, Who Are You, Really? provides a deeply personal itinerary for exploring our personalities, our lives, and the human condition. Brian R. Little Tue, 15 Aug 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300829 thebookvoice.com 2:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Are You, Really?: The Surprising Puzzle of Personality Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Brian R. Little Narrator: Brian R. Little Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This fun, smart read for anyone eager to better understand (and improve) themselves argues that personality is driven not by nature nor nurture—but instead by the projects we pursue, which ultimately shape the people we become. Traditionally, scientists have emphasized what they call the first and second natures of personality—genes and culture, respectively. But today the field of personality science has moved well beyond the nature vs. nurture debate. In Who Are You, Really? Dr. Brian Little presents a distinctive view of how personality shapes our lives—and why this matters. Little makes the case for a third nature to the human condition—the pursuit of personal projects, idealistic dreams, and creative ventures that shape both people’s lives and their personalities. Little uncovers what personality science has been discovering about the role of personal projects, revealing how this new concept can help people better understand themselves and shape their lives. In this important work, Little argues that it is essential to devote energy and resources to creative endeavors in a highly focused fashion, even if it takes away from other components of our well-being. This does not mean that we cannot shift from one core project to another in the days of our lives. In fact, it is precisely that ability to flexibly craft projects that is the greatest source of sustainability. Like learning to walk, forcing ourselves out of balance as we step is the only way in which we can move forward. And it is the only way that human flourishing can be enhanced. The well-lived life is based on the sustainable pursuit of core projects in our lives. Ultimately, Who Are You, Really? provides a deeply personal itinerary for exploring our personalities, our lives, and the human condition. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Are You, Really?: The Surprising Puzzle of Personality Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Brian R. Little Narrator: Brian R. Little Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This fun, smart read for anyone eager to better understand (and improve) themselves argues that personality is driven not by nature nor nurture—but instead by the projects we pursue, which ultimately shape the people we become. Traditionally, scientists have emphasized what they call the first and second natures of personality—genes and culture, respectively. But today the field of personality science has moved well beyond the nature vs. nurture debate. In Who Are You, Really? Dr. Brian Little presents a distinctive view of how personality shapes our lives—and why this matters. Little makes the case for a third nature to the human condition—the pursuit of personal projects, idealistic dreams, and creative ventures that shape both people’s lives and their personalities. Little uncovers what personality science has been discovering about the role of personal projects, revealing how this new concept can help people better understand themselves and shape their lives. In this important work, Little argues that it is essential to devote energy and resources to creative endeavors in a highly focused fashion, even if it takes away from other components of our well-being. This does not mean that we cannot shift from one core project to another in the days of our lives. In fact, it is precisely that ability to flexibly craft projects that is the greatest source of sustainability. Like learning to walk, forcing ourselves out of balance as we step is the only way in which we can move forward. And it is the only way that human flourishing can be enhanced. The well-lived life is based on the sustainable pursuit of core projects in our lives. Ultimately, Who Are You, Really? provides a deeply personal itinerary for exploring our personalities, our lives, and the human condition. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300726 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four Tendencies: The Indispensable Personality Profiles That Reveal How to Make Your Life Better (and Other People's Lives Better, Too) Author: Gretchen Rubin Narrator: Gretchen Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Are you an Upholder, a Questioner, an Obliger, or a Rebel? From the author of Better Than Before and The Happiness Project comes a groundbreaking analysis of personality type that “will immediately improve every area of your life” (Melissa Urban, co-founder of the Whole30).   During her multibook investigation into human nature, Gretchen Rubin realized that by asking the seemingly dry question “How do I respond to expectations?” we gain explosive self-knowledge. She discovered that based on their answer, people fit into Four Tendencies:   • Upholders meet outer and inner expectations readily. “Discipline is my freedom.” • Questioners meet inner expectations, but meet outer expectations only if they make sense. “If you convince me why, I’ll comply.” • Obligers (the largest Tendency) meet outer expectations, but struggle to meet inner expectations—therefore, they need outer accountability to meet inner expectations. “You can count on me, and I’m counting on you to count on me.” • Rebels (the smallest group) resist all expectations, outer and inner alike. They do what they choose to do, when they choose to do it, and typically they don’t tell themselves what to do. “You can’t make me, and neither can I.”   Our Tendency shapes every aspect of our behavior, so using this framework allows us to make better decisions, meet deadlines, suffer less stress, and engage more effectively. It’s far easier to succeed when you know what works for you.   With sharp insight, compelling research, and hilarious examples, The Four Tendencies will help you get happier, healthier, more productive, and more creative. Gretchen Rubin Tue, 12 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300726 thebookvoice.com 6:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four Tendencies: The Indispensable Personality Profiles That Reveal How to Make Your Life Better (and Other People's Lives Better, Too) Author: Gretchen Rubin Narrator: Gretchen Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Are you an Upholder, a Questioner, an Obliger, or a Rebel? From the author of Better Than Before and The Happiness Project comes a groundbreaking analysis of personality type that “will immediately improve every area of your life” (Melissa Urban, co-founder of the Whole30).   During her multibook investigation into human nature, Gretchen Rubin realized that by asking the seemingly dry question “How do I respond to expectations?” we gain explosive self-knowledge. She discovered that based on their answer, people fit into Four Tendencies:   • Upholders meet outer and inner expectations readily. “Discipline is my freedom.” • Questioners meet inner expectations, but meet outer expectations only if they make sense. “If you convince me why, I’ll comply.” • Obligers (the largest Tendency) meet outer expectations, but struggle to meet inner expectations—therefore, they need outer accountability to meet inner expectations. “You can count on me, and I’m counting on you to count on me.” • Rebels (the smallest group) resist all expectations, outer and inner alike. They do what they choose to do, when they choose to do it, and typically they don’t tell themselves what to do. “You can’t make me, and neither can I.”   Our Tendency shapes every aspect of our behavior, so using this framework allows us to make better decisions, meet deadlines, suffer less stress, and engage more effectively. It’s far easier to succeed when you know what works for you.   With sharp insight, compelling research, and hilarious examples, The Four Tendencies will help you get happier, healthier, more productive, and more creative. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four Tendencies: The Indispensable Personality Profiles That Reveal How to Make Your Life Better (and Other People's Lives Better, Too) Author: Gretchen Rubin Narrator: Gretchen Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Are you an Upholder, a Questioner, an Obliger, or a Rebel? From the author of Better Than Before and The Happiness Project comes a groundbreaking analysis of personality type that “will immediately improve every area of your life” (Melissa Urban, co-founder of the Whole30).   During her multibook investigation into human nature, Gretchen Rubin realized that by asking the seemingly dry question “How do I respond to expectations?” we gain explosive self-knowledge. She discovered that based on their answer, people fit into Four Tendencies:   • Upholders meet outer and inner expectations readily. “Discipline is my freedom.” • Questioners meet inner expectations, but meet outer expectations only if they make sense. “If you convince me why, I’ll comply.” • Obligers (the largest Tendency) meet outer expectations, but struggle to meet inner expectations—therefore, they need outer accountability to meet inner expectations. “You can count on me, and I’m counting on you to count on me.” • Rebels (the smallest group) resist all expectations, outer and inner alike. They do what they choose to do, when they choose to do it, and typically they don’t tell themselves what to do. “You can’t make me, and neither can I.”   Our Tendency shapes every aspect of our behavior, so using this framework allows us to make better decisions, meet deadlines, suffer less stress, and engage more effectively. It’s far easier to succeed when you know what works for you.   With sharp insight, compelling research, and hilarious examples, The Four Tendencies will help you get happier, healthier, more productive, and more creative. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300612 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayhem: A Memoir Author: Sigrid Rausing Narrator: Maggie Gyllenhaal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A searingly powerful memoir about the impact of addiction on a family.  In the summer of 2012 a woman named Eva was found dead in the London townhouse she shared with her husband, Hans K. Rausing. The couple had struggled with drug addiction for years, often under the glare of tabloid headlines. Now, writing with singular clarity and restraint, Hans’ sister, the editor and publisher Sigrid Rausing, tries to make sense of what happened.      In Mayhem, she asks the difficult questions those close to the world of addiction must face. “Who can help the addict, consumed by a shaming hunger, a need beyond control? There is no medicine: the drugs are the medicine. And who can help their families, so implicated in the self-destruction of the addict? Who can help when the very notion of ‘help’ becomes synonymous with an exercise of power; a familial police state; an end to freedom, in the addict’s mind?”      An eloquent and timely attempt to understand the conundrum of addiction—and a memoir as devastating as it is riveting. Sigrid Rausing Tue, 05 Sep 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300612 thebookvoice.com 5:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayhem: A Memoir Author: Sigrid Rausing Narrator: Maggie Gyllenhaal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A searingly powerful memoir about the impact of addiction on a family.  In the summer of 2012 a woman named Eva was found dead in the London townhouse she shared with her husband, Hans K. Rausing. The couple had struggled with drug addiction for years, often under the glare of tabloid headlines. Now, writing with singular clarity and restraint, Hans’ sister, the editor and publisher Sigrid Rausing, tries to make sense of what happened.      In Mayhem, she asks the difficult questions those close to the world of addiction must face. “Who can help the addict, consumed by a shaming hunger, a need beyond control? There is no medicine: the drugs are the medicine. And who can help their families, so implicated in the self-destruction of the addict? Who can help when the very notion of ‘help’ becomes synonymous with an exercise of power; a familial police state; an end to freedom, in the addict’s mind?”      An eloquent and timely attempt to understand the conundrum of addiction—and a memoir as devastating as it is riveting. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayhem: A Memoir Author: Sigrid Rausing Narrator: Maggie Gyllenhaal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A searingly powerful memoir about the impact of addiction on a family.  In the summer of 2012 a woman named Eva was found dead in the London townhouse she shared with her husband, Hans K. Rausing. The couple had struggled with drug addiction for years, often under the glare of tabloid headlines. Now, writing with singular clarity and restraint, Hans’ sister, the editor and publisher Sigrid Rausing, tries to make sense of what happened.      In Mayhem, she asks the difficult questions those close to the world of addiction must face. “Who can help the addict, consumed by a shaming hunger, a need beyond control? There is no medicine: the drugs are the medicine. And who can help their families, so implicated in the self-destruction of the addict? Who can help when the very notion of ‘help’ becomes synonymous with an exercise of power; a familial police state; an end to freedom, in the addict’s mind?”      An eloquent and timely attempt to understand the conundrum of addiction—and a memoir as devastating as it is riveting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300518 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and Memory: Brain and Body in a Search for the Living Past: A Practical Guide for Understanding and Working with Traumatic Memory Author: Peter A. Levine Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Designed for psychotherapists and their clients, Peter Levine's latest best-seller continues his groundbreaking exploration of the central role of the body in processing—and healing—trauma. With foreword by Bessel van der Kolk, author of The Body Keeps the Score In Trauma and Memory, bestselling author Dr. Peter Levine (creator of the Somatic Experiencing approach) tackles one of the most difficult and controversial questions of PTSD/trauma therapy: Can we trust our memories? While some argue that traumatic memories are unreliable and not useful, others insist that we absolutely must rely on memory to make sense of past experience. Building on his 45 years of successful treatment of trauma and utilizing case studies from his own practice, Dr. Levine suggests that there are elements of truth in both camps. While acknowledging that memory can be trusted, he argues that the only truly useful memories are those that might initially seem to be the least reliable: memories stored in the body and not necessarily accessible by our conscious mind. While much work has been done in the field of trauma studies to address 'explicit' traumatic memories in the brain (such as intrusive thoughts or flashbacks), much less attention has been paid to how the body itself stores 'implicit' memory, and how much of what we think of as 'memory' actually comes to us through our (often unconsciously accessed) felt sense. By learning how to better understand this complex interplay of past and present, brain and body, we can adjust our relationship to past trauma and move into a more balanced, relaxed state of being. Written for trauma sufferers as well as mental health care practitioners, Trauma and Memory is a groundbreaking look at how memory is constructed and how influential memories are on our present state of being. Peter A. Levine Tue, 22 Aug 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300518 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and Memory: Brain and Body in a Search for the Living Past: A Practical Guide for Understanding and Working with Traumatic Memory Author: Peter A. Levine Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Designed for psychotherapists and their clients, Peter Levine's latest best-seller continues his groundbreaking exploration of the central role of the body in processing—and healing—trauma. With foreword by Bessel van der Kolk, author of The Body Keeps the Score In Trauma and Memory, bestselling author Dr. Peter Levine (creator of the Somatic Experiencing approach) tackles one of the most difficult and controversial questions of PTSD/trauma therapy: Can we trust our memories? While some argue that traumatic memories are unreliable and not useful, others insist that we absolutely must rely on memory to make sense of past experience. Building on his 45 years of successful treatment of trauma and utilizing case studies from his own practice, Dr. Levine suggests that there are elements of truth in both camps. While acknowledging that memory can be trusted, he argues that the only truly useful memories are those that might initially seem to be the least reliable: memories stored in the body and not necessarily accessible by our conscious mind. While much work has been done in the field of trauma studies to address 'explicit' traumatic memories in the brain (such as intrusive thoughts or flashbacks), much less attention has been paid to how the body itself stores 'implicit' memory, and how much of what we think of as 'memory' actually comes to us through our (often unconsciously accessed) felt sense. By learning how to better understand this complex interplay of past and present, brain and body, we can adjust our relationship to past trauma and move into a more balanced, relaxed state of being. Written for trauma sufferers as well as mental health care practitioners, Trauma and Memory is a groundbreaking look at how memory is constructed and how influential memories are on our present state of being. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and Memory: Brain and Body in a Search for the Living Past: A Practical Guide for Understanding and Working with Traumatic Memory Author: Peter A. Levine Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Designed for psychotherapists and their clients, Peter Levine's latest best-seller continues his groundbreaking exploration of the central role of the body in processing—and healing—trauma. With foreword by Bessel van der Kolk, author of The Body Keeps the Score In Trauma and Memory, bestselling author Dr. Peter Levine (creator of the Somatic Experiencing approach) tackles one of the most difficult and controversial questions of PTSD/trauma therapy: Can we trust our memories? While some argue that traumatic memories are unreliable and not useful, others insist that we absolutely must rely on memory to make sense of past experience. Building on his 45 years of successful treatment of trauma and utilizing case studies from his own practice, Dr. Levine suggests that there are elements of truth in both camps. While acknowledging that memory can be trusted, he argues that the only truly useful memories are those that might initially seem to be the least reliable: memories stored in the body and not necessarily accessible by our conscious mind. While much work has been done in the field of trauma studies to address 'explicit' traumatic memories in the brain (such as intrusive thoughts or flashbacks), much less attention has been paid to how the body itself stores 'implicit' memory, and how much of what we think of as 'memory' actually comes to us through our (often unconsciously accessed) felt sense. By learning how to better understand this complex interplay of past and present, brain and body, we can adjust our relationship to past trauma and move into a more balanced, relaxed state of being. Written for trauma sufferers as well as mental health care practitioners, Trauma and Memory is a groundbreaking look at how memory is constructed and how influential memories are on our present state of being. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300256 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Buddhism is True: The Science and Philosophy of Meditation and Enlightenment Author: Robert Wright Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 171 Ratings of Narrator: 4.65 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of America’s most brilliant writers, a New York Times bestselling journey through psychology, philosophy, and lots of meditation to show how Buddhism holds the key to moral clarity and enduring happiness. At the heart of Buddhism is a simple claim: The reason we suffer—and the reason we make other people suffer—is that we don’t see the world clearly. At the heart of Buddhist meditative practice is a radical promise: We can learn to see the world, including ourselves, more clearly and so gain a deep and morally valid happiness. In this “sublime” (The New Yorker), pathbreaking book, Robert Wright shows how taking this promise seriously can change your life—how it can loosen the grip of anxiety, regret, and hatred, and how it can deepen your appreciation of beauty and of other people. He also shows why this transformation works, drawing on the latest in neuroscience and psychology, and armed with an acute understanding of human evolution. This book is the culmination of a personal journey that began with Wright’s landmark book on evolutionary psychology, The Moral Animal, and deepened as he immersed himself in meditative practice and conversed with some of the world’s most skilled meditators. The result is a story that is “provocative, informative and...deeply rewarding” (The New York Times Book Review), and as entertaining as it is illuminating. Written with the wit, clarity, and grace for which Wright is famous, Why Buddhism Is True lays the foundation for a spiritual life in a secular age and shows how, in a time of technological distraction and social division, we can save ourselves from ourselves, both as individuals and as a species. Robert Wright Tue, 08 Aug 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300256 thebookvoice.com 10:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Buddhism is True: The Science and Philosophy of Meditation and Enlightenment Author: Robert Wright Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 171 Ratings of Narrator: 4.65 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of America’s most brilliant writers, a New York Times bestselling journey through psychology, philosophy, and lots of meditation to show how Buddhism holds the key to moral clarity and enduring happiness. At the heart of Buddhism is a simple claim: The reason we suffer—and the reason we make other people suffer—is that we don’t see the world clearly. At the heart of Buddhist meditative practice is a radical promise: We can learn to see the world, including ourselves, more clearly and so gain a deep and morally valid happiness. In this “sublime” (The New Yorker), pathbreaking book, Robert Wright shows how taking this promise seriously can change your life—how it can loosen the grip of anxiety, regret, and hatred, and how it can deepen your appreciation of beauty and of other people. He also shows why this transformation works, drawing on the latest in neuroscience and psychology, and armed with an acute understanding of human evolution. This book is the culmination of a personal journey that began with Wright’s landmark book on evolutionary psychology, The Moral Animal, and deepened as he immersed himself in meditative practice and conversed with some of the world’s most skilled meditators. The result is a story that is “provocative, informative and...deeply rewarding” (The New York Times Book Review), and as entertaining as it is illuminating. Written with the wit, clarity, and grace for which Wright is famous, Why Buddhism Is True lays the foundation for a spiritual life in a secular age and shows how, in a time of technological distraction and social division, we can save ourselves from ourselves, both as individuals and as a species. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Buddhism is True: The Science and Philosophy of Meditation and Enlightenment Author: Robert Wright Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 171 Ratings of Narrator: 4.65 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of America’s most brilliant writers, a New York Times bestselling journey through psychology, philosophy, and lots of meditation to show how Buddhism holds the key to moral clarity and enduring happiness. At the heart of Buddhism is a simple claim: The reason we suffer—and the reason we make other people suffer—is that we don’t see the world clearly. At the heart of Buddhist meditative practice is a radical promise: We can learn to see the world, including ourselves, more clearly and so gain a deep and morally valid happiness. In this “sublime” (The New Yorker), pathbreaking book, Robert Wright shows how taking this promise seriously can change your life—how it can loosen the grip of anxiety, regret, and hatred, and how it can deepen your appreciation of beauty and of other people. He also shows why this transformation works, drawing on the latest in neuroscience and psychology, and armed with an acute understanding of human evolution. This book is the culmination of a personal journey that began with Wright’s landmark book on evolutionary psychology, The Moral Animal, and deepened as he immersed himself in meditative practice and conversed with some of the world’s most skilled meditators. The result is a story that is “provocative, informative and...deeply rewarding” (The New York Times Book Review), and as entertaining as it is illuminating. Written with the wit, clarity, and grace for which Wright is famous, Why Buddhism Is True lays the foundation for a spiritual life in a secular age and shows how, in a time of technological distraction and social division, we can save ourselves from ourselves, both as individuals and as a species. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297363 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Playing Hurt: My Journey from Despair to Hope Author: John U. Bacon, John Saunders Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For the first time ever, the popular late host of ESPN's The Sports Reporters and ABC's college football openly discusses a lifelong battle with depression. During his three decades on ESPN and ABC, John Saunders became one of the nation's most respected and beloved sportscasters. In this moving, jarring, and ultimately inspiring memoir, Saunders discusses his troubled childhood, the traumatic brain injury he suffered in 2011, and the severe depression that nearly cost him his life. As Saunders writes, Playing Hurt is not an autobiography of a sports celebrity but a memoir of a man facing his own mental illness, and emerging better off for the effort. I will take you into the heart of my struggle with depression, including insights into some of its causes, its consequences, and its treatments. I invite you behind the facade of my apparently 'perfect' life as a sportscaster, with a wonderful wife and two healthy, happy adult daughters. I have a lot to be thankful for, and I am truly grateful. But none of these things can protect me or anyone else from the disease of depression and its potentially lethal effects. Mine is a rare story: that of a black man in the sports industry openly grappling with depression. I will share the good, the bad, and the ugly, including the lengths I've gone to to conceal my private life from the public. So why write a book? Because I want to end the pain and heartache that comes from leading a double life. I also want to reach out to the millions of people, especially men, who think they're alone and can't ask for help. John Saunders died suddenly on August 10, 2016, from an enlarged heart, diabetes, and other complications. This book is his ultimate act of generosity to help those who suffer from mental illness, and those who love them. John U. Bacon, John Saunders Tue, 08 Aug 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297363 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Playing Hurt: My Journey from Despair to Hope Author: John U. Bacon, John Saunders Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For the first time ever, the popular late host of ESPN's The Sports Reporters and ABC's college football openly discusses a lifelong battle with depression. During his three decades on ESPN and ABC, John Saunders became one of the nation's most respected and beloved sportscasters. In this moving, jarring, and ultimately inspiring memoir, Saunders discusses his troubled childhood, the traumatic brain injury he suffered in 2011, and the severe depression that nearly cost him his life. As Saunders writes, Playing Hurt is not an autobiography of a sports celebrity but a memoir of a man facing his own mental illness, and emerging better off for the effort. I will take you into the heart of my struggle with depression, including insights into some of its causes, its consequences, and its treatments. I invite you behind the facade of my apparently 'perfect' life as a sportscaster, with a wonderful wife and two healthy, happy adult daughters. I have a lot to be thankful for, and I am truly grateful. But none of these things can protect me or anyone else from the disease of depression and its potentially lethal effects. Mine is a rare story: that of a black man in the sports industry openly grappling with depression. I will share the good, the bad, and the ugly, including the lengths I've gone to to conceal my private life from the public. So why write a book? Because I want to end the pain and heartache that comes from leading a double life. I also want to reach out to the millions of people, especially men, who think they're alone and can't ask for help. John Saunders died suddenly on August 10, 2016, from an enlarged heart, diabetes, and other complications. This book is his ultimate act of generosity to help those who suffer from mental illness, and those who love them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Playing Hurt: My Journey from Despair to Hope Author: John U. Bacon, John Saunders Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For the first time ever, the popular late host of ESPN's The Sports Reporters and ABC's college football openly discusses a lifelong battle with depression. During his three decades on ESPN and ABC, John Saunders became one of the nation's most respected and beloved sportscasters. In this moving, jarring, and ultimately inspiring memoir, Saunders discusses his troubled childhood, the traumatic brain injury he suffered in 2011, and the severe depression that nearly cost him his life. As Saunders writes, Playing Hurt is not an autobiography of a sports celebrity but a memoir of a man facing his own mental illness, and emerging better off for the effort. I will take you into the heart of my struggle with depression, including insights into some of its causes, its consequences, and its treatments. I invite you behind the facade of my apparently 'perfect' life as a sportscaster, with a wonderful wife and two healthy, happy adult daughters. I have a lot to be thankful for, and I am truly grateful. But none of these things can protect me or anyone else from the disease of depression and its potentially lethal effects. Mine is a rare story: that of a black man in the sports industry openly grappling with depression. I will share the good, the bad, and the ugly, including the lengths I've gone to to conceal my private life from the public. So why write a book? Because I want to end the pain and heartache that comes from leading a double life. I also want to reach out to the millions of people, especially men, who think they're alone and can't ask for help. John Saunders died suddenly on August 10, 2016, from an enlarged heart, diabetes, and other complications. This book is his ultimate act of generosity to help those who suffer from mental illness, and those who love them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297298 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Todo lo que puedas imaginar: Crea la vida que quieres Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel Ángel Álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este libro pretende ayudarte a realizar todos tus deseos a través del mayor regalo que nos ha sido concedido: La imaginación. Todo lo que existe fue previamente imaginado. Y todo lo que existirá deberá ser imaginado antes. El doctor Wayne W. Dyer explora esa región desconocida del subconsciente gracias a la cual serás capaz de descubrir la capacidad natural que posees para convertir lo que imagines en realidad, cambiar la percepción que tienes de ti mismo y de tu realidad, y reajustar tu vida para que puedas encontrar tu verdadera vocación. Un audiolibro inspirador con el que descubrirás lo mejor de ti de la mano del renombrado autor de Tus zonas erróneas. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal para escuchar. Dr. Wayne Dyer Thu, 20 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297298 thebookvoice.com 7:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Todo lo que puedas imaginar: Crea la vida que quieres Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel Ángel Álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este libro pretende ayudarte a realizar todos tus deseos a través del mayor regalo que nos ha sido concedido: La imaginación. Todo lo que existe fue previamente imaginado. Y todo lo que existirá deberá ser imaginado antes. El doctor Wayne W. Dyer explora esa región desconocida del subconsciente gracias a la cual serás capaz de descubrir la capacidad natural que posees para convertir lo que imagines en realidad, cambiar la percepción que tienes de ti mismo y de tu realidad, y reajustar tu vida para que puedas encontrar tu verdadera vocación. Un audiolibro inspirador con el que descubrirás lo mejor de ti de la mano del renombrado autor de Tus zonas erróneas. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal para escuchar. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Todo lo que puedas imaginar: Crea la vida que quieres Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel Ángel Álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este libro pretende ayudarte a realizar todos tus deseos a través del mayor regalo que nos ha sido concedido: La imaginación. Todo lo que existe fue previamente imaginado. Y todo lo que existirá deberá ser imaginado antes. El doctor Wayne W. Dyer explora esa región desconocida del subconsciente gracias a la cual serás capaz de descubrir la capacidad natural que posees para convertir lo que imagines en realidad, cambiar la percepción que tienes de ti mismo y de tu realidad, y reajustar tu vida para que puedas encontrar tu verdadera vocación. Un audiolibro inspirador con el que descubrirás lo mejor de ti de la mano del renombrado autor de Tus zonas erróneas. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal para escuchar. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297166 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Made Maddy Run: The Secret Struggles and Tragic Death of an All-American Teen Author: Kate Fagan Narrator: Kate Fagan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The heartbreaking story of college athlete Madison Holleran, whose life and death by suicide reveal the struggle of young people suffering from mental illness today in this #1 New York Times Sports and Fitness bestseller. If you scrolled through the Instagram feed of 19-year-old Maddy Holleran, you would see a perfect life: a freshman at an Ivy League school, recruited for the track team, who was also beautiful, popular, and fiercely intelligent. This was a girl who succeeded at everything she tried, and who was only getting started. But when Maddy began her long-awaited college career, her parents noticed something changed. Previously indefatigable Maddy became withdrawn, and her thoughts centered on how she could change her life. In spite of thousands of hours of practice and study, she contemplated transferring from the school that had once been her dream. When Maddy's dad, Jim, dropped her off for the first day of spring semester, she held him a second longer than usual. That would be the last time Jim would see his daughter. What Made Maddy Run began as a piece that Kate Fagan, a columnist for espnW, wrote about Maddy's life. What started as a profile of a successful young athlete whose life ended in suicide became so much larger when Fagan started to hear from other college athletes also struggling with mental illness. This is the story of Maddy Holleran's life, and her struggle with depression, which also reveals the mounting pressures young people -- and college athletes in particular -- face to be perfect, especially in an age of relentless connectivity and social media saturation. Kate Fagan Tue, 01 Aug 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297166 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Made Maddy Run: The Secret Struggles and Tragic Death of an All-American Teen Author: Kate Fagan Narrator: Kate Fagan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The heartbreaking story of college athlete Madison Holleran, whose life and death by suicide reveal the struggle of young people suffering from mental illness today in this #1 New York Times Sports and Fitness bestseller. If you scrolled through the Instagram feed of 19-year-old Maddy Holleran, you would see a perfect life: a freshman at an Ivy League school, recruited for the track team, who was also beautiful, popular, and fiercely intelligent. This was a girl who succeeded at everything she tried, and who was only getting started. But when Maddy began her long-awaited college career, her parents noticed something changed. Previously indefatigable Maddy became withdrawn, and her thoughts centered on how she could change her life. In spite of thousands of hours of practice and study, she contemplated transferring from the school that had once been her dream. When Maddy's dad, Jim, dropped her off for the first day of spring semester, she held him a second longer than usual. That would be the last time Jim would see his daughter. What Made Maddy Run began as a piece that Kate Fagan, a columnist for espnW, wrote about Maddy's life. What started as a profile of a successful young athlete whose life ended in suicide became so much larger when Fagan started to hear from other college athletes also struggling with mental illness. This is the story of Maddy Holleran's life, and her struggle with depression, which also reveals the mounting pressures young people -- and college athletes in particular -- face to be perfect, especially in an age of relentless connectivity and social media saturation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Made Maddy Run: The Secret Struggles and Tragic Death of an All-American Teen Author: Kate Fagan Narrator: Kate Fagan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The heartbreaking story of college athlete Madison Holleran, whose life and death by suicide reveal the struggle of young people suffering from mental illness today in this #1 New York Times Sports and Fitness bestseller. If you scrolled through the Instagram feed of 19-year-old Maddy Holleran, you would see a perfect life: a freshman at an Ivy League school, recruited for the track team, who was also beautiful, popular, and fiercely intelligent. This was a girl who succeeded at everything she tried, and who was only getting started. But when Maddy began her long-awaited college career, her parents noticed something changed. Previously indefatigable Maddy became withdrawn, and her thoughts centered on how she could change her life. In spite of thousands of hours of practice and study, she contemplated transferring from the school that had once been her dream. When Maddy's dad, Jim, dropped her off for the first day of spring semester, she held him a second longer than usual. That would be the last time Jim would see his daughter. What Made Maddy Run began as a piece that Kate Fagan, a columnist for espnW, wrote about Maddy's life. What started as a profile of a successful young athlete whose life ended in suicide became so much larger when Fagan started to hear from other college athletes also struggling with mental illness. This is the story of Maddy Holleran's life, and her struggle with depression, which also reveals the mounting pressures young people -- and college athletes in particular -- face to be perfect, especially in an age of relentless connectivity and social media saturation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297058 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297058]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shooting Ghosts: A U.S. Marine, a Combat Photographer, and Their Journey Back from War Author: Finbarr O'reilly, Thomas J. Brennan Narrator: David H. Lawrence XVII, Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A majestic book.' --Bessel van der Kolk, MD, author of The Body Keeps the Score A unique joint memoir by a U.S. Marine and a conflict photographer whose unlikely friendship helped both heal their war-wounded bodies and souls 'The dueling-piano spirit of SHOOTING GHOSTS works because its authors are so committed to transparency, admitting readers into the dark crevices of their isolation.' Wall St Journal War tears people apart, but it can also bring them together. Through the unpredictability of war and its aftermath, a decorated Marine sergeant and a world-trotting war photographer became friends, their bond forged as they patrolled together through the dusty alleyways of Helmand province and camped side by side in the desert. It deepened after Sergeant T. J. Brennan was injured during a Taliban ambush, and both returned home. Brennan began to suffer from the effects of his injury and from the fallout of his tours in Iraq and Afghanistan. But war correspondents experience similar rates of posttraumatic stress as combat veterans. The causes can be different, but guilt plays a prominent role in both. For Brennan, it’s the things he’s done, or didn’t do, that haunt him. Finbarr O’Reilly’s conscience is nagged by the task of photographing people at their most vulnerable while being able to do little to help, and his survival guilt as colleagues die on the job. Their friendship offered them both a shot at redemption.   As we enter the fifteenth year of continuous war, it is increasingly urgent not just to document the experiences of the battlefield but also to probe the reverberations that last long after combatants and civilians have returned home, and to understand the many faces trauma takes. Shooting Ghosts looks at the horrors of war directly, but then turns to a journey that draws on our growing understanding of what recovery takes. Their story, told in alternating first-person narratives, is about the things they saw and did, the ways they have been affected, and how they have navigated the psychological aftershocks of war and wrestled with reforming their own identities and moral centers. While war never really ends for those who’ve lived through it, this book charts the ways two survivors have found to calm the ghosts and reclaim a measure of peace. Finbarr O'reilly, Thomas J. Brennan Tue, 22 Aug 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297058 thebookvoice.com 13:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297058]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shooting Ghosts: A U.S. Marine, a Combat Photographer, and Their Journey Back from War Author: Finbarr O'reilly, Thomas J. Brennan Narrator: David H. Lawrence XVII, Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A majestic book.' --Bessel van der Kolk, MD, author of The Body Keeps the Score A unique joint memoir by a U.S. Marine and a conflict photographer whose unlikely friendship helped both heal their war-wounded bodies and souls 'The dueling-piano spirit of SHOOTING GHOSTS works because its authors are so committed to transparency, admitting readers into the dark crevices of their isolation.' Wall St Journal War tears people apart, but it can also bring them together. Through the unpredictability of war and its aftermath, a decorated Marine sergeant and a world-trotting war photographer became friends, their bond forged as they patrolled together through the dusty alleyways of Helmand province and camped side by side in the desert. It deepened after Sergeant T. J. Brennan was injured during a Taliban ambush, and both returned home. Brennan began to suffer from the effects of his injury and from the fallout of his tours in Iraq and Afghanistan. But war correspondents experience similar rates of posttraumatic stress as combat veterans. The causes can be different, but guilt plays a prominent role in both. For Brennan, it’s the things he’s done, or didn’t do, that haunt him. Finbarr O’Reilly’s conscience is nagged by the task of photographing people at their most vulnerable while being able to do little to help, and his survival guilt as colleagues die on the job. Their friendship offered them both a shot at redemption.   As we enter the fifteenth year of continuous war, it is increasingly urgent not just to document the experiences of the battlefield but also to probe the reverberations that last long after combatants and civilians have returned home, and to understand the many faces trauma takes. Shooting Ghosts looks at the horrors of war directly, but then turns to a journey that draws on our growing understanding of what recovery takes. Their story, told in alternating first-person narratives, is about the things they saw and did, the ways they have been affected, and how they have navigated the psychological aftershocks of war and wrestled with reforming their own identities and moral centers. While war never really ends for those who’ve lived through it, this book charts the ways two survivors have found to calm the ghosts and reclaim a measure of peace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297058]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shooting Ghosts: A U.S. Marine, a Combat Photographer, and Their Journey Back from War Author: Finbarr O'reilly, Thomas J. Brennan Narrator: David H. Lawrence XVII, Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A majestic book.' --Bessel van der Kolk, MD, author of The Body Keeps the Score A unique joint memoir by a U.S. Marine and a conflict photographer whose unlikely friendship helped both heal their war-wounded bodies and souls 'The dueling-piano spirit of SHOOTING GHOSTS works because its authors are so committed to transparency, admitting readers into the dark crevices of their isolation.' Wall St Journal War tears people apart, but it can also bring them together. Through the unpredictability of war and its aftermath, a decorated Marine sergeant and a world-trotting war photographer became friends, their bond forged as they patrolled together through the dusty alleyways of Helmand province and camped side by side in the desert. It deepened after Sergeant T. J. Brennan was injured during a Taliban ambush, and both returned home. Brennan began to suffer from the effects of his injury and from the fallout of his tours in Iraq and Afghanistan. But war correspondents experience similar rates of posttraumatic stress as combat veterans. The causes can be different, but guilt plays a prominent role in both. For Brennan, it’s the things he’s done, or didn’t do, that haunt him. Finbarr O’Reilly’s conscience is nagged by the task of photographing people at their most vulnerable while being able to do little to help, and his survival guilt as colleagues die on the job. Their friendship offered them both a shot at redemption.   As we enter the fifteenth year of continuous war, it is increasingly urgent not just to document the experiences of the battlefield but also to probe the reverberations that last long after combatants and civilians have returned home, and to understand the many faces trauma takes. Shooting Ghosts looks at the horrors of war directly, but then turns to a journey that draws on our growing understanding of what recovery takes. Their story, told in alternating first-person narratives, is about the things they saw and did, the ways they have been affected, and how they have navigated the psychological aftershocks of war and wrestled with reforming their own identities and moral centers. While war never really ends for those who’ve lived through it, this book charts the ways two survivors have found to calm the ghosts and reclaim a measure of peace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297055 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Alive: 4 Tools to Defeat Your Inner Enemy, Ignite Creative Expression & Unleash Your Soul's Potential Author: Phil Stutz, Barry Michels Narrator: Barry Michels, Phil Stutz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tap into the life force to deepen your emotional and spiritual experience and realize your full potential with this transformative book by the New York Times bestselling authors of The Tools (and the resident shrinks on Goop). In The Tools, Barry Michels and Phil Stutz revolutionized the world of personal growth and self-actualization by offering doable, dynamic actions that transformed challenges into opportunities for change. Now, in Coming Alive, they provide four vital tools for tapping into the Life Force that resides within each of us—a wellspring of positive energy that is the source of creativity, renewal, confidence, and engagement. The first step in gaining mastery over one’s life is identifying the enemy within, which Michels and Stutz have named Part X. This formidable adversary is a shape-shifter—it may be the voice in your head that is a torrent of negativity, persuading you of the futility of finding love, starting a business, or pursuing a creative passion; it may sap you of energy, convincing you that your inner resources are limited; it may take the form of outside forces that conspire against you. In whatever guise it appears, Part X aims to derail your progress, keep you small and stuck, and defeat hope. The tools in Coming Alive help you connect to the Life Force and harness the energy and will to combat Part X. These are tools of ascendance—they activate your aspirational self; they spark creativity and resilience; they help you to transcend the mire of negative thoughts and circumstances and align with a powerful ally that unites us in our common desire to live lives of meaning and engagement. Drawing insights from their decades of psychotherapeutic practice, their lived experience, and their moving and generous understanding of our interconnectedness, Michels and Stutz have created a paradigm-shifting guide to achieving optimal mental health and spiritual well-being. Includes a bonus PDF with images from the book. Advance praise for Coming Alive “There is something indescribably beautiful about living life in integrity. The tools Barry and Phil teach in Coming Alive gave me the courage and clarity to align myself with the truth—no matter how hard or painful it seemed at the time.”—Gwyneth Paltrow “What a gift! A riveting exploration of four (bone-chillingly relatable) modern ailments and their thrillingly practical solutions . . . Singular in its approach and deeply spiritual in its concerns, Coming Alive is a book I’ll be pressing on friends and foes alike.”—Maria Semple, author of Where’d You Go, Bernadette Phil Stutz, Barry Michels Tue, 22 Aug 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297055 thebookvoice.com 8:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Alive: 4 Tools to Defeat Your Inner Enemy, Ignite Creative Expression & Unleash Your Soul's Potential Author: Phil Stutz, Barry Michels Narrator: Barry Michels, Phil Stutz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tap into the life force to deepen your emotional and spiritual experience and realize your full potential with this transformative book by the New York Times bestselling authors of The Tools (and the resident shrinks on Goop). In The Tools, Barry Michels and Phil Stutz revolutionized the world of personal growth and self-actualization by offering doable, dynamic actions that transformed challenges into opportunities for change. Now, in Coming Alive, they provide four vital tools for tapping into the Life Force that resides within each of us—a wellspring of positive energy that is the source of creativity, renewal, confidence, and engagement. The first step in gaining mastery over one’s life is identifying the enemy within, which Michels and Stutz have named Part X. This formidable adversary is a shape-shifter—it may be the voice in your head that is a torrent of negativity, persuading you of the futility of finding love, starting a business, or pursuing a creative passion; it may sap you of energy, convincing you that your inner resources are limited; it may take the form of outside forces that conspire against you. In whatever guise it appears, Part X aims to derail your progress, keep you small and stuck, and defeat hope. The tools in Coming Alive help you connect to the Life Force and harness the energy and will to combat Part X. These are tools of ascendance—they activate your aspirational self; they spark creativity and resilience; they help you to transcend the mire of negative thoughts and circumstances and align with a powerful ally that unites us in our common desire to live lives of meaning and engagement. Drawing insights from their decades of psychotherapeutic practice, their lived experience, and their moving and generous understanding of our interconnectedness, Michels and Stutz have created a paradigm-shifting guide to achieving optimal mental health and spiritual well-being. Includes a bonus PDF with images from the book. Advance praise for Coming Alive “There is something indescribably beautiful about living life in integrity. The tools Barry and Phil teach in Coming Alive gave me the courage and clarity to align myself with the truth—no matter how hard or painful it seemed at the time.”—Gwyneth Paltrow “What a gift! A riveting exploration of four (bone-chillingly relatable) modern ailments and their thrillingly practical solutions . . . Singular in its approach and deeply spiritual in its concerns, Coming Alive is a book I’ll be pressing on friends and foes alike.”—Maria Semple, author of Where’d You Go, Bernadette Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Alive: 4 Tools to Defeat Your Inner Enemy, Ignite Creative Expression & Unleash Your Soul's Potential Author: Phil Stutz, Barry Michels Narrator: Barry Michels, Phil Stutz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tap into the life force to deepen your emotional and spiritual experience and realize your full potential with this transformative book by the New York Times bestselling authors of The Tools (and the resident shrinks on Goop). In The Tools, Barry Michels and Phil Stutz revolutionized the world of personal growth and self-actualization by offering doable, dynamic actions that transformed challenges into opportunities for change. Now, in Coming Alive, they provide four vital tools for tapping into the Life Force that resides within each of us—a wellspring of positive energy that is the source of creativity, renewal, confidence, and engagement. The first step in gaining mastery over one’s life is identifying the enemy within, which Michels and Stutz have named Part X. This formidable adversary is a shape-shifter—it may be the voice in your head that is a torrent of negativity, persuading you of the futility of finding love, starting a business, or pursuing a creative passion; it may sap you of energy, convincing you that your inner resources are limited; it may take the form of outside forces that conspire against you. In whatever guise it appears, Part X aims to derail your progress, keep you small and stuck, and defeat hope. The tools in Coming Alive help you connect to the Life Force and harness the energy and will to combat Part X. These are tools of ascendance—they activate your aspirational self; they spark creativity and resilience; they help you to transcend the mire of negative thoughts and circumstances and align with a powerful ally that unites us in our common desire to live lives of meaning and engagement. Drawing insights from their decades of psychotherapeutic practice, their lived experience, and their moving and generous understanding of our interconnectedness, Michels and Stutz have created a paradigm-shifting guide to achieving optimal mental health and spiritual well-being. Includes a bonus PDF with images from the book. Advance praise for Coming Alive “There is something indescribably beautiful about living life in integrity. The tools Barry and Phil teach in Coming Alive gave me the courage and clarity to align myself with the truth—no matter how hard or painful it seemed at the time.”—Gwyneth Paltrow “What a gift! A riveting exploration of four (bone-chillingly relatable) modern ailments and their thrillingly practical solutions . . . Singular in its approach and deeply spiritual in its concerns, Coming Alive is a book I’ll be pressing on friends and foes alike.”—Maria Semple, author of Where’d You Go, Bernadette https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297039 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Health, Inc.: How Corruption, Lax Oversight, and Failed Reforms Endanger Our Most Vulnerable Citizens Author: Art Levine Narrator: Traber Burns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Prizewinning investigative journalist Art Levine offers a no-holds-barred and crucial call to action for America’s broken mental health system. The mental health system in America is hardly a front-burner issue, despite lip-service about reform after a tragic mass killing. Yet every American should care deeply about fixing a system a presidential commission reported was in “shambles.” By some measures, about 20 percent of Americans have some sort of mental health condition, including the most vulnerable among us―veterans, children, the elderly, prisoners, and the homeless. With Mental Health, Inc., award-winning investigative journalist Art Levine delivers a Shock Doctrine–style exposé of the failures of our out-of-control, profits-driven mental health system, with a special emphasis on the failures of the pharmaceuticals industry, including the treatment of children with antipsychotics and disastrous PTSD protocols for veterans. Levine provides narrative portraits of victims and people who won unexpected victories against their illnesses by getting smart, personalized help, as well as snapshots of corrupt Big Pharma executives and researchers who created fraudulent marketing schemes. Levine also tells the dramatic David vs. Goliath stories of a few brave reformers, including Harvard-trained psychiatrist and researcher Dr. Stefan Kruszewski, who has acted as a whistle-blower in numerous cases, leading to major federal and state settlements, as well as spotlighting pioneering clinicians challenging outmoded, drug-and-sedate practices that leave 90 percent of people with serious mental illness too disabled to work. By taking a comprehensive look at mental health abuses and dangerous, ineffective practices as well as pointing toward solutions for creating a system for effective, proven, and compassionate care, Art Levine’s essential Mental Health, Inc. is a call to action for politicians and citizens alike. Art Levine Tue, 15 Aug 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297039 thebookvoice.com 12:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Health, Inc.: How Corruption, Lax Oversight, and Failed Reforms Endanger Our Most Vulnerable Citizens Author: Art Levine Narrator: Traber Burns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Prizewinning investigative journalist Art Levine offers a no-holds-barred and crucial call to action for America’s broken mental health system. The mental health system in America is hardly a front-burner issue, despite lip-service about reform after a tragic mass killing. Yet every American should care deeply about fixing a system a presidential commission reported was in “shambles.” By some measures, about 20 percent of Americans have some sort of mental health condition, including the most vulnerable among us―veterans, children, the elderly, prisoners, and the homeless. With Mental Health, Inc., award-winning investigative journalist Art Levine delivers a Shock Doctrine–style exposé of the failures of our out-of-control, profits-driven mental health system, with a special emphasis on the failures of the pharmaceuticals industry, including the treatment of children with antipsychotics and disastrous PTSD protocols for veterans. Levine provides narrative portraits of victims and people who won unexpected victories against their illnesses by getting smart, personalized help, as well as snapshots of corrupt Big Pharma executives and researchers who created fraudulent marketing schemes. Levine also tells the dramatic David vs. Goliath stories of a few brave reformers, including Harvard-trained psychiatrist and researcher Dr. Stefan Kruszewski, who has acted as a whistle-blower in numerous cases, leading to major federal and state settlements, as well as spotlighting pioneering clinicians challenging outmoded, drug-and-sedate practices that leave 90 percent of people with serious mental illness too disabled to work. By taking a comprehensive look at mental health abuses and dangerous, ineffective practices as well as pointing toward solutions for creating a system for effective, proven, and compassionate care, Art Levine’s essential Mental Health, Inc. is a call to action for politicians and citizens alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Health, Inc.: How Corruption, Lax Oversight, and Failed Reforms Endanger Our Most Vulnerable Citizens Author: Art Levine Narrator: Traber Burns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Prizewinning investigative journalist Art Levine offers a no-holds-barred and crucial call to action for America’s broken mental health system. The mental health system in America is hardly a front-burner issue, despite lip-service about reform after a tragic mass killing. Yet every American should care deeply about fixing a system a presidential commission reported was in “shambles.” By some measures, about 20 percent of Americans have some sort of mental health condition, including the most vulnerable among us―veterans, children, the elderly, prisoners, and the homeless. With Mental Health, Inc., award-winning investigative journalist Art Levine delivers a Shock Doctrine–style exposé of the failures of our out-of-control, profits-driven mental health system, with a special emphasis on the failures of the pharmaceuticals industry, including the treatment of children with antipsychotics and disastrous PTSD protocols for veterans. Levine provides narrative portraits of victims and people who won unexpected victories against their illnesses by getting smart, personalized help, as well as snapshots of corrupt Big Pharma executives and researchers who created fraudulent marketing schemes. Levine also tells the dramatic David vs. Goliath stories of a few brave reformers, including Harvard-trained psychiatrist and researcher Dr. Stefan Kruszewski, who has acted as a whistle-blower in numerous cases, leading to major federal and state settlements, as well as spotlighting pioneering clinicians challenging outmoded, drug-and-sedate practices that leave 90 percent of people with serious mental illness too disabled to work. By taking a comprehensive look at mental health abuses and dangerous, ineffective practices as well as pointing toward solutions for creating a system for effective, proven, and compassionate care, Art Levine’s essential Mental Health, Inc. is a call to action for politicians and citizens alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296842 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - En busca del equilibrio: Nueve principios para armonizar tu vida con tus deseos Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel Ángel Álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A través de los nueve principios que escucharás en esta obra, aprenderás a armonizar tu vida y tus aspiraciones. Imagina una balanza en la que uno de sus dos extremos, de tan cargado, toque el suelo, y el otro -donde están tus deseos- quede frágilmente suspendido en el aire. Lo que pesa son tus pensamientos. Para recuperar el mismo equilibrio que caracteriza al resto de nuestro universo, debes aligerar todos esos pensamientos hasta que se adecuen a tus deseos. Como el autor indica, en nuestro interior disponemos de los medios para lograr todo lo que queramos, siempre que identifiquemos y revisemos dónde está el exceso de lastre. Para ello, a través de los nueve principios ofrecidos en esta obra, aprenderás a armonizar tu vida y tus aspiraciones. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal disponibles en formato audiolibro. Dr. Wayne Dyer Thu, 20 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296842 thebookvoice.com 2:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - En busca del equilibrio: Nueve principios para armonizar tu vida con tus deseos Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel Ángel Álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A través de los nueve principios que escucharás en esta obra, aprenderás a armonizar tu vida y tus aspiraciones. Imagina una balanza en la que uno de sus dos extremos, de tan cargado, toque el suelo, y el otro -donde están tus deseos- quede frágilmente suspendido en el aire. Lo que pesa son tus pensamientos. Para recuperar el mismo equilibrio que caracteriza al resto de nuestro universo, debes aligerar todos esos pensamientos hasta que se adecuen a tus deseos. Como el autor indica, en nuestro interior disponemos de los medios para lograr todo lo que queramos, siempre que identifiquemos y revisemos dónde está el exceso de lastre. Para ello, a través de los nueve principios ofrecidos en esta obra, aprenderás a armonizar tu vida y tus aspiraciones. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal disponibles en formato audiolibro. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - En busca del equilibrio: Nueve principios para armonizar tu vida con tus deseos Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel Ángel Álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A través de los nueve principios que escucharás en esta obra, aprenderás a armonizar tu vida y tus aspiraciones. Imagina una balanza en la que uno de sus dos extremos, de tan cargado, toque el suelo, y el otro -donde están tus deseos- quede frágilmente suspendido en el aire. Lo que pesa son tus pensamientos. Para recuperar el mismo equilibrio que caracteriza al resto de nuestro universo, debes aligerar todos esos pensamientos hasta que se adecuen a tus deseos. Como el autor indica, en nuestro interior disponemos de los medios para lograr todo lo que queramos, siempre que identifiquemos y revisemos dónde está el exceso de lastre. Para ello, a través de los nueve principios ofrecidos en esta obra, aprenderás a armonizar tu vida y tus aspiraciones. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal disponibles en formato audiolibro. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296306 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reckless Years: A Diary of Love and Madness Author: Heather Chaplin Narrator: Heather Chaplin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The “searingly honest, brilliantly written” (Delia Ephron, New York Times bestselling author) memoir of a woman trying to reinvent her life who finds, after her divorce, that true freedom to make any choice means being free to make every mistake. “What to do now, I don’t know. You see, I no longer love my husband.” A thirty-something journalist living in Brooklyn, Heather Chaplin has to acknowledge the obvious: her marriage is over, and her career is stagnating. When she summons the courage to leave her husband behind, her life turns into an emotional roller coaster. She is soon dating a cast of characters in New York until an impulsive trip to Ireland thrusts her into the orb of a magnetic man named Kieran. But just when she believes herself to be on the brink of what she’d always wanted, a series of setbacks throw her into a volatile spiral downwards. Her independence becomes a frightening prison. As she struggles to find her way back to the world she once knew, she must confront the reality of the past to find her way to the possibilities of her future. Narrated with a uniquely provocative voice, Reckless Years is a raw, propulsive debut: unfailingly profound and impossible to put down. Chaplin writes about all the things women aren’t supposed to say or feel: rage, manipulation, sexual desire—even madness. “Dramatic, adventurous, and heartbreaking” (Kirkus Reviews), yet ultimately redemptive, it is the story of losing yourself in the middle of a comeback and finding yourself in the most surprising of places. Heather Chaplin Tue, 11 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296306 thebookvoice.com 8:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reckless Years: A Diary of Love and Madness Author: Heather Chaplin Narrator: Heather Chaplin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The “searingly honest, brilliantly written” (Delia Ephron, New York Times bestselling author) memoir of a woman trying to reinvent her life who finds, after her divorce, that true freedom to make any choice means being free to make every mistake. “What to do now, I don’t know. You see, I no longer love my husband.” A thirty-something journalist living in Brooklyn, Heather Chaplin has to acknowledge the obvious: her marriage is over, and her career is stagnating. When she summons the courage to leave her husband behind, her life turns into an emotional roller coaster. She is soon dating a cast of characters in New York until an impulsive trip to Ireland thrusts her into the orb of a magnetic man named Kieran. But just when she believes herself to be on the brink of what she’d always wanted, a series of setbacks throw her into a volatile spiral downwards. Her independence becomes a frightening prison. As she struggles to find her way back to the world she once knew, she must confront the reality of the past to find her way to the possibilities of her future. Narrated with a uniquely provocative voice, Reckless Years is a raw, propulsive debut: unfailingly profound and impossible to put down. Chaplin writes about all the things women aren’t supposed to say or feel: rage, manipulation, sexual desire—even madness. “Dramatic, adventurous, and heartbreaking” (Kirkus Reviews), yet ultimately redemptive, it is the story of losing yourself in the middle of a comeback and finding yourself in the most surprising of places. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reckless Years: A Diary of Love and Madness Author: Heather Chaplin Narrator: Heather Chaplin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The “searingly honest, brilliantly written” (Delia Ephron, New York Times bestselling author) memoir of a woman trying to reinvent her life who finds, after her divorce, that true freedom to make any choice means being free to make every mistake. “What to do now, I don’t know. You see, I no longer love my husband.” A thirty-something journalist living in Brooklyn, Heather Chaplin has to acknowledge the obvious: her marriage is over, and her career is stagnating. When she summons the courage to leave her husband behind, her life turns into an emotional roller coaster. She is soon dating a cast of characters in New York until an impulsive trip to Ireland thrusts her into the orb of a magnetic man named Kieran. But just when she believes herself to be on the brink of what she’d always wanted, a series of setbacks throw her into a volatile spiral downwards. Her independence becomes a frightening prison. As she struggles to find her way back to the world she once knew, she must confront the reality of the past to find her way to the possibilities of her future. Narrated with a uniquely provocative voice, Reckless Years is a raw, propulsive debut: unfailingly profound and impossible to put down. Chaplin writes about all the things women aren’t supposed to say or feel: rage, manipulation, sexual desire—even madness. “Dramatic, adventurous, and heartbreaking” (Kirkus Reviews), yet ultimately redemptive, it is the story of losing yourself in the middle of a comeback and finding yourself in the most surprising of places. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296304 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psych 101: Psychology Facts, Basics, Statistics, Tests, and More! Author: Paul Kleinman Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A hands-on approach to exploring the human mind Too often, textbooks turn the noteworthy theories, principles, and experiments of psychology into tedious discourse that even Freud would want to repress. Psych 101 cuts out the boring details and statistics, and instead, gives you a lesson in psychology that keeps you engaged - and your synapses firing. From personality quizzes and the Rorschach Blot Test to B.F. Skinner and the stages of development, this primer for human behavior is packed with hundreds of entertaining psychology basics and quizzes you can't get anywhere else. So whether you're looking to unravel the intricacies of the mind, or just want to find out what makes your friends tick, Psych 101 has all the answers - even the ones you didn't know you were looking for. Paul Kleinman Tue, 18 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296304 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psych 101: Psychology Facts, Basics, Statistics, Tests, and More! Author: Paul Kleinman Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A hands-on approach to exploring the human mind Too often, textbooks turn the noteworthy theories, principles, and experiments of psychology into tedious discourse that even Freud would want to repress. Psych 101 cuts out the boring details and statistics, and instead, gives you a lesson in psychology that keeps you engaged - and your synapses firing. From personality quizzes and the Rorschach Blot Test to B.F. Skinner and the stages of development, this primer for human behavior is packed with hundreds of entertaining psychology basics and quizzes you can't get anywhere else. So whether you're looking to unravel the intricacies of the mind, or just want to find out what makes your friends tick, Psych 101 has all the answers - even the ones you didn't know you were looking for. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psych 101: Psychology Facts, Basics, Statistics, Tests, and More! Author: Paul Kleinman Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A hands-on approach to exploring the human mind Too often, textbooks turn the noteworthy theories, principles, and experiments of psychology into tedious discourse that even Freud would want to repress. Psych 101 cuts out the boring details and statistics, and instead, gives you a lesson in psychology that keeps you engaged - and your synapses firing. From personality quizzes and the Rorschach Blot Test to B.F. Skinner and the stages of development, this primer for human behavior is packed with hundreds of entertaining psychology basics and quizzes you can't get anywhere else. So whether you're looking to unravel the intricacies of the mind, or just want to find out what makes your friends tick, Psych 101 has all the answers - even the ones you didn't know you were looking for. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296232 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whole Self: A Concise History of the Birth & Evolution of Human Consciousness Author: Kendrick Mercer Narrator: Michael Ahr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Kendrick Mercer's Whole Self tells the story of the birth, evolution, and history of human consciousness and its impact on the human psyche. Human consciousness is the most powerful unfolding force on the Earth with the potential either to lead us to annihilate ourselves by generating conflict or to work together wisely and in common purpose. Deep inside of everybody living today is an elemental state of being, Whole Self, which is the natural, instinctive, intuitive state of being that has been chiseled and honed in our biology over billions of years of evolutionary life experience as it was handed down from ancestor to ancestor, generation by generation, in an unbroken chain. Following a prehistoric disaster, our Cro-Magnon ancestors adapted the capacity for abstract reasoning. Unfortunately, this Shift in cognitive ability had a major drawback: It introduced fear into our minds, along with the response to fear, control; two issues we've had to contend with ever since, which are major sources of human suffering. Our generation with its advanced understanding of the brain has a great evolutionary opportunity on its hands to find ways to combine the best of post-Shift reasoning with our reawakened capacity for spontaneous and joyful life lived in harmony with nature and all living beings on our planet. In reawakening to Whole Self as individuals, we gain: The return to the normal and natural state of being: tranquility. The ability to perceive the unspun truth of each moment. The capacity to come from the state of tranquility and respond spontaneously and appropriately, with minimal effort, to the truth of each moment. Collectively, we gain a path to peace, prosperity, and better mental and emotional health. At the present stage in the evolution of human consciousness, consciousness itself has clouded and shadowed the incredible power and benefits of Whole Self, creating stress, fear, and insecurity within the entire human population. Nonetheless, Whole Self lies latent in the DNA of each human being, where it is always ready to awaken an elemental state of tranquility and power. The reawakening of Whole Self is appropriate and necessary for the continuing survival of humans, and possibly all life on Earth. As we reawaken to the implicit gifts of Whole Self, these gifts will automatically merge with the powerful force of our human consciousness to create wisdom and help us solve the dire issues we currently face, such as overcrowding, shortages of resources like food and water, violence, poverty, and climate change. Kendrick Mercer Mon, 05 Jun 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296232 thebookvoice.com 2:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whole Self: A Concise History of the Birth & Evolution of Human Consciousness Author: Kendrick Mercer Narrator: Michael Ahr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Kendrick Mercer's Whole Self tells the story of the birth, evolution, and history of human consciousness and its impact on the human psyche. Human consciousness is the most powerful unfolding force on the Earth with the potential either to lead us to annihilate ourselves by generating conflict or to work together wisely and in common purpose. Deep inside of everybody living today is an elemental state of being, Whole Self, which is the natural, instinctive, intuitive state of being that has been chiseled and honed in our biology over billions of years of evolutionary life experience as it was handed down from ancestor to ancestor, generation by generation, in an unbroken chain. Following a prehistoric disaster, our Cro-Magnon ancestors adapted the capacity for abstract reasoning. Unfortunately, this Shift in cognitive ability had a major drawback: It introduced fear into our minds, along with the response to fear, control; two issues we've had to contend with ever since, which are major sources of human suffering. Our generation with its advanced understanding of the brain has a great evolutionary opportunity on its hands to find ways to combine the best of post-Shift reasoning with our reawakened capacity for spontaneous and joyful life lived in harmony with nature and all living beings on our planet. In reawakening to Whole Self as individuals, we gain: The return to the normal and natural state of being: tranquility. The ability to perceive the unspun truth of each moment. The capacity to come from the state of tranquility and respond spontaneously and appropriately, with minimal effort, to the truth of each moment. Collectively, we gain a path to peace, prosperity, and better mental and emotional health. At the present stage in the evolution of human consciousness, consciousness itself has clouded and shadowed the incredible power and benefits of Whole Self, creating stress, fear, and insecurity within the entire human population. Nonetheless, Whole Self lies latent in the DNA of each human being, where it is always ready to awaken an elemental state of tranquility and power. The reawakening of Whole Self is appropriate and necessary for the continuing survival of humans, and possibly all life on Earth. As we reawaken to the implicit gifts of Whole Self, these gifts will automatically merge with the powerful force of our human consciousness to create wisdom and help us solve the dire issues we currently face, such as overcrowding, shortages of resources like food and water, violence, poverty, and climate change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whole Self: A Concise History of the Birth & Evolution of Human Consciousness Author: Kendrick Mercer Narrator: Michael Ahr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 5, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Kendrick Mercer's Whole Self tells the story of the birth, evolution, and history of human consciousness and its impact on the human psyche. Human consciousness is the most powerful unfolding force on the Earth with the potential either to lead us to annihilate ourselves by generating conflict or to work together wisely and in common purpose. Deep inside of everybody living today is an elemental state of being, Whole Self, which is the natural, instinctive, intuitive state of being that has been chiseled and honed in our biology over billions of years of evolutionary life experience as it was handed down from ancestor to ancestor, generation by generation, in an unbroken chain. Following a prehistoric disaster, our Cro-Magnon ancestors adapted the capacity for abstract reasoning. Unfortunately, this Shift in cognitive ability had a major drawback: It introduced fear into our minds, along with the response to fear, control; two issues we've had to contend with ever since, which are major sources of human suffering. Our generation with its advanced understanding of the brain has a great evolutionary opportunity on its hands to find ways to combine the best of post-Shift reasoning with our reawakened capacity for spontaneous and joyful life lived in harmony with nature and all living beings on our planet. In reawakening to Whole Self as individuals, we gain: The return to the normal and natural state of being: tranquility. The ability to perceive the unspun truth of each moment. The capacity to come from the state of tranquility and respond spontaneously and appropriately, with minimal effort, to the truth of each moment. Collectively, we gain a path to peace, prosperity, and better mental and emotional health. At the present stage in the evolution of human consciousness, consciousness itself has clouded and shadowed the incredible power and benefits of Whole Self, creating stress, fear, and insecurity within the entire human population. Nonetheless, Whole Self lies latent in the DNA of each human being, where it is always ready to awaken an elemental state of tranquility and power. The reawakening of Whole Self is appropriate and necessary for the continuing survival of humans, and possibly all life on Earth. As we reawaken to the implicit gifts of Whole Self, these gifts will automatically merge with the powerful force of our human consciousness to create wisdom and help us solve the dire issues we currently face, such as overcrowding, shortages of resources like food and water, violence, poverty, and climate change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Knowing the Score: What Sports Can Teach Us About Philosophy (And What Philosophy Can Teach Us About Sports) Author: David Papineau Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Knowing the Score, philosopher David Papineau uses sports to illuminate some of modern philosophy's most perplexing questions. As Papineau demonstrates, the study of sports clarifies, challenges, and sometimes confuses crucial issues in philosophy. The tactics of road bicycle racing shed new light on questions of altruism, while sporting family dynasties reorient the nature v. nurture debate. Why do sports competitors choke? Why do fans think God will favor their team over their rivals? How can it be moral to deceive the umpire by framing a pitch? From all of these questions, and many more, philosophy has a great deal to learn. An entertaining and erudite book that ranges far and wide through the sporting world, Knowing the Score is perfect reading for armchair philosophers and Monday morning quarterbacks alike. David Papineau Tue, 11 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295786 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Knowing the Score: What Sports Can Teach Us About Philosophy (And What Philosophy Can Teach Us About Sports) Author: David Papineau Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Knowing the Score, philosopher David Papineau uses sports to illuminate some of modern philosophy's most perplexing questions. As Papineau demonstrates, the study of sports clarifies, challenges, and sometimes confuses crucial issues in philosophy. The tactics of road bicycle racing shed new light on questions of altruism, while sporting family dynasties reorient the nature v. nurture debate. Why do sports competitors choke? Why do fans think God will favor their team over their rivals? How can it be moral to deceive the umpire by framing a pitch? From all of these questions, and many more, philosophy has a great deal to learn. An entertaining and erudite book that ranges far and wide through the sporting world, Knowing the Score is perfect reading for armchair philosophers and Monday morning quarterbacks alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Knowing the Score: What Sports Can Teach Us About Philosophy (And What Philosophy Can Teach Us About Sports) Author: David Papineau Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Knowing the Score, philosopher David Papineau uses sports to illuminate some of modern philosophy's most perplexing questions. As Papineau demonstrates, the study of sports clarifies, challenges, and sometimes confuses crucial issues in philosophy. The tactics of road bicycle racing shed new light on questions of altruism, while sporting family dynasties reorient the nature v. nurture debate. Why do sports competitors choke? Why do fans think God will favor their team over their rivals? How can it be moral to deceive the umpire by framing a pitch? From all of these questions, and many more, philosophy has a great deal to learn. An entertaining and erudite book that ranges far and wide through the sporting world, Knowing the Score is perfect reading for armchair philosophers and Monday morning quarterbacks alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295588 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why?: What Makes Us Curious Author: Mario Livio Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Astrophysicist and author Mario Livio investigates perhaps the most human of all our characteristics—curiosity—in this “lively, expert, and definitely not dumbed-down account” (Kirkus Reviews) as he explores our innate desire to know why. Experiments demonstrate that people are more distracted when they overhear a phone conversation—where they can know only one side of the dialogue—than when they overhear two people talking and know both sides. Why does half a conversation make us more curious than a whole conversation? “Have you ever wondered why we wonder why? Mario Livio has, and he takes you on a fascinating quest to understand the origin and mechanisms of our curiosity. I thoroughly recommend it.” (Adam Riess, Nobel Prize Winner in Physics, 2011). Curiosity is not only at the heart of mystery and suspense novels, it is also essential to other creative endeavors, from painting to sculpture to music. It is the principal driver of basic scientific research. Even so, there is still no definitive scientific consensus about why we humans are so curious, or about the mechanisms in our brain that are responsible for curiosity. In the ever-fascinating Why? Livio interviewed scientists in several fields to explore the nature of curiosity. He examined the lives of two of history’s most curious geniuses, Leonardo da Vinci and Richard Feynman. He also talked to people with boundless curiosity: a superstar rock guitarist who is also an astrophysicist; an astronaut with degrees in computer science, biology, literature, and medicine. What drives these people to be curious about so many subjects? An astrophysicist who has written about mathematics, biology, and now psychology and neuroscience, Livio has firsthand knowledge of his subject which he explores in a lucid, entertaining way that will captivate anyone who is curious about curiosity. Mario Livio Tue, 11 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295588 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why?: What Makes Us Curious Author: Mario Livio Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Astrophysicist and author Mario Livio investigates perhaps the most human of all our characteristics—curiosity—in this “lively, expert, and definitely not dumbed-down account” (Kirkus Reviews) as he explores our innate desire to know why. Experiments demonstrate that people are more distracted when they overhear a phone conversation—where they can know only one side of the dialogue—than when they overhear two people talking and know both sides. Why does half a conversation make us more curious than a whole conversation? “Have you ever wondered why we wonder why? Mario Livio has, and he takes you on a fascinating quest to understand the origin and mechanisms of our curiosity. I thoroughly recommend it.” (Adam Riess, Nobel Prize Winner in Physics, 2011). Curiosity is not only at the heart of mystery and suspense novels, it is also essential to other creative endeavors, from painting to sculpture to music. It is the principal driver of basic scientific research. Even so, there is still no definitive scientific consensus about why we humans are so curious, or about the mechanisms in our brain that are responsible for curiosity. In the ever-fascinating Why? Livio interviewed scientists in several fields to explore the nature of curiosity. He examined the lives of two of history’s most curious geniuses, Leonardo da Vinci and Richard Feynman. He also talked to people with boundless curiosity: a superstar rock guitarist who is also an astrophysicist; an astronaut with degrees in computer science, biology, literature, and medicine. What drives these people to be curious about so many subjects? An astrophysicist who has written about mathematics, biology, and now psychology and neuroscience, Livio has firsthand knowledge of his subject which he explores in a lucid, entertaining way that will captivate anyone who is curious about curiosity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why?: What Makes Us Curious Author: Mario Livio Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Astrophysicist and author Mario Livio investigates perhaps the most human of all our characteristics—curiosity—in this “lively, expert, and definitely not dumbed-down account” (Kirkus Reviews) as he explores our innate desire to know why. Experiments demonstrate that people are more distracted when they overhear a phone conversation—where they can know only one side of the dialogue—than when they overhear two people talking and know both sides. Why does half a conversation make us more curious than a whole conversation? “Have you ever wondered why we wonder why? Mario Livio has, and he takes you on a fascinating quest to understand the origin and mechanisms of our curiosity. I thoroughly recommend it.” (Adam Riess, Nobel Prize Winner in Physics, 2011). Curiosity is not only at the heart of mystery and suspense novels, it is also essential to other creative endeavors, from painting to sculpture to music. It is the principal driver of basic scientific research. Even so, there is still no definitive scientific consensus about why we humans are so curious, or about the mechanisms in our brain that are responsible for curiosity. In the ever-fascinating Why? Livio interviewed scientists in several fields to explore the nature of curiosity. He examined the lives of two of history’s most curious geniuses, Leonardo da Vinci and Richard Feynman. He also talked to people with boundless curiosity: a superstar rock guitarist who is also an astrophysicist; an astronaut with degrees in computer science, biology, literature, and medicine. What drives these people to be curious about so many subjects? An astrophysicist who has written about mathematics, biology, and now psychology and neuroscience, Livio has firsthand knowledge of his subject which he explores in a lucid, entertaining way that will captivate anyone who is curious about curiosity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295060 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8: A Young Man's Voice from the Silence of Autism Author: Naoki Higashida Narrator: Thomas Judd, David Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the author of the bestselling The Reason I Jump, an extraordinary self-portrait of a young adult with autism “Essential reading for parents and teachers of those with autism who remain nonverbal.”—Temple Grandin Naoki Higashida was only thirteen when he wrote The Reason I Jump, a revelatory account of autism from the inside by a nonverbal Japanese child, which became an international success. Now, in Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8, he shares his thoughts and experiences as a young man living each day with severe autism. In short, powerful chapters, Higashida explores school memories, family relationships, the exhilaration of travel, and the difficulties of speech. He also allows readers to experience profound moments we take for granted, like the thought-steps necessary for him to register that it’s raining outside. Acutely aware of how strange his behavior can appear to others, he aims throughout to foster a better understanding of autism and to encourage society to see people with disabilities as people, not as problems. With an introduction by the bestselling novelist David Mitchell, Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8 also includes a dreamlike short story Higashida wrote especially for the U.S. edition. Both moving and of practical use, this book opens a window into the mind of an inspiring young man who meets every challenge with tenacity and good humor. However often he falls down, he always gets back up. Praise for Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8 “[Naoki Higashida’s] success as a writer now transcends his diagnosis. . . . His relative isolation—with words as his primary connection to the outside world—has allowed him to fully develop the powers of observation that are necessary for good writing, and he has developed rich, deep perspectives on ideas that many take for granted. . . . The diversity of Higashida’s writing, in both subject and style, fits together like a jigsaw puzzle of life put in place with humor and thoughtfulness.”—The Japan Times “Profound insights about what the struggle of living with autism is really like . . . Once again, the invitation to step inside Higashida’s mind is irresistible.”—London Evening Standard “Naoki Higashida’s lyrical and heartfelt account of his condition is a gift to anyone involved with the same challenges. . . . Higashida shows a delicate regard for the difficulties his condition creates . . . and is adept at explaining his experiences in language that makes sense to neurotypicals.”—The Guardian Naoki Higashida Tue, 11 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295060 thebookvoice.com 3:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8: A Young Man's Voice from the Silence of Autism Author: Naoki Higashida Narrator: Thomas Judd, David Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the author of the bestselling The Reason I Jump, an extraordinary self-portrait of a young adult with autism “Essential reading for parents and teachers of those with autism who remain nonverbal.”—Temple Grandin Naoki Higashida was only thirteen when he wrote The Reason I Jump, a revelatory account of autism from the inside by a nonverbal Japanese child, which became an international success. Now, in Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8, he shares his thoughts and experiences as a young man living each day with severe autism. In short, powerful chapters, Higashida explores school memories, family relationships, the exhilaration of travel, and the difficulties of speech. He also allows readers to experience profound moments we take for granted, like the thought-steps necessary for him to register that it’s raining outside. Acutely aware of how strange his behavior can appear to others, he aims throughout to foster a better understanding of autism and to encourage society to see people with disabilities as people, not as problems. With an introduction by the bestselling novelist David Mitchell, Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8 also includes a dreamlike short story Higashida wrote especially for the U.S. edition. Both moving and of practical use, this book opens a window into the mind of an inspiring young man who meets every challenge with tenacity and good humor. However often he falls down, he always gets back up. Praise for Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8 “[Naoki Higashida’s] success as a writer now transcends his diagnosis. . . . His relative isolation—with words as his primary connection to the outside world—has allowed him to fully develop the powers of observation that are necessary for good writing, and he has developed rich, deep perspectives on ideas that many take for granted. . . . The diversity of Higashida’s writing, in both subject and style, fits together like a jigsaw puzzle of life put in place with humor and thoughtfulness.”—The Japan Times “Profound insights about what the struggle of living with autism is really like . . . Once again, the invitation to step inside Higashida’s mind is irresistible.”—London Evening Standard “Naoki Higashida’s lyrical and heartfelt account of his condition is a gift to anyone involved with the same challenges. . . . Higashida shows a delicate regard for the difficulties his condition creates . . . and is adept at explaining his experiences in language that makes sense to neurotypicals.”—The Guardian Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8: A Young Man's Voice from the Silence of Autism Author: Naoki Higashida Narrator: Thomas Judd, David Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the author of the bestselling The Reason I Jump, an extraordinary self-portrait of a young adult with autism “Essential reading for parents and teachers of those with autism who remain nonverbal.”—Temple Grandin Naoki Higashida was only thirteen when he wrote The Reason I Jump, a revelatory account of autism from the inside by a nonverbal Japanese child, which became an international success. Now, in Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8, he shares his thoughts and experiences as a young man living each day with severe autism. In short, powerful chapters, Higashida explores school memories, family relationships, the exhilaration of travel, and the difficulties of speech. He also allows readers to experience profound moments we take for granted, like the thought-steps necessary for him to register that it’s raining outside. Acutely aware of how strange his behavior can appear to others, he aims throughout to foster a better understanding of autism and to encourage society to see people with disabilities as people, not as problems. With an introduction by the bestselling novelist David Mitchell, Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8 also includes a dreamlike short story Higashida wrote especially for the U.S. edition. Both moving and of practical use, this book opens a window into the mind of an inspiring young man who meets every challenge with tenacity and good humor. However often he falls down, he always gets back up. Praise for Fall Down 7 Times Get Up 8 “[Naoki Higashida’s] success as a writer now transcends his diagnosis. . . . His relative isolation—with words as his primary connection to the outside world—has allowed him to fully develop the powers of observation that are necessary for good writing, and he has developed rich, deep perspectives on ideas that many take for granted. . . . The diversity of Higashida’s writing, in both subject and style, fits together like a jigsaw puzzle of life put in place with humor and thoughtfulness.”—The Japan Times “Profound insights about what the struggle of living with autism is really like . . . Once again, the invitation to step inside Higashida’s mind is irresistible.”—London Evening Standard “Naoki Higashida’s lyrical and heartfelt account of his condition is a gift to anyone involved with the same challenges. . . . Higashida shows a delicate regard for the difficulties his condition creates . . . and is adept at explaining his experiences in language that makes sense to neurotypicals.”—The Guardian https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ten Types of Human: A New Understanding of Who We Are, and Who We Can Be Author: Dexter Dias Narrator: Tom Clegg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged downloadable audiobook edition of The Ten Types of Human by Dexter Dias, read by Tom Clegg. This book will introduce you to ten people. In a way, you already know them. Only you don’t – not really. In a sense, they are you. Only they’re not entirely. They inform and shape the most important decisions in your life. But you’re almost certainly unaware of their intervention. They are the Ten Types of Human. Who are they? What are they for? How did they get into your head? We want to believe that there are some things we would never do. We want to believe that there are others we always would. But how can we be sure? What are our limits? Do we have limits? The answer lies with the Ten Types of Human: the people we become when we are faced with life's most difficult decisions. But who or what are these Types? Where do they come from? How did they get into our heads? The Ten Types of Human is a pioneering examination of human nature. It looks at the best and worst that human beings are capable of, and asks why. It explores the frontiers of the human experience, excavating the forces that shape our thoughts and actions in extreme situations. It begins in a courtroom and journeys across four continents and through the lives of some exceptional people, in search of answers. Mixing cutting-edge neuroscience, social psychology and human rights research, The Ten Types of Human is at once a provocation and a map to our hidden selves. It provides a new understanding of who we are – and who we can be. Dexter Dias Thu, 06 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295016 thebookvoice.com 26:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ten Types of Human: A New Understanding of Who We Are, and Who We Can Be Author: Dexter Dias Narrator: Tom Clegg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged downloadable audiobook edition of The Ten Types of Human by Dexter Dias, read by Tom Clegg. This book will introduce you to ten people. In a way, you already know them. Only you don’t – not really. In a sense, they are you. Only they’re not entirely. They inform and shape the most important decisions in your life. But you’re almost certainly unaware of their intervention. They are the Ten Types of Human. Who are they? What are they for? How did they get into your head? We want to believe that there are some things we would never do. We want to believe that there are others we always would. But how can we be sure? What are our limits? Do we have limits? The answer lies with the Ten Types of Human: the people we become when we are faced with life's most difficult decisions. But who or what are these Types? Where do they come from? How did they get into our heads? The Ten Types of Human is a pioneering examination of human nature. It looks at the best and worst that human beings are capable of, and asks why. It explores the frontiers of the human experience, excavating the forces that shape our thoughts and actions in extreme situations. It begins in a courtroom and journeys across four continents and through the lives of some exceptional people, in search of answers. Mixing cutting-edge neuroscience, social psychology and human rights research, The Ten Types of Human is at once a provocation and a map to our hidden selves. It provides a new understanding of who we are – and who we can be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ten Types of Human: A New Understanding of Who We Are, and Who We Can Be Author: Dexter Dias Narrator: Tom Clegg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged downloadable audiobook edition of The Ten Types of Human by Dexter Dias, read by Tom Clegg. This book will introduce you to ten people. In a way, you already know them. Only you don’t – not really. In a sense, they are you. Only they’re not entirely. They inform and shape the most important decisions in your life. But you’re almost certainly unaware of their intervention. They are the Ten Types of Human. Who are they? What are they for? How did they get into your head? We want to believe that there are some things we would never do. We want to believe that there are others we always would. But how can we be sure? What are our limits? Do we have limits? The answer lies with the Ten Types of Human: the people we become when we are faced with life's most difficult decisions. But who or what are these Types? Where do they come from? How did they get into our heads? The Ten Types of Human is a pioneering examination of human nature. It looks at the best and worst that human beings are capable of, and asks why. It explores the frontiers of the human experience, excavating the forces that shape our thoughts and actions in extreme situations. It begins in a courtroom and journeys across four continents and through the lives of some exceptional people, in search of answers. Mixing cutting-edge neuroscience, social psychology and human rights research, The Ten Types of Human is at once a provocation and a map to our hidden selves. It provides a new understanding of who we are – and who we can be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perennial Seller: The Art of Making and Marketing Work that Lasts Author: Ryan Holiday Narrator: Ryan Holiday Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The book that Inc. says 'every entrepreneur should read' and an FT Book of the Month selection... How did the movie The Shawshank Redemption fail at the box office but go on to gross more than $100 million as a cult classic? How did The 48 Laws of Power miss the bestseller lists for more than a decade and still sell more than a million copies? How is Iron Maiden still filling stadiums worldwide without radio or TV exposure forty years after the band was founded? Bestselling author and marketer Ryan Holiday calls such works and artists perennial sellers. How do they endure and thrive while most books, movies, songs, video games, and pieces of art disappear quickly after initial success? How can we create and market creative works that achieve longevity? Holiday explores this mystery by drawing on his extensive experience working with businesses and creators such as Google, American Apparel, and the author John Grisham, as well as his interviews with the minds behind some of the greatest perennial sellers of our time. His fascinating examples include: • Rick Rubin, producer for Adele, Jay-Z, and the Red Hot Chili Peppers, who teaches his artists to push past short-term thinking and root their work in long-term inspiration. • Tim Ferriss, whose books have sold millions of copies, in part because he rigorously tests every element of his work to see what generates the strongest response. • Seinfeld, which managed to capture both the essence of the nineties and timeless themes to become a modern classic. • Harper Lee, who transformed a muddled manuscript into To Kill a Mockingbird with the help of the right editor and feedback. • Winston Churchill, Stefan Zweig, and Lady Gaga, who each learned the essential tenets of building a platform of loyal, dedicated supporters. Holiday reveals that the key to success for many perennial sellers is that their creators don’t distinguish between the making and the marketing. The product’s purpose and audience are in the creator’s mind from day one. By thinking holistically about the relationship between their audience and their work, creators of all kinds improve the chances that their offerings will stand the test of time. Ryan Holiday Tue, 18 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294998 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perennial Seller: The Art of Making and Marketing Work that Lasts Author: Ryan Holiday Narrator: Ryan Holiday Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The book that Inc. says 'every entrepreneur should read' and an FT Book of the Month selection... How did the movie The Shawshank Redemption fail at the box office but go on to gross more than $100 million as a cult classic? How did The 48 Laws of Power miss the bestseller lists for more than a decade and still sell more than a million copies? How is Iron Maiden still filling stadiums worldwide without radio or TV exposure forty years after the band was founded? Bestselling author and marketer Ryan Holiday calls such works and artists perennial sellers. How do they endure and thrive while most books, movies, songs, video games, and pieces of art disappear quickly after initial success? How can we create and market creative works that achieve longevity? Holiday explores this mystery by drawing on his extensive experience working with businesses and creators such as Google, American Apparel, and the author John Grisham, as well as his interviews with the minds behind some of the greatest perennial sellers of our time. His fascinating examples include: • Rick Rubin, producer for Adele, Jay-Z, and the Red Hot Chili Peppers, who teaches his artists to push past short-term thinking and root their work in long-term inspiration. • Tim Ferriss, whose books have sold millions of copies, in part because he rigorously tests every element of his work to see what generates the strongest response. • Seinfeld, which managed to capture both the essence of the nineties and timeless themes to become a modern classic. • Harper Lee, who transformed a muddled manuscript into To Kill a Mockingbird with the help of the right editor and feedback. • Winston Churchill, Stefan Zweig, and Lady Gaga, who each learned the essential tenets of building a platform of loyal, dedicated supporters. Holiday reveals that the key to success for many perennial sellers is that their creators don’t distinguish between the making and the marketing. The product’s purpose and audience are in the creator’s mind from day one. By thinking holistically about the relationship between their audience and their work, creators of all kinds improve the chances that their offerings will stand the test of time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perennial Seller: The Art of Making and Marketing Work that Lasts Author: Ryan Holiday Narrator: Ryan Holiday Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The book that Inc. says 'every entrepreneur should read' and an FT Book of the Month selection... How did the movie The Shawshank Redemption fail at the box office but go on to gross more than $100 million as a cult classic? How did The 48 Laws of Power miss the bestseller lists for more than a decade and still sell more than a million copies? How is Iron Maiden still filling stadiums worldwide without radio or TV exposure forty years after the band was founded? Bestselling author and marketer Ryan Holiday calls such works and artists perennial sellers. How do they endure and thrive while most books, movies, songs, video games, and pieces of art disappear quickly after initial success? How can we create and market creative works that achieve longevity? Holiday explores this mystery by drawing on his extensive experience working with businesses and creators such as Google, American Apparel, and the author John Grisham, as well as his interviews with the minds behind some of the greatest perennial sellers of our time. His fascinating examples include: • Rick Rubin, producer for Adele, Jay-Z, and the Red Hot Chili Peppers, who teaches his artists to push past short-term thinking and root their work in long-term inspiration. • Tim Ferriss, whose books have sold millions of copies, in part because he rigorously tests every element of his work to see what generates the strongest response. • Seinfeld, which managed to capture both the essence of the nineties and timeless themes to become a modern classic. • Harper Lee, who transformed a muddled manuscript into To Kill a Mockingbird with the help of the right editor and feedback. • Winston Churchill, Stefan Zweig, and Lady Gaga, who each learned the essential tenets of building a platform of loyal, dedicated supporters. Holiday reveals that the key to success for many perennial sellers is that their creators don’t distinguish between the making and the marketing. The product’s purpose and audience are in the creator’s mind from day one. By thinking holistically about the relationship between their audience and their work, creators of all kinds improve the chances that their offerings will stand the test of time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294404 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boys Adrift: The Five Factors Driving the Growing Epidemic of Unmotivated Boys and Underachieving Young Men Author: Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Narrator: Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why America's sons are underachieving, and what we can do about it. Something is happening to boys today. From kindergarten to college, American boys are, on average, less resilient and less ambitious than they were a mere twenty years ago. The gender gap in college attendance and graduation rates has widened dramatically. While Emily is working hard at school and getting A's, her brother Justin is goofing off. He's more concerned about getting to the next level in his videogame than about finishing his homework. In Boys Adrift, Dr. Leonard Sax delves into the scientific literature and draws on more than twenty years of clinical experience to explain why boys and young men are failing in school and disengaged at home. He shows how social, cultural, and biological factors have created an environment that is literally toxic to boys. He also presents practical solutions, sharing strategies which educators have found effective in re-engaging these boys at school, as well as handy tips for parents about everything from homework, to videogames, to medication. Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Tue, 27 Jun 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294404 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boys Adrift: The Five Factors Driving the Growing Epidemic of Unmotivated Boys and Underachieving Young Men Author: Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Narrator: Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why America's sons are underachieving, and what we can do about it. Something is happening to boys today. From kindergarten to college, American boys are, on average, less resilient and less ambitious than they were a mere twenty years ago. The gender gap in college attendance and graduation rates has widened dramatically. While Emily is working hard at school and getting A's, her brother Justin is goofing off. He's more concerned about getting to the next level in his videogame than about finishing his homework. In Boys Adrift, Dr. Leonard Sax delves into the scientific literature and draws on more than twenty years of clinical experience to explain why boys and young men are failing in school and disengaged at home. He shows how social, cultural, and biological factors have created an environment that is literally toxic to boys. He also presents practical solutions, sharing strategies which educators have found effective in re-engaging these boys at school, as well as handy tips for parents about everything from homework, to videogames, to medication. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boys Adrift: The Five Factors Driving the Growing Epidemic of Unmotivated Boys and Underachieving Young Men Author: Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Narrator: Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why America's sons are underachieving, and what we can do about it. Something is happening to boys today. From kindergarten to college, American boys are, on average, less resilient and less ambitious than they were a mere twenty years ago. The gender gap in college attendance and graduation rates has widened dramatically. While Emily is working hard at school and getting A's, her brother Justin is goofing off. He's more concerned about getting to the next level in his videogame than about finishing his homework. In Boys Adrift, Dr. Leonard Sax delves into the scientific literature and draws on more than twenty years of clinical experience to explain why boys and young men are failing in school and disengaged at home. He shows how social, cultural, and biological factors have created an environment that is literally toxic to boys. He also presents practical solutions, sharing strategies which educators have found effective in re-engaging these boys at school, as well as handy tips for parents about everything from homework, to videogames, to medication. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294379 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fall in Love with Anyone: Essays Author: Mandy Len Catron Narrator: Mandy Len Catron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A beautifully written and well-researched cultural criticism as well as an honest memoir” (Los Angeles Review of Books) from the author of the popular New York Times essay, “To Fall in Love with Anyone, Do This,” explores the romantic myths we create and explains how they limit our ability to achieve and sustain intimacy. What really makes love last? Does love ever work the way we say it does in movies and books and Facebook posts? Or does obsessing over those love stories hurt our real-life relationships? When her parents divorced after a twenty-eight year marriage and her own ten-year relationship ended, those were the questions that Mandy Len Catron wanted to answer. In a series of candid, vulnerable, and wise essays that takes a closer look at what it means to love someone, be loved, and how we present our love to the world, “Catron melds science and emotion beautifully into a thoughtful and thought-provoking meditation” (Bookpage). She delves back to 1944, when her grandparents met in a coal mining town in Appalachia, to her own dating life as a professor in Vancouver. She uses biologists’ research into dopamine triggers to ask whether the need to love is an innate human drive. She uses literary theory to show why we prefer certain kinds of love stories. She urges us to question the unwritten scripts we follow in relationships and looks into where those scripts come from. And she tells the story of how she decided to test an experiment that she’d read about—where the goal was to create intimacy between strangers using a list of thirty-six questions—and ended up in the surreal situation of having millions of people following her brand-new relationship. “Perfect fodder for the romantic and the cynic in all of us” (Booklist), How to Fall in Love with Anyone flips the script on love. “Clear-eyed and full of heart, it is mandatory reading for anyone coping with—or curious about—the challenges of contemporary courtship” (The Toronto Star). Mandy Len Catron Tue, 27 Jun 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294379 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fall in Love with Anyone: Essays Author: Mandy Len Catron Narrator: Mandy Len Catron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A beautifully written and well-researched cultural criticism as well as an honest memoir” (Los Angeles Review of Books) from the author of the popular New York Times essay, “To Fall in Love with Anyone, Do This,” explores the romantic myths we create and explains how they limit our ability to achieve and sustain intimacy. What really makes love last? Does love ever work the way we say it does in movies and books and Facebook posts? Or does obsessing over those love stories hurt our real-life relationships? When her parents divorced after a twenty-eight year marriage and her own ten-year relationship ended, those were the questions that Mandy Len Catron wanted to answer. In a series of candid, vulnerable, and wise essays that takes a closer look at what it means to love someone, be loved, and how we present our love to the world, “Catron melds science and emotion beautifully into a thoughtful and thought-provoking meditation” (Bookpage). She delves back to 1944, when her grandparents met in a coal mining town in Appalachia, to her own dating life as a professor in Vancouver. She uses biologists’ research into dopamine triggers to ask whether the need to love is an innate human drive. She uses literary theory to show why we prefer certain kinds of love stories. She urges us to question the unwritten scripts we follow in relationships and looks into where those scripts come from. And she tells the story of how she decided to test an experiment that she’d read about—where the goal was to create intimacy between strangers using a list of thirty-six questions—and ended up in the surreal situation of having millions of people following her brand-new relationship. “Perfect fodder for the romantic and the cynic in all of us” (Booklist), How to Fall in Love with Anyone flips the script on love. “Clear-eyed and full of heart, it is mandatory reading for anyone coping with—or curious about—the challenges of contemporary courtship” (The Toronto Star). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fall in Love with Anyone: Essays Author: Mandy Len Catron Narrator: Mandy Len Catron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A beautifully written and well-researched cultural criticism as well as an honest memoir” (Los Angeles Review of Books) from the author of the popular New York Times essay, “To Fall in Love with Anyone, Do This,” explores the romantic myths we create and explains how they limit our ability to achieve and sustain intimacy. What really makes love last? Does love ever work the way we say it does in movies and books and Facebook posts? Or does obsessing over those love stories hurt our real-life relationships? When her parents divorced after a twenty-eight year marriage and her own ten-year relationship ended, those were the questions that Mandy Len Catron wanted to answer. In a series of candid, vulnerable, and wise essays that takes a closer look at what it means to love someone, be loved, and how we present our love to the world, “Catron melds science and emotion beautifully into a thoughtful and thought-provoking meditation” (Bookpage). She delves back to 1944, when her grandparents met in a coal mining town in Appalachia, to her own dating life as a professor in Vancouver. She uses biologists’ research into dopamine triggers to ask whether the need to love is an innate human drive. She uses literary theory to show why we prefer certain kinds of love stories. She urges us to question the unwritten scripts we follow in relationships and looks into where those scripts come from. And she tells the story of how she decided to test an experiment that she’d read about—where the goal was to create intimacy between strangers using a list of thirty-six questions—and ended up in the surreal situation of having millions of people following her brand-new relationship. “Perfect fodder for the romantic and the cynic in all of us” (Booklist), How to Fall in Love with Anyone flips the script on love. “Clear-eyed and full of heart, it is mandatory reading for anyone coping with—or curious about—the challenges of contemporary courtship” (The Toronto Star). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294351 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Survival: Why Smart People Do Stupid Things Author: Laurence Gonzales Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 9, 2008 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Laurence Gonzales turns his talent for gripping narrative, knowledge of the way our minds and bodies work, and bottomless curiosity about the world to the topic of how we can best use the lessons of our evolutionary history to overcome the hazards of everyday life. He finds that natural laws profoundly affect our actions, and he reveals the hidden causes and costs of our behavior, whether as individuals or as a species whose decisions may be leading to darker times. Whether you are climbing a mountain or the corporate ladder, Everyday Survival will change the way you view your choices in our complex, dangerous, and quickly changing world. Laurence Gonzales Tue, 09 Sep 2008 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294351 thebookvoice.com 9:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Survival: Why Smart People Do Stupid Things Author: Laurence Gonzales Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 9, 2008 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Laurence Gonzales turns his talent for gripping narrative, knowledge of the way our minds and bodies work, and bottomless curiosity about the world to the topic of how we can best use the lessons of our evolutionary history to overcome the hazards of everyday life. He finds that natural laws profoundly affect our actions, and he reveals the hidden causes and costs of our behavior, whether as individuals or as a species whose decisions may be leading to darker times. Whether you are climbing a mountain or the corporate ladder, Everyday Survival will change the way you view your choices in our complex, dangerous, and quickly changing world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Survival: Why Smart People Do Stupid Things Author: Laurence Gonzales Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 9, 2008 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Laurence Gonzales turns his talent for gripping narrative, knowledge of the way our minds and bodies work, and bottomless curiosity about the world to the topic of how we can best use the lessons of our evolutionary history to overcome the hazards of everyday life. He finds that natural laws profoundly affect our actions, and he reveals the hidden causes and costs of our behavior, whether as individuals or as a species whose decisions may be leading to darker times. Whether you are climbing a mountain or the corporate ladder, Everyday Survival will change the way you view your choices in our complex, dangerous, and quickly changing world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294193 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stick with It: A Scientifically Proven Process for Changing Your Life-for Good Author: Sean D. Young Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning psychologist and director of the UCLA Center for Digital Behavior shows everyone how to make real, lasting change in their lives in this exciting work of popular psychology that goes beyond The Power of Habit with science and practical strategies that can alter their problem behaviors—forever. Whether it’s absent-minded mistakes at work, a weakness for junk food, a smart phone addiction, or a lack of exercise, everyone has some bad habit or behavior that they’d like to change. But wanting to change and actually doing it—and sticking with it—are two very different things. Dr. Sean Young, an authoritative new voice in the field of behavioral science, knows a great deal about our habits—how we make them and how we can break them. Stick with It is his fascinating look at the science of behavior, filled with crucial knowledge and practical advice to help everyone successfully alter their actions and improve their lives. As Dr. Young explains, you don’t change behavior by changing the person, you do it by changing the process. Drawing on his own scientific research and that of other leading experts in the field, he explains why change can be difficult and identifies the crucial forces that combine to make transformation permanent, from the right way to create new habits to how to harness emotional meaning to motivate change. He also helps us understand how the mind often interferes with creating lasting change and how we can outsmart it, including using ''neurohacks'' to shortcut the brain’s counterproductive instincts. In addition he provides a powerful corrective to the decades old science of habits, offering a next generation discussion of how habits can change behavior with the right approach. Packed with pragmatic exercises and stories of real people who have used them successfully, Stick with It shows that it is possible to control spending, stick to a diet, become more social, exercise regularly, stop compulsively checking e-mail, and overcome problem behaviors—forever. Sean D. Young Tue, 20 Jun 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294193 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stick with It: A Scientifically Proven Process for Changing Your Life-for Good Author: Sean D. Young Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning psychologist and director of the UCLA Center for Digital Behavior shows everyone how to make real, lasting change in their lives in this exciting work of popular psychology that goes beyond The Power of Habit with science and practical strategies that can alter their problem behaviors—forever. Whether it’s absent-minded mistakes at work, a weakness for junk food, a smart phone addiction, or a lack of exercise, everyone has some bad habit or behavior that they’d like to change. But wanting to change and actually doing it—and sticking with it—are two very different things. Dr. Sean Young, an authoritative new voice in the field of behavioral science, knows a great deal about our habits—how we make them and how we can break them. Stick with It is his fascinating look at the science of behavior, filled with crucial knowledge and practical advice to help everyone successfully alter their actions and improve their lives. As Dr. Young explains, you don’t change behavior by changing the person, you do it by changing the process. Drawing on his own scientific research and that of other leading experts in the field, he explains why change can be difficult and identifies the crucial forces that combine to make transformation permanent, from the right way to create new habits to how to harness emotional meaning to motivate change. He also helps us understand how the mind often interferes with creating lasting change and how we can outsmart it, including using ''neurohacks'' to shortcut the brain’s counterproductive instincts. In addition he provides a powerful corrective to the decades old science of habits, offering a next generation discussion of how habits can change behavior with the right approach. Packed with pragmatic exercises and stories of real people who have used them successfully, Stick with It shows that it is possible to control spending, stick to a diet, become more social, exercise regularly, stop compulsively checking e-mail, and overcome problem behaviors—forever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stick with It: A Scientifically Proven Process for Changing Your Life-for Good Author: Sean D. Young Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning psychologist and director of the UCLA Center for Digital Behavior shows everyone how to make real, lasting change in their lives in this exciting work of popular psychology that goes beyond The Power of Habit with science and practical strategies that can alter their problem behaviors—forever. Whether it’s absent-minded mistakes at work, a weakness for junk food, a smart phone addiction, or a lack of exercise, everyone has some bad habit or behavior that they’d like to change. But wanting to change and actually doing it—and sticking with it—are two very different things. Dr. Sean Young, an authoritative new voice in the field of behavioral science, knows a great deal about our habits—how we make them and how we can break them. Stick with It is his fascinating look at the science of behavior, filled with crucial knowledge and practical advice to help everyone successfully alter their actions and improve their lives. As Dr. Young explains, you don’t change behavior by changing the person, you do it by changing the process. Drawing on his own scientific research and that of other leading experts in the field, he explains why change can be difficult and identifies the crucial forces that combine to make transformation permanent, from the right way to create new habits to how to harness emotional meaning to motivate change. He also helps us understand how the mind often interferes with creating lasting change and how we can outsmart it, including using ''neurohacks'' to shortcut the brain’s counterproductive instincts. In addition he provides a powerful corrective to the decades old science of habits, offering a next generation discussion of how habits can change behavior with the right approach. Packed with pragmatic exercises and stories of real people who have used them successfully, Stick with It shows that it is possible to control spending, stick to a diet, become more social, exercise regularly, stop compulsively checking e-mail, and overcome problem behaviors—forever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294181 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stars in Our Eyes: The Famous, the Infamous, and Why We Care Way Too Much About Them Author: Julie Klam Narrator: Julie Klam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Look out for Julie's new book, The Almost Legendary Morris Sisters. From bestselling author Julie Klam comes a lively and engaging exploration of celebrity: why celebrities fascinate us, what it means to be famous today, and why celebrities are so important. “When I was young I was convinced celebrities could save me,” Julie Klam admits in The Stars in Our Eyes, her funny and personal exploration of fame and celebrity. As she did for subjects as wide-ranging as dogs, mothers, and friendship, Klam brings her infectious curiosity and crackling wit to the topic of celebrity. As she admits, “I’ve always been enamored with celebrities,” be they movie stars, baseball players, TV actors, and now Internet sensations. “They are the us we want to be.” Celebrities today have a global presence and can be, Klam writes, “some girl on Instagram who does nude yoga and has 3.5 million followers and a Korean rapper who posts his videos that are viewed millions of times.” In The Stars in Our Eyes, Klam examines this phenomenon. She delves deep into what makes someone a celebrity, explains why we care about celebrities more than ever, and uncovers the bargains they make with the public and the burdens they bear to sustain this status. The result is an engaging, astute, and eye-opening look into celebrity that reveals the truths about fame as it elucidates why it’s such an important part of life today. Julie Klam Tue, 18 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294181 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stars in Our Eyes: The Famous, the Infamous, and Why We Care Way Too Much About Them Author: Julie Klam Narrator: Julie Klam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Look out for Julie's new book, The Almost Legendary Morris Sisters. From bestselling author Julie Klam comes a lively and engaging exploration of celebrity: why celebrities fascinate us, what it means to be famous today, and why celebrities are so important. “When I was young I was convinced celebrities could save me,” Julie Klam admits in The Stars in Our Eyes, her funny and personal exploration of fame and celebrity. As she did for subjects as wide-ranging as dogs, mothers, and friendship, Klam brings her infectious curiosity and crackling wit to the topic of celebrity. As she admits, “I’ve always been enamored with celebrities,” be they movie stars, baseball players, TV actors, and now Internet sensations. “They are the us we want to be.” Celebrities today have a global presence and can be, Klam writes, “some girl on Instagram who does nude yoga and has 3.5 million followers and a Korean rapper who posts his videos that are viewed millions of times.” In The Stars in Our Eyes, Klam examines this phenomenon. She delves deep into what makes someone a celebrity, explains why we care about celebrities more than ever, and uncovers the bargains they make with the public and the burdens they bear to sustain this status. The result is an engaging, astute, and eye-opening look into celebrity that reveals the truths about fame as it elucidates why it’s such an important part of life today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stars in Our Eyes: The Famous, the Infamous, and Why We Care Way Too Much About Them Author: Julie Klam Narrator: Julie Klam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Look out for Julie's new book, The Almost Legendary Morris Sisters. From bestselling author Julie Klam comes a lively and engaging exploration of celebrity: why celebrities fascinate us, what it means to be famous today, and why celebrities are so important. “When I was young I was convinced celebrities could save me,” Julie Klam admits in The Stars in Our Eyes, her funny and personal exploration of fame and celebrity. As she did for subjects as wide-ranging as dogs, mothers, and friendship, Klam brings her infectious curiosity and crackling wit to the topic of celebrity. As she admits, “I’ve always been enamored with celebrities,” be they movie stars, baseball players, TV actors, and now Internet sensations. “They are the us we want to be.” Celebrities today have a global presence and can be, Klam writes, “some girl on Instagram who does nude yoga and has 3.5 million followers and a Korean rapper who posts his videos that are viewed millions of times.” In The Stars in Our Eyes, Klam examines this phenomenon. She delves deep into what makes someone a celebrity, explains why we care about celebrities more than ever, and uncovers the bargains they make with the public and the burdens they bear to sustain this status. The result is an engaging, astute, and eye-opening look into celebrity that reveals the truths about fame as it elucidates why it’s such an important part of life today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294109 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of American Unreason Author: Susan Jacoby Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 15, 2008 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Combining historical analysis with contemporary observation, Susan Jacoby dissects a new American cultural phenomenon—one that is at odds with our heritage of Enlightenment reason and with modern, secular knowledge and science. With mordant wit, Jacoby surveys an antirationalist landscape extending from pop culture to a pseudo-intellectual universe of 'junk thought.' Disdain for logic and evidence defines a pervasive malaise fostered by the mass media, triumphalist religious fundamentalism, mediocre public education, a dearth of fair-minded public intellectuals on the right and the left, and, above all, a lazy and credulous public. Jacoby offers an unsparing indictment of the American addiction to infotainment—from television to the Web—and cites this toxic dependency as the major element distinguishing our current age of unreason from earlier outbreaks of American anti-intellectualism and antirationalism. With reading on the decline and scientific and historical illiteracy on the rise, an increasingly ignorant public square is dominated by debased media-driven language and received opinion. At this critical political juncture, nothing could be more important than recognizing the 'overarching crisis of memory and knowledge' described in this impassioned, tough-minded book, which challenges Americans to face the painful truth about what the flights from reason has cost us as individuals and as a nation. Susan Jacoby Thu, 15 May 2008 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294109 thebookvoice.com 14:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of American Unreason Author: Susan Jacoby Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 15, 2008 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Combining historical analysis with contemporary observation, Susan Jacoby dissects a new American cultural phenomenon—one that is at odds with our heritage of Enlightenment reason and with modern, secular knowledge and science. With mordant wit, Jacoby surveys an antirationalist landscape extending from pop culture to a pseudo-intellectual universe of 'junk thought.' Disdain for logic and evidence defines a pervasive malaise fostered by the mass media, triumphalist religious fundamentalism, mediocre public education, a dearth of fair-minded public intellectuals on the right and the left, and, above all, a lazy and credulous public. Jacoby offers an unsparing indictment of the American addiction to infotainment—from television to the Web—and cites this toxic dependency as the major element distinguishing our current age of unreason from earlier outbreaks of American anti-intellectualism and antirationalism. With reading on the decline and scientific and historical illiteracy on the rise, an increasingly ignorant public square is dominated by debased media-driven language and received opinion. At this critical political juncture, nothing could be more important than recognizing the 'overarching crisis of memory and knowledge' described in this impassioned, tough-minded book, which challenges Americans to face the painful truth about what the flights from reason has cost us as individuals and as a nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of American Unreason Author: Susan Jacoby Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 15, 2008 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Combining historical analysis with contemporary observation, Susan Jacoby dissects a new American cultural phenomenon—one that is at odds with our heritage of Enlightenment reason and with modern, secular knowledge and science. With mordant wit, Jacoby surveys an antirationalist landscape extending from pop culture to a pseudo-intellectual universe of 'junk thought.' Disdain for logic and evidence defines a pervasive malaise fostered by the mass media, triumphalist religious fundamentalism, mediocre public education, a dearth of fair-minded public intellectuals on the right and the left, and, above all, a lazy and credulous public. Jacoby offers an unsparing indictment of the American addiction to infotainment—from television to the Web—and cites this toxic dependency as the major element distinguishing our current age of unreason from earlier outbreaks of American anti-intellectualism and antirationalism. With reading on the decline and scientific and historical illiteracy on the rise, an increasingly ignorant public square is dominated by debased media-driven language and received opinion. At this critical political juncture, nothing could be more important than recognizing the 'overarching crisis of memory and knowledge' described in this impassioned, tough-minded book, which challenges Americans to face the painful truth about what the flights from reason has cost us as individuals and as a nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294002 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Most Dangerous Method: The Story of Jung, Freud, & Sabina Spielrein Author: John Kerr Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 1907 Sigmund Freud and Carl Gustav Jung began what promised to be both a momentous collaboration and the deepest friendship of each man's life. Six years later they were bitter antagonists, locked in a savage struggle that was as much personal and emotional as it was theoretical and professional. In between them stood a young woman named Sabina Spielrein, who had been both patient and lover to Jung and colleague and confidante to Freud before going on to become an innovative psychoanalyst herself. Drawing on years of research (and a cache of recently discovered documents), this mesmerizing book reconstructs the fatal triangle of Freud, Jung, and Spielrein. It encompasses clinical method and politics, hysteria and anti-Semitism, sexual duplicity and intellectual brilliance wielded as blackmail. Learned, humane, and impossible to put down, A Most Dangerous Method is intellectual history with the narrative power and emotional impact of great tragedy. John Kerr Tue, 01 Nov 2011 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294002 thebookvoice.com 22:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Most Dangerous Method: The Story of Jung, Freud, & Sabina Spielrein Author: John Kerr Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 1907 Sigmund Freud and Carl Gustav Jung began what promised to be both a momentous collaboration and the deepest friendship of each man's life. Six years later they were bitter antagonists, locked in a savage struggle that was as much personal and emotional as it was theoretical and professional. In between them stood a young woman named Sabina Spielrein, who had been both patient and lover to Jung and colleague and confidante to Freud before going on to become an innovative psychoanalyst herself. Drawing on years of research (and a cache of recently discovered documents), this mesmerizing book reconstructs the fatal triangle of Freud, Jung, and Spielrein. It encompasses clinical method and politics, hysteria and anti-Semitism, sexual duplicity and intellectual brilliance wielded as blackmail. Learned, humane, and impossible to put down, A Most Dangerous Method is intellectual history with the narrative power and emotional impact of great tragedy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Most Dangerous Method: The Story of Jung, Freud, & Sabina Spielrein Author: John Kerr Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 1907 Sigmund Freud and Carl Gustav Jung began what promised to be both a momentous collaboration and the deepest friendship of each man's life. Six years later they were bitter antagonists, locked in a savage struggle that was as much personal and emotional as it was theoretical and professional. In between them stood a young woman named Sabina Spielrein, who had been both patient and lover to Jung and colleague and confidante to Freud before going on to become an innovative psychoanalyst herself. Drawing on years of research (and a cache of recently discovered documents), this mesmerizing book reconstructs the fatal triangle of Freud, Jung, and Spielrein. It encompasses clinical method and politics, hysteria and anti-Semitism, sexual duplicity and intellectual brilliance wielded as blackmail. Learned, humane, and impossible to put down, A Most Dangerous Method is intellectual history with the narrative power and emotional impact of great tragedy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293996 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Vanessa Van Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People written and read by Vanessa Van Edwards. Wish you knew exactly what to say in awkward social situations? Or that you had a formula for charisma? You need to know how people work. As a human behaviour investigator, Vanessa Van Edwards studies the hidden forces that drive our behaviour patterns - and she's cracked the code. In Captivate she shares a wealth of shortcuts, systems and behaviour hacks to help you take charge of your interactions. You'll learn a game plan for navigating any social situation, unique ways to break away from the same old small talk, how to speed-read faces to predict people's emotions, and much more besides. When you understand the laws of human behaviour you can get along with anyone. With Vanessa's help, you will never interact in the same way again. Includes a bonus PDF of quizzes, graphs and illustrations. Vanessa Van Edwards Thu, 04 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293996 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Vanessa Van Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People written and read by Vanessa Van Edwards. Wish you knew exactly what to say in awkward social situations? Or that you had a formula for charisma? You need to know how people work. As a human behaviour investigator, Vanessa Van Edwards studies the hidden forces that drive our behaviour patterns - and she's cracked the code. In Captivate she shares a wealth of shortcuts, systems and behaviour hacks to help you take charge of your interactions. You'll learn a game plan for navigating any social situation, unique ways to break away from the same old small talk, how to speed-read faces to predict people's emotions, and much more besides. When you understand the laws of human behaviour you can get along with anyone. With Vanessa's help, you will never interact in the same way again. Includes a bonus PDF of quizzes, graphs and illustrations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Vanessa Van Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People written and read by Vanessa Van Edwards. Wish you knew exactly what to say in awkward social situations? Or that you had a formula for charisma? You need to know how people work. As a human behaviour investigator, Vanessa Van Edwards studies the hidden forces that drive our behaviour patterns - and she's cracked the code. In Captivate she shares a wealth of shortcuts, systems and behaviour hacks to help you take charge of your interactions. You'll learn a game plan for navigating any social situation, unique ways to break away from the same old small talk, how to speed-read faces to predict people's emotions, and much more besides. When you understand the laws of human behaviour you can get along with anyone. With Vanessa's help, you will never interact in the same way again. Includes a bonus PDF of quizzes, graphs and illustrations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293985 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rest: Why You Get More Done When You Work Less Author: Alex Soojung-Kim Pang Narrator: Adam Sims Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the complete unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Rest by Alex Soojung-Kim Pang, read by Adam Sims. For most of us, overwork is the new normal. Resting means late-night TV binges or hours spent on social media. We never truly recharge. In this revelatory book, Silicon Valley consultant Alex Soojung-Kim Pang offers a way for us to be more productive and fulfilled in all areas of our lives. Working better does not mean putting in longer hours: it means working less and resting better. Whether through daily naps, as Winston Churchill did in the Second World War, spending a week alone in a cabin like Bill Gates, or simply walking or playing a game, 'deliberate rest' is the key to getting more done. Drawing on emerging neuroscience, Rest is packed with tips for upping our downtime - from sleep to hobbies to holidays. It's time to change the way we work, rest and play. Alex Soojung-Kim Pang Thu, 30 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293985 thebookvoice.com 6:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rest: Why You Get More Done When You Work Less Author: Alex Soojung-Kim Pang Narrator: Adam Sims Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the complete unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Rest by Alex Soojung-Kim Pang, read by Adam Sims. For most of us, overwork is the new normal. Resting means late-night TV binges or hours spent on social media. We never truly recharge. In this revelatory book, Silicon Valley consultant Alex Soojung-Kim Pang offers a way for us to be more productive and fulfilled in all areas of our lives. Working better does not mean putting in longer hours: it means working less and resting better. Whether through daily naps, as Winston Churchill did in the Second World War, spending a week alone in a cabin like Bill Gates, or simply walking or playing a game, 'deliberate rest' is the key to getting more done. Drawing on emerging neuroscience, Rest is packed with tips for upping our downtime - from sleep to hobbies to holidays. It's time to change the way we work, rest and play. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rest: Why You Get More Done When You Work Less Author: Alex Soojung-Kim Pang Narrator: Adam Sims Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the complete unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Rest by Alex Soojung-Kim Pang, read by Adam Sims. For most of us, overwork is the new normal. Resting means late-night TV binges or hours spent on social media. We never truly recharge. In this revelatory book, Silicon Valley consultant Alex Soojung-Kim Pang offers a way for us to be more productive and fulfilled in all areas of our lives. Working better does not mean putting in longer hours: it means working less and resting better. Whether through daily naps, as Winston Churchill did in the Second World War, spending a week alone in a cabin like Bill Gates, or simply walking or playing a game, 'deliberate rest' is the key to getting more done. Drawing on emerging neuroscience, Rest is packed with tips for upping our downtime - from sleep to hobbies to holidays. It's time to change the way we work, rest and play. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293980 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gastrophysics: The New Science of Eating Author: Charles Spence Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 30, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Gastrophysics: The New Science of Eating by Charles Spence, read by John Sackville. A ground-breaking book by the world-leading expert in sensory science: Freakonomics for food Why do we consume 35% more food when eating with one more person, and 75% more when with three? Why are 27% of drinks bought on aeroplanes tomato juice? How are chefs and companies planning to transform our dining experiences, and what can we learn from their cutting-edge insights to make memorable meals at home? These are just some of the ingredients of Gastrophysics, in which the pioneering Oxford professor Charles Spence shows how our senses link up in the most extraordinary ways, and reveals the importance of all the 'off-the-plate' elements of a meal: the weight of cutlery, the colour of the plate (his lab showed that red is associated with sweetness - we perceive salty popcorn as tasting sweet when served in a red bowl), the background music and much more. Whether dining alone or at a dinner party, on a plane or in front of the TV, he reveals how to understand what we're tasting and influence what others experience. Meal-times will genuinely never be the same again. Charles Spence Thu, 30 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293980 thebookvoice.com 10:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gastrophysics: The New Science of Eating Author: Charles Spence Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 30, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Gastrophysics: The New Science of Eating by Charles Spence, read by John Sackville. A ground-breaking book by the world-leading expert in sensory science: Freakonomics for food Why do we consume 35% more food when eating with one more person, and 75% more when with three? Why are 27% of drinks bought on aeroplanes tomato juice? How are chefs and companies planning to transform our dining experiences, and what can we learn from their cutting-edge insights to make memorable meals at home? These are just some of the ingredients of Gastrophysics, in which the pioneering Oxford professor Charles Spence shows how our senses link up in the most extraordinary ways, and reveals the importance of all the 'off-the-plate' elements of a meal: the weight of cutlery, the colour of the plate (his lab showed that red is associated with sweetness - we perceive salty popcorn as tasting sweet when served in a red bowl), the background music and much more. Whether dining alone or at a dinner party, on a plane or in front of the TV, he reveals how to understand what we're tasting and influence what others experience. Meal-times will genuinely never be the same again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gastrophysics: The New Science of Eating Author: Charles Spence Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 30, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Gastrophysics: The New Science of Eating by Charles Spence, read by John Sackville. A ground-breaking book by the world-leading expert in sensory science: Freakonomics for food Why do we consume 35% more food when eating with one more person, and 75% more when with three? Why are 27% of drinks bought on aeroplanes tomato juice? How are chefs and companies planning to transform our dining experiences, and what can we learn from their cutting-edge insights to make memorable meals at home? These are just some of the ingredients of Gastrophysics, in which the pioneering Oxford professor Charles Spence shows how our senses link up in the most extraordinary ways, and reveals the importance of all the 'off-the-plate' elements of a meal: the weight of cutlery, the colour of the plate (his lab showed that red is associated with sweetness - we perceive salty popcorn as tasting sweet when served in a red bowl), the background music and much more. Whether dining alone or at a dinner party, on a plane or in front of the TV, he reveals how to understand what we're tasting and influence what others experience. Meal-times will genuinely never be the same again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293892 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drunks: An American History Author: Christopher M. Finan Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A social history of alcoholism in the United States, from the seventeenth century to the present day Today, millions of Americans are struggling with alcoholism, but millions are also in long-term recovery. Alcoholics Anonymous and a growing number of recovery organizations are providing support for alcoholics who will face the danger of relapse for the rest of their lives. We have finally come to understand alcoholism as a treatable illness, rather than a moral failure. Today’s advocates can draw inspiration from the victories of sober drunks throughout American history. Christopher Finan recounts the nation’s history with alcohol and its search for sobriety, which began among Native Americans in the colonial period, when liquor was used to cheat them of their property. He introduces us to the first of a colorful cast of characters, a remarkable Iroquois leader named Handsome Lake, who dedicated his life to helping his people renounce hard liquor. And we meet Carrie Nation, the wife of an alcoholic who destroyed bars with an ax in her anger over what alcohol had done to her family, as well as the idealistic and energetic Washingtonians, reformed drunks who led the first national movement to save men like themselves. Finan also tells the dramatic story of Bill Wilson and Dr. Bob Smith, the two drunks who helped each other stay sober and then created AA, which survived its tumultuous early years and has made it possible for millions of men and women to quit drinking. This is narrative history at its best: entertaining and authoritative, an important portrait of one of America’s great liberation movements. Christopher M. Finan Tue, 27 Jun 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293892 thebookvoice.com 11:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drunks: An American History Author: Christopher M. Finan Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A social history of alcoholism in the United States, from the seventeenth century to the present day Today, millions of Americans are struggling with alcoholism, but millions are also in long-term recovery. Alcoholics Anonymous and a growing number of recovery organizations are providing support for alcoholics who will face the danger of relapse for the rest of their lives. We have finally come to understand alcoholism as a treatable illness, rather than a moral failure. Today’s advocates can draw inspiration from the victories of sober drunks throughout American history. Christopher Finan recounts the nation’s history with alcohol and its search for sobriety, which began among Native Americans in the colonial period, when liquor was used to cheat them of their property. He introduces us to the first of a colorful cast of characters, a remarkable Iroquois leader named Handsome Lake, who dedicated his life to helping his people renounce hard liquor. And we meet Carrie Nation, the wife of an alcoholic who destroyed bars with an ax in her anger over what alcohol had done to her family, as well as the idealistic and energetic Washingtonians, reformed drunks who led the first national movement to save men like themselves. Finan also tells the dramatic story of Bill Wilson and Dr. Bob Smith, the two drunks who helped each other stay sober and then created AA, which survived its tumultuous early years and has made it possible for millions of men and women to quit drinking. This is narrative history at its best: entertaining and authoritative, an important portrait of one of America’s great liberation movements. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drunks: An American History Author: Christopher M. Finan Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A social history of alcoholism in the United States, from the seventeenth century to the present day Today, millions of Americans are struggling with alcoholism, but millions are also in long-term recovery. Alcoholics Anonymous and a growing number of recovery organizations are providing support for alcoholics who will face the danger of relapse for the rest of their lives. We have finally come to understand alcoholism as a treatable illness, rather than a moral failure. Today’s advocates can draw inspiration from the victories of sober drunks throughout American history. Christopher Finan recounts the nation’s history with alcohol and its search for sobriety, which began among Native Americans in the colonial period, when liquor was used to cheat them of their property. He introduces us to the first of a colorful cast of characters, a remarkable Iroquois leader named Handsome Lake, who dedicated his life to helping his people renounce hard liquor. And we meet Carrie Nation, the wife of an alcoholic who destroyed bars with an ax in her anger over what alcohol had done to her family, as well as the idealistic and energetic Washingtonians, reformed drunks who led the first national movement to save men like themselves. Finan also tells the dramatic story of Bill Wilson and Dr. Bob Smith, the two drunks who helped each other stay sober and then created AA, which survived its tumultuous early years and has made it possible for millions of men and women to quit drinking. This is narrative history at its best: entertaining and authoritative, an important portrait of one of America’s great liberation movements. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293738 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Beautiful, Terrible Thing: A Memoir of Marriage and Betrayal Author: Jen Waite Narrator: Jen Waite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 85 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A woman discovers her marriage is built on an illusion in this harrowing and ultimately inspiring memoir. “Be forewarned: You won’t sleep until you finish the last page.”—Caroline Leavitt, author of Cruel Beautiful World One night. One email. Two realities... Before: Jen Waite has met the partner of her dreams. A handsome, loving man who becomes part of her family, evolving into her husband, her best friend, and the father of her infant daughter. After: A disturbing email sparks suspicion, leading to an investigation of who this man really is and what was really happening in their marriage. In alternating Before and After chapters, Waite obsessively analyzes her relationship, trying to find a single moment form the past five years that isn't part of the long con of lies and manipulation. Instead, she finds more lies, infidelity, and betrayal than she could have imagined. With the pacing and twists of a psychological thriller, A Beautiful, Terrible Thing looks at how a fairy tale can become a nightmare and what happens when “it could never happen to me” actually does. Jen Waite Tue, 11 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293738 thebookvoice.com 6:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Beautiful, Terrible Thing: A Memoir of Marriage and Betrayal Author: Jen Waite Narrator: Jen Waite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 85 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A woman discovers her marriage is built on an illusion in this harrowing and ultimately inspiring memoir. “Be forewarned: You won’t sleep until you finish the last page.”—Caroline Leavitt, author of Cruel Beautiful World One night. One email. Two realities... Before: Jen Waite has met the partner of her dreams. A handsome, loving man who becomes part of her family, evolving into her husband, her best friend, and the father of her infant daughter. After: A disturbing email sparks suspicion, leading to an investigation of who this man really is and what was really happening in their marriage. In alternating Before and After chapters, Waite obsessively analyzes her relationship, trying to find a single moment form the past five years that isn't part of the long con of lies and manipulation. Instead, she finds more lies, infidelity, and betrayal than she could have imagined. With the pacing and twists of a psychological thriller, A Beautiful, Terrible Thing looks at how a fairy tale can become a nightmare and what happens when “it could never happen to me” actually does. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Beautiful, Terrible Thing: A Memoir of Marriage and Betrayal Author: Jen Waite Narrator: Jen Waite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 85 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A woman discovers her marriage is built on an illusion in this harrowing and ultimately inspiring memoir. “Be forewarned: You won’t sleep until you finish the last page.”—Caroline Leavitt, author of Cruel Beautiful World One night. One email. Two realities... Before: Jen Waite has met the partner of her dreams. A handsome, loving man who becomes part of her family, evolving into her husband, her best friend, and the father of her infant daughter. After: A disturbing email sparks suspicion, leading to an investigation of who this man really is and what was really happening in their marriage. In alternating Before and After chapters, Waite obsessively analyzes her relationship, trying to find a single moment form the past five years that isn't part of the long con of lies and manipulation. Instead, she finds more lies, infidelity, and betrayal than she could have imagined. With the pacing and twists of a psychological thriller, A Beautiful, Terrible Thing looks at how a fairy tale can become a nightmare and what happens when “it could never happen to me” actually does. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293459 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Popular: Why Being Liked is the Secret to Greater Success and Happiness Author: Mitch Prinstein Narrator: Mitch Prinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Popular, written and read by Mitch Prinstein. Who doesn't want to be more popular? Surely a person's popularity - be it at school, work or socially - is the best predictor of how happy and successful they can be? The truth is actually much more complex. This impeccably researched and highly entertaining book presents two very distinct types of popularity and shows how only one of them will get us where we want. Based on 20 years of research and written by popularity expert Mitch Prinstein, Popular investigates the science of what popularity is, why we care about it so much – even if we don’t think we do – what kind of popularity is worth caring about, and if we can still get the popularity we want, even if we didn't have it when we were younger. Prinstein also offers important insights on parenting for popularity, explaining why supporting children in the right way will help them cultivate the right kind of popularity and help shape them positively as adults in the future. Mitch Prinstein Tue, 06 Jun 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293459 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Popular: Why Being Liked is the Secret to Greater Success and Happiness Author: Mitch Prinstein Narrator: Mitch Prinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Popular, written and read by Mitch Prinstein. Who doesn't want to be more popular? Surely a person's popularity - be it at school, work or socially - is the best predictor of how happy and successful they can be? The truth is actually much more complex. This impeccably researched and highly entertaining book presents two very distinct types of popularity and shows how only one of them will get us where we want. Based on 20 years of research and written by popularity expert Mitch Prinstein, Popular investigates the science of what popularity is, why we care about it so much – even if we don’t think we do – what kind of popularity is worth caring about, and if we can still get the popularity we want, even if we didn't have it when we were younger. Prinstein also offers important insights on parenting for popularity, explaining why supporting children in the right way will help them cultivate the right kind of popularity and help shape them positively as adults in the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Popular: Why Being Liked is the Secret to Greater Success and Happiness Author: Mitch Prinstein Narrator: Mitch Prinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Popular, written and read by Mitch Prinstein. Who doesn't want to be more popular? Surely a person's popularity - be it at school, work or socially - is the best predictor of how happy and successful they can be? The truth is actually much more complex. This impeccably researched and highly entertaining book presents two very distinct types of popularity and shows how only one of them will get us where we want. Based on 20 years of research and written by popularity expert Mitch Prinstein, Popular investigates the science of what popularity is, why we care about it so much – even if we don’t think we do – what kind of popularity is worth caring about, and if we can still get the popularity we want, even if we didn't have it when we were younger. Prinstein also offers important insights on parenting for popularity, explaining why supporting children in the right way will help them cultivate the right kind of popularity and help shape them positively as adults in the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293313 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Malcolm Gladwell Box Set Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Author Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 116 Ratings of Narrator: 4.93 of Total 28 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For the first time all three of Malcolm Gladwell's bestselling, groundbreaking audiobooks are available together in an 'instant classic' box set at a value-price. THE TIPPING POINT: The tipping point is that magic moment when an idea, trend, or social behavior crosses a threshold, tips, and spreads like wildfire. Just as a single sick person can start an epidemic of the flu, so too can a small but precisely targeted push cause a fashion trend, the popularity of a new product, or a drop in the crime rate. This widely acclaimed bestseller, in which Malcolm Gladwell explores and brilliantly illuminates the tipping point phenomenon, has already changed the way people throughout the world think about selling products and disseminating ideas. BLINK: In Blink, Malcolm Gladwell revolutionizes the way we understand the world within. Blink is a book about how we think without thinking, about choices that seem to be made in an instant-in the blink of an eye-that actually aren't as simple as they seem. Why are some people brilliant decision makers, while others are consistently inept? How do our brains really work-in the office, in the classroom, in the kitchen, and in the bedroom? And why are the best decisions often those that are impossible to explain to others? Blink reveals that great decision makers aren't those who process the most information or spend the most time deliberating, but those who have perfected the art of 'thin-slicing'-filtering the very few factors that matter from an overwhelming number of variables. OUTLIERS: In this stunning audiobook, Malcolm Gladwell takes us on an intellectual journey through the world of 'outliers'-the best and the brightest, the most famous and the most successful. He asks the question: what makes high-achievers different? His answer is that we pay too much attention to what successful people are like, and too little attention to where they are from: that is, their culture, their family, their generation, and the idiosyncratic experiences of their upbringing. Along the way he explains the secrets of software billionaires, what it takes to be a great soccer player, why Asians are good at math, and what made the Beatles the greatest rock band. Brilliant and entertaining, OUTLIERS is a landmark work that will simultaneously delight and illuminate. Malcolm Gladwell Tue, 04 May 2010 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293313 thebookvoice.com 23:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Malcolm Gladwell Box Set Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Author Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 116 Ratings of Narrator: 4.93 of Total 28 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For the first time all three of Malcolm Gladwell's bestselling, groundbreaking audiobooks are available together in an 'instant classic' box set at a value-price. THE TIPPING POINT: The tipping point is that magic moment when an idea, trend, or social behavior crosses a threshold, tips, and spreads like wildfire. Just as a single sick person can start an epidemic of the flu, so too can a small but precisely targeted push cause a fashion trend, the popularity of a new product, or a drop in the crime rate. This widely acclaimed bestseller, in which Malcolm Gladwell explores and brilliantly illuminates the tipping point phenomenon, has already changed the way people throughout the world think about selling products and disseminating ideas. BLINK: In Blink, Malcolm Gladwell revolutionizes the way we understand the world within. Blink is a book about how we think without thinking, about choices that seem to be made in an instant-in the blink of an eye-that actually aren't as simple as they seem. Why are some people brilliant decision makers, while others are consistently inept? How do our brains really work-in the office, in the classroom, in the kitchen, and in the bedroom? And why are the best decisions often those that are impossible to explain to others? Blink reveals that great decision makers aren't those who process the most information or spend the most time deliberating, but those who have perfected the art of 'thin-slicing'-filtering the very few factors that matter from an overwhelming number of variables. OUTLIERS: In this stunning audiobook, Malcolm Gladwell takes us on an intellectual journey through the world of 'outliers'-the best and the brightest, the most famous and the most successful. He asks the question: what makes high-achievers different? His answer is that we pay too much attention to what successful people are like, and too little attention to where they are from: that is, their culture, their family, their generation, and the idiosyncratic experiences of their upbringing. Along the way he explains the secrets of software billionaires, what it takes to be a great soccer player, why Asians are good at math, and what made the Beatles the greatest rock band. Brilliant and entertaining, OUTLIERS is a landmark work that will simultaneously delight and illuminate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Malcolm Gladwell Box Set Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Author Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 4, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 116 Ratings of Narrator: 4.93 of Total 28 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For the first time all three of Malcolm Gladwell's bestselling, groundbreaking audiobooks are available together in an 'instant classic' box set at a value-price. THE TIPPING POINT: The tipping point is that magic moment when an idea, trend, or social behavior crosses a threshold, tips, and spreads like wildfire. Just as a single sick person can start an epidemic of the flu, so too can a small but precisely targeted push cause a fashion trend, the popularity of a new product, or a drop in the crime rate. This widely acclaimed bestseller, in which Malcolm Gladwell explores and brilliantly illuminates the tipping point phenomenon, has already changed the way people throughout the world think about selling products and disseminating ideas. BLINK: In Blink, Malcolm Gladwell revolutionizes the way we understand the world within. Blink is a book about how we think without thinking, about choices that seem to be made in an instant-in the blink of an eye-that actually aren't as simple as they seem. Why are some people brilliant decision makers, while others are consistently inept? How do our brains really work-in the office, in the classroom, in the kitchen, and in the bedroom? And why are the best decisions often those that are impossible to explain to others? Blink reveals that great decision makers aren't those who process the most information or spend the most time deliberating, but those who have perfected the art of 'thin-slicing'-filtering the very few factors that matter from an overwhelming number of variables. OUTLIERS: In this stunning audiobook, Malcolm Gladwell takes us on an intellectual journey through the world of 'outliers'-the best and the brightest, the most famous and the most successful. He asks the question: what makes high-achievers different? His answer is that we pay too much attention to what successful people are like, and too little attention to where they are from: that is, their culture, their family, their generation, and the idiosyncratic experiences of their upbringing. Along the way he explains the secrets of software billionaires, what it takes to be a great soccer player, why Asians are good at math, and what made the Beatles the greatest rock band. Brilliant and entertaining, OUTLIERS is a landmark work that will simultaneously delight and illuminate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293214 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - The Cosmic Energizer: The Miracle Power of the Universe Author: Joseph Murphy Narrator: Maxim Kireev Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of three classic reissues by the mega-selling author of The Power of Your Subconscious Mind to inaugurate TarcherPerigee's exciting new line, The Joseph Murphy Library of Success! Here is your invitation to command the Eternal Force that will bring vast abundance and goodness in your life. Joseph Murphy's guidebook features all of the ancient prayers, techniques, and meditations for calling upon the Great Power of the Universe--the Eternal Force that will act on your heartfelt desires and lead you into a cosmic view of life. Joseph Murphy Thu, 11 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293214 thebookvoice.com 7:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - The Cosmic Energizer: The Miracle Power of the Universe Author: Joseph Murphy Narrator: Maxim Kireev Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of three classic reissues by the mega-selling author of The Power of Your Subconscious Mind to inaugurate TarcherPerigee's exciting new line, The Joseph Murphy Library of Success! Here is your invitation to command the Eternal Force that will bring vast abundance and goodness in your life. Joseph Murphy's guidebook features all of the ancient prayers, techniques, and meditations for calling upon the Great Power of the Universe--the Eternal Force that will act on your heartfelt desires and lead you into a cosmic view of life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - The Cosmic Energizer: The Miracle Power of the Universe Author: Joseph Murphy Narrator: Maxim Kireev Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of three classic reissues by the mega-selling author of The Power of Your Subconscious Mind to inaugurate TarcherPerigee's exciting new line, The Joseph Murphy Library of Success! Here is your invitation to command the Eternal Force that will bring vast abundance and goodness in your life. Joseph Murphy's guidebook features all of the ancient prayers, techniques, and meditations for calling upon the Great Power of the Universe--the Eternal Force that will act on your heartfelt desires and lead you into a cosmic view of life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292991 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Developing the Leader Within You Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskyy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 10, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Developing the Leader Within You is Dr. Maxwell’s first and most enduring leadership book, having sold more than one million copies. In this Christian Leaders Series edition of this Maxwell classic, you will discover the biblical foundation for leadership that John Maxwell has used as a pastor and business leader for more than forty years. These same principles and practices are available for everyday leaders in every walk of life. It is a lofty calling to lead a group―a family, a church, a nonprofi t, a business―and the timeless principles in this book will bring positive change in your life and in the lives of those around you. You will learn: The True Definition of Leader. “Leadership is influence. That’s it. Nothing more; nothing less.” The Traits of Leadership. “Leadership is not an exclusive club for those who were ‘born with it.’ The traits that are the raw materials of leadership can be acquired. Link them up with desire, and nothing can keep you from becoming a leader.” The Difference Between Management and Leadership. “Making sure the work is done by others is the accomplishment of a manager. Inspiring others to do better work is the accomplishment of a leader.” God has called every believer to influence others, to be salt and light. Developing the Leader Within You will equip you to improve your leadership and inspire others. John C. Maxwell Wed, 10 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292991 thebookvoice.com 6:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Developing the Leader Within You Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskyy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 10, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Developing the Leader Within You is Dr. Maxwell’s first and most enduring leadership book, having sold more than one million copies. In this Christian Leaders Series edition of this Maxwell classic, you will discover the biblical foundation for leadership that John Maxwell has used as a pastor and business leader for more than forty years. These same principles and practices are available for everyday leaders in every walk of life. It is a lofty calling to lead a group―a family, a church, a nonprofi t, a business―and the timeless principles in this book will bring positive change in your life and in the lives of those around you. You will learn: The True Definition of Leader. “Leadership is influence. That’s it. Nothing more; nothing less.” The Traits of Leadership. “Leadership is not an exclusive club for those who were ‘born with it.’ The traits that are the raw materials of leadership can be acquired. Link them up with desire, and nothing can keep you from becoming a leader.” The Difference Between Management and Leadership. “Making sure the work is done by others is the accomplishment of a manager. Inspiring others to do better work is the accomplishment of a leader.” God has called every believer to influence others, to be salt and light. Developing the Leader Within You will equip you to improve your leadership and inspire others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Developing the Leader Within You Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskyy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 10, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Developing the Leader Within You is Dr. Maxwell’s first and most enduring leadership book, having sold more than one million copies. In this Christian Leaders Series edition of this Maxwell classic, you will discover the biblical foundation for leadership that John Maxwell has used as a pastor and business leader for more than forty years. These same principles and practices are available for everyday leaders in every walk of life. It is a lofty calling to lead a group―a family, a church, a nonprofi t, a business―and the timeless principles in this book will bring positive change in your life and in the lives of those around you. You will learn: The True Definition of Leader. “Leadership is influence. That’s it. Nothing more; nothing less.” The Traits of Leadership. “Leadership is not an exclusive club for those who were ‘born with it.’ The traits that are the raw materials of leadership can be acquired. Link them up with desire, and nothing can keep you from becoming a leader.” The Difference Between Management and Leadership. “Making sure the work is done by others is the accomplishment of a manager. Inspiring others to do better work is the accomplishment of a leader.” God has called every believer to influence others, to be salt and light. Developing the Leader Within You will equip you to improve your leadership and inspire others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292976 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - The 5-Day Course in Thinking [Russian Edition] Author: Edward de Bono Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 44 minutes Release date: May 3, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book offers a series of problems in thinking that require no special knowledge and no mathematics. The problems are designed to let readers find out about their personal style of thinking, its weaknesses and strengths, and the potential methods that they never use. Being right is not always important - an error can lead to the right decision. A copy of the L-game is inserted in each book for use in the section on strategy. Edward de Bono Wed, 03 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292976 thebookvoice.com 1:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - The 5-Day Course in Thinking [Russian Edition] Author: Edward de Bono Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 44 minutes Release date: May 3, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book offers a series of problems in thinking that require no special knowledge and no mathematics. The problems are designed to let readers find out about their personal style of thinking, its weaknesses and strengths, and the potential methods that they never use. Being right is not always important - an error can lead to the right decision. A copy of the L-game is inserted in each book for use in the section on strategy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - The 5-Day Course in Thinking [Russian Edition] Author: Edward de Bono Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 44 minutes Release date: May 3, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book offers a series of problems in thinking that require no special knowledge and no mathematics. The problems are designed to let readers find out about their personal style of thinking, its weaknesses and strengths, and the potential methods that they never use. Being right is not always important - an error can lead to the right decision. A copy of the L-game is inserted in each book for use in the section on strategy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292798 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bipolar Disorder Survival Guide: What You and Your Family Need to Know Author: David J. Miklowitz Ph.D. Narrator: Kris Koscheski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Getting an accurate diagnosis is the first step toward reclaiming your life from bipolar disorder. But if you or someone you love is struggling with the frantic highs and crushing lows of this illness, there are still many hurdles to surmount at home, at work, and in daily life. You need current information and practical problem-solving advice you can count on. You've come to the right place. In The Bipolar Disorder Survival Guide, you will learn: - How you can distinguish between early warning signs of bipolar mood swings and normal ups and downs - What medications are available, and what their side effects are - What you should do when you find yourself escalating into mania or descending into depression - How you can tell your coworkers about your illness without endangering your career - How you can provide constructive help and support to a loved one with bipolar disorder   Trusted authority Dr. David J. Miklowitz offers straight talk, true stories, and proven strategies that can help you achieve greater balance and free yourself from out-of-control moods. The updated second edition of this bestselling guide has the latest facts on medications and therapy, an expanded discussion of parenting issues for bipolar adults, and a new chapter, 'For Women Only.' David J. Miklowitz Ph.D. Mon, 06 May 2013 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292798 thebookvoice.com 13:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bipolar Disorder Survival Guide: What You and Your Family Need to Know Author: David J. Miklowitz Ph.D. Narrator: Kris Koscheski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Getting an accurate diagnosis is the first step toward reclaiming your life from bipolar disorder. But if you or someone you love is struggling with the frantic highs and crushing lows of this illness, there are still many hurdles to surmount at home, at work, and in daily life. You need current information and practical problem-solving advice you can count on. You've come to the right place. In The Bipolar Disorder Survival Guide, you will learn: - How you can distinguish between early warning signs of bipolar mood swings and normal ups and downs - What medications are available, and what their side effects are - What you should do when you find yourself escalating into mania or descending into depression - How you can tell your coworkers about your illness without endangering your career - How you can provide constructive help and support to a loved one with bipolar disorder   Trusted authority Dr. David J. Miklowitz offers straight talk, true stories, and proven strategies that can help you achieve greater balance and free yourself from out-of-control moods. The updated second edition of this bestselling guide has the latest facts on medications and therapy, an expanded discussion of parenting issues for bipolar adults, and a new chapter, 'For Women Only.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bipolar Disorder Survival Guide: What You and Your Family Need to Know Author: David J. Miklowitz Ph.D. Narrator: Kris Koscheski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Getting an accurate diagnosis is the first step toward reclaiming your life from bipolar disorder. But if you or someone you love is struggling with the frantic highs and crushing lows of this illness, there are still many hurdles to surmount at home, at work, and in daily life. You need current information and practical problem-solving advice you can count on. You've come to the right place. In The Bipolar Disorder Survival Guide, you will learn: - How you can distinguish between early warning signs of bipolar mood swings and normal ups and downs - What medications are available, and what their side effects are - What you should do when you find yourself escalating into mania or descending into depression - How you can tell your coworkers about your illness without endangering your career - How you can provide constructive help and support to a loved one with bipolar disorder   Trusted authority Dr. David J. Miklowitz offers straight talk, true stories, and proven strategies that can help you achieve greater balance and free yourself from out-of-control moods. The updated second edition of this bestselling guide has the latest facts on medications and therapy, an expanded discussion of parenting issues for bipolar adults, and a new chapter, 'For Women Only.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292581 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World’s Greatest Teams Author: Sam Walker Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World's Greatest Teams by Sam Walker, read by Keith Szarabajka. Several years ago, Sam Walker set out to answer one of the most hotly debated questions in sport: what are the greatest teams of all time? He devised a formula and applied it to thousands of teams across the world from the English Premier League to the NFL. When he was done, he had a list of the 16 most dominant teams ever. At that point he became obsessed with another, more complex question: what did these freak teams have in common? As Walker dug more deeply, a pattern emerged: The teams were all driven by a singular type of leader, but not one with the characteristics you might expect. They were unorthodox outliers – awkward and disagreeable, marginally skilled, poor verbal communicators, at times aggressive and rule-breaking and, rather than pursue fame, they preferred to hide in the shadows both on and off the field. Captains, in short, who will challenge your assumptions of what inspired leadership looks like. From the captains of world renowned teams like Barcelona, Brazil, the All Blacks and the New York Yankees to lesser known successes of Soviet ice hockey or French handball, The Captain Class unveils the seven key qualities that make these elite leaders exceptional. Drawing on original interviews with athletes from two dozen countries as well as coaches, managers and others skilled at building teams, Walker attempts to answer questions such as: Are great captains made or born? Why do so many teams pick the wrong captain? Why has the value of the captain fallen out of favour and how can it be revived? The culmination of 10-years research and a lifetime of sports watching, The Captain Class is like no other sports book and is guaranteed to spark endless debate and heated argument among fans of every sport. Sam Walker Thu, 18 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292581 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World’s Greatest Teams Author: Sam Walker Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World's Greatest Teams by Sam Walker, read by Keith Szarabajka. Several years ago, Sam Walker set out to answer one of the most hotly debated questions in sport: what are the greatest teams of all time? He devised a formula and applied it to thousands of teams across the world from the English Premier League to the NFL. When he was done, he had a list of the 16 most dominant teams ever. At that point he became obsessed with another, more complex question: what did these freak teams have in common? As Walker dug more deeply, a pattern emerged: The teams were all driven by a singular type of leader, but not one with the characteristics you might expect. They were unorthodox outliers – awkward and disagreeable, marginally skilled, poor verbal communicators, at times aggressive and rule-breaking and, rather than pursue fame, they preferred to hide in the shadows both on and off the field. Captains, in short, who will challenge your assumptions of what inspired leadership looks like. From the captains of world renowned teams like Barcelona, Brazil, the All Blacks and the New York Yankees to lesser known successes of Soviet ice hockey or French handball, The Captain Class unveils the seven key qualities that make these elite leaders exceptional. Drawing on original interviews with athletes from two dozen countries as well as coaches, managers and others skilled at building teams, Walker attempts to answer questions such as: Are great captains made or born? Why do so many teams pick the wrong captain? Why has the value of the captain fallen out of favour and how can it be revived? The culmination of 10-years research and a lifetime of sports watching, The Captain Class is like no other sports book and is guaranteed to spark endless debate and heated argument among fans of every sport. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World’s Greatest Teams Author: Sam Walker Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World's Greatest Teams by Sam Walker, read by Keith Szarabajka. Several years ago, Sam Walker set out to answer one of the most hotly debated questions in sport: what are the greatest teams of all time? He devised a formula and applied it to thousands of teams across the world from the English Premier League to the NFL. When he was done, he had a list of the 16 most dominant teams ever. At that point he became obsessed with another, more complex question: what did these freak teams have in common? As Walker dug more deeply, a pattern emerged: The teams were all driven by a singular type of leader, but not one with the characteristics you might expect. They were unorthodox outliers – awkward and disagreeable, marginally skilled, poor verbal communicators, at times aggressive and rule-breaking and, rather than pursue fame, they preferred to hide in the shadows both on and off the field. Captains, in short, who will challenge your assumptions of what inspired leadership looks like. From the captains of world renowned teams like Barcelona, Brazil, the All Blacks and the New York Yankees to lesser known successes of Soviet ice hockey or French handball, The Captain Class unveils the seven key qualities that make these elite leaders exceptional. Drawing on original interviews with athletes from two dozen countries as well as coaches, managers and others skilled at building teams, Walker attempts to answer questions such as: Are great captains made or born? Why do so many teams pick the wrong captain? Why has the value of the captain fallen out of favour and how can it be revived? The culmination of 10-years research and a lifetime of sports watching, The Captain Class is like no other sports book and is guaranteed to spark endless debate and heated argument among fans of every sport. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292575 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solitude: In Pursuit of a Singular Life in a Crowded World Author: Michael Harris Narrator: Kerry Shale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Solitude by Michael Harris, read by Kerry Shale. 'I came away from this book a better human being. Michael Harris's take on existence is calm, unique, and makes one's soul feel good.' Douglas Coupland Solitude is a rapidly vanishing experience. Our society now embraces sharing like never before: time alone is being forced out of our lives by the constant pings of smartphones and prods of social media. But what if being alone still has something to offer us – something we have forgotten, but that we still desperately need? In Solitude, award-winning author Michael Harris examines why being alone matters now more than ever before. He reflects on the paradoxical feeling of isolation that emerges from being constantly connected – and on how learning the beauty of solitude can help us escape it. After all, it is when we are alone that we realise the greatest truths about ourselves. Being alone – really alone – could be the only antidote to the frenzy of our digital age. Rich with stories about the transformative power of solitude, and drawing on the research of the world's leading neuroscientists and behavioural psychologists, Solitude offers a timely and profound exploration of how to be alone – and why it matters for us all. 'A timely, eloquent provocation to daydream and wander.' Nathan Filer, author of The Shock of the Fall Michael Harris Thu, 04 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292575 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solitude: In Pursuit of a Singular Life in a Crowded World Author: Michael Harris Narrator: Kerry Shale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Solitude by Michael Harris, read by Kerry Shale. 'I came away from this book a better human being. Michael Harris's take on existence is calm, unique, and makes one's soul feel good.' Douglas Coupland Solitude is a rapidly vanishing experience. Our society now embraces sharing like never before: time alone is being forced out of our lives by the constant pings of smartphones and prods of social media. But what if being alone still has something to offer us – something we have forgotten, but that we still desperately need? In Solitude, award-winning author Michael Harris examines why being alone matters now more than ever before. He reflects on the paradoxical feeling of isolation that emerges from being constantly connected – and on how learning the beauty of solitude can help us escape it. After all, it is when we are alone that we realise the greatest truths about ourselves. Being alone – really alone – could be the only antidote to the frenzy of our digital age. Rich with stories about the transformative power of solitude, and drawing on the research of the world's leading neuroscientists and behavioural psychologists, Solitude offers a timely and profound exploration of how to be alone – and why it matters for us all. 'A timely, eloquent provocation to daydream and wander.' Nathan Filer, author of The Shock of the Fall Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solitude: In Pursuit of a Singular Life in a Crowded World Author: Michael Harris Narrator: Kerry Shale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Solitude by Michael Harris, read by Kerry Shale. 'I came away from this book a better human being. Michael Harris's take on existence is calm, unique, and makes one's soul feel good.' Douglas Coupland Solitude is a rapidly vanishing experience. Our society now embraces sharing like never before: time alone is being forced out of our lives by the constant pings of smartphones and prods of social media. But what if being alone still has something to offer us – something we have forgotten, but that we still desperately need? In Solitude, award-winning author Michael Harris examines why being alone matters now more than ever before. He reflects on the paradoxical feeling of isolation that emerges from being constantly connected – and on how learning the beauty of solitude can help us escape it. After all, it is when we are alone that we realise the greatest truths about ourselves. Being alone – really alone – could be the only antidote to the frenzy of our digital age. Rich with stories about the transformative power of solitude, and drawing on the research of the world's leading neuroscientists and behavioural psychologists, Solitude offers a timely and profound exploration of how to be alone – and why it matters for us all. 'A timely, eloquent provocation to daydream and wander.' Nathan Filer, author of The Shock of the Fall https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292441 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psyched Up: How the Science of Mental Preparation Can Help You Succeed Author: Daniel McGinn Narrator: Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Closing the sale. Asking for a raise. Nailing the big presentation. Of the 2,000 hours you work every year, your success or failure is determined in the couple of dozen crucial hours when you need to bring your absolute best. Will you? The last few minutes before a major challenge can be terrifying. Ever wished you knew how to make sure you ace the make-or-break test, audition, or interview? We often feel the most powerless just before we’re expected to act powerful. As you’ll learn in this life-changing book, practice might make perfect, but perfection is useless if you can’t summon it when it counts. Pulling off a great speech or the pivotal at bat also requires the right kind of mental preparation. In Psyched Up, journalist Daniel McGinn dives into the latest psychological research and interviews athletes, soldiers, entertainers, and others who, despite years of practice and enviable track records, will ultimately be judged on their ability to delivera solid performance when it’s their turn to shine. For instance, he reveals... • How Jerry Seinfeld’s jacket and Stephen Colbert’s pen help them get laughs. • What General Stanley McChrystal said to Special Forces before they entered the battlefield. • Why the New England Patriots hired the DJ from the Red Sox to help them win. Among other counterintuitive insights, McGinn reveals why trying to calm your backstage jitters can be worse for your performance than channeling it into excitement; how meaningless rituals can do more to prepare you in the final moments than last-minute rehearsal; and how a prescription from your doctor could help you unleash your best skills. Whether you’re a sportsperson or a salesperson, an actor or an entrepreneur, one bad hour can throw away months of hard work. There’s so much conflicting popular advice that we often end up doing the wrong things. McGinn separates the facts from the old wives’ tales and shares new, research driven strategies for activating your talent, optimizing your emotions, and getting psyched up to take the spotlight. Daniel McGinn Tue, 06 Jun 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292441 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psyched Up: How the Science of Mental Preparation Can Help You Succeed Author: Daniel McGinn Narrator: Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Closing the sale. Asking for a raise. Nailing the big presentation. Of the 2,000 hours you work every year, your success or failure is determined in the couple of dozen crucial hours when you need to bring your absolute best. Will you? The last few minutes before a major challenge can be terrifying. Ever wished you knew how to make sure you ace the make-or-break test, audition, or interview? We often feel the most powerless just before we’re expected to act powerful. As you’ll learn in this life-changing book, practice might make perfect, but perfection is useless if you can’t summon it when it counts. Pulling off a great speech or the pivotal at bat also requires the right kind of mental preparation. In Psyched Up, journalist Daniel McGinn dives into the latest psychological research and interviews athletes, soldiers, entertainers, and others who, despite years of practice and enviable track records, will ultimately be judged on their ability to delivera solid performance when it’s their turn to shine. For instance, he reveals... • How Jerry Seinfeld’s jacket and Stephen Colbert’s pen help them get laughs. • What General Stanley McChrystal said to Special Forces before they entered the battlefield. • Why the New England Patriots hired the DJ from the Red Sox to help them win. Among other counterintuitive insights, McGinn reveals why trying to calm your backstage jitters can be worse for your performance than channeling it into excitement; how meaningless rituals can do more to prepare you in the final moments than last-minute rehearsal; and how a prescription from your doctor could help you unleash your best skills. Whether you’re a sportsperson or a salesperson, an actor or an entrepreneur, one bad hour can throw away months of hard work. There’s so much conflicting popular advice that we often end up doing the wrong things. McGinn separates the facts from the old wives’ tales and shares new, research driven strategies for activating your talent, optimizing your emotions, and getting psyched up to take the spotlight. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psyched Up: How the Science of Mental Preparation Can Help You Succeed Author: Daniel McGinn Narrator: Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Closing the sale. Asking for a raise. Nailing the big presentation. Of the 2,000 hours you work every year, your success or failure is determined in the couple of dozen crucial hours when you need to bring your absolute best. Will you? The last few minutes before a major challenge can be terrifying. Ever wished you knew how to make sure you ace the make-or-break test, audition, or interview? We often feel the most powerless just before we’re expected to act powerful. As you’ll learn in this life-changing book, practice might make perfect, but perfection is useless if you can’t summon it when it counts. Pulling off a great speech or the pivotal at bat also requires the right kind of mental preparation. In Psyched Up, journalist Daniel McGinn dives into the latest psychological research and interviews athletes, soldiers, entertainers, and others who, despite years of practice and enviable track records, will ultimately be judged on their ability to delivera solid performance when it’s their turn to shine. For instance, he reveals... • How Jerry Seinfeld’s jacket and Stephen Colbert’s pen help them get laughs. • What General Stanley McChrystal said to Special Forces before they entered the battlefield. • Why the New England Patriots hired the DJ from the Red Sox to help them win. Among other counterintuitive insights, McGinn reveals why trying to calm your backstage jitters can be worse for your performance than channeling it into excitement; how meaningless rituals can do more to prepare you in the final moments than last-minute rehearsal; and how a prescription from your doctor could help you unleash your best skills. Whether you’re a sportsperson or a salesperson, an actor or an entrepreneur, one bad hour can throw away months of hard work. There’s so much conflicting popular advice that we often end up doing the wrong things. McGinn separates the facts from the old wives’ tales and shares new, research driven strategies for activating your talent, optimizing your emotions, and getting psyched up to take the spotlight. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292291 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect You: A Blueprint for Identity Author: Dr. Caroline Leaf Narrator: Margaret Winston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are a lot of personality tests out there designed to label you and put you in a particular box. But Dr. Caroline Leaf says there’s much more to you than a personality profile can capture. In fact, you cannot be categorized!In this fascinating book, she takes readers through seven steps to rediscover and unlock their unique 'you quotient'—the brilliantly original way each person thinks, feels, relates, and makes choices—freeing them from comparison, envy, and jealousy, which destroy brain tissue. Readers learn to be aware of what’s going on in their own minds and bodies, to lean in to their own experience rather than trying to forcefully change it, and to redefine what success means to them. Released from the suffocating box of expectations, they’ll embrace their true identity and develop a clear sense of divine purpose in their lives.Knowing and understanding our identity empowers our choices. Unlocking one’s you quotient is not optional—it is essential. Dr. Caroline Leaf Tue, 04 Jul 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292291 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect You: A Blueprint for Identity Author: Dr. Caroline Leaf Narrator: Margaret Winston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are a lot of personality tests out there designed to label you and put you in a particular box. But Dr. Caroline Leaf says there’s much more to you than a personality profile can capture. In fact, you cannot be categorized!In this fascinating book, she takes readers through seven steps to rediscover and unlock their unique 'you quotient'—the brilliantly original way each person thinks, feels, relates, and makes choices—freeing them from comparison, envy, and jealousy, which destroy brain tissue. Readers learn to be aware of what’s going on in their own minds and bodies, to lean in to their own experience rather than trying to forcefully change it, and to redefine what success means to them. Released from the suffocating box of expectations, they’ll embrace their true identity and develop a clear sense of divine purpose in their lives.Knowing and understanding our identity empowers our choices. Unlocking one’s you quotient is not optional—it is essential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect You: A Blueprint for Identity Author: Dr. Caroline Leaf Narrator: Margaret Winston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are a lot of personality tests out there designed to label you and put you in a particular box. But Dr. Caroline Leaf says there’s much more to you than a personality profile can capture. In fact, you cannot be categorized!In this fascinating book, she takes readers through seven steps to rediscover and unlock their unique 'you quotient'—the brilliantly original way each person thinks, feels, relates, and makes choices—freeing them from comparison, envy, and jealousy, which destroy brain tissue. Readers learn to be aware of what’s going on in their own minds and bodies, to lean in to their own experience rather than trying to forcefully change it, and to redefine what success means to them. Released from the suffocating box of expectations, they’ll embrace their true identity and develop a clear sense of divine purpose in their lives.Knowing and understanding our identity empowers our choices. Unlocking one’s you quotient is not optional—it is essential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292158 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking as a Science Author: Henry Hazlitt Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written in a conversational style that will appeal to the younger person as well as seasoned professional, "Thinking as a Science" is timeless classic. Through eleven chapters, the last being a descriptive, annotated bibliography, Henry Hazlitt systematically takes the step-by-step on the process of introducing logic and context into the thinking process. The rather long chapter on "Reading and Thinking" clarifies several notions on where one needs to understand where mere knowledge acquisition ends and using reading the stimulate thinking begins. For an individual who was largely self taught, Hazlitt's contribution to the process of thinking is a must-read.(Summary by Chiquito Crasto) Henry Hazlitt Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292158 thebookvoice.com 4:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking as a Science Author: Henry Hazlitt Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written in a conversational style that will appeal to the younger person as well as seasoned professional, "Thinking as a Science" is timeless classic. Through eleven chapters, the last being a descriptive, annotated bibliography, Henry Hazlitt systematically takes the step-by-step on the process of introducing logic and context into the thinking process. The rather long chapter on "Reading and Thinking" clarifies several notions on where one needs to understand where mere knowledge acquisition ends and using reading the stimulate thinking begins. For an individual who was largely self taught, Hazlitt's contribution to the process of thinking is a must-read.(Summary by Chiquito Crasto) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking as a Science Author: Henry Hazlitt Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written in a conversational style that will appeal to the younger person as well as seasoned professional, "Thinking as a Science" is timeless classic. Through eleven chapters, the last being a descriptive, annotated bibliography, Henry Hazlitt systematically takes the step-by-step on the process of introducing logic and context into the thinking process. The rather long chapter on "Reading and Thinking" clarifies several notions on where one needs to understand where mere knowledge acquisition ends and using reading the stimulate thinking begins. For an individual who was largely self taught, Hazlitt's contribution to the process of thinking is a must-read.(Summary by Chiquito Crasto) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292157 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory: How to Develop, Train and Use It Author: William Walker Atkinson Narrator: Roger Melin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 86 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An in-depth series of chapters devoted to the use of our memory system; as the title suggests, how to develop our memory system, how to train it to improve it, and how to make the best use of it in our everyday lives, and to improve our positions in life. This is not intended to be a series of chapters to impress friends and colleagues, nor to play 'tricks' on others, rather it is for the betterment of individuals in whatever walk of life in which they may be involved by training and using their memory toward that end. (Summary by Roger Melin) William Walker Atkinson Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292157 thebookvoice.com 4:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory: How to Develop, Train and Use It Author: William Walker Atkinson Narrator: Roger Melin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 86 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An in-depth series of chapters devoted to the use of our memory system; as the title suggests, how to develop our memory system, how to train it to improve it, and how to make the best use of it in our everyday lives, and to improve our positions in life. This is not intended to be a series of chapters to impress friends and colleagues, nor to play 'tricks' on others, rather it is for the betterment of individuals in whatever walk of life in which they may be involved by training and using their memory toward that end. (Summary by Roger Melin) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory: How to Develop, Train and Use It Author: William Walker Atkinson Narrator: Roger Melin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 86 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An in-depth series of chapters devoted to the use of our memory system; as the title suggests, how to develop our memory system, how to train it to improve it, and how to make the best use of it in our everyday lives, and to improve our positions in life. This is not intended to be a series of chapters to impress friends and colleagues, nor to play 'tricks' on others, rather it is for the betterment of individuals in whatever walk of life in which they may be involved by training and using their memory toward that end. (Summary by Roger Melin) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291973 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius of Being: Contemplating the Profound Intelligence of Existence Author: Peter Ralston Narrator: Toby Sheets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Peter Ralston’s exceptionally lucid trilogy on the nature of human consciousness culminates here in The Genius of Being, a book of deep contemplations on the unseen elements that create our world. The first volume, The Book of Not Knowing, garnered much praise as a comprehensive exploration of the depths of self and consciousness. The second volume, Pursuing Consciousness, clarifies the difference between enlightenment and self-transformation, and then pairs these two goals in a strikingly effective way. This third book is both shorter and more complex, taking us straight to the heart of the origins of our experience. In a progression of illuminating assertions, Ralston shows us how human consciousness carves out distinctions from whatever is absolutely true. This dynamic not only generates both self and reality from nothing, it imbues them with the quality of objective truth. From the time we first distinguish between self and not-self as infants, we begin making a sequence of existential assumptions that result in the illusion that a self is some ethereal “object” within. This universally accepted assumption persists despite the failure of exhaustive investigations to locate this inner self. This book is not for the faint of heart or the casual seeker, but contemplating the assertions here empowers you to personally and experientially grasp what is rarely even glimpsed: a profound consciousness of the genesis of human experience. Peter Ralston Wed, 19 Apr 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291973 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius of Being: Contemplating the Profound Intelligence of Existence Author: Peter Ralston Narrator: Toby Sheets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Peter Ralston’s exceptionally lucid trilogy on the nature of human consciousness culminates here in The Genius of Being, a book of deep contemplations on the unseen elements that create our world. The first volume, The Book of Not Knowing, garnered much praise as a comprehensive exploration of the depths of self and consciousness. The second volume, Pursuing Consciousness, clarifies the difference between enlightenment and self-transformation, and then pairs these two goals in a strikingly effective way. This third book is both shorter and more complex, taking us straight to the heart of the origins of our experience. In a progression of illuminating assertions, Ralston shows us how human consciousness carves out distinctions from whatever is absolutely true. This dynamic not only generates both self and reality from nothing, it imbues them with the quality of objective truth. From the time we first distinguish between self and not-self as infants, we begin making a sequence of existential assumptions that result in the illusion that a self is some ethereal “object” within. This universally accepted assumption persists despite the failure of exhaustive investigations to locate this inner self. This book is not for the faint of heart or the casual seeker, but contemplating the assertions here empowers you to personally and experientially grasp what is rarely even glimpsed: a profound consciousness of the genesis of human experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius of Being: Contemplating the Profound Intelligence of Existence Author: Peter Ralston Narrator: Toby Sheets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Peter Ralston’s exceptionally lucid trilogy on the nature of human consciousness culminates here in The Genius of Being, a book of deep contemplations on the unseen elements that create our world. The first volume, The Book of Not Knowing, garnered much praise as a comprehensive exploration of the depths of self and consciousness. The second volume, Pursuing Consciousness, clarifies the difference between enlightenment and self-transformation, and then pairs these two goals in a strikingly effective way. This third book is both shorter and more complex, taking us straight to the heart of the origins of our experience. In a progression of illuminating assertions, Ralston shows us how human consciousness carves out distinctions from whatever is absolutely true. This dynamic not only generates both self and reality from nothing, it imbues them with the quality of objective truth. From the time we first distinguish between self and not-self as infants, we begin making a sequence of existential assumptions that result in the illusion that a self is some ethereal “object” within. This universally accepted assumption persists despite the failure of exhaustive investigations to locate this inner self. This book is not for the faint of heart or the casual seeker, but contemplating the assertions here empowers you to personally and experientially grasp what is rarely even glimpsed: a profound consciousness of the genesis of human experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291921 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Popular: The Power of Likability in a Status-Obsessed World Author: Mitch Prinstein Narrator: Mitch Prinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading psychologist examines how our popularity affects our success, our relationships, and our happiness—and why we don’t always want to be the most popular No matter how old you are, there’s a good chance that the word “popular” immediately transports you back to your teenage years. Most of us can easily recall the adolescent social cliques, the high school pecking order, and which of our peers stood out as the most or the least popular teens we knew. Even as adults we all still remember exactly where we stood in the high school social hierarchy, and the powerful emotions associated with our status persist decades later. This may be for good reason. Popular examines why popularity plays such a key role in our development and, ultimately, how it still influences our happiness and success today. In many ways—some even beyond our conscious awareness—those old dynamics of our youth continue to play out in every business meeting, every social gathering, in our personal relationships, and even how we raise our children. Our popularity even affects our DNA, our health, and our mortality in fascinating ways we never previously realized. More than childhood intelligence, family background, or prior psychological issues, research indicates that it’s how popular we were in our early years that predicts how successful and how happy we grow up to be. But it’s not always the conventionally popular people who fare the best, for the simple reason that there is more than one type of popularity—and many of us still long for the wrong one. As children, we strive to be likable, which can offer real benefits not only on the playground but throughout our lives. In adolescence, though, a new form of popularity emerges, and we suddenly begin to care about status, power, influence, and notoriety—research indicates that this type of popularity hurts us more than we realize. Realistically, we can’t ignore our natural human social impulses to be included and well-regarded by others, but we can learn how to manage those impulses in beneficial and gratifying ways. Popular relies on the latest research in psychology and neuroscience to help us make the wisest choices for ourselves and for our children, so we may all pursue more meaningful, satisfying, and rewarding relationships. Mitch Prinstein Tue, 06 Jun 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291921 thebookvoice.com 6:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Popular: The Power of Likability in a Status-Obsessed World Author: Mitch Prinstein Narrator: Mitch Prinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading psychologist examines how our popularity affects our success, our relationships, and our happiness—and why we don’t always want to be the most popular No matter how old you are, there’s a good chance that the word “popular” immediately transports you back to your teenage years. Most of us can easily recall the adolescent social cliques, the high school pecking order, and which of our peers stood out as the most or the least popular teens we knew. Even as adults we all still remember exactly where we stood in the high school social hierarchy, and the powerful emotions associated with our status persist decades later. This may be for good reason. Popular examines why popularity plays such a key role in our development and, ultimately, how it still influences our happiness and success today. In many ways—some even beyond our conscious awareness—those old dynamics of our youth continue to play out in every business meeting, every social gathering, in our personal relationships, and even how we raise our children. Our popularity even affects our DNA, our health, and our mortality in fascinating ways we never previously realized. More than childhood intelligence, family background, or prior psychological issues, research indicates that it’s how popular we were in our early years that predicts how successful and how happy we grow up to be. But it’s not always the conventionally popular people who fare the best, for the simple reason that there is more than one type of popularity—and many of us still long for the wrong one. As children, we strive to be likable, which can offer real benefits not only on the playground but throughout our lives. In adolescence, though, a new form of popularity emerges, and we suddenly begin to care about status, power, influence, and notoriety—research indicates that this type of popularity hurts us more than we realize. Realistically, we can’t ignore our natural human social impulses to be included and well-regarded by others, but we can learn how to manage those impulses in beneficial and gratifying ways. Popular relies on the latest research in psychology and neuroscience to help us make the wisest choices for ourselves and for our children, so we may all pursue more meaningful, satisfying, and rewarding relationships. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Popular: The Power of Likability in a Status-Obsessed World Author: Mitch Prinstein Narrator: Mitch Prinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading psychologist examines how our popularity affects our success, our relationships, and our happiness—and why we don’t always want to be the most popular No matter how old you are, there’s a good chance that the word “popular” immediately transports you back to your teenage years. Most of us can easily recall the adolescent social cliques, the high school pecking order, and which of our peers stood out as the most or the least popular teens we knew. Even as adults we all still remember exactly where we stood in the high school social hierarchy, and the powerful emotions associated with our status persist decades later. This may be for good reason. Popular examines why popularity plays such a key role in our development and, ultimately, how it still influences our happiness and success today. In many ways—some even beyond our conscious awareness—those old dynamics of our youth continue to play out in every business meeting, every social gathering, in our personal relationships, and even how we raise our children. Our popularity even affects our DNA, our health, and our mortality in fascinating ways we never previously realized. More than childhood intelligence, family background, or prior psychological issues, research indicates that it’s how popular we were in our early years that predicts how successful and how happy we grow up to be. But it’s not always the conventionally popular people who fare the best, for the simple reason that there is more than one type of popularity—and many of us still long for the wrong one. As children, we strive to be likable, which can offer real benefits not only on the playground but throughout our lives. In adolescence, though, a new form of popularity emerges, and we suddenly begin to care about status, power, influence, and notoriety—research indicates that this type of popularity hurts us more than we realize. Realistically, we can’t ignore our natural human social impulses to be included and well-regarded by others, but we can learn how to manage those impulses in beneficial and gratifying ways. Popular relies on the latest research in psychology and neuroscience to help us make the wisest choices for ourselves and for our children, so we may all pursue more meaningful, satisfying, and rewarding relationships. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291894 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Stoic: Using Ancient Philosophy to Live a Modern Life Author: Massimo Pigliucci Narrator: Peter Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A philosopher asks how ancient Stoicism can help us flourish today Whenever we worry about what to eat, how to love, or simply how to be happy, we are worrying about how to lead a good life. No goal is more elusive. In How to Be a Stoic, philosopher Massimo Pigliucci offers Stoicism, the ancient philosophy that inspired the great emperor Marcus Aurelius, as the best way to attain it. Stoicism is a pragmatic philosophy that focuses our attention on what is possible and gives us perspective on what is unimportant. By understanding Stoicism, we can learn to answer crucial questions: Should we get married or divorced? How should we handle our money in a world nearly destroyed by a financial crisis? How can we survive great personal tragedy? Whoever we are, Stoicism has something for us—and How to Be a Stoic is the essential guide. Massimo Pigliucci Tue, 09 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291894 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Stoic: Using Ancient Philosophy to Live a Modern Life Author: Massimo Pigliucci Narrator: Peter Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A philosopher asks how ancient Stoicism can help us flourish today Whenever we worry about what to eat, how to love, or simply how to be happy, we are worrying about how to lead a good life. No goal is more elusive. In How to Be a Stoic, philosopher Massimo Pigliucci offers Stoicism, the ancient philosophy that inspired the great emperor Marcus Aurelius, as the best way to attain it. Stoicism is a pragmatic philosophy that focuses our attention on what is possible and gives us perspective on what is unimportant. By understanding Stoicism, we can learn to answer crucial questions: Should we get married or divorced? How should we handle our money in a world nearly destroyed by a financial crisis? How can we survive great personal tragedy? Whoever we are, Stoicism has something for us—and How to Be a Stoic is the essential guide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Stoic: Using Ancient Philosophy to Live a Modern Life Author: Massimo Pigliucci Narrator: Peter Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A philosopher asks how ancient Stoicism can help us flourish today Whenever we worry about what to eat, how to love, or simply how to be happy, we are worrying about how to lead a good life. No goal is more elusive. In How to Be a Stoic, philosopher Massimo Pigliucci offers Stoicism, the ancient philosophy that inspired the great emperor Marcus Aurelius, as the best way to attain it. Stoicism is a pragmatic philosophy that focuses our attention on what is possible and gives us perspective on what is unimportant. By understanding Stoicism, we can learn to answer crucial questions: Should we get married or divorced? How should we handle our money in a world nearly destroyed by a financial crisis? How can we survive great personal tragedy? Whoever we are, Stoicism has something for us—and How to Be a Stoic is the essential guide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291772 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mystic Will Author: Charles Godfrey Leland Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book presents a method of developing and strengthening the faculties of the mind, through the awakened will, by a simple, scientific process possible to any person of ordinary intelligence (Summary by Charles Godfrey Leland) Note: This book was first entitled Have You a Strong Will? In essence, it describes "the secret", the power of positive thinking, and the method of changing your thinking. Charles Godfrey Leland Sun, 01 Jan 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291772 thebookvoice.com 4:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mystic Will Author: Charles Godfrey Leland Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book presents a method of developing and strengthening the faculties of the mind, through the awakened will, by a simple, scientific process possible to any person of ordinary intelligence (Summary by Charles Godfrey Leland) Note: This book was first entitled Have You a Strong Will? In essence, it describes "the secret", the power of positive thinking, and the method of changing your thinking. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mystic Will Author: Charles Godfrey Leland Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book presents a method of developing and strengthening the faculties of the mind, through the awakened will, by a simple, scientific process possible to any person of ordinary intelligence (Summary by Charles Godfrey Leland) Note: This book was first entitled Have You a Strong Will? In essence, it describes "the secret", the power of positive thinking, and the method of changing your thinking. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291759 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captain Class: The Hidden Force That Creates the World's Greatest Teams Author: Sam Walker Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A bold new theory of leadership drawn from elite captains throughout sports—named one of the best business books of the year by CNBC, The New York Times, Forbes, strategy+business, The Globe and Mail, and Sports Illustrated   “The book taught me that there’s no cookie-cutter way to lead. Leading is not just what Hollywood tells you. It’s not the big pregame speech. It’s how you carry yourself every day, how you treat the people around you, who you are as a person.”—Mitchell Trubisky, quarterback, Chicago Bears The sixteen most dominant teams in sports history had one thing in common: Each employed the same type of captain—a singular leader with an unconventional set of skills and tendencies. Drawing on original interviews with athletes, general managers, coaches, and team-building experts, Sam Walker identifies the seven core qualities of the Captain Class—from extreme doggedness and emotional control to tactical aggression and the courage to stand apart. Told through riveting accounts of pressure-soaked moments in sports history, The Captain Class will challenge your assumptions of what inspired leadership looks like.   Praise for The Captain Class   “Wildly entertaining and thought-provoking . . . makes you reexamine long-held beliefs about leadership and the glue that binds winning teams together.”—Theo Epstein, president of baseball operations, Chicago Cubs   “If you care about leadership, talent development, or the art of competition, you need to read this immediately.”—Daniel Coyle, author of The Culture Code   “The insights in this book are tremendous.”—Bob Myers, general manager, Golden State Warriors   “An awesome book . . . I find myself relating a lot to its portrayal of the out-of the-norm leader.”—Carli Lloyd, co-captain, U.S. Soccer Women’s National Team   “A great read . . . Sam Walker used data and a systems approach to reach some original and unconventional conclusions about the kinds of leaders that foster enduring success. Most business and leadership books lapse into clichés. This one is fresh.”—Jeff Immelt, chairman and former CEO, General Electric    “I can’t tell you how much I loved The Captain Class. It identifies something many people who’ve been around successful teams have felt but were never able to articulate. It has deeply affected my thoughts around how we build our culture.”—Derek Falvey, chief baseball officer, Minnesota Twins Sam Walker Tue, 16 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291759 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captain Class: The Hidden Force That Creates the World's Greatest Teams Author: Sam Walker Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A bold new theory of leadership drawn from elite captains throughout sports—named one of the best business books of the year by CNBC, The New York Times, Forbes, strategy+business, The Globe and Mail, and Sports Illustrated   “The book taught me that there’s no cookie-cutter way to lead. Leading is not just what Hollywood tells you. It’s not the big pregame speech. It’s how you carry yourself every day, how you treat the people around you, who you are as a person.”—Mitchell Trubisky, quarterback, Chicago Bears The sixteen most dominant teams in sports history had one thing in common: Each employed the same type of captain—a singular leader with an unconventional set of skills and tendencies. Drawing on original interviews with athletes, general managers, coaches, and team-building experts, Sam Walker identifies the seven core qualities of the Captain Class—from extreme doggedness and emotional control to tactical aggression and the courage to stand apart. Told through riveting accounts of pressure-soaked moments in sports history, The Captain Class will challenge your assumptions of what inspired leadership looks like.   Praise for The Captain Class   “Wildly entertaining and thought-provoking . . . makes you reexamine long-held beliefs about leadership and the glue that binds winning teams together.”—Theo Epstein, president of baseball operations, Chicago Cubs   “If you care about leadership, talent development, or the art of competition, you need to read this immediately.”—Daniel Coyle, author of The Culture Code   “The insights in this book are tremendous.”—Bob Myers, general manager, Golden State Warriors   “An awesome book . . . I find myself relating a lot to its portrayal of the out-of the-norm leader.”—Carli Lloyd, co-captain, U.S. Soccer Women’s National Team   “A great read . . . Sam Walker used data and a systems approach to reach some original and unconventional conclusions about the kinds of leaders that foster enduring success. Most business and leadership books lapse into clichés. This one is fresh.”—Jeff Immelt, chairman and former CEO, General Electric    “I can’t tell you how much I loved The Captain Class. It identifies something many people who’ve been around successful teams have felt but were never able to articulate. It has deeply affected my thoughts around how we build our culture.”—Derek Falvey, chief baseball officer, Minnesota Twins Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captain Class: The Hidden Force That Creates the World's Greatest Teams Author: Sam Walker Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A bold new theory of leadership drawn from elite captains throughout sports—named one of the best business books of the year by CNBC, The New York Times, Forbes, strategy+business, The Globe and Mail, and Sports Illustrated   “The book taught me that there’s no cookie-cutter way to lead. Leading is not just what Hollywood tells you. It’s not the big pregame speech. It’s how you carry yourself every day, how you treat the people around you, who you are as a person.”—Mitchell Trubisky, quarterback, Chicago Bears The sixteen most dominant teams in sports history had one thing in common: Each employed the same type of captain—a singular leader with an unconventional set of skills and tendencies. Drawing on original interviews with athletes, general managers, coaches, and team-building experts, Sam Walker identifies the seven core qualities of the Captain Class—from extreme doggedness and emotional control to tactical aggression and the courage to stand apart. Told through riveting accounts of pressure-soaked moments in sports history, The Captain Class will challenge your assumptions of what inspired leadership looks like.   Praise for The Captain Class   “Wildly entertaining and thought-provoking . . . makes you reexamine long-held beliefs about leadership and the glue that binds winning teams together.”—Theo Epstein, president of baseball operations, Chicago Cubs   “If you care about leadership, talent development, or the art of competition, you need to read this immediately.”—Daniel Coyle, author of The Culture Code   “The insights in this book are tremendous.”—Bob Myers, general manager, Golden State Warriors   “An awesome book . . . I find myself relating a lot to its portrayal of the out-of the-norm leader.”—Carli Lloyd, co-captain, U.S. Soccer Women’s National Team   “A great read . . . Sam Walker used data and a systems approach to reach some original and unconventional conclusions about the kinds of leaders that foster enduring success. Most business and leadership books lapse into clichés. This one is fresh.”—Jeff Immelt, chairman and former CEO, General Electric    “I can’t tell you how much I loved The Captain Class. It identifies something many people who’ve been around successful teams have felt but were never able to articulate. It has deeply affected my thoughts around how we build our culture.”—Derek Falvey, chief baseball officer, Minnesota Twins https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291717 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Piensa diferente, vive diferente: No te creas todo lo que piensas Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel Ángel Álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor de Tus zonas erróneas propone un manual para dotar de flexibilidad a nuestra mente y saber doblegar fácilmente los prejuicios y los malos hábitos mentales que hemos cultivado toda la vida. En pocas palabras: «No te creas todo lo que piensas». Todos tenemos dominio sobre nosotros mismos, todos disponemos del poder para decidir qué hacer y cómo queremos hacerlo. Pero en este empeño, nos asaltan dudas y miedos que nos dificultan el camino para conseguir todo lo que nos proponemos y que, casi siempre, consiguen detener nuestro afán de perseguir nuestros sueños. ¿Cómo podemos deshacernos de esa tramposa voz que nos dice: «No puedes»? Wayne W. Dyer nos muestra claramente en este audiolibro cómo se pueden detener las dudas y empezar a creer en nosotros mismos. El autor nos enseña cómo cambiar nuestros pensamientos, sentimientos y comportamientos para que nos influyan de forma positiva a la hora de actuar. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal disponibles para escuchar. Dr. Wayne Dyer Thu, 15 Dec 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291717 thebookvoice.com 9:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Piensa diferente, vive diferente: No te creas todo lo que piensas Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel Ángel Álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor de Tus zonas erróneas propone un manual para dotar de flexibilidad a nuestra mente y saber doblegar fácilmente los prejuicios y los malos hábitos mentales que hemos cultivado toda la vida. En pocas palabras: «No te creas todo lo que piensas». Todos tenemos dominio sobre nosotros mismos, todos disponemos del poder para decidir qué hacer y cómo queremos hacerlo. Pero en este empeño, nos asaltan dudas y miedos que nos dificultan el camino para conseguir todo lo que nos proponemos y que, casi siempre, consiguen detener nuestro afán de perseguir nuestros sueños. ¿Cómo podemos deshacernos de esa tramposa voz que nos dice: «No puedes»? Wayne W. Dyer nos muestra claramente en este audiolibro cómo se pueden detener las dudas y empezar a creer en nosotros mismos. El autor nos enseña cómo cambiar nuestros pensamientos, sentimientos y comportamientos para que nos influyan de forma positiva a la hora de actuar. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal disponibles para escuchar. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Piensa diferente, vive diferente: No te creas todo lo que piensas Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel Ángel Álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: El autor de Tus zonas erróneas propone un manual para dotar de flexibilidad a nuestra mente y saber doblegar fácilmente los prejuicios y los malos hábitos mentales que hemos cultivado toda la vida. En pocas palabras: «No te creas todo lo que piensas». Todos tenemos dominio sobre nosotros mismos, todos disponemos del poder para decidir qué hacer y cómo queremos hacerlo. Pero en este empeño, nos asaltan dudas y miedos que nos dificultan el camino para conseguir todo lo que nos proponemos y que, casi siempre, consiguen detener nuestro afán de perseguir nuestros sueños. ¿Cómo podemos deshacernos de esa tramposa voz que nos dice: «No puedes»? Wayne W. Dyer nos muestra claramente en este audiolibro cómo se pueden detener las dudas y empezar a creer en nosotros mismos. El autor nos enseña cómo cambiar nuestros pensamientos, sentimientos y comportamientos para que nos influyan de forma positiva a la hora de actuar. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal disponibles para escuchar. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291561 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barking Up the Wrong Tree: The Surprising Science Behind Why Everything You Know About Success Is (Mostly) Wrong Author: Eric Barker Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 72 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Much of the advice we’ve been told about achievement is logical, earnest…and downright wrong. In Barking Up the Wrong Tree, Eric Barker reveals the extraordinary science behind what actually determines success and most importantly, how anyone can achieve it. You’ll learn: • Why valedictorians rarely become millionaires, and how your biggest weakness might actually be your greatest strength • Whether nice guys finish last and why the best lessons about cooperation come from gang members, pirates, and serial killers • Why trying to increase confidence fails and how Buddhist philosophy holds a superior solution • The secret ingredient to “grit” that Navy SEALs and disaster survivors leverage to keep going • How to find work-life balance using the strategy of Genghis Khan, the errors of Albert Einstein, and a little lesson from Spider-Man By looking at what separates the extremely successful from the rest of us, we learn what we can do to be more like them—and find out in some cases why it’s good that we aren’t. Barking Up the Wrong Tree draws on startling statistics and surprising anecdotes to help you understand what works and what doesn’t so you can stop guessing at success and start living the life you want. Eric Barker Tue, 16 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291561 thebookvoice.com 9:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barking Up the Wrong Tree: The Surprising Science Behind Why Everything You Know About Success Is (Mostly) Wrong Author: Eric Barker Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 72 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Much of the advice we’ve been told about achievement is logical, earnest…and downright wrong. In Barking Up the Wrong Tree, Eric Barker reveals the extraordinary science behind what actually determines success and most importantly, how anyone can achieve it. You’ll learn: • Why valedictorians rarely become millionaires, and how your biggest weakness might actually be your greatest strength • Whether nice guys finish last and why the best lessons about cooperation come from gang members, pirates, and serial killers • Why trying to increase confidence fails and how Buddhist philosophy holds a superior solution • The secret ingredient to “grit” that Navy SEALs and disaster survivors leverage to keep going • How to find work-life balance using the strategy of Genghis Khan, the errors of Albert Einstein, and a little lesson from Spider-Man By looking at what separates the extremely successful from the rest of us, we learn what we can do to be more like them—and find out in some cases why it’s good that we aren’t. Barking Up the Wrong Tree draws on startling statistics and surprising anecdotes to help you understand what works and what doesn’t so you can stop guessing at success and start living the life you want. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barking Up the Wrong Tree: The Surprising Science Behind Why Everything You Know About Success Is (Mostly) Wrong Author: Eric Barker Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 72 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Much of the advice we’ve been told about achievement is logical, earnest…and downright wrong. In Barking Up the Wrong Tree, Eric Barker reveals the extraordinary science behind what actually determines success and most importantly, how anyone can achieve it. You’ll learn: • Why valedictorians rarely become millionaires, and how your biggest weakness might actually be your greatest strength • Whether nice guys finish last and why the best lessons about cooperation come from gang members, pirates, and serial killers • Why trying to increase confidence fails and how Buddhist philosophy holds a superior solution • The secret ingredient to “grit” that Navy SEALs and disaster survivors leverage to keep going • How to find work-life balance using the strategy of Genghis Khan, the errors of Albert Einstein, and a little lesson from Spider-Man By looking at what separates the extremely successful from the rest of us, we learn what we can do to be more like them—and find out in some cases why it’s good that we aren’t. Barking Up the Wrong Tree draws on startling statistics and surprising anecdotes to help you understand what works and what doesn’t so you can stop guessing at success and start living the life you want. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291395 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Questions of Tomorrow: The Ideas that Will Remake the World Series: Part of Ted Books Author: David Rothkopf Narrator: David Rothkopf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are on the cusp of a sweeping revolution—one that will change every facet of our lives. The changes ahead will challenge and alter fundamental concepts such as national identity, human rights, money, and markets. In this pivotal, complicated moment, what are the great questions we need to ask to navigate our way forward? David Rothkopf believes in the power of questions. When sweeping changes have occurred in history—the religious awakenings of the Reformation; the scientific advances of the Age of Exploration; the technological developments of the Renaissance, the Enlightenment, and the Industrial Revolution—they have brought with them, not just new knowledge, but provoked great questions about how we must live. With the world at the threshold of profound change, Rothkopf seeks the important questions of our time—ones that will remake the world and our understanding of it. From the foundational questions: 'Why do we live within a society?' and 'What is war?' to modern concerns such as 'Is access to the internet a basic human right?' The Great Questions of Tomorrow confronts our approach to the future and forces us to reimagine fundamental aspects of our lives—identity, economics, technology, government, war, and peace. David Rothkopf Tue, 18 Apr 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291395 thebookvoice.com 3:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Questions of Tomorrow: The Ideas that Will Remake the World Series: Part of Ted Books Author: David Rothkopf Narrator: David Rothkopf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are on the cusp of a sweeping revolution—one that will change every facet of our lives. The changes ahead will challenge and alter fundamental concepts such as national identity, human rights, money, and markets. In this pivotal, complicated moment, what are the great questions we need to ask to navigate our way forward? David Rothkopf believes in the power of questions. When sweeping changes have occurred in history—the religious awakenings of the Reformation; the scientific advances of the Age of Exploration; the technological developments of the Renaissance, the Enlightenment, and the Industrial Revolution—they have brought with them, not just new knowledge, but provoked great questions about how we must live. With the world at the threshold of profound change, Rothkopf seeks the important questions of our time—ones that will remake the world and our understanding of it. From the foundational questions: 'Why do we live within a society?' and 'What is war?' to modern concerns such as 'Is access to the internet a basic human right?' The Great Questions of Tomorrow confronts our approach to the future and forces us to reimagine fundamental aspects of our lives—identity, economics, technology, government, war, and peace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Questions of Tomorrow: The Ideas that Will Remake the World Series: Part of Ted Books Author: David Rothkopf Narrator: David Rothkopf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are on the cusp of a sweeping revolution—one that will change every facet of our lives. The changes ahead will challenge and alter fundamental concepts such as national identity, human rights, money, and markets. In this pivotal, complicated moment, what are the great questions we need to ask to navigate our way forward? David Rothkopf believes in the power of questions. When sweeping changes have occurred in history—the religious awakenings of the Reformation; the scientific advances of the Age of Exploration; the technological developments of the Renaissance, the Enlightenment, and the Industrial Revolution—they have brought with them, not just new knowledge, but provoked great questions about how we must live. With the world at the threshold of profound change, Rothkopf seeks the important questions of our time—ones that will remake the world and our understanding of it. From the foundational questions: 'Why do we live within a society?' and 'What is war?' to modern concerns such as 'Is access to the internet a basic human right?' The Great Questions of Tomorrow confronts our approach to the future and forces us to reimagine fundamental aspects of our lives—identity, economics, technology, government, war, and peace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insight: Why We're Not as Self-Aware as We Think, and How Seeing Ourselves Clearly Helps Us Succeed at Work and in Life Author: Tasha Eurich Narrator: Tasha Eurich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most people feel like they know themselves pretty well. But what if you could know yourself just a little bit better—and with this small improvement, get a big payoff…not just in your career, but in your life?   Research shows that self-awareness – knowing who we are and how others see us – is the foundation for high performance, smart choices, and lasting relationships.  There’s just one problem: most people don’t see themselves quite as clearly as they could.   Fortunately, reveals organizational psychologist Tasha Eurich, self-awareness is a surprisingly developable skill. Integrating hundreds of studies with her own research and work in the Fortune 500 world, she shows us what it really takes to better understand ourselves on the inside - and how to get others to tell us the honest truth about how we come across.   Through stories of people who’ve made dramatic gains in self-awareness, she offers surprising secrets, techniques and strategies to help readers do the same – and how to use this insight to be more fulfilled, confident, and successful in life and in work.   In INSIGHT, you'll learn: * The 7 types of self-knowledge that self-aware people possess. * The 2 biggest invisible roadblocks to self-awareness. * Why approaches like therapy and journaling don't always lead to true insight * How to stop your confidence-killing habits and learn to love who you are. * How benefit from mindfulness without uttering a single mantra. * Why other people don’t tell us the truth about ourselves – and how to find out what they really think. * How to deepen our insight into our passions, gifts, and the blind spots that could be holding us back. * How to hear critical feedback without losing your mojo. * Why the people with the most power can often be the least-self-aware, and how smart leaders avoid this trap. * The 3 building blocks for self-aware teams. * How to deal with delusional bosses, clients, and coworkers. Includes a bonus PDF of Appendices A-N Tasha Eurich Tue, 02 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291386 thebookvoice.com 11:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insight: Why We're Not as Self-Aware as We Think, and How Seeing Ourselves Clearly Helps Us Succeed at Work and in Life Author: Tasha Eurich Narrator: Tasha Eurich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most people feel like they know themselves pretty well. But what if you could know yourself just a little bit better—and with this small improvement, get a big payoff…not just in your career, but in your life?   Research shows that self-awareness – knowing who we are and how others see us – is the foundation for high performance, smart choices, and lasting relationships.  There’s just one problem: most people don’t see themselves quite as clearly as they could.   Fortunately, reveals organizational psychologist Tasha Eurich, self-awareness is a surprisingly developable skill. Integrating hundreds of studies with her own research and work in the Fortune 500 world, she shows us what it really takes to better understand ourselves on the inside - and how to get others to tell us the honest truth about how we come across.   Through stories of people who’ve made dramatic gains in self-awareness, she offers surprising secrets, techniques and strategies to help readers do the same – and how to use this insight to be more fulfilled, confident, and successful in life and in work.   In INSIGHT, you'll learn: * The 7 types of self-knowledge that self-aware people possess. * The 2 biggest invisible roadblocks to self-awareness. * Why approaches like therapy and journaling don't always lead to true insight * How to stop your confidence-killing habits and learn to love who you are. * How benefit from mindfulness without uttering a single mantra. * Why other people don’t tell us the truth about ourselves – and how to find out what they really think. * How to deepen our insight into our passions, gifts, and the blind spots that could be holding us back. * How to hear critical feedback without losing your mojo. * Why the people with the most power can often be the least-self-aware, and how smart leaders avoid this trap. * The 3 building blocks for self-aware teams. * How to deal with delusional bosses, clients, and coworkers. Includes a bonus PDF of Appendices A-N Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insight: Why We're Not as Self-Aware as We Think, and How Seeing Ourselves Clearly Helps Us Succeed at Work and in Life Author: Tasha Eurich Narrator: Tasha Eurich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most people feel like they know themselves pretty well. But what if you could know yourself just a little bit better—and with this small improvement, get a big payoff…not just in your career, but in your life?   Research shows that self-awareness – knowing who we are and how others see us – is the foundation for high performance, smart choices, and lasting relationships.  There’s just one problem: most people don’t see themselves quite as clearly as they could.   Fortunately, reveals organizational psychologist Tasha Eurich, self-awareness is a surprisingly developable skill. Integrating hundreds of studies with her own research and work in the Fortune 500 world, she shows us what it really takes to better understand ourselves on the inside - and how to get others to tell us the honest truth about how we come across.   Through stories of people who’ve made dramatic gains in self-awareness, she offers surprising secrets, techniques and strategies to help readers do the same – and how to use this insight to be more fulfilled, confident, and successful in life and in work.   In INSIGHT, you'll learn: * The 7 types of self-knowledge that self-aware people possess. * The 2 biggest invisible roadblocks to self-awareness. * Why approaches like therapy and journaling don't always lead to true insight * How to stop your confidence-killing habits and learn to love who you are. * How benefit from mindfulness without uttering a single mantra. * Why other people don’t tell us the truth about ourselves – and how to find out what they really think. * How to deepen our insight into our passions, gifts, and the blind spots that could be holding us back. * How to hear critical feedback without losing your mojo. * Why the people with the most power can often be the least-self-aware, and how smart leaders avoid this trap. * The 3 building blocks for self-aware teams. * How to deal with delusional bosses, clients, and coworkers. Includes a bonus PDF of Appendices A-N https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291382 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Edge: A Journey Through Anxiety Author: Andrea Petersen Narrator: Andrea Petersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A celebrated science and health reporter offers a wry, bracingly honest account of living with anxiety.   A racing heart. Difficulty breathing. Overwhelming dread. Andrea Petersen was first diagnosed with an anxiety disorder at the age of twenty, but she later realized that she had been experiencing panic attacks since childhood. With time her symptoms multiplied. She agonized over every odd physical sensation. She developed fears of driving on highways, going to movie theaters, even licking envelopes. Although having a name for her condition was an enormous relief, it was only the beginning of a journey to understand and master it—one that took her from psychiatrists’ offices to yoga retreats to the Appalachian Trail.   Woven into Petersen’s personal story is a fascinating look at the biology of anxiety and the groundbreaking research that might point the way to new treatments. She compares psychoactive drugs to non-drug treatments, including biofeedback and exposure therapy. And she explores the role that genetics and the environment play in mental illness, visiting top neuroscientists and tracing her family history—from her grandmother, who, plagued by paranoia, once tried to burn down her own house, to her young daughter, in whom Petersen sees shades of herself.   Brave and empowering, this is essential reading for anyone who knows what it means to live on edge. Andrea Petersen Tue, 16 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291382 thebookvoice.com 8:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Edge: A Journey Through Anxiety Author: Andrea Petersen Narrator: Andrea Petersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A celebrated science and health reporter offers a wry, bracingly honest account of living with anxiety.   A racing heart. Difficulty breathing. Overwhelming dread. Andrea Petersen was first diagnosed with an anxiety disorder at the age of twenty, but she later realized that she had been experiencing panic attacks since childhood. With time her symptoms multiplied. She agonized over every odd physical sensation. She developed fears of driving on highways, going to movie theaters, even licking envelopes. Although having a name for her condition was an enormous relief, it was only the beginning of a journey to understand and master it—one that took her from psychiatrists’ offices to yoga retreats to the Appalachian Trail.   Woven into Petersen’s personal story is a fascinating look at the biology of anxiety and the groundbreaking research that might point the way to new treatments. She compares psychoactive drugs to non-drug treatments, including biofeedback and exposure therapy. And she explores the role that genetics and the environment play in mental illness, visiting top neuroscientists and tracing her family history—from her grandmother, who, plagued by paranoia, once tried to burn down her own house, to her young daughter, in whom Petersen sees shades of herself.   Brave and empowering, this is essential reading for anyone who knows what it means to live on edge. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Edge: A Journey Through Anxiety Author: Andrea Petersen Narrator: Andrea Petersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A celebrated science and health reporter offers a wry, bracingly honest account of living with anxiety.   A racing heart. Difficulty breathing. Overwhelming dread. Andrea Petersen was first diagnosed with an anxiety disorder at the age of twenty, but she later realized that she had been experiencing panic attacks since childhood. With time her symptoms multiplied. She agonized over every odd physical sensation. She developed fears of driving on highways, going to movie theaters, even licking envelopes. Although having a name for her condition was an enormous relief, it was only the beginning of a journey to understand and master it—one that took her from psychiatrists’ offices to yoga retreats to the Appalachian Trail.   Woven into Petersen’s personal story is a fascinating look at the biology of anxiety and the groundbreaking research that might point the way to new treatments. She compares psychoactive drugs to non-drug treatments, including biofeedback and exposure therapy. And she explores the role that genetics and the environment play in mental illness, visiting top neuroscientists and tracing her family history—from her grandmother, who, plagued by paranoia, once tried to burn down her own house, to her young daughter, in whom Petersen sees shades of herself.   Brave and empowering, this is essential reading for anyone who knows what it means to live on edge. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291304 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - S=EX2 Author: Pere Estupinyà Narrator: Pere Estupinyà, Alba Sola Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha esta aproximación al sexo innovadora y original que revolucionará nuestra mente y quizá también nuestro comportamiento. Estás a punto de escuchar el libro más riguroso, ameno, y completo jamás narrado sobre el fascinante estudio científico de la sexualidad humana. Por amor a la ciencia, Pere Estupinyà, el ladrón de cerebros, se sumerge en una novedosa investigación: participa en un estudio sobre disfunción eréctil y el orgasmo masculino, visita centros de referencia como el prestigioso Instituto Kinsey, se infiltra en clínicas de medicina sexual, acude a congresos internacionales de sexología, y entrevista a científicos expertos en sexualidad. Pero también habla directamente con asexuales, fetichistas, mujeres multiorgásmicas, anorgásmicas, intersexuales, pasa una noche en un club de swingers de Nueva York, participa en eventos sadomasoquistas, habla con actores y actrices porno, y acude a talleres donde una mujer enseña a tener orgasmos con la respiración y la mente. Todo esto acompañado de una revisión exhaustiva de bibliografía científica donde encuentra valiosas publicaciones sobre los procesos inconscientes de la atracción, el sexo online, nuestra naturaleza polígama versus la monógama, la relación entre el placer y el dolor, las disfunciones sexuales más frecuentes, y mucho más. En La ciencia del sexo encontrarás infinidad de anécdotas históricas, consejos prácticos, reflexiones profundas, y respuestas a qué nos ocurre cuando estamos disfrutando de la actividad que más nos interesa, pero que, paradójicamente, la ciencia tiene más reparos en explorar. La ciencia más interesante en formato audiolibro. Pere Estupinyà Fri, 24 Jul 2015 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291304 thebookvoice.com 13:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - S=EX2 Author: Pere Estupinyà Narrator: Pere Estupinyà, Alba Sola Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha esta aproximación al sexo innovadora y original que revolucionará nuestra mente y quizá también nuestro comportamiento. Estás a punto de escuchar el libro más riguroso, ameno, y completo jamás narrado sobre el fascinante estudio científico de la sexualidad humana. Por amor a la ciencia, Pere Estupinyà, el ladrón de cerebros, se sumerge en una novedosa investigación: participa en un estudio sobre disfunción eréctil y el orgasmo masculino, visita centros de referencia como el prestigioso Instituto Kinsey, se infiltra en clínicas de medicina sexual, acude a congresos internacionales de sexología, y entrevista a científicos expertos en sexualidad. Pero también habla directamente con asexuales, fetichistas, mujeres multiorgásmicas, anorgásmicas, intersexuales, pasa una noche en un club de swingers de Nueva York, participa en eventos sadomasoquistas, habla con actores y actrices porno, y acude a talleres donde una mujer enseña a tener orgasmos con la respiración y la mente. Todo esto acompañado de una revisión exhaustiva de bibliografía científica donde encuentra valiosas publicaciones sobre los procesos inconscientes de la atracción, el sexo online, nuestra naturaleza polígama versus la monógama, la relación entre el placer y el dolor, las disfunciones sexuales más frecuentes, y mucho más. En La ciencia del sexo encontrarás infinidad de anécdotas históricas, consejos prácticos, reflexiones profundas, y respuestas a qué nos ocurre cuando estamos disfrutando de la actividad que más nos interesa, pero que, paradójicamente, la ciencia tiene más reparos en explorar. La ciencia más interesante en formato audiolibro. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - S=EX2 Author: Pere Estupinyà Narrator: Pere Estupinyà, Alba Sola Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha esta aproximación al sexo innovadora y original que revolucionará nuestra mente y quizá también nuestro comportamiento. Estás a punto de escuchar el libro más riguroso, ameno, y completo jamás narrado sobre el fascinante estudio científico de la sexualidad humana. Por amor a la ciencia, Pere Estupinyà, el ladrón de cerebros, se sumerge en una novedosa investigación: participa en un estudio sobre disfunción eréctil y el orgasmo masculino, visita centros de referencia como el prestigioso Instituto Kinsey, se infiltra en clínicas de medicina sexual, acude a congresos internacionales de sexología, y entrevista a científicos expertos en sexualidad. Pero también habla directamente con asexuales, fetichistas, mujeres multiorgásmicas, anorgásmicas, intersexuales, pasa una noche en un club de swingers de Nueva York, participa en eventos sadomasoquistas, habla con actores y actrices porno, y acude a talleres donde una mujer enseña a tener orgasmos con la respiración y la mente. Todo esto acompañado de una revisión exhaustiva de bibliografía científica donde encuentra valiosas publicaciones sobre los procesos inconscientes de la atracción, el sexo online, nuestra naturaleza polígama versus la monógama, la relación entre el placer y el dolor, las disfunciones sexuales más frecuentes, y mucho más. En La ciencia del sexo encontrarás infinidad de anécdotas históricas, consejos prácticos, reflexiones profundas, y respuestas a qué nos ocurre cuando estamos disfrutando de la actividad que más nos interesa, pero que, paradójicamente, la ciencia tiene más reparos en explorar. La ciencia más interesante en formato audiolibro. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291176 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291176]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Careful: A User's Guide to Our Injury-Prone Minds Author: Steve Casner Narrator: Steve Casner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Gripping, page-turning material . . . a new way of thinking about survival in a world filled with hazards and distractions.” —Charles Duhigg, author of Smarter Faster Better and The Power of Habit A safety expert reveals why few of us are as careful as we think we are, and what we can do about it. As doctors and medical researchers work busily to extend our lives, more people each year are figuring out ways to cut them short. In fact, after a hundred years of steady decline, the rate at which people are being injured (or worse) in everyday accidents is increasing. Blame car crashes, pedestrian fatalities, home-improvement projects gone wrong, medical mistakes, home fires—not to mention all the crazy things that kids are into these days. And the problem seems to be spinning out of control. Steve Casner has devoted his career to studying the psychology of safety, and he knows there’s not a safety warning we won’t ignore or a foolproof device we can’t turn into an implement of disaster. Casner details the psychological traps that prevent us from being more careful. They’re the same whether you’re a pilot, a Hollywood stuntwoman, a parent, or the owner of a clogged dishwasher you’re trying to fix with a screwdriver. Then he shows us gripping real examples of how and when injuries happen, so we know exactly what we should really be worrying about. Careful arms readers with the latest science on how our sometimes fallible minds work, with countless takeaways to incorporate at home, at work, and everywhere in between. This book will help us keep our fingers attached in the kitchen, our kids afloat at the pool, and our teens safe behind the wheel, and demonstrates the many other ways we can maximize our chances of getting through the day in one piece. Steve Casner Tue, 23 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291176 thebookvoice.com 7:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291176]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Careful: A User's Guide to Our Injury-Prone Minds Author: Steve Casner Narrator: Steve Casner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Gripping, page-turning material . . . a new way of thinking about survival in a world filled with hazards and distractions.” —Charles Duhigg, author of Smarter Faster Better and The Power of Habit A safety expert reveals why few of us are as careful as we think we are, and what we can do about it. As doctors and medical researchers work busily to extend our lives, more people each year are figuring out ways to cut them short. In fact, after a hundred years of steady decline, the rate at which people are being injured (or worse) in everyday accidents is increasing. Blame car crashes, pedestrian fatalities, home-improvement projects gone wrong, medical mistakes, home fires—not to mention all the crazy things that kids are into these days. And the problem seems to be spinning out of control. Steve Casner has devoted his career to studying the psychology of safety, and he knows there’s not a safety warning we won’t ignore or a foolproof device we can’t turn into an implement of disaster. Casner details the psychological traps that prevent us from being more careful. They’re the same whether you’re a pilot, a Hollywood stuntwoman, a parent, or the owner of a clogged dishwasher you’re trying to fix with a screwdriver. Then he shows us gripping real examples of how and when injuries happen, so we know exactly what we should really be worrying about. Careful arms readers with the latest science on how our sometimes fallible minds work, with countless takeaways to incorporate at home, at work, and everywhere in between. This book will help us keep our fingers attached in the kitchen, our kids afloat at the pool, and our teens safe behind the wheel, and demonstrates the many other ways we can maximize our chances of getting through the day in one piece. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291176]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Careful: A User's Guide to Our Injury-Prone Minds Author: Steve Casner Narrator: Steve Casner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Gripping, page-turning material . . . a new way of thinking about survival in a world filled with hazards and distractions.” —Charles Duhigg, author of Smarter Faster Better and The Power of Habit A safety expert reveals why few of us are as careful as we think we are, and what we can do about it. As doctors and medical researchers work busily to extend our lives, more people each year are figuring out ways to cut them short. In fact, after a hundred years of steady decline, the rate at which people are being injured (or worse) in everyday accidents is increasing. Blame car crashes, pedestrian fatalities, home-improvement projects gone wrong, medical mistakes, home fires—not to mention all the crazy things that kids are into these days. And the problem seems to be spinning out of control. Steve Casner has devoted his career to studying the psychology of safety, and he knows there’s not a safety warning we won’t ignore or a foolproof device we can’t turn into an implement of disaster. Casner details the psychological traps that prevent us from being more careful. They’re the same whether you’re a pilot, a Hollywood stuntwoman, a parent, or the owner of a clogged dishwasher you’re trying to fix with a screwdriver. Then he shows us gripping real examples of how and when injuries happen, so we know exactly what we should really be worrying about. Careful arms readers with the latest science on how our sometimes fallible minds work, with countless takeaways to incorporate at home, at work, and everywhere in between. This book will help us keep our fingers attached in the kitchen, our kids afloat at the pool, and our teens safe behind the wheel, and demonstrates the many other ways we can maximize our chances of getting through the day in one piece. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290795 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Lovely Wife in the Psych Ward: A Memoir Author: Mark Lukach Narrator: Josh Bloomberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A heart-wrenching, yet hopeful, memoir of a young marriage that is redefined by mental illness and affirms the power of love. Mark and Giulia’s life together began as a storybook romance. They fell in love at eighteen, married at twenty-four, and were living their dream life in San Francisco. When Giulia was twenty-seven, she suffered a terrifying and unexpected psychotic break that landed her in the psych ward for nearly a month. One day she was vibrant and well-adjusted; the next she was delusional and suicidal, convinced that her loved ones were not safe. Eventually, Giulia fully recovered, and the couple had a son. But, soon after Jonas was born, Giulia had another breakdown, and then a third a few years after that. Pushed to the edge of the abyss, everything the couple had once taken for granted was upended. A story of the fragility of the mind, and the tenacity of the human spirit, My Lovely Wife in the Psych Ward is, above all, a love story that raises profound questions: How do we care for the people we love? What and who do we live for? Breathtaking in its candor, radiant with compassion, and written with dazzling lyricism, Lukach’s is an intensely personal odyssey through the harrowing years of his wife’s mental illness, anchored by an abiding devotion to family that will affirm readers’ faith in the power of love. Mark Lukach Tue, 02 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290795 thebookvoice.com 8:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Lovely Wife in the Psych Ward: A Memoir Author: Mark Lukach Narrator: Josh Bloomberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A heart-wrenching, yet hopeful, memoir of a young marriage that is redefined by mental illness and affirms the power of love. Mark and Giulia’s life together began as a storybook romance. They fell in love at eighteen, married at twenty-four, and were living their dream life in San Francisco. When Giulia was twenty-seven, she suffered a terrifying and unexpected psychotic break that landed her in the psych ward for nearly a month. One day she was vibrant and well-adjusted; the next she was delusional and suicidal, convinced that her loved ones were not safe. Eventually, Giulia fully recovered, and the couple had a son. But, soon after Jonas was born, Giulia had another breakdown, and then a third a few years after that. Pushed to the edge of the abyss, everything the couple had once taken for granted was upended. A story of the fragility of the mind, and the tenacity of the human spirit, My Lovely Wife in the Psych Ward is, above all, a love story that raises profound questions: How do we care for the people we love? What and who do we live for? Breathtaking in its candor, radiant with compassion, and written with dazzling lyricism, Lukach’s is an intensely personal odyssey through the harrowing years of his wife’s mental illness, anchored by an abiding devotion to family that will affirm readers’ faith in the power of love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Lovely Wife in the Psych Ward: A Memoir Author: Mark Lukach Narrator: Josh Bloomberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A heart-wrenching, yet hopeful, memoir of a young marriage that is redefined by mental illness and affirms the power of love. Mark and Giulia’s life together began as a storybook romance. They fell in love at eighteen, married at twenty-four, and were living their dream life in San Francisco. When Giulia was twenty-seven, she suffered a terrifying and unexpected psychotic break that landed her in the psych ward for nearly a month. One day she was vibrant and well-adjusted; the next she was delusional and suicidal, convinced that her loved ones were not safe. Eventually, Giulia fully recovered, and the couple had a son. But, soon after Jonas was born, Giulia had another breakdown, and then a third a few years after that. Pushed to the edge of the abyss, everything the couple had once taken for granted was upended. A story of the fragility of the mind, and the tenacity of the human spirit, My Lovely Wife in the Psych Ward is, above all, a love story that raises profound questions: How do we care for the people we love? What and who do we live for? Breathtaking in its candor, radiant with compassion, and written with dazzling lyricism, Lukach’s is an intensely personal odyssey through the harrowing years of his wife’s mental illness, anchored by an abiding devotion to family that will affirm readers’ faith in the power of love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290532 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Good: The New Mood Therapy Author: David D. Burns Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The good news is that anxiety, guilt, pessimism, procrastination, low self-esteem, and other 'black holes' of depression can be cured without drugs. In Feeling Good, eminent psychiatrist David D. Burns, M.D. outlines the remarkable, scientifically proven techniques that will immediately lift your spirits and help you develop a positive outlook on life. Now, in this updated edition, Dr Burns adds an all-new Consumer's Guide To Antidepressant Drugs, as well as a new introduction to help answer your questions about the many options available for treating depression. - Recognise what causes your mood swings. - Nip negative feelings in the bud. - Deal with guilt. - Handle hostility and criticism. - Overcome addiction to love and approval. - Build self-esteem. - Feel good everyday. Please visit www.feelinggood.com to access supplemental materials, the Feeling Good Podcasts, the Feeling Good Blog, and more! David D. Burns Tue, 21 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290532 thebookvoice.com 13:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Good: The New Mood Therapy Author: David D. Burns Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The good news is that anxiety, guilt, pessimism, procrastination, low self-esteem, and other 'black holes' of depression can be cured without drugs. In Feeling Good, eminent psychiatrist David D. Burns, M.D. outlines the remarkable, scientifically proven techniques that will immediately lift your spirits and help you develop a positive outlook on life. Now, in this updated edition, Dr Burns adds an all-new Consumer's Guide To Antidepressant Drugs, as well as a new introduction to help answer your questions about the many options available for treating depression. - Recognise what causes your mood swings. - Nip negative feelings in the bud. - Deal with guilt. - Handle hostility and criticism. - Overcome addiction to love and approval. - Build self-esteem. - Feel good everyday. Please visit www.feelinggood.com to access supplemental materials, the Feeling Good Podcasts, the Feeling Good Blog, and more! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Good: The New Mood Therapy Author: David D. Burns Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The good news is that anxiety, guilt, pessimism, procrastination, low self-esteem, and other 'black holes' of depression can be cured without drugs. In Feeling Good, eminent psychiatrist David D. Burns, M.D. outlines the remarkable, scientifically proven techniques that will immediately lift your spirits and help you develop a positive outlook on life. Now, in this updated edition, Dr Burns adds an all-new Consumer's Guide To Antidepressant Drugs, as well as a new introduction to help answer your questions about the many options available for treating depression. - Recognise what causes your mood swings. - Nip negative feelings in the bud. - Deal with guilt. - Handle hostility and criticism. - Overcome addiction to love and approval. - Build self-esteem. - Feel good everyday. Please visit www.feelinggood.com to access supplemental materials, the Feeling Good Podcasts, the Feeling Good Blog, and more! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290359 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awkward: The Science of Why We're Socially Awkward and Why That's Awesome Author: Ty Tashiro Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Quiet and The Geeks Shall Inherit the Earth comes this illuminating look at what it means to be awkward—and how the same traits that make us socially anxious and cause embarrassing faux pas also provide the seeds for extraordinary success. As humans, we all need to belong. While modern social life can make even the best of us feel gawky, for roughly one in five of us, navigating its challenges is consistently overwhelming—an ongoing maze without an exit. Often unable to grasp social cues or master the skills and grace necessary for smooth interaction, we feel out of sync with those around us. Though individuals may recognize their awkward disposition, they rarely understand why they are like this—which makes it hard for them to know how to adjust their behavior. Psychologist and interpersonal relationship expert Ty Tashiro knows what it’s like to be awkward. Growing up, he could do math in his head and memorize the earned run averages of every National League starting pitcher. But he couldn’t pour liquids without spilling and habitually forgot to bring his glove to Little League games. In Awkward, he unpacks decades of research into human intelligence, neuroscience, personality, and sociology to help us better understand this widely shared trait. He explores its nature vs. nurture origins, considers how the awkward view the world, and delivers a welcome counterintuitive message: the same characteristics that make people socially clumsy can be harnessed to produce remarkable achievements. Interweaving the latest research with personal tales and real world examples, Awkward offers reassurance and provides valuable insights into how we can embrace our personal quirks and unique talents to harness our awesome potential—and more comfortably navigate our complex world. Ty Tashiro Tue, 25 Apr 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290359 thebookvoice.com 6:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awkward: The Science of Why We're Socially Awkward and Why That's Awesome Author: Ty Tashiro Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Quiet and The Geeks Shall Inherit the Earth comes this illuminating look at what it means to be awkward—and how the same traits that make us socially anxious and cause embarrassing faux pas also provide the seeds for extraordinary success. As humans, we all need to belong. While modern social life can make even the best of us feel gawky, for roughly one in five of us, navigating its challenges is consistently overwhelming—an ongoing maze without an exit. Often unable to grasp social cues or master the skills and grace necessary for smooth interaction, we feel out of sync with those around us. Though individuals may recognize their awkward disposition, they rarely understand why they are like this—which makes it hard for them to know how to adjust their behavior. Psychologist and interpersonal relationship expert Ty Tashiro knows what it’s like to be awkward. Growing up, he could do math in his head and memorize the earned run averages of every National League starting pitcher. But he couldn’t pour liquids without spilling and habitually forgot to bring his glove to Little League games. In Awkward, he unpacks decades of research into human intelligence, neuroscience, personality, and sociology to help us better understand this widely shared trait. He explores its nature vs. nurture origins, considers how the awkward view the world, and delivers a welcome counterintuitive message: the same characteristics that make people socially clumsy can be harnessed to produce remarkable achievements. Interweaving the latest research with personal tales and real world examples, Awkward offers reassurance and provides valuable insights into how we can embrace our personal quirks and unique talents to harness our awesome potential—and more comfortably navigate our complex world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awkward: The Science of Why We're Socially Awkward and Why That's Awesome Author: Ty Tashiro Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Quiet and The Geeks Shall Inherit the Earth comes this illuminating look at what it means to be awkward—and how the same traits that make us socially anxious and cause embarrassing faux pas also provide the seeds for extraordinary success. As humans, we all need to belong. While modern social life can make even the best of us feel gawky, for roughly one in five of us, navigating its challenges is consistently overwhelming—an ongoing maze without an exit. Often unable to grasp social cues or master the skills and grace necessary for smooth interaction, we feel out of sync with those around us. Though individuals may recognize their awkward disposition, they rarely understand why they are like this—which makes it hard for them to know how to adjust their behavior. Psychologist and interpersonal relationship expert Ty Tashiro knows what it’s like to be awkward. Growing up, he could do math in his head and memorize the earned run averages of every National League starting pitcher. But he couldn’t pour liquids without spilling and habitually forgot to bring his glove to Little League games. In Awkward, he unpacks decades of research into human intelligence, neuroscience, personality, and sociology to help us better understand this widely shared trait. He explores its nature vs. nurture origins, considers how the awkward view the world, and delivers a welcome counterintuitive message: the same characteristics that make people socially clumsy can be harnessed to produce remarkable achievements. Interweaving the latest research with personal tales and real world examples, Awkward offers reassurance and provides valuable insights into how we can embrace our personal quirks and unique talents to harness our awesome potential—and more comfortably navigate our complex world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290141 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290141]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How You Learn Is How You Live: Using Nine Ways of Learning to Transform Your Life Author: David A. Kolb, Kay Peterson Narrator: Gregg Rizzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book takes a systematic approach to learning that has been long revered in the education field (approximately 75,000 educators take the Kolb Learning Style Inventory each year) and makes it accessible to any reader who wants to be a lifelong learner. Being a lifelong learner is one of the secrets to happiness, success, and personal fulfillment. This book awakens and enhances the power of learning that lies within us. David Kolb originated the concept of Experiential Learning-a systematic approach to understanding how we learn-and in this book he and Kay Peterson take what has up until now been a powerful professional development tool and make it accessible to a popular audience. Peterson and Kolb offer deep, research-based insights into how we learn, what Kolb calls the Experiential Learning Cycle. Then they identify nine specific learning styles and guide you in identifying your dominant style. This will help you understand your strengths and weaknesses as a learner, but they emphasize that flexibility is the key to lifelong learning. So they suggest ways you can expand your repertoire of learning styles. This book is an eye-opening read for anyone who wants to continue to grow and meet life challenges in a transformative way. David A. Kolb, Kay Peterson Mon, 17 Apr 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290141 thebookvoice.com 4:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290141]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How You Learn Is How You Live: Using Nine Ways of Learning to Transform Your Life Author: David A. Kolb, Kay Peterson Narrator: Gregg Rizzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book takes a systematic approach to learning that has been long revered in the education field (approximately 75,000 educators take the Kolb Learning Style Inventory each year) and makes it accessible to any reader who wants to be a lifelong learner. Being a lifelong learner is one of the secrets to happiness, success, and personal fulfillment. This book awakens and enhances the power of learning that lies within us. David Kolb originated the concept of Experiential Learning-a systematic approach to understanding how we learn-and in this book he and Kay Peterson take what has up until now been a powerful professional development tool and make it accessible to a popular audience. Peterson and Kolb offer deep, research-based insights into how we learn, what Kolb calls the Experiential Learning Cycle. Then they identify nine specific learning styles and guide you in identifying your dominant style. This will help you understand your strengths and weaknesses as a learner, but they emphasize that flexibility is the key to lifelong learning. So they suggest ways you can expand your repertoire of learning styles. This book is an eye-opening read for anyone who wants to continue to grow and meet life challenges in a transformative way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290141]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How You Learn Is How You Live: Using Nine Ways of Learning to Transform Your Life Author: David A. Kolb, Kay Peterson Narrator: Gregg Rizzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 17, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book takes a systematic approach to learning that has been long revered in the education field (approximately 75,000 educators take the Kolb Learning Style Inventory each year) and makes it accessible to any reader who wants to be a lifelong learner. Being a lifelong learner is one of the secrets to happiness, success, and personal fulfillment. This book awakens and enhances the power of learning that lies within us. David Kolb originated the concept of Experiential Learning-a systematic approach to understanding how we learn-and in this book he and Kay Peterson take what has up until now been a powerful professional development tool and make it accessible to a popular audience. Peterson and Kolb offer deep, research-based insights into how we learn, what Kolb calls the Experiential Learning Cycle. Then they identify nine specific learning styles and guide you in identifying your dominant style. This will help you understand your strengths and weaknesses as a learner, but they emphasize that flexibility is the key to lifelong learning. So they suggest ways you can expand your repertoire of learning styles. This book is an eye-opening read for anyone who wants to continue to grow and meet life challenges in a transformative way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290074 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tinker Dabble Doodle Try: Unlock the Power of the Unfocused Mind Author: Srini Pillay Narrator: Srini Pillay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harness your mind’s innate tendency to wander, stall, rest, and unfocus and become more productive—in the boardroom, living room, or classroom. Named one of Coastal Living’s Best Books for the Beach This Summer To finish tasks and achieve goals, most people believe that more focus is the solution. We rely on to-do lists, calendar reminders, noise-blocking headphones, and sometimes medication to help us concentrate—even though these tactics often fail to substantially improve productivity. Drawing on the latest brain research, compelling stories from his psychological practice, and colorful examples of counterintuitive success from sports, business, education, and the arts, neuroscientist Srini Pillay, M.D., challenges traditional ideas about productivity, revealing the lasting, positive benefits of adding deliberate and regular unfocus to your repertoire. A fascinating tour through brain wavelengths and rhythm, mindsets, and mental relaxation, Tinker Dabble Doodle Try demonstrates how specific kinds of planned unfocus stimulate cognitive calmness, jumpstart productivity, enhance innovation, inspire creativity, improve long-term memory, and, of course, help you stay on target. Tinkering with ideas and with things releases your mind to wander from a state of stuckness into a possibility frame of mind, triggering neural connections and new insights. Dabbling in a new endeavor—whether a hobby or fantasy—disrupts your habitual and reactive thinking, helping you find new solutions to old problems. Doodling can help you tap into another brain frequency to remove obstacles and create opportunities and inspiration. With techniques for training the brain to unfocus, concepts for scheduling busy lives, and ideas for controlling this new cognitive-toggling capability, Tinker Dabble Doodle Try will change how you think about daydreaming, relaxing, leaving work unfinished, and even multitasking. What you’ll discover is a greater freedom, a deeper intelligence, and a more profound joy in your life. Praise for Tinker Dabble Doodle Try “Pillay’s effortless writing style, combined with an excellent balance of popular psychology and self-help, makes this a helpful read for those who enjoy a light dive into psychology with practical applications.”—Library Journal “Pillay cites an intriguing range of brain studies to support his argument, and his case studies of individuals with whom he has worked provide useful insights.”—Kirkus Reviews “Dr. Srini Pillay offers a brilliant, deeply researched, and even more deeply imagined blueprint for using one’s full mental armamentarium, conscious, unconscious, and all the undiscovered rest! A fantastic book!”—Edward M. Hallowell, M.D., co-author of Delivered from Distraction “Dr. Pillay’s new book will help you create a new, fun, more playful destiny and unlock your brain’s inner potential.”—Daniel G. Amen, M.D., co-author of The Brain Warrior’s Way “This book not only gives you license to step off the hamster wheel of focus, focus, focus, but it will show you how to strategically and productively do so.”—JJ Virgin, author of JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact Diet “This brilliant book shows how to manipulate your brain to alternate between intense concentration and deliberate mind-wandering.”—Mark Robert Waldman, co-author of How God Changes Your Brain Srini Pillay Tue, 02 May 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290074 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tinker Dabble Doodle Try: Unlock the Power of the Unfocused Mind Author: Srini Pillay Narrator: Srini Pillay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harness your mind’s innate tendency to wander, stall, rest, and unfocus and become more productive—in the boardroom, living room, or classroom. Named one of Coastal Living’s Best Books for the Beach This Summer To finish tasks and achieve goals, most people believe that more focus is the solution. We rely on to-do lists, calendar reminders, noise-blocking headphones, and sometimes medication to help us concentrate—even though these tactics often fail to substantially improve productivity. Drawing on the latest brain research, compelling stories from his psychological practice, and colorful examples of counterintuitive success from sports, business, education, and the arts, neuroscientist Srini Pillay, M.D., challenges traditional ideas about productivity, revealing the lasting, positive benefits of adding deliberate and regular unfocus to your repertoire. A fascinating tour through brain wavelengths and rhythm, mindsets, and mental relaxation, Tinker Dabble Doodle Try demonstrates how specific kinds of planned unfocus stimulate cognitive calmness, jumpstart productivity, enhance innovation, inspire creativity, improve long-term memory, and, of course, help you stay on target. Tinkering with ideas and with things releases your mind to wander from a state of stuckness into a possibility frame of mind, triggering neural connections and new insights. Dabbling in a new endeavor—whether a hobby or fantasy—disrupts your habitual and reactive thinking, helping you find new solutions to old problems. Doodling can help you tap into another brain frequency to remove obstacles and create opportunities and inspiration. With techniques for training the brain to unfocus, concepts for scheduling busy lives, and ideas for controlling this new cognitive-toggling capability, Tinker Dabble Doodle Try will change how you think about daydreaming, relaxing, leaving work unfinished, and even multitasking. What you’ll discover is a greater freedom, a deeper intelligence, and a more profound joy in your life. Praise for Tinker Dabble Doodle Try “Pillay’s effortless writing style, combined with an excellent balance of popular psychology and self-help, makes this a helpful read for those who enjoy a light dive into psychology with practical applications.”—Library Journal “Pillay cites an intriguing range of brain studies to support his argument, and his case studies of individuals with whom he has worked provide useful insights.”—Kirkus Reviews “Dr. Srini Pillay offers a brilliant, deeply researched, and even more deeply imagined blueprint for using one’s full mental armamentarium, conscious, unconscious, and all the undiscovered rest! A fantastic book!”—Edward M. Hallowell, M.D., co-author of Delivered from Distraction “Dr. Pillay’s new book will help you create a new, fun, more playful destiny and unlock your brain’s inner potential.”—Daniel G. Amen, M.D., co-author of The Brain Warrior’s Way “This book not only gives you license to step off the hamster wheel of focus, focus, focus, but it will show you how to strategically and productively do so.”—JJ Virgin, author of JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact Diet “This brilliant book shows how to manipulate your brain to alternate between intense concentration and deliberate mind-wandering.”—Mark Robert Waldman, co-author of How God Changes Your Brain Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tinker Dabble Doodle Try: Unlock the Power of the Unfocused Mind Author: Srini Pillay Narrator: Srini Pillay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harness your mind’s innate tendency to wander, stall, rest, and unfocus and become more productive—in the boardroom, living room, or classroom. Named one of Coastal Living’s Best Books for the Beach This Summer To finish tasks and achieve goals, most people believe that more focus is the solution. We rely on to-do lists, calendar reminders, noise-blocking headphones, and sometimes medication to help us concentrate—even though these tactics often fail to substantially improve productivity. Drawing on the latest brain research, compelling stories from his psychological practice, and colorful examples of counterintuitive success from sports, business, education, and the arts, neuroscientist Srini Pillay, M.D., challenges traditional ideas about productivity, revealing the lasting, positive benefits of adding deliberate and regular unfocus to your repertoire. A fascinating tour through brain wavelengths and rhythm, mindsets, and mental relaxation, Tinker Dabble Doodle Try demonstrates how specific kinds of planned unfocus stimulate cognitive calmness, jumpstart productivity, enhance innovation, inspire creativity, improve long-term memory, and, of course, help you stay on target. Tinkering with ideas and with things releases your mind to wander from a state of stuckness into a possibility frame of mind, triggering neural connections and new insights. Dabbling in a new endeavor—whether a hobby or fantasy—disrupts your habitual and reactive thinking, helping you find new solutions to old problems. Doodling can help you tap into another brain frequency to remove obstacles and create opportunities and inspiration. With techniques for training the brain to unfocus, concepts for scheduling busy lives, and ideas for controlling this new cognitive-toggling capability, Tinker Dabble Doodle Try will change how you think about daydreaming, relaxing, leaving work unfinished, and even multitasking. What you’ll discover is a greater freedom, a deeper intelligence, and a more profound joy in your life. Praise for Tinker Dabble Doodle Try “Pillay’s effortless writing style, combined with an excellent balance of popular psychology and self-help, makes this a helpful read for those who enjoy a light dive into psychology with practical applications.”—Library Journal “Pillay cites an intriguing range of brain studies to support his argument, and his case studies of individuals with whom he has worked provide useful insights.”—Kirkus Reviews “Dr. Srini Pillay offers a brilliant, deeply researched, and even more deeply imagined blueprint for using one’s full mental armamentarium, conscious, unconscious, and all the undiscovered rest! A fantastic book!”—Edward M. Hallowell, M.D., co-author of Delivered from Distraction “Dr. Pillay’s new book will help you create a new, fun, more playful destiny and unlock your brain’s inner potential.”—Daniel G. Amen, M.D., co-author of The Brain Warrior’s Way “This book not only gives you license to step off the hamster wheel of focus, focus, focus, but it will show you how to strategically and productively do so.”—JJ Virgin, author of JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact Diet “This brilliant book shows how to manipulate your brain to alternate between intense concentration and deliberate mind-wandering.”—Mark Robert Waldman, co-author of How God Changes Your Brain https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290073 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Hug a Porcupine: Easy Ways to Love the Difficult People in Your Life Author: Sean Smith Narrator: Julie Briskman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: AS SEEN ON TIKTOK: Discover 101 easy communication strategies for dealing with difficult people—at home, at work, and in your community! Learn to calm the quills of difficult parents, children, colleagues, and even strangers. Most of us know someone who always seems to cause problems or irritate others. The truth is these troublemakers haven’t necessarily asked to be this way. Sometimes we need to learn new approaches for dealing with the difficult people who are harder to get along with or love. This concise guide explains that making peace with others isn’t as tough or as terrible as we think it is. In 101 useful tips, it shows you how to love and manage the “prickly” people in your life—whether you want to calm the quills of difficult parents, children, siblings, or even strangers. Since going viral on TikTok, thousands of people have discovered the power of Dr. Debbie Joffe Ellis’ practices. With a forwored by Ellis herself, How to Hug a Porcupine is a modern classic that will help you resolve conflicts, communicate effectively, and lead life with greater patience, empathy, and kindness! Sean Smith Tue, 25 Apr 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290073 thebookvoice.com 1:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Hug a Porcupine: Easy Ways to Love the Difficult People in Your Life Author: Sean Smith Narrator: Julie Briskman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: AS SEEN ON TIKTOK: Discover 101 easy communication strategies for dealing with difficult people—at home, at work, and in your community! Learn to calm the quills of difficult parents, children, colleagues, and even strangers. Most of us know someone who always seems to cause problems or irritate others. The truth is these troublemakers haven’t necessarily asked to be this way. Sometimes we need to learn new approaches for dealing with the difficult people who are harder to get along with or love. This concise guide explains that making peace with others isn’t as tough or as terrible as we think it is. In 101 useful tips, it shows you how to love and manage the “prickly” people in your life—whether you want to calm the quills of difficult parents, children, siblings, or even strangers. Since going viral on TikTok, thousands of people have discovered the power of Dr. Debbie Joffe Ellis’ practices. With a forwored by Ellis herself, How to Hug a Porcupine is a modern classic that will help you resolve conflicts, communicate effectively, and lead life with greater patience, empathy, and kindness! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Hug a Porcupine: Easy Ways to Love the Difficult People in Your Life Author: Sean Smith Narrator: Julie Briskman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: AS SEEN ON TIKTOK: Discover 101 easy communication strategies for dealing with difficult people—at home, at work, and in your community! Learn to calm the quills of difficult parents, children, colleagues, and even strangers. Most of us know someone who always seems to cause problems or irritate others. The truth is these troublemakers haven’t necessarily asked to be this way. Sometimes we need to learn new approaches for dealing with the difficult people who are harder to get along with or love. This concise guide explains that making peace with others isn’t as tough or as terrible as we think it is. In 101 useful tips, it shows you how to love and manage the “prickly” people in your life—whether you want to calm the quills of difficult parents, children, siblings, or even strangers. Since going viral on TikTok, thousands of people have discovered the power of Dr. Debbie Joffe Ellis’ practices. With a forwored by Ellis herself, How to Hug a Porcupine is a modern classic that will help you resolve conflicts, communicate effectively, and lead life with greater patience, empathy, and kindness! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290072 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewired: A Bold New Approach to Addiction and Recovery Author: Erica Spiegelman Narrator: Susanna Burney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A counselor at one of the most innovative and renowned drug and alcohol treatment centers in the world introduces an empowering approach to addiction recovery that addresses the whole self—mind, body, and spirit This “useful and practical perspective on what you can do to recover from [addiction]” can replace or supplement 12-step programs—at any stage in your recovery (Allen Berger, Ph.D., author of 12 Stupid Things That Mess Up Recovery)   Rewired is a new, breakthrough approach to fighting addiction and self-damaging behavior by acknowledging our personal power to bring ourselves back from the brink. Centered on the concept of self-actualization, Rewired will guide you towards not only physical sobriety, but a mental, emotional, and spiritual sobriety by learning to identify key principles within yourself, including authenticity, honesty, gratitude, and understanding a need for solitude.   Rewired addresses the whole self; just as addiction affects every part of one’s life, so too must its treatment. By helping us to build a healthy space to support our own recovery, we can rewrite the negative behaviors that result in addiction. Usable in conjunction with or in place of 12-step programs, Rewired allows for a more holistic approach, helping to create a personalized treatment plan that is right for you.   Each section in Rewired includes:   • Personal anecdotes from the author’s own struggles with alcoholism and addiction • Inspiring true success stories of patients overcoming their addictions • Questions to engage you into finding what is missing from your recovery • Positive affirmations and intentions to guide and motivate   With all the variables, both physical and emotional, that play into overcoming addiction, Rewired enables us to stay strong and positive as we progress on the path to recovery. Rewired teaches patience and compassion, the two cornerstones of a new, humanist approach to curing addiction. Remember, addicts are not broken people that need to be fixed—they just have a few crossed wires. Erica Spiegelman Tue, 25 Apr 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290072 thebookvoice.com 4:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewired: A Bold New Approach to Addiction and Recovery Author: Erica Spiegelman Narrator: Susanna Burney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A counselor at one of the most innovative and renowned drug and alcohol treatment centers in the world introduces an empowering approach to addiction recovery that addresses the whole self—mind, body, and spirit This “useful and practical perspective on what you can do to recover from [addiction]” can replace or supplement 12-step programs—at any stage in your recovery (Allen Berger, Ph.D., author of 12 Stupid Things That Mess Up Recovery)   Rewired is a new, breakthrough approach to fighting addiction and self-damaging behavior by acknowledging our personal power to bring ourselves back from the brink. Centered on the concept of self-actualization, Rewired will guide you towards not only physical sobriety, but a mental, emotional, and spiritual sobriety by learning to identify key principles within yourself, including authenticity, honesty, gratitude, and understanding a need for solitude.   Rewired addresses the whole self; just as addiction affects every part of one’s life, so too must its treatment. By helping us to build a healthy space to support our own recovery, we can rewrite the negative behaviors that result in addiction. Usable in conjunction with or in place of 12-step programs, Rewired allows for a more holistic approach, helping to create a personalized treatment plan that is right for you.   Each section in Rewired includes:   • Personal anecdotes from the author’s own struggles with alcoholism and addiction • Inspiring true success stories of patients overcoming their addictions • Questions to engage you into finding what is missing from your recovery • Positive affirmations and intentions to guide and motivate   With all the variables, both physical and emotional, that play into overcoming addiction, Rewired enables us to stay strong and positive as we progress on the path to recovery. Rewired teaches patience and compassion, the two cornerstones of a new, humanist approach to curing addiction. Remember, addicts are not broken people that need to be fixed—they just have a few crossed wires. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewired: A Bold New Approach to Addiction and Recovery Author: Erica Spiegelman Narrator: Susanna Burney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A counselor at one of the most innovative and renowned drug and alcohol treatment centers in the world introduces an empowering approach to addiction recovery that addresses the whole self—mind, body, and spirit This “useful and practical perspective on what you can do to recover from [addiction]” can replace or supplement 12-step programs—at any stage in your recovery (Allen Berger, Ph.D., author of 12 Stupid Things That Mess Up Recovery)   Rewired is a new, breakthrough approach to fighting addiction and self-damaging behavior by acknowledging our personal power to bring ourselves back from the brink. Centered on the concept of self-actualization, Rewired will guide you towards not only physical sobriety, but a mental, emotional, and spiritual sobriety by learning to identify key principles within yourself, including authenticity, honesty, gratitude, and understanding a need for solitude.   Rewired addresses the whole self; just as addiction affects every part of one’s life, so too must its treatment. By helping us to build a healthy space to support our own recovery, we can rewrite the negative behaviors that result in addiction. Usable in conjunction with or in place of 12-step programs, Rewired allows for a more holistic approach, helping to create a personalized treatment plan that is right for you.   Each section in Rewired includes:   • Personal anecdotes from the author’s own struggles with alcoholism and addiction • Inspiring true success stories of patients overcoming their addictions • Questions to engage you into finding what is missing from your recovery • Positive affirmations and intentions to guide and motivate   With all the variables, both physical and emotional, that play into overcoming addiction, Rewired enables us to stay strong and positive as we progress on the path to recovery. Rewired teaches patience and compassion, the two cornerstones of a new, humanist approach to curing addiction. Remember, addicts are not broken people that need to be fixed—they just have a few crossed wires. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290044 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Cares About Crazy People: The Chaos and Heartbreak of Mental Health in America Author: Ron Powers Narrator: Ron Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times-bestselling author Ron Powers offers a searching, richly researched narrative of the social history of mental illness in America paired with the deeply personal story of his two sons' battles with schizophrenia. From the centuries of torture of 'lunatiks' at Bedlam Asylum to the infamous eugenics era to the follies of the anti-psychiatry movement to the current landscape in which too many families struggle alone to manage afflicted love ones, Powers limns our fears and myths about mental illness and the fractured public policies that have resulted. Braided with that history is the moving story of Powers's beloved son Kevin -- spirited, endearing, and gifted -- who triumphed even while suffering from schizophrenia until finally he did not, and the story of his courageous surviving son Dean, who is also schizophrenic. A blend of history, biography, memoir, and current affairs ending with a consideration of where we might go from here, this is a thought-provoking look at a dreaded illness that has long been misunderstood. 'Extraordinary and courageous . . . No doubt if everyone were to read this book, the world would change.' -- New York Times Book Review Ron Powers Tue, 21 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290044 thebookvoice.com 14:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Cares About Crazy People: The Chaos and Heartbreak of Mental Health in America Author: Ron Powers Narrator: Ron Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times-bestselling author Ron Powers offers a searching, richly researched narrative of the social history of mental illness in America paired with the deeply personal story of his two sons' battles with schizophrenia. From the centuries of torture of 'lunatiks' at Bedlam Asylum to the infamous eugenics era to the follies of the anti-psychiatry movement to the current landscape in which too many families struggle alone to manage afflicted love ones, Powers limns our fears and myths about mental illness and the fractured public policies that have resulted. Braided with that history is the moving story of Powers's beloved son Kevin -- spirited, endearing, and gifted -- who triumphed even while suffering from schizophrenia until finally he did not, and the story of his courageous surviving son Dean, who is also schizophrenic. A blend of history, biography, memoir, and current affairs ending with a consideration of where we might go from here, this is a thought-provoking look at a dreaded illness that has long been misunderstood. 'Extraordinary and courageous . . . No doubt if everyone were to read this book, the world would change.' -- New York Times Book Review Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Cares About Crazy People: The Chaos and Heartbreak of Mental Health in America Author: Ron Powers Narrator: Ron Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times-bestselling author Ron Powers offers a searching, richly researched narrative of the social history of mental illness in America paired with the deeply personal story of his two sons' battles with schizophrenia. From the centuries of torture of 'lunatiks' at Bedlam Asylum to the infamous eugenics era to the follies of the anti-psychiatry movement to the current landscape in which too many families struggle alone to manage afflicted love ones, Powers limns our fears and myths about mental illness and the fractured public policies that have resulted. Braided with that history is the moving story of Powers's beloved son Kevin -- spirited, endearing, and gifted -- who triumphed even while suffering from schizophrenia until finally he did not, and the story of his courageous surviving son Dean, who is also schizophrenic. A blend of history, biography, memoir, and current affairs ending with a consideration of where we might go from here, this is a thought-provoking look at a dreaded illness that has long been misunderstood. 'Extraordinary and courageous . . . No doubt if everyone were to read this book, the world would change.' -- New York Times Book Review https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289839 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Vanessa Van Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you wish you could decode people? Do you want a formula for charisma? Do you want to know exactly what to say to your boss, your date or your networking partner? You need to know how people work.   As a human behavior investigator, Vanessa Van Edwards studies the hidden forces that drive our behavior patterns in her lab—and she’s cracked the code. In Captivate she shares a wealth of valuable shortcuts, systems and behavior hacks for taking charge of their interactions at work, at home, and in any social situation. These aren’t the people skills you learned in school. This is the first comprehensive, science backed, real life manual on human behavior and a completely new approach to building connections.    Just like knowing the right formulas to use in chemistry, or the right programming language to write code, the hacks in this book are simple ways to solve for people. For example:   · The Social Game Plan: Every party, networking event and social situation has a predictable map – discover how to work a room and the sweet spot for making the most connections.  · The 7 Microexpressions: Learn how to speed-read the 7 universal facial expressions and how they can be used to predict people’s emotions. · Conversation Sparks: All conversations can be hacked—if you know how certain words generate dopamine in the people you meet.   When you understand the laws of human behavior you can get along with anyone, and your influence, impact, and income will increase as a result. What’s more, you will improve your interpersonal intelligence, make a killer first impression, and build rapport quickly and authentically in any situation—negotiations, interviews, parties, and pitches. You will never interact in the same way again. *Bonus PDF included with quizzes, graphs, and illustrations. Vanessa Van Edwards Tue, 25 Apr 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289839 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Vanessa Van Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you wish you could decode people? Do you want a formula for charisma? Do you want to know exactly what to say to your boss, your date or your networking partner? You need to know how people work.   As a human behavior investigator, Vanessa Van Edwards studies the hidden forces that drive our behavior patterns in her lab—and she’s cracked the code. In Captivate she shares a wealth of valuable shortcuts, systems and behavior hacks for taking charge of their interactions at work, at home, and in any social situation. These aren’t the people skills you learned in school. This is the first comprehensive, science backed, real life manual on human behavior and a completely new approach to building connections.    Just like knowing the right formulas to use in chemistry, or the right programming language to write code, the hacks in this book are simple ways to solve for people. For example:   · The Social Game Plan: Every party, networking event and social situation has a predictable map – discover how to work a room and the sweet spot for making the most connections.  · The 7 Microexpressions: Learn how to speed-read the 7 universal facial expressions and how they can be used to predict people’s emotions. · Conversation Sparks: All conversations can be hacked—if you know how certain words generate dopamine in the people you meet.   When you understand the laws of human behavior you can get along with anyone, and your influence, impact, and income will increase as a result. What’s more, you will improve your interpersonal intelligence, make a killer first impression, and build rapport quickly and authentically in any situation—negotiations, interviews, parties, and pitches. You will never interact in the same way again. *Bonus PDF included with quizzes, graphs, and illustrations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Vanessa Van Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you wish you could decode people? Do you want a formula for charisma? Do you want to know exactly what to say to your boss, your date or your networking partner? You need to know how people work.   As a human behavior investigator, Vanessa Van Edwards studies the hidden forces that drive our behavior patterns in her lab—and she’s cracked the code. In Captivate she shares a wealth of valuable shortcuts, systems and behavior hacks for taking charge of their interactions at work, at home, and in any social situation. These aren’t the people skills you learned in school. This is the first comprehensive, science backed, real life manual on human behavior and a completely new approach to building connections.    Just like knowing the right formulas to use in chemistry, or the right programming language to write code, the hacks in this book are simple ways to solve for people. For example:   · The Social Game Plan: Every party, networking event and social situation has a predictable map – discover how to work a room and the sweet spot for making the most connections.  · The 7 Microexpressions: Learn how to speed-read the 7 universal facial expressions and how they can be used to predict people’s emotions. · Conversation Sparks: All conversations can be hacked—if you know how certain words generate dopamine in the people you meet.   When you understand the laws of human behavior you can get along with anyone, and your influence, impact, and income will increase as a result. What’s more, you will improve your interpersonal intelligence, make a killer first impression, and build rapport quickly and authentically in any situation—negotiations, interviews, parties, and pitches. You will never interact in the same way again. *Bonus PDF included with quizzes, graphs, and illustrations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289534 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Special Educational Needs and Disability Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Brian Greyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Special Educational Needs and Disability (SEND) Course is designed to arm its students with a comprehensive knowledge that will enable them to utilises a variety of teaching methods and practices to suit the different preferred learning styles of the children they teach. Every child is different and has their own unique pattern of how they learn about the world around them. Good classroom teaching should use a variety of teaching methods to reflect the different preferred learning styles of the children in the class, and to enable every child to be able to engage in learning. When a child has special educational needs or a disability, learning can be much harder and it doesn't always happen as easily as it does for other children. Different styles of teaching, resources, additional equipment, or adaptations to the classroom may have to be made to enable children with additional needs in order for them to reach their full potential. SEND Special Educational Needs and Disability Special Educational Needs and Disability is abbreviated to SEND, and this term will be used throughout this and the following modules of this course. SEND education takes place in the context of current legislation, so the way it is implemented will alter from one country to the next, however, many of the principles are similar and there are commonalities in terms of best practice regardless of location. UK Legislation In the UK, Education Law is devolved to each of the four countries within the union, so there are differences in how SEND education is administered in England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. Recent SEND reforms in England In England, The Children and Families Act 2014 became law in September 2014. Part Three of this Act is entirely about SEND, and has made significant legislative changes, which have completely changed the framework in which children with additional needs are educated. It is a completely fresh approach with an emphasis on person-centred learning, raising expectations, and giving parents and children a much greater level of control in the decision-making process. These SEND reforms have been described by many as “radical”, and because they are so far-reaching, it will take until September 2018 to fully implement. Until then, aspects of the previous legal framework will still be in operation alongside the new system. Although this new legislation only applies to England at the moment, other parts of the UK are looking to introduce similar reforms soon. These reforms are the result of changes in perception, thinking and attitudes towards disability, legislation which promotes principles of equality, inclusion and prevention of disability discrimination, and based on evidence-based research regarding achieving the best outcomes for children with SEND. What is a Special Educational Need or Disability? The term Special Educational Needs” has a legal definition that is covered by both The Education Act of 1996 and the more recent Children and Families Act of 2014. To have a Special Educational Need, a child must have a learning difficulty or learning disability that makes it significantly harder for them to learn or to access education compared to most children of the same age. The term Disability also has a legal definition under the Equality Act 2010. A person has a disability if they have a physical or a mental impairment that has a “substantial” and “long-term” negative effect on their ability to do normal daily activities. The terms Substantial” and “Long-Term” are also defined within the same Act as being: Substantial more than minor or trivial. For instance, it would take someone significantly longer to complete a normal daily task such as getting dressed. Long-term is defined as lasting for more than 12 months. Altogether, around 16% of all children and young people will be identified as having some form of SEN at some stage during their education, although most of them will have their educational needs successfully met within the mainstream classroom. Just over 1% of children will have a level of SEN that is so significant that they may need a specialist educational provision, such as attending a special school. The is a lot of cross-over between special educational needs and disability, and many children who have a disability will also have an additional special educational need. However, this isn't always the case, and every child's need should be addressed individually. There are many different types of educational need, and even with children who have broadly similar needs, the approaches each child will benefit from may vary widely. Here are some of the types of need that the term SEN covers: A specific learning difficulty, such as dyslexia, dysgraphia, dyspraxia or Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder A learning disability, which can be mild, moderate, severe or profound and multiple A Speech and Language Disorder A Sensory Processing Disorder An Autistic Spectrum Disorder A behavioural, emotional or social difficulty There is sometimes confusion over the terms “Learning Difficulty” and “Learning Disability”. A learning difficulty normally refers to a specific aspect of learning, such as Dyslexia which affects the acquisition of reading skills. A Learning Disability normally refers to an Intellectual Impairment and there are different levels of Learning Disability depending on severity, ranging from Mild to Profound and Multiple. However, many children have both a Learning Disability and at least one Learning Difficulty, as well as other disabilities or medical conditions. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Material** Centre Of Excellence Tue, 28 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289534 thebookvoice.com 3:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Special Educational Needs and Disability Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Brian Greyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Special Educational Needs and Disability (SEND) Course is designed to arm its students with a comprehensive knowledge that will enable them to utilises a variety of teaching methods and practices to suit the different preferred learning styles of the children they teach. Every child is different and has their own unique pattern of how they learn about the world around them. Good classroom teaching should use a variety of teaching methods to reflect the different preferred learning styles of the children in the class, and to enable every child to be able to engage in learning. When a child has special educational needs or a disability, learning can be much harder and it doesn't always happen as easily as it does for other children. Different styles of teaching, resources, additional equipment, or adaptations to the classroom may have to be made to enable children with additional needs in order for them to reach their full potential. SEND Special Educational Needs and Disability Special Educational Needs and Disability is abbreviated to SEND, and this term will be used throughout this and the following modules of this course. SEND education takes place in the context of current legislation, so the way it is implemented will alter from one country to the next, however, many of the principles are similar and there are commonalities in terms of best practice regardless of location. UK Legislation In the UK, Education Law is devolved to each of the four countries within the union, so there are differences in how SEND education is administered in England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. Recent SEND reforms in England In England, The Children and Families Act 2014 became law in September 2014. Part Three of this Act is entirely about SEND, and has made significant legislative changes, which have completely changed the framework in which children with additional needs are educated. It is a completely fresh approach with an emphasis on person-centred learning, raising expectations, and giving parents and children a much greater level of control in the decision-making process. These SEND reforms have been described by many as “radical”, and because they are so far-reaching, it will take until September 2018 to fully implement. Until then, aspects of the previous legal framework will still be in operation alongside the new system. Although this new legislation only applies to England at the moment, other parts of the UK are looking to introduce similar reforms soon. These reforms are the result of changes in perception, thinking and attitudes towards disability, legislation which promotes principles of equality, inclusion and prevention of disability discrimination, and based on evidence-based research regarding achieving the best outcomes for children with SEND. What is a Special Educational Need or Disability? The term Special Educational Needs” has a legal definition that is covered by both The Education Act of 1996 and the more recent Children and Families Act of 2014. To have a Special Educational Need, a child must have a learning difficulty or learning disability that makes it significantly harder for them to learn or to access education compared to most children of the same age. The term Disability also has a legal definition under the Equality Act 2010. A person has a disability if they have a physical or a mental impairment that has a “substantial” and “long-term” negative effect on their ability to do normal daily activities. The terms Substantial” and “Long-Term” are also defined within the same Act as being: Substantial more than minor or trivial. For instance, it would take someone significantly longer to complete a normal daily task such as getting dressed. Long-term is defined as lasting for more than 12 months. Altogether, around 16% of all children and young people will be identified as having some form of SEN at some stage during their education, although most of them will have their educational needs successfully met within the mainstream classroom. Just over 1% of children will have a level of SEN that is so significant that they may need a specialist educational provision, such as attending a special school. The is a lot of cross-over between special educational needs and disability, and many children who have a disability will also have an additional special educational need. However, this isn't always the case, and every child's need should be addressed individually. There are many different types of educational need, and even with children who have broadly similar needs, the approaches each child will benefit from may vary widely. Here are some of the types of need that the term SEN covers: A specific learning difficulty, such as dyslexia, dysgraphia, dyspraxia or Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder A learning disability, which can be mild, moderate, severe or profound and multiple A Speech and Language Disorder A Sensory Processing Disorder An Autistic Spectrum Disorder A behavioural, emotional or social difficulty There is sometimes confusion over the terms “Learning Difficulty” and “Learning Disability”. A learning difficulty normally refers to a specific aspect of learning, such as Dyslexia which affects the acquisition of reading skills. A Learning Disability normally refers to an Intellectual Impairment and there are different levels of Learning Disability depending on severity, ranging from Mild to Profound and Multiple. However, many children have both a Learning Disability and at least one Learning Difficulty, as well as other disabilities or medical conditions. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Material** Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Special Educational Needs and Disability Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Brian Greyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Special Educational Needs and Disability (SEND) Course is designed to arm its students with a comprehensive knowledge that will enable them to utilises a variety of teaching methods and practices to suit the different preferred learning styles of the children they teach. Every child is different and has their own unique pattern of how they learn about the world around them. Good classroom teaching should use a variety of teaching methods to reflect the different preferred learning styles of the children in the class, and to enable every child to be able to engage in learning. When a child has special educational needs or a disability, learning can be much harder and it doesn't always happen as easily as it does for other children. Different styles of teaching, resources, additional equipment, or adaptations to the classroom may have to be made to enable children with additional needs in order for them to reach their full potential. SEND Special Educational Needs and Disability Special Educational Needs and Disability is abbreviated to SEND, and this term will be used throughout this and the following modules of this course. SEND education takes place in the context of current legislation, so the way it is implemented will alter from one country to the next, however, many of the principles are similar and there are commonalities in terms of best practice regardless of location. UK Legislation In the UK, Education Law is devolved to each of the four countries within the union, so there are differences in how SEND education is administered in England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. Recent SEND reforms in England In England, The Children and Families Act 2014 became law in September 2014. Part Three of this Act is entirely about SEND, and has made significant legislative changes, which have completely changed the framework in which children with additional needs are educated. It is a completely fresh approach with an emphasis on person-centred learning, raising expectations, and giving parents and children a much greater level of control in the decision-making process. These SEND reforms have been described by many as “radical”, and because they are so far-reaching, it will take until September 2018 to fully implement. Until then, aspects of the previous legal framework will still be in operation alongside the new system. Although this new legislation only applies to England at the moment, other parts of the UK are looking to introduce similar reforms soon. These reforms are the result of changes in perception, thinking and attitudes towards disability, legislation which promotes principles of equality, inclusion and prevention of disability discrimination, and based on evidence-based research regarding achieving the best outcomes for children with SEND. What is a Special Educational Need or Disability? The term Special Educational Needs” has a legal definition that is covered by both The Education Act of 1996 and the more recent Children and Families Act of 2014. To have a Special Educational Need, a child must have a learning difficulty or learning disability that makes it significantly harder for them to learn or to access education compared to most children of the same age. The term Disability also has a legal definition under the Equality Act 2010. A person has a disability if they have a physical or a mental impairment that has a “substantial” and “long-term” negative effect on their ability to do normal daily activities. The terms Substantial” and “Long-Term” are also defined within the same Act as being: Substantial more than minor or trivial. For instance, it would take someone significantly longer to complete a normal daily task such as getting dressed. Long-term is defined as lasting for more than 12 months. Altogether, around 16% of all children and young people will be identified as having some form of SEN at some stage during their education, although most of them will have their educational needs successfully met within the mainstream classroom. Just over 1% of children will have a level of SEN that is so significant that they may need a specialist educational provision, such as attending a special school. The is a lot of cross-over between special educational needs and disability, and many children who have a disability will also have an additional special educational need. However, this isn't always the case, and every child's need should be addressed individually. There are many different types of educational need, and even with children who have broadly similar needs, the approaches each child will benefit from may vary widely. Here are some of the types of need that the term SEN covers: A specific learning difficulty, such as dyslexia, dysgraphia, dyspraxia or Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder A learning disability, which can be mild, moderate, severe or profound and multiple A Speech and Language Disorder A Sensory Processing Disorder An Autistic Spectrum Disorder A behavioural, emotional or social difficulty There is sometimes confusion over the terms “Learning Difficulty” and “Learning Disability”. A learning difficulty normally refers to a specific aspect of learning, such as Dyslexia which affects the acquisition of reading skills. A Learning Disability normally refers to an Intellectual Impairment and there are different levels of Learning Disability depending on severity, ranging from Mild to Profound and Multiple. However, many children have both a Learning Disability and at least one Learning Difficulty, as well as other disabilities or medical conditions. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Material** https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289443 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Child Psychology Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Brian Greyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our Child Psychology course is a superb first step for beginners and that valuable stride forward for teachers and workers with children who wish to deepen their skill base. It is the perfect choice for anyone who suspects they might want to pursue in a career in child psychology but does not yet feel they are in complete possession of the facts of what the field entails. Child psychology is the study of how a young person develops from birth up to adolescence. How he changes emotionally through that time, how his own identity is formed and how he will eventually learn to be able to speak a language. It examines how a child evolves through the processes of information processing and cognitive development. Behaviourally it looks at how a child begins to understand social behaviours and integrate accordingly. It investigates how motor skills develop, social skills and how identity is formed. This comprehensive course gives you firm foundation knowledge into how a child develops and gives insights into why a child behaves the way he does. Centre Of Excellence Wed, 01 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289443 thebookvoice.com 2:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Child Psychology Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Brian Greyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our Child Psychology course is a superb first step for beginners and that valuable stride forward for teachers and workers with children who wish to deepen their skill base. It is the perfect choice for anyone who suspects they might want to pursue in a career in child psychology but does not yet feel they are in complete possession of the facts of what the field entails. Child psychology is the study of how a young person develops from birth up to adolescence. How he changes emotionally through that time, how his own identity is formed and how he will eventually learn to be able to speak a language. It examines how a child evolves through the processes of information processing and cognitive development. Behaviourally it looks at how a child begins to understand social behaviours and integrate accordingly. It investigates how motor skills develop, social skills and how identity is formed. This comprehensive course gives you firm foundation knowledge into how a child develops and gives insights into why a child behaves the way he does. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Child Psychology Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Brian Greyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our Child Psychology course is a superb first step for beginners and that valuable stride forward for teachers and workers with children who wish to deepen their skill base. It is the perfect choice for anyone who suspects they might want to pursue in a career in child psychology but does not yet feel they are in complete possession of the facts of what the field entails. Child psychology is the study of how a young person develops from birth up to adolescence. How he changes emotionally through that time, how his own identity is formed and how he will eventually learn to be able to speak a language. It examines how a child evolves through the processes of information processing and cognitive development. Behaviourally it looks at how a child begins to understand social behaviours and integrate accordingly. It investigates how motor skills develop, social skills and how identity is formed. This comprehensive course gives you firm foundation knowledge into how a child develops and gives insights into why a child behaves the way he does. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289342 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome to Your World: How the Built Environment Shapes Our Lives Author: Sarah Williams Goldhagen Narrator: Andrea Gallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the nation’s chief architecture critics reveals how the environments we build profoundly shape our feelings, memories, and well-being, and argues that we must harness this knowledge to construct a world better suited to human experience. Taking us on a fascinating journey through some of the world’s best and worst landscapes, buildings, and cityscapes, Sarah Williams Goldhagen draws from recent research in cognitive neuroscience and psychology to demonstrate how people’s experiences of the places they build are central to their well-being, their physical health, their communal and social lives, and even their very sense of themselves. From this foundation, Goldhagen presents a powerful case that societies must use this knowledge to rethink what and how they build: the world needs better-designed, healthier environments that address the complex range of human individual and social needs. By 2050 America’s population is projected to increase by nearly seventy million people. This will necessitate a vast amount of new construction—almost all in urban areas—that will dramatically transform our existing landscapes, infrastructure, and urban areas. Going forward, we must do everything we can to prevent the construction of exhausting, overstimulating environments and enervating, understimulating ones. Buildings, landscapes, and cities must both contain and spark associations of natural light, greenery, and other ways of being in landscapes that humans have evolved to need and expect. Fancy exteriors and dramatic forms are never enough, and may not even be necessary; authentic textures and surfaces, and careful, well-executed construction details are just as important. Welcome to Your World is a vital, eye-opening guide to the spaces we inhabit, physically and mentally, and a clarion call to design for human experience. Sarah Williams Goldhagen Tue, 11 Apr 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289342 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome to Your World: How the Built Environment Shapes Our Lives Author: Sarah Williams Goldhagen Narrator: Andrea Gallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the nation’s chief architecture critics reveals how the environments we build profoundly shape our feelings, memories, and well-being, and argues that we must harness this knowledge to construct a world better suited to human experience. Taking us on a fascinating journey through some of the world’s best and worst landscapes, buildings, and cityscapes, Sarah Williams Goldhagen draws from recent research in cognitive neuroscience and psychology to demonstrate how people’s experiences of the places they build are central to their well-being, their physical health, their communal and social lives, and even their very sense of themselves. From this foundation, Goldhagen presents a powerful case that societies must use this knowledge to rethink what and how they build: the world needs better-designed, healthier environments that address the complex range of human individual and social needs. By 2050 America’s population is projected to increase by nearly seventy million people. This will necessitate a vast amount of new construction—almost all in urban areas—that will dramatically transform our existing landscapes, infrastructure, and urban areas. Going forward, we must do everything we can to prevent the construction of exhausting, overstimulating environments and enervating, understimulating ones. Buildings, landscapes, and cities must both contain and spark associations of natural light, greenery, and other ways of being in landscapes that humans have evolved to need and expect. Fancy exteriors and dramatic forms are never enough, and may not even be necessary; authentic textures and surfaces, and careful, well-executed construction details are just as important. Welcome to Your World is a vital, eye-opening guide to the spaces we inhabit, physically and mentally, and a clarion call to design for human experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome to Your World: How the Built Environment Shapes Our Lives Author: Sarah Williams Goldhagen Narrator: Andrea Gallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the nation’s chief architecture critics reveals how the environments we build profoundly shape our feelings, memories, and well-being, and argues that we must harness this knowledge to construct a world better suited to human experience. Taking us on a fascinating journey through some of the world’s best and worst landscapes, buildings, and cityscapes, Sarah Williams Goldhagen draws from recent research in cognitive neuroscience and psychology to demonstrate how people’s experiences of the places they build are central to their well-being, their physical health, their communal and social lives, and even their very sense of themselves. From this foundation, Goldhagen presents a powerful case that societies must use this knowledge to rethink what and how they build: the world needs better-designed, healthier environments that address the complex range of human individual and social needs. By 2050 America’s population is projected to increase by nearly seventy million people. This will necessitate a vast amount of new construction—almost all in urban areas—that will dramatically transform our existing landscapes, infrastructure, and urban areas. Going forward, we must do everything we can to prevent the construction of exhausting, overstimulating environments and enervating, understimulating ones. Buildings, landscapes, and cities must both contain and spark associations of natural light, greenery, and other ways of being in landscapes that humans have evolved to need and expect. Fancy exteriors and dramatic forms are never enough, and may not even be necessary; authentic textures and surfaces, and careful, well-executed construction details are just as important. Welcome to Your World is a vital, eye-opening guide to the spaces we inhabit, physically and mentally, and a clarion call to design for human experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289197 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sports Gene: Talent, Practice and the Truth About Success Author: David Epstein Narrator: David Epstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *** Shortlisted for William Hill Sports Book of the Year 2013 *** Is Usain Bolt a superhuman one-off? Are sports stars like Paula Radcliffe and Tiger Woods born or made? Could we all be Olympians if we trained hard enough? And is the answer to be found by looking at Alaskan huskies? In this ground-breaking and entertaining exploration of athletic success, award-winning writer David Epstein gets to the heart of the great nature vs. nurture debate, and explodes myths about why top sportsmen excel. Along the way Epstein exposes the flaws in the so-called 10,000-hour rule that states that rigorous practice from a young age is the only route to success. He shows why some skills that we imagine are innate are not – like the bullet-fast reactions of a baseball player – and why other characteristics that we assume are entirely voluntary, like an athlete’s will to train, might in fact have important genetic components. Through on-the ground reports at locations ranging from below the equator to above the Arctic Circle, revealing conversations with leading scientists and Olympic champions, and interviews with athletes who have rare genetic mutations or physical traits, Epstein forces us to rethink the very nature of sport. David Epstein Thu, 13 Nov 2014 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289197 thebookvoice.com 10:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sports Gene: Talent, Practice and the Truth About Success Author: David Epstein Narrator: David Epstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *** Shortlisted for William Hill Sports Book of the Year 2013 *** Is Usain Bolt a superhuman one-off? Are sports stars like Paula Radcliffe and Tiger Woods born or made? Could we all be Olympians if we trained hard enough? And is the answer to be found by looking at Alaskan huskies? In this ground-breaking and entertaining exploration of athletic success, award-winning writer David Epstein gets to the heart of the great nature vs. nurture debate, and explodes myths about why top sportsmen excel. Along the way Epstein exposes the flaws in the so-called 10,000-hour rule that states that rigorous practice from a young age is the only route to success. He shows why some skills that we imagine are innate are not – like the bullet-fast reactions of a baseball player – and why other characteristics that we assume are entirely voluntary, like an athlete’s will to train, might in fact have important genetic components. Through on-the ground reports at locations ranging from below the equator to above the Arctic Circle, revealing conversations with leading scientists and Olympic champions, and interviews with athletes who have rare genetic mutations or physical traits, Epstein forces us to rethink the very nature of sport. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sports Gene: Talent, Practice and the Truth About Success Author: David Epstein Narrator: David Epstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *** Shortlisted for William Hill Sports Book of the Year 2013 *** Is Usain Bolt a superhuman one-off? Are sports stars like Paula Radcliffe and Tiger Woods born or made? Could we all be Olympians if we trained hard enough? And is the answer to be found by looking at Alaskan huskies? In this ground-breaking and entertaining exploration of athletic success, award-winning writer David Epstein gets to the heart of the great nature vs. nurture debate, and explodes myths about why top sportsmen excel. Along the way Epstein exposes the flaws in the so-called 10,000-hour rule that states that rigorous practice from a young age is the only route to success. He shows why some skills that we imagine are innate are not – like the bullet-fast reactions of a baseball player – and why other characteristics that we assume are entirely voluntary, like an athlete’s will to train, might in fact have important genetic components. Through on-the ground reports at locations ranging from below the equator to above the Arctic Circle, revealing conversations with leading scientists and Olympic champions, and interviews with athletes who have rare genetic mutations or physical traits, Epstein forces us to rethink the very nature of sport. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289093 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Knowledge Illusion: Why We Never Think Alone Author: Philip Fernbach, Steven Sloman Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “The Knowledge Illusion is filled with insights on how we should deal with our individual ignorance and collective wisdom.” —Steven Pinker We all think we know more than we actually do.   Humans have built hugely complex societies and technologies, but most of us don’t even know how a pen or a toilet works. How have we achieved so much despite understanding so little? Cognitive scientists Steven Sloman and Philip Fernbach argue that we survive and thrive despite our mental shortcomings because we live in a rich community of knowledge. The key to our intelligence lies in the people and things around us. We’re constantly drawing on information and expertise stored outside our heads: in our bodies, our environment, our possessions, and the community with which we interact—and usually we don’t even realize we’re doing it.   The human mind is both brilliant and pathetic. We have mastered fire, created democratic institutions, stood on the moon, and sequenced our genome. And yet each of us is error prone, sometimes irrational, and often ignorant. The fundamentally communal nature of intelligence and knowledge explains why we often assume we know more than we really do, why political opinions and false beliefs are so hard to change, and why individual-oriented approaches to education and management frequently fail. But our collaborative minds also enable us to do amazing things. The Knowledge Illusion contends that true genius can be found in the ways we create intelligence using the community around us. Philip Fernbach, Steven Sloman Tue, 14 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289093 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Knowledge Illusion: Why We Never Think Alone Author: Philip Fernbach, Steven Sloman Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “The Knowledge Illusion is filled with insights on how we should deal with our individual ignorance and collective wisdom.” —Steven Pinker We all think we know more than we actually do.   Humans have built hugely complex societies and technologies, but most of us don’t even know how a pen or a toilet works. How have we achieved so much despite understanding so little? Cognitive scientists Steven Sloman and Philip Fernbach argue that we survive and thrive despite our mental shortcomings because we live in a rich community of knowledge. The key to our intelligence lies in the people and things around us. We’re constantly drawing on information and expertise stored outside our heads: in our bodies, our environment, our possessions, and the community with which we interact—and usually we don’t even realize we’re doing it.   The human mind is both brilliant and pathetic. We have mastered fire, created democratic institutions, stood on the moon, and sequenced our genome. And yet each of us is error prone, sometimes irrational, and often ignorant. The fundamentally communal nature of intelligence and knowledge explains why we often assume we know more than we really do, why political opinions and false beliefs are so hard to change, and why individual-oriented approaches to education and management frequently fail. But our collaborative minds also enable us to do amazing things. The Knowledge Illusion contends that true genius can be found in the ways we create intelligence using the community around us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Knowledge Illusion: Why We Never Think Alone Author: Philip Fernbach, Steven Sloman Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “The Knowledge Illusion is filled with insights on how we should deal with our individual ignorance and collective wisdom.” —Steven Pinker We all think we know more than we actually do.   Humans have built hugely complex societies and technologies, but most of us don’t even know how a pen or a toilet works. How have we achieved so much despite understanding so little? Cognitive scientists Steven Sloman and Philip Fernbach argue that we survive and thrive despite our mental shortcomings because we live in a rich community of knowledge. The key to our intelligence lies in the people and things around us. We’re constantly drawing on information and expertise stored outside our heads: in our bodies, our environment, our possessions, and the community with which we interact—and usually we don’t even realize we’re doing it.   The human mind is both brilliant and pathetic. We have mastered fire, created democratic institutions, stood on the moon, and sequenced our genome. And yet each of us is error prone, sometimes irrational, and often ignorant. The fundamentally communal nature of intelligence and knowledge explains why we often assume we know more than we really do, why political opinions and false beliefs are so hard to change, and why individual-oriented approaches to education and management frequently fail. But our collaborative minds also enable us to do amazing things. The Knowledge Illusion contends that true genius can be found in the ways we create intelligence using the community around us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289074 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head Strong: The Bulletproof Plan to Activate Untapped Brain Energy to Work Smarter and Think Faster-in Just Two Weeks Series: #3 of Bulletproof Author: Dave Asprey Narrator: Dave Asprey, Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 65 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the creator of Bulletproof Coffee and author of the bestselling The Bulletproof Diet comes a revolutionary plan to upgrade your brainpower—in two weeks or less. For the last decade, Silicon Valley entrepreneur Dave Asprey has worked with world-renowned doctors and scientists to uncover the latest, most innovative methods for making humans perform better—a process known as ''biohacking.'' In his first book, The Bulletproof Diet, he shared his biohacking tips for taking control of your own biology. Now, in Head Strong, Asprey shows readers how to biohack their way to a sharper, smarter, faster, more resilient brain. Imagine feeling like your mind is operating at its clearest and sharpest, and being able—possibly for the first time in your life—to do more in less time? What it suddenly became easier to do the very hardest things you do? Or if you could feel 100% confident about your intellect, and never again fear being the person in the room who just isn’t smart enough, or can’t remember something important? How would you treat people if the mood swings, short temper, and food cravings that disrupt your day could simply disappear? In Head Strong, Asprey shows us that all of this is possible—and more. Using his simple lifestyle modifications (or ''hacks'') to take advantage of how the structure of your brain works, readers will learn how to take their mental performance to the next level. Combining the latest findings in neuroscience and neurobiology with a hacker-inspired ''get it done now'' perspective, Asprey offers a program structured around key areas of brain performance that will help you: - Power the brain with exactly what it needs to perform at its best all day long - Eliminate the sources of ''kryptonite,'' both nutritional and environmental, that make the brain slower. - Supercharge the cellular powerhouses of our brains, the mitochondria, to eliminate cravings and turn up mental focus. - Reverse inflammation to perform better right now, then stay sharp and energized well into your golden years. - Promote neuron growth to enhance processing speed and reinforce new learning—hotwiring your brain for success. Asprey’s easy to follow, two-week program offers a detailed plan to supercharge brain performance, including: which foods to eat and which ones to avoid, how to incorporate the right kinds of physical activity into your day, a detox protocol for your home and body; meditation and breathing for performance, recommended brain-boosting supplements; and how to adjust the lighting in your home and work space to give your brain the quality light it thrives on. A better brain—and a happier, easier, more productive life—is within reach. You just need to get Head Strong. Dave Asprey Tue, 21 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289074 thebookvoice.com 10:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head Strong: The Bulletproof Plan to Activate Untapped Brain Energy to Work Smarter and Think Faster-in Just Two Weeks Series: #3 of Bulletproof Author: Dave Asprey Narrator: Dave Asprey, Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 65 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the creator of Bulletproof Coffee and author of the bestselling The Bulletproof Diet comes a revolutionary plan to upgrade your brainpower—in two weeks or less. For the last decade, Silicon Valley entrepreneur Dave Asprey has worked with world-renowned doctors and scientists to uncover the latest, most innovative methods for making humans perform better—a process known as ''biohacking.'' In his first book, The Bulletproof Diet, he shared his biohacking tips for taking control of your own biology. Now, in Head Strong, Asprey shows readers how to biohack their way to a sharper, smarter, faster, more resilient brain. Imagine feeling like your mind is operating at its clearest and sharpest, and being able—possibly for the first time in your life—to do more in less time? What it suddenly became easier to do the very hardest things you do? Or if you could feel 100% confident about your intellect, and never again fear being the person in the room who just isn’t smart enough, or can’t remember something important? How would you treat people if the mood swings, short temper, and food cravings that disrupt your day could simply disappear? In Head Strong, Asprey shows us that all of this is possible—and more. Using his simple lifestyle modifications (or ''hacks'') to take advantage of how the structure of your brain works, readers will learn how to take their mental performance to the next level. Combining the latest findings in neuroscience and neurobiology with a hacker-inspired ''get it done now'' perspective, Asprey offers a program structured around key areas of brain performance that will help you: - Power the brain with exactly what it needs to perform at its best all day long - Eliminate the sources of ''kryptonite,'' both nutritional and environmental, that make the brain slower. - Supercharge the cellular powerhouses of our brains, the mitochondria, to eliminate cravings and turn up mental focus. - Reverse inflammation to perform better right now, then stay sharp and energized well into your golden years. - Promote neuron growth to enhance processing speed and reinforce new learning—hotwiring your brain for success. Asprey’s easy to follow, two-week program offers a detailed plan to supercharge brain performance, including: which foods to eat and which ones to avoid, how to incorporate the right kinds of physical activity into your day, a detox protocol for your home and body; meditation and breathing for performance, recommended brain-boosting supplements; and how to adjust the lighting in your home and work space to give your brain the quality light it thrives on. A better brain—and a happier, easier, more productive life—is within reach. You just need to get Head Strong. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head Strong: The Bulletproof Plan to Activate Untapped Brain Energy to Work Smarter and Think Faster-in Just Two Weeks Series: #3 of Bulletproof Author: Dave Asprey Narrator: Dave Asprey, Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 65 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the creator of Bulletproof Coffee and author of the bestselling The Bulletproof Diet comes a revolutionary plan to upgrade your brainpower—in two weeks or less. For the last decade, Silicon Valley entrepreneur Dave Asprey has worked with world-renowned doctors and scientists to uncover the latest, most innovative methods for making humans perform better—a process known as ''biohacking.'' In his first book, The Bulletproof Diet, he shared his biohacking tips for taking control of your own biology. Now, in Head Strong, Asprey shows readers how to biohack their way to a sharper, smarter, faster, more resilient brain. Imagine feeling like your mind is operating at its clearest and sharpest, and being able—possibly for the first time in your life—to do more in less time? What it suddenly became easier to do the very hardest things you do? Or if you could feel 100% confident about your intellect, and never again fear being the person in the room who just isn’t smart enough, or can’t remember something important? How would you treat people if the mood swings, short temper, and food cravings that disrupt your day could simply disappear? In Head Strong, Asprey shows us that all of this is possible—and more. Using his simple lifestyle modifications (or ''hacks'') to take advantage of how the structure of your brain works, readers will learn how to take their mental performance to the next level. Combining the latest findings in neuroscience and neurobiology with a hacker-inspired ''get it done now'' perspective, Asprey offers a program structured around key areas of brain performance that will help you: - Power the brain with exactly what it needs to perform at its best all day long - Eliminate the sources of ''kryptonite,'' both nutritional and environmental, that make the brain slower. - Supercharge the cellular powerhouses of our brains, the mitochondria, to eliminate cravings and turn up mental focus. - Reverse inflammation to perform better right now, then stay sharp and energized well into your golden years. - Promote neuron growth to enhance processing speed and reinforce new learning—hotwiring your brain for success. Asprey’s easy to follow, two-week program offers a detailed plan to supercharge brain performance, including: which foods to eat and which ones to avoid, how to incorporate the right kinds of physical activity into your day, a detox protocol for your home and body; meditation and breathing for performance, recommended brain-boosting supplements; and how to adjust the lighting in your home and work space to give your brain the quality light it thrives on. A better brain—and a happier, easier, more productive life—is within reach. You just need to get Head Strong. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285557 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behaving Badly: The New Morality in Politics, Sex, and Business Author: Eden Collinsworth Narrator: Joy Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What is the relevance of morality today? Eden Collinsworth enlists the famous, the infamous, and the heretofore unheard-of to unravel how we make moral choices in an increasingly complex—and ethically flexible—age. To call these unsettling times is an understatement: our political leaders are less and less respectable; in the realm of business, cheating, lying, and stealing are hazily defined; and in daily life, rapidly changing technology offers permission to act in ways inconceivable without it. Yet somehow, this hasn’t quite led to a complete free-for-all—people still draw lines around what is acceptable and what is not. Collinsworth sets out to understand how and why. In her intrepid quest, she squares off  with a prime minister, the editor of London’s Financial Times, a holocaust survivor, a pop star, and a former commander of the U.S. Air Force to grapple with the impracticality of applying morals to foreign policy; precisely when morality gets lost in the making of money; what happens to morality without free will; whether “immoral” women are just those having a better time; why celebrities have become the new moral standard-bearers; and if testosterone is morality’s enemy or its hero. Eden Collinsworth Tue, 04 Apr 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285557 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behaving Badly: The New Morality in Politics, Sex, and Business Author: Eden Collinsworth Narrator: Joy Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What is the relevance of morality today? Eden Collinsworth enlists the famous, the infamous, and the heretofore unheard-of to unravel how we make moral choices in an increasingly complex—and ethically flexible—age. To call these unsettling times is an understatement: our political leaders are less and less respectable; in the realm of business, cheating, lying, and stealing are hazily defined; and in daily life, rapidly changing technology offers permission to act in ways inconceivable without it. Yet somehow, this hasn’t quite led to a complete free-for-all—people still draw lines around what is acceptable and what is not. Collinsworth sets out to understand how and why. In her intrepid quest, she squares off  with a prime minister, the editor of London’s Financial Times, a holocaust survivor, a pop star, and a former commander of the U.S. Air Force to grapple with the impracticality of applying morals to foreign policy; precisely when morality gets lost in the making of money; what happens to morality without free will; whether “immoral” women are just those having a better time; why celebrities have become the new moral standard-bearers; and if testosterone is morality’s enemy or its hero. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behaving Badly: The New Morality in Politics, Sex, and Business Author: Eden Collinsworth Narrator: Joy Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What is the relevance of morality today? Eden Collinsworth enlists the famous, the infamous, and the heretofore unheard-of to unravel how we make moral choices in an increasingly complex—and ethically flexible—age. To call these unsettling times is an understatement: our political leaders are less and less respectable; in the realm of business, cheating, lying, and stealing are hazily defined; and in daily life, rapidly changing technology offers permission to act in ways inconceivable without it. Yet somehow, this hasn’t quite led to a complete free-for-all—people still draw lines around what is acceptable and what is not. Collinsworth sets out to understand how and why. In her intrepid quest, she squares off  with a prime minister, the editor of London’s Financial Times, a holocaust survivor, a pop star, and a former commander of the U.S. Air Force to grapple with the impracticality of applying morals to foreign policy; precisely when morality gets lost in the making of money; what happens to morality without free will; whether “immoral” women are just those having a better time; why celebrities have become the new moral standard-bearers; and if testosterone is morality’s enemy or its hero. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285135 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285135]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crazy Is My Superpower: How I Triumphed by Breaking Bones, Breaking Hearts, and Breaking the Rules Author: A. J. Mendez Narrator: A. J. Mendez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The New York Times Bestseller Recently retired WWE superstar AJ Mendez Brooks is a powerhouse—strong, quirky, and totally confident. But that wasn’t always the case. With humor and tremendous heart, she opens up for the first time about her harrowing struggle to understand her demons and the diagnosis that helped her gain control over her life.   Everything I was told should be my greatest insecurities and weaknesses, everything that I’ve been labeled—SHORT, NERDY, SKINNY, WEAK, IMPULSIVE, UGLY, TOMBOY, POOR, REBEL, LOUD, FREAK, CRAZY—turned out to be my greatest strengths. I didn’t become successful in spite of them. I became successful because of them.   Growing up AJ was a quiet girl trying to act “normal” when she felt anything but. As her family struggled with drug addiction, poverty, and mental illness, she found escape through comic books and video games, and was inspired by the tough and unconventional female characters. It wasn’t until she discovered pro wrestling that she learned superheroes could be real.   Determined to become the superhero she’d always admired, AJ trained and sacrificed for years to achieve her dream of wrestling professionally. Yet she quickly faced industry pressure to play the role of the damsel in distress and to dress more provocatively to cater to male fans. But she fought back and created an ass-kicking alter ego that was a genuine representation of herself: nerdy, enthusiastic, and a little bit crazy.    With humor and tremendous heart, AJ opens up for the first time about her harrowing struggle to understand her demons and the mental illness diagnosis that helped her gain control over her life. What most people view as a hardship, AJ embraced as inspira­tion for her superhero persona, shattering the stigma attached to mental illness.   Charting her journey from a scrappy girl in an unstable home to an empowered wrestling champion, Crazy Is My Superpower is an un­flinchingly honest story and brave confessional about her long road to self-acceptance. A. J. Mendez Tue, 04 Apr 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285135 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285135]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crazy Is My Superpower: How I Triumphed by Breaking Bones, Breaking Hearts, and Breaking the Rules Author: A. J. Mendez Narrator: A. J. Mendez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The New York Times Bestseller Recently retired WWE superstar AJ Mendez Brooks is a powerhouse—strong, quirky, and totally confident. But that wasn’t always the case. With humor and tremendous heart, she opens up for the first time about her harrowing struggle to understand her demons and the diagnosis that helped her gain control over her life.   Everything I was told should be my greatest insecurities and weaknesses, everything that I’ve been labeled—SHORT, NERDY, SKINNY, WEAK, IMPULSIVE, UGLY, TOMBOY, POOR, REBEL, LOUD, FREAK, CRAZY—turned out to be my greatest strengths. I didn’t become successful in spite of them. I became successful because of them.   Growing up AJ was a quiet girl trying to act “normal” when she felt anything but. As her family struggled with drug addiction, poverty, and mental illness, she found escape through comic books and video games, and was inspired by the tough and unconventional female characters. It wasn’t until she discovered pro wrestling that she learned superheroes could be real.   Determined to become the superhero she’d always admired, AJ trained and sacrificed for years to achieve her dream of wrestling professionally. Yet she quickly faced industry pressure to play the role of the damsel in distress and to dress more provocatively to cater to male fans. But she fought back and created an ass-kicking alter ego that was a genuine representation of herself: nerdy, enthusiastic, and a little bit crazy.    With humor and tremendous heart, AJ opens up for the first time about her harrowing struggle to understand her demons and the mental illness diagnosis that helped her gain control over her life. What most people view as a hardship, AJ embraced as inspira­tion for her superhero persona, shattering the stigma attached to mental illness.   Charting her journey from a scrappy girl in an unstable home to an empowered wrestling champion, Crazy Is My Superpower is an un­flinchingly honest story and brave confessional about her long road to self-acceptance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285135]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crazy Is My Superpower: How I Triumphed by Breaking Bones, Breaking Hearts, and Breaking the Rules Author: A. J. Mendez Narrator: A. J. Mendez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The New York Times Bestseller Recently retired WWE superstar AJ Mendez Brooks is a powerhouse—strong, quirky, and totally confident. But that wasn’t always the case. With humor and tremendous heart, she opens up for the first time about her harrowing struggle to understand her demons and the diagnosis that helped her gain control over her life.   Everything I was told should be my greatest insecurities and weaknesses, everything that I’ve been labeled—SHORT, NERDY, SKINNY, WEAK, IMPULSIVE, UGLY, TOMBOY, POOR, REBEL, LOUD, FREAK, CRAZY—turned out to be my greatest strengths. I didn’t become successful in spite of them. I became successful because of them.   Growing up AJ was a quiet girl trying to act “normal” when she felt anything but. As her family struggled with drug addiction, poverty, and mental illness, she found escape through comic books and video games, and was inspired by the tough and unconventional female characters. It wasn’t until she discovered pro wrestling that she learned superheroes could be real.   Determined to become the superhero she’d always admired, AJ trained and sacrificed for years to achieve her dream of wrestling professionally. Yet she quickly faced industry pressure to play the role of the damsel in distress and to dress more provocatively to cater to male fans. But she fought back and created an ass-kicking alter ego that was a genuine representation of herself: nerdy, enthusiastic, and a little bit crazy.    With humor and tremendous heart, AJ opens up for the first time about her harrowing struggle to understand her demons and the mental illness diagnosis that helped her gain control over her life. What most people view as a hardship, AJ embraced as inspira­tion for her superhero persona, shattering the stigma attached to mental illness.   Charting her journey from a scrappy girl in an unstable home to an empowered wrestling champion, Crazy Is My Superpower is an un­flinchingly honest story and brave confessional about her long road to self-acceptance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285134 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weaponized Lies: How to Think Critically in the Post-Truth Era Author: Daniel J. Levitin Narrator: Dan Piraro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Previously Published as A Field Guide to Lies We’re surrounded by fringe theories, fake news, and pseudo-facts. These lies are getting repeated. New York Times bestselling author Daniel Levitin shows how to disarm these socially devastating inventions and get the American mind back on track. Here are the fundamental lessons in critical thinking that we need to know and share now. Investigating numerical misinformation, Daniel Levitin shows how mishandled statistics and graphs can give a grossly distorted perspective and lead us to terrible decisions. Wordy arguments on the other hand can easily be persuasive as they drift away from the facts in an appealing yet misguided way. The steps we can take to better evaluate news, advertisements, and reports are clearly detailed. Ultimately, Levitin turns to what underlies our ability to determine if something is true or false: the scientific method. He grapples with the limits of what we can and cannot know. Case studies are offered to demonstrate the applications of logical thinking to quite varied settings, spanning courtroom testimony, medical decision making, magic, modern physics, and conspiracy theories. This urgently needed book enables us to avoid the extremes of passive gullibility and cynical rejection. As Levitin attests: Truth matters. A post-truth era is an era of willful irrationality, reversing all the great advances humankind has made. Euphemisms like “fringe theories,” “extreme views,” “alt truth,” and even “fake news” can literally be dangerous. Let's call lies what they are and catch those making them in the act. *Includes a PDF of supplemental graphics on visualizing conditional probabilities Daniel J. Levitin Tue, 07 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285134 thebookvoice.com 7:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weaponized Lies: How to Think Critically in the Post-Truth Era Author: Daniel J. Levitin Narrator: Dan Piraro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Previously Published as A Field Guide to Lies We’re surrounded by fringe theories, fake news, and pseudo-facts. These lies are getting repeated. New York Times bestselling author Daniel Levitin shows how to disarm these socially devastating inventions and get the American mind back on track. Here are the fundamental lessons in critical thinking that we need to know and share now. Investigating numerical misinformation, Daniel Levitin shows how mishandled statistics and graphs can give a grossly distorted perspective and lead us to terrible decisions. Wordy arguments on the other hand can easily be persuasive as they drift away from the facts in an appealing yet misguided way. The steps we can take to better evaluate news, advertisements, and reports are clearly detailed. Ultimately, Levitin turns to what underlies our ability to determine if something is true or false: the scientific method. He grapples with the limits of what we can and cannot know. Case studies are offered to demonstrate the applications of logical thinking to quite varied settings, spanning courtroom testimony, medical decision making, magic, modern physics, and conspiracy theories. This urgently needed book enables us to avoid the extremes of passive gullibility and cynical rejection. As Levitin attests: Truth matters. A post-truth era is an era of willful irrationality, reversing all the great advances humankind has made. Euphemisms like “fringe theories,” “extreme views,” “alt truth,” and even “fake news” can literally be dangerous. Let's call lies what they are and catch those making them in the act. *Includes a PDF of supplemental graphics on visualizing conditional probabilities Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weaponized Lies: How to Think Critically in the Post-Truth Era Author: Daniel J. Levitin Narrator: Dan Piraro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Previously Published as A Field Guide to Lies We’re surrounded by fringe theories, fake news, and pseudo-facts. These lies are getting repeated. New York Times bestselling author Daniel Levitin shows how to disarm these socially devastating inventions and get the American mind back on track. Here are the fundamental lessons in critical thinking that we need to know and share now. Investigating numerical misinformation, Daniel Levitin shows how mishandled statistics and graphs can give a grossly distorted perspective and lead us to terrible decisions. Wordy arguments on the other hand can easily be persuasive as they drift away from the facts in an appealing yet misguided way. The steps we can take to better evaluate news, advertisements, and reports are clearly detailed. Ultimately, Levitin turns to what underlies our ability to determine if something is true or false: the scientific method. He grapples with the limits of what we can and cannot know. Case studies are offered to demonstrate the applications of logical thinking to quite varied settings, spanning courtroom testimony, medical decision making, magic, modern physics, and conspiracy theories. This urgently needed book enables us to avoid the extremes of passive gullibility and cynical rejection. As Levitin attests: Truth matters. A post-truth era is an era of willful irrationality, reversing all the great advances humankind has made. Euphemisms like “fringe theories,” “extreme views,” “alt truth,” and even “fake news” can literally be dangerous. Let's call lies what they are and catch those making them in the act. *Includes a PDF of supplemental graphics on visualizing conditional probabilities https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285037 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Panic Attacks: The New, Drug-Free Anxiety Therapy That Can Change Your Life Author: David D. Burns Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you toss and turn at night with a knot in your stomach, worrying about your job, your family, work, your health, or relationships? Do you suffer from crippling shyness, obsessive doubts, or feelings of insecurity? Are you plagued by fears, phobias, or panic attacks? What you may not realize is that these fears are almost never based on reality. Anxiety is one of the world’s oldest cons. When you’re anxious, you’re actually fooling yourself. You are telling yourself things that simply aren’t true. See if you can recognize yourself in any of these distortions: • All-or-Nothing Thinking: “My mind will go blank when I give my presentation at work, and everyone will think I’m an idiot.” • Fortune Telling: “I just know I’ll freeze up and blow it when I take my test.” • Mind Reading: “Everyone at this party can see how nervous I am.” • Magnification: “Flying is so dangerous. I think this plane is going to crash!” • Should Statements: “I shouldn’t be so anxious and insecure. Other people don’t feel this way.” • Emotional Reasoning: “I feel like I’m on the verge of cracking up!” • Self-Blame: “What’s wrong with me? I’m such a loser!” • Mental Filter: “Why can’t I get anything done? My life seems like one long procrastination.” Now imagine what it be like to live a life that’s free of worries and self-doubt; to go to sleep at night feeling peaceful and relaxed; to overcome your shyness and have fun with other people; to give dynamic presentations without worrying yourself sick ahead of time; to enjoy greater creativity, productivity and self-confidence. Does that sound impossible? The truth is you can defeat your fears. In When Panic Attacks, Dr. Burns takes you by the hand and shows you how to overcome every conceivable kind of anxiety. In fact, you will learn how to use more than forty simple, effective techniques, and the moment you put the lie to the distorted thoughts that plague you, your fears will immediately disappear. Dr. Burns also shares the latest research on the drugs commonly prescribed for anxiety and depression and explains why they may sometimes do more harm than good. This is not pop psychology but proven, fast-acting techniques that have been shown to be more effective than medications. When Panic Attacks is an indispensable handbook for anyone who’s worried sick and sick of worrying. Includes a PDF of Supplemental Materials David D. Burns Tue, 07 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285037 thebookvoice.com 13:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Panic Attacks: The New, Drug-Free Anxiety Therapy That Can Change Your Life Author: David D. Burns Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you toss and turn at night with a knot in your stomach, worrying about your job, your family, work, your health, or relationships? Do you suffer from crippling shyness, obsessive doubts, or feelings of insecurity? Are you plagued by fears, phobias, or panic attacks? What you may not realize is that these fears are almost never based on reality. Anxiety is one of the world’s oldest cons. When you’re anxious, you’re actually fooling yourself. You are telling yourself things that simply aren’t true. See if you can recognize yourself in any of these distortions: • All-or-Nothing Thinking: “My mind will go blank when I give my presentation at work, and everyone will think I’m an idiot.” • Fortune Telling: “I just know I’ll freeze up and blow it when I take my test.” • Mind Reading: “Everyone at this party can see how nervous I am.” • Magnification: “Flying is so dangerous. I think this plane is going to crash!” • Should Statements: “I shouldn’t be so anxious and insecure. Other people don’t feel this way.” • Emotional Reasoning: “I feel like I’m on the verge of cracking up!” • Self-Blame: “What’s wrong with me? I’m such a loser!” • Mental Filter: “Why can’t I get anything done? My life seems like one long procrastination.” Now imagine what it be like to live a life that’s free of worries and self-doubt; to go to sleep at night feeling peaceful and relaxed; to overcome your shyness and have fun with other people; to give dynamic presentations without worrying yourself sick ahead of time; to enjoy greater creativity, productivity and self-confidence. Does that sound impossible? The truth is you can defeat your fears. In When Panic Attacks, Dr. Burns takes you by the hand and shows you how to overcome every conceivable kind of anxiety. In fact, you will learn how to use more than forty simple, effective techniques, and the moment you put the lie to the distorted thoughts that plague you, your fears will immediately disappear. Dr. Burns also shares the latest research on the drugs commonly prescribed for anxiety and depression and explains why they may sometimes do more harm than good. This is not pop psychology but proven, fast-acting techniques that have been shown to be more effective than medications. When Panic Attacks is an indispensable handbook for anyone who’s worried sick and sick of worrying. Includes a PDF of Supplemental Materials Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Panic Attacks: The New, Drug-Free Anxiety Therapy That Can Change Your Life Author: David D. Burns Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you toss and turn at night with a knot in your stomach, worrying about your job, your family, work, your health, or relationships? Do you suffer from crippling shyness, obsessive doubts, or feelings of insecurity? Are you plagued by fears, phobias, or panic attacks? What you may not realize is that these fears are almost never based on reality. Anxiety is one of the world’s oldest cons. When you’re anxious, you’re actually fooling yourself. You are telling yourself things that simply aren’t true. See if you can recognize yourself in any of these distortions: • All-or-Nothing Thinking: “My mind will go blank when I give my presentation at work, and everyone will think I’m an idiot.” • Fortune Telling: “I just know I’ll freeze up and blow it when I take my test.” • Mind Reading: “Everyone at this party can see how nervous I am.” • Magnification: “Flying is so dangerous. I think this plane is going to crash!” • Should Statements: “I shouldn’t be so anxious and insecure. Other people don’t feel this way.” • Emotional Reasoning: “I feel like I’m on the verge of cracking up!” • Self-Blame: “What’s wrong with me? I’m such a loser!” • Mental Filter: “Why can’t I get anything done? My life seems like one long procrastination.” Now imagine what it be like to live a life that’s free of worries and self-doubt; to go to sleep at night feeling peaceful and relaxed; to overcome your shyness and have fun with other people; to give dynamic presentations without worrying yourself sick ahead of time; to enjoy greater creativity, productivity and self-confidence. Does that sound impossible? The truth is you can defeat your fears. In When Panic Attacks, Dr. Burns takes you by the hand and shows you how to overcome every conceivable kind of anxiety. In fact, you will learn how to use more than forty simple, effective techniques, and the moment you put the lie to the distorted thoughts that plague you, your fears will immediately disappear. Dr. Burns also shares the latest research on the drugs commonly prescribed for anxiety and depression and explains why they may sometimes do more harm than good. This is not pop psychology but proven, fast-acting techniques that have been shown to be more effective than medications. When Panic Attacks is an indispensable handbook for anyone who’s worried sick and sick of worrying. Includes a PDF of Supplemental Materials https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284751 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: Why We Can’t Stop Checking, Scrolling, Clicking and Watching Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Irresistible, written and read by Adam Alter. 'Truly addictive' Malcolm Gladwell * 'Brilliant' Susan Cain * 'Essential' Charles Duhigg How many times have you checked your phone today? Why are messaging apps, email and social media so hard to resist? How come we always end up watching another episode? In recent years, media and technology have perfected the lucrative art of gaining and holding our attention. This extraordinary feat has changed the behaviour of billions of people, and especially the young: by current medical standards, we are experiencing an unprecedented, global pandemic of addiction. But what exactly is an addiction? And what, if anything, might we do about it? From cliff-hangers to earworms, from religion to pornography, and from the awesome allure of the 'Kim Kardashian: Hollywood' app to the unexpected benefits of the 'butt-brush effect', Irresistible blends fascinating stories with ingenious science to explain how and why we all got hooked. Revealing the surprising causes and sometimes bizarre nature of addiction, this book will equip you with the tools and understanding you need to navigate our irresistible new world. Adam Alter Thu, 02 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284751 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: Why We Can’t Stop Checking, Scrolling, Clicking and Watching Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Irresistible, written and read by Adam Alter. 'Truly addictive' Malcolm Gladwell * 'Brilliant' Susan Cain * 'Essential' Charles Duhigg How many times have you checked your phone today? Why are messaging apps, email and social media so hard to resist? How come we always end up watching another episode? In recent years, media and technology have perfected the lucrative art of gaining and holding our attention. This extraordinary feat has changed the behaviour of billions of people, and especially the young: by current medical standards, we are experiencing an unprecedented, global pandemic of addiction. But what exactly is an addiction? And what, if anything, might we do about it? From cliff-hangers to earworms, from religion to pornography, and from the awesome allure of the 'Kim Kardashian: Hollywood' app to the unexpected benefits of the 'butt-brush effect', Irresistible blends fascinating stories with ingenious science to explain how and why we all got hooked. Revealing the surprising causes and sometimes bizarre nature of addiction, this book will equip you with the tools and understanding you need to navigate our irresistible new world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: Why We Can’t Stop Checking, Scrolling, Clicking and Watching Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Irresistible, written and read by Adam Alter. 'Truly addictive' Malcolm Gladwell * 'Brilliant' Susan Cain * 'Essential' Charles Duhigg How many times have you checked your phone today? Why are messaging apps, email and social media so hard to resist? How come we always end up watching another episode? In recent years, media and technology have perfected the lucrative art of gaining and holding our attention. This extraordinary feat has changed the behaviour of billions of people, and especially the young: by current medical standards, we are experiencing an unprecedented, global pandemic of addiction. But what exactly is an addiction? And what, if anything, might we do about it? From cliff-hangers to earworms, from religion to pornography, and from the awesome allure of the 'Kim Kardashian: Hollywood' app to the unexpected benefits of the 'butt-brush effect', Irresistible blends fascinating stories with ingenious science to explain how and why we all got hooked. Revealing the surprising causes and sometimes bizarre nature of addiction, this book will equip you with the tools and understanding you need to navigate our irresistible new world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284603 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Therapy Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Whether you are interested in building your own play therapy business, have a background in psychology, counselling or education and would like to work towards gaining a licence in this area, or are a parent whose child is about to undergo, or who already is undergoing play therapy, and you would like to understand it better, the Play Therapy Course is for you. Many people who are working in the field of mental health or who have received special training about dealing with children have researched extensively and discovered that development and learning are best brought about as a result of play. The purpose of play therapy is to help children who have some kind of social and emotional skills missing, learn the adaptive behaviours that are needed to survive socially in today's world. Furthermore, this therapy technique can also be used to provide children with insight about the problems that they are facing and help them in finding various solutions to these problems. Play therapy is also known to promote cognitive development within the minds of children. In most cases, it is hoped that children will, as a result of play therapy, learn the different ways in which they can communicate with other people and express their feelings. Furthermore, the therapy technique is also designed to help children in modifying or correcting their behaviour, learn various problem-solving skills that are essential at their stage of development and help them learn how they can and should relate to other people. To become a play therapist, you need to understand the benefits of its use over other types of therapies and how you can help children with their specific problems. We will show you how you can progress in a career in this area, and what you'll learn from this course. The Play Therapy Course is where you will learn all the types of play therapies that are used, such as sensory and embodiment play therapy, dramatic roleplaying, art and crafts, storytelling, sand-pits, and mosaics, and the techniques and applications of each. Also covered is information on how to set up a suitable environment for play therapy. Students will learn about the psychology behind self-esteem and self-esteem from a child's perspective. The course outlines how you can use play therapy to improve a child's self-esteem. Many of the clients receive will have suffered some sort of trauma. We explain how trauma works, the symptoms, and the consequences of going through trauma. You will then learn how play therapy can help a child overcome the obstacles presented by trauma, and enable students to understand and empathise with their clients. The Play Therapy Course guides learners through the explicit dos and don'ts of play therapy. This ensures that the children and their parents get the most out of each session and ensures that you, as the therapist, continue to hone your skills in this area and gain a good reputation, which in turn will help your business to flourish. We give you real-life case studies, from both the client's and therapist's points of view, to give concrete examples of the how and why play therapy works, as well as showcasing example methods. Finally, we will outline the next steps for you to take on your journey to becoming a professional play therapist. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Material** Centre Of Excellence Mon, 06 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284603 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Therapy Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Whether you are interested in building your own play therapy business, have a background in psychology, counselling or education and would like to work towards gaining a licence in this area, or are a parent whose child is about to undergo, or who already is undergoing play therapy, and you would like to understand it better, the Play Therapy Course is for you. Many people who are working in the field of mental health or who have received special training about dealing with children have researched extensively and discovered that development and learning are best brought about as a result of play. The purpose of play therapy is to help children who have some kind of social and emotional skills missing, learn the adaptive behaviours that are needed to survive socially in today's world. Furthermore, this therapy technique can also be used to provide children with insight about the problems that they are facing and help them in finding various solutions to these problems. Play therapy is also known to promote cognitive development within the minds of children. In most cases, it is hoped that children will, as a result of play therapy, learn the different ways in which they can communicate with other people and express their feelings. Furthermore, the therapy technique is also designed to help children in modifying or correcting their behaviour, learn various problem-solving skills that are essential at their stage of development and help them learn how they can and should relate to other people. To become a play therapist, you need to understand the benefits of its use over other types of therapies and how you can help children with their specific problems. We will show you how you can progress in a career in this area, and what you'll learn from this course. The Play Therapy Course is where you will learn all the types of play therapies that are used, such as sensory and embodiment play therapy, dramatic roleplaying, art and crafts, storytelling, sand-pits, and mosaics, and the techniques and applications of each. Also covered is information on how to set up a suitable environment for play therapy. Students will learn about the psychology behind self-esteem and self-esteem from a child's perspective. The course outlines how you can use play therapy to improve a child's self-esteem. Many of the clients receive will have suffered some sort of trauma. We explain how trauma works, the symptoms, and the consequences of going through trauma. You will then learn how play therapy can help a child overcome the obstacles presented by trauma, and enable students to understand and empathise with their clients. The Play Therapy Course guides learners through the explicit dos and don'ts of play therapy. This ensures that the children and their parents get the most out of each session and ensures that you, as the therapist, continue to hone your skills in this area and gain a good reputation, which in turn will help your business to flourish. We give you real-life case studies, from both the client's and therapist's points of view, to give concrete examples of the how and why play therapy works, as well as showcasing example methods. Finally, we will outline the next steps for you to take on your journey to becoming a professional play therapist. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Material** Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Therapy Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Whether you are interested in building your own play therapy business, have a background in psychology, counselling or education and would like to work towards gaining a licence in this area, or are a parent whose child is about to undergo, or who already is undergoing play therapy, and you would like to understand it better, the Play Therapy Course is for you. Many people who are working in the field of mental health or who have received special training about dealing with children have researched extensively and discovered that development and learning are best brought about as a result of play. The purpose of play therapy is to help children who have some kind of social and emotional skills missing, learn the adaptive behaviours that are needed to survive socially in today's world. Furthermore, this therapy technique can also be used to provide children with insight about the problems that they are facing and help them in finding various solutions to these problems. Play therapy is also known to promote cognitive development within the minds of children. In most cases, it is hoped that children will, as a result of play therapy, learn the different ways in which they can communicate with other people and express their feelings. Furthermore, the therapy technique is also designed to help children in modifying or correcting their behaviour, learn various problem-solving skills that are essential at their stage of development and help them learn how they can and should relate to other people. To become a play therapist, you need to understand the benefits of its use over other types of therapies and how you can help children with their specific problems. We will show you how you can progress in a career in this area, and what you'll learn from this course. The Play Therapy Course is where you will learn all the types of play therapies that are used, such as sensory and embodiment play therapy, dramatic roleplaying, art and crafts, storytelling, sand-pits, and mosaics, and the techniques and applications of each. Also covered is information on how to set up a suitable environment for play therapy. Students will learn about the psychology behind self-esteem and self-esteem from a child's perspective. The course outlines how you can use play therapy to improve a child's self-esteem. Many of the clients receive will have suffered some sort of trauma. We explain how trauma works, the symptoms, and the consequences of going through trauma. You will then learn how play therapy can help a child overcome the obstacles presented by trauma, and enable students to understand and empathise with their clients. The Play Therapy Course guides learners through the explicit dos and don'ts of play therapy. This ensures that the children and their parents get the most out of each session and ensures that you, as the therapist, continue to hone your skills in this area and gain a good reputation, which in turn will help your business to flourish. We give you real-life case studies, from both the client's and therapist's points of view, to give concrete examples of the how and why play therapy works, as well as showcasing example methods. Finally, we will outline the next steps for you to take on your journey to becoming a professional play therapist. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Material** https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284387 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mother-Daughter Wisdom: Creating a Legacy of Physical and Emotional Health Author: Christiane Northrup Narrator: Christiane Northrup Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With such groundbreaking bestsellers as Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom and The Wisdom of Menopause, Dr. Christiane Northrup is one of today’s most trusted and visionary medical experts. Now she presents her most profound and revolutionary approach to women’s health. . . . The mother-daughter relationship sets the stage for our state of health and well-being for our entire lives. Because our mothers are our first and most powerful female role models, our most deeply ingrained beliefs about ourselves as women come from them. And our behavior in relationships—with food, with our children, with our mates, and with ourselves—is a reflection of those beliefs. Once we understand our mother-daughter bonds, we can rebuild our own health, whatever our age, and create a lasting positive legacy for the next generation. Mother-Daughter Wisdom introduces an entirely new map of female development, exploring the “five facets of feminine power,” which range from the basics of physical self-care to the discovery of passion and purpose in life. This blueprint allows any woman—whether or not she has children—–to repair the gaps in her own upbringing and create a better adult relationship with her mother. If she has her own daughter, it will help her be the mother she has always wanted to be. Drawing on patient case histories and personal experiences, Dr. Northrup also presents findings at the cutting edge of medicine and psychology. Discover: •How to lay the nutritional foundation to prevent eating disorders and adult diseases •The truth about the immunization controversy–and the true meaning of immunity •How we can change our genetic health legacy •Why financial literacy is essential to women’s health •How to foster healthy sexuality and future “love maps” in our daughters •How to balance independence with caring, and individual growth with family ties Written with warmth, enthusiasm, and rare intelligence, Mother-Daughter Wisdom is an indispensable book destined to change lives and become essential reading for all women. Christiane Northrup Tue, 22 Feb 2005 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284387 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mother-Daughter Wisdom: Creating a Legacy of Physical and Emotional Health Author: Christiane Northrup Narrator: Christiane Northrup Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With such groundbreaking bestsellers as Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom and The Wisdom of Menopause, Dr. Christiane Northrup is one of today’s most trusted and visionary medical experts. Now she presents her most profound and revolutionary approach to women’s health. . . . The mother-daughter relationship sets the stage for our state of health and well-being for our entire lives. Because our mothers are our first and most powerful female role models, our most deeply ingrained beliefs about ourselves as women come from them. And our behavior in relationships—with food, with our children, with our mates, and with ourselves—is a reflection of those beliefs. Once we understand our mother-daughter bonds, we can rebuild our own health, whatever our age, and create a lasting positive legacy for the next generation. Mother-Daughter Wisdom introduces an entirely new map of female development, exploring the “five facets of feminine power,” which range from the basics of physical self-care to the discovery of passion and purpose in life. This blueprint allows any woman—whether or not she has children—–to repair the gaps in her own upbringing and create a better adult relationship with her mother. If she has her own daughter, it will help her be the mother she has always wanted to be. Drawing on patient case histories and personal experiences, Dr. Northrup also presents findings at the cutting edge of medicine and psychology. Discover: •How to lay the nutritional foundation to prevent eating disorders and adult diseases •The truth about the immunization controversy–and the true meaning of immunity •How we can change our genetic health legacy •Why financial literacy is essential to women’s health •How to foster healthy sexuality and future “love maps” in our daughters •How to balance independence with caring, and individual growth with family ties Written with warmth, enthusiasm, and rare intelligence, Mother-Daughter Wisdom is an indispensable book destined to change lives and become essential reading for all women. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mother-Daughter Wisdom: Creating a Legacy of Physical and Emotional Health Author: Christiane Northrup Narrator: Christiane Northrup Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With such groundbreaking bestsellers as Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom and The Wisdom of Menopause, Dr. Christiane Northrup is one of today’s most trusted and visionary medical experts. Now she presents her most profound and revolutionary approach to women’s health. . . . The mother-daughter relationship sets the stage for our state of health and well-being for our entire lives. Because our mothers are our first and most powerful female role models, our most deeply ingrained beliefs about ourselves as women come from them. And our behavior in relationships—with food, with our children, with our mates, and with ourselves—is a reflection of those beliefs. Once we understand our mother-daughter bonds, we can rebuild our own health, whatever our age, and create a lasting positive legacy for the next generation. Mother-Daughter Wisdom introduces an entirely new map of female development, exploring the “five facets of feminine power,” which range from the basics of physical self-care to the discovery of passion and purpose in life. This blueprint allows any woman—whether or not she has children—–to repair the gaps in her own upbringing and create a better adult relationship with her mother. If she has her own daughter, it will help her be the mother she has always wanted to be. Drawing on patient case histories and personal experiences, Dr. Northrup also presents findings at the cutting edge of medicine and psychology. Discover: •How to lay the nutritional foundation to prevent eating disorders and adult diseases •The truth about the immunization controversy–and the true meaning of immunity •How we can change our genetic health legacy •Why financial literacy is essential to women’s health •How to foster healthy sexuality and future “love maps” in our daughters •How to balance independence with caring, and individual growth with family ties Written with warmth, enthusiasm, and rare intelligence, Mother-Daughter Wisdom is an indispensable book destined to change lives and become essential reading for all women. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can't Just Stop: An Investigation of Compulsion Author: Sharon Begley Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Using in-depth case studies, Can’t Just Stop examines the science behind both mild and extreme compulsive behavior—“a fascinating read about human behavior and how it can go haywire” (The Charlotte Observer). Whether shopping with military precision or hanging the tea towels just so, compulsion is something most of us have witnessed in daily life. But compulsions exist along a broad continuum and, at the opposite end of these mild forms, exist life-altering disorders. Sharon Begley’s meticulously researched book is the first to examine all of these behaviors together—from obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) to hoarding, to compulsive exercise, even compulsions to do good. They may look profoundly different, but these behaviors are all ways of coping with varying degrees of anxiety. Sharing personal stories from dozens of interviewees, “Begley combines a personal topic with thoughtfulness and sensitivity” (Library Journal) and gives meaningful context to their plight. Along the way she explores the role of compulsion in our fast-paced culture, the brain science behind it, and strange manifestations of the behavior throughout history. Can’t Just Stop makes compulsion comprehensible and accessible, with “fresh insight that could fundamentally alter how we think of, and treat, mental illness going forward” (Publishers Weekly). Sharon Begley Tue, 07 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284352 thebookvoice.com 10:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can't Just Stop: An Investigation of Compulsion Author: Sharon Begley Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Using in-depth case studies, Can’t Just Stop examines the science behind both mild and extreme compulsive behavior—“a fascinating read about human behavior and how it can go haywire” (The Charlotte Observer). Whether shopping with military precision or hanging the tea towels just so, compulsion is something most of us have witnessed in daily life. But compulsions exist along a broad continuum and, at the opposite end of these mild forms, exist life-altering disorders. Sharon Begley’s meticulously researched book is the first to examine all of these behaviors together—from obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) to hoarding, to compulsive exercise, even compulsions to do good. They may look profoundly different, but these behaviors are all ways of coping with varying degrees of anxiety. Sharing personal stories from dozens of interviewees, “Begley combines a personal topic with thoughtfulness and sensitivity” (Library Journal) and gives meaningful context to their plight. Along the way she explores the role of compulsion in our fast-paced culture, the brain science behind it, and strange manifestations of the behavior throughout history. Can’t Just Stop makes compulsion comprehensible and accessible, with “fresh insight that could fundamentally alter how we think of, and treat, mental illness going forward” (Publishers Weekly). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can't Just Stop: An Investigation of Compulsion Author: Sharon Begley Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Using in-depth case studies, Can’t Just Stop examines the science behind both mild and extreme compulsive behavior—“a fascinating read about human behavior and how it can go haywire” (The Charlotte Observer). Whether shopping with military precision or hanging the tea towels just so, compulsion is something most of us have witnessed in daily life. But compulsions exist along a broad continuum and, at the opposite end of these mild forms, exist life-altering disorders. Sharon Begley’s meticulously researched book is the first to examine all of these behaviors together—from obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) to hoarding, to compulsive exercise, even compulsions to do good. They may look profoundly different, but these behaviors are all ways of coping with varying degrees of anxiety. Sharing personal stories from dozens of interviewees, “Begley combines a personal topic with thoughtfulness and sensitivity” (Library Journal) and gives meaningful context to their plight. Along the way she explores the role of compulsion in our fast-paced culture, the brain science behind it, and strange manifestations of the behavior throughout history. Can’t Just Stop makes compulsion comprehensible and accessible, with “fresh insight that could fundamentally alter how we think of, and treat, mental illness going forward” (Publishers Weekly). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer: A Journey Into the Heart of Fan Mania Author: Warren St. John Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 29, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "Fresh and funny… St. John has crafter a winner.” —Tony Horwitz, author of Confederates in the Attic In the life of every sports fan, there comes a moment of reckoning. It may happen when your team wins on a last-second field goal and you suddenly find yourself clenched in a loving embrace with a large hairy man you’ve never met. . . . Or in the long, hormonally depleted days after a loss, when you’re felled by a sensation similar to the one you first experienced following the death of a pet. At such moments the fan is forced to confront the question others—spouses, friends, children, and colleagues—have asked for years: Why do I care? What is it about sports that turns otherwise sane, rational people into raving lunatics? Why does winning compel people to tear down goalposts, and losing, to drown themselves in bad keg beer? In short, why do fans care? In search of the answers to these questions, Warren St. John seeks out the roving community of RVers who follow the Alabama Crimson Tide from game to game across the South. A movable feast of Weber grills, Igloo coolers, and die-hard superstition, these are characters who arrive on Wednesday for Saturday’s game: Freeman and Betty Reese, who skipped their own daughter’s wedding because it coincided with a Bama game; Ray Pradat, the Episcopalian minister who watches the games on a television set beside his altar while performing weddings; John Ed (pronounced as three syllables, John Ay-ud), the wheeling and dealing ticket scalper whose access to good seats gives him power on par with the governor; and Paul Finebaum, the Anti-Fan, a wisecracking sports columnist and talk-radio host who makes his living mocking Alabama fans—and who has to live in a gated community for all the threats he receives in response. In no time at all, St. John himself is drawn into the world of full-immersion fandom: he buys an RV (a $5,500 beater called The Hawg) and joins the caravan for a football season, chronicling the world of the extreme fan and learning that in the shadow of the stadium, it can all begin to seem strangely normal. Along the way, St. John takes readers on illuminating forays into the deep roots of humanity’s sports mania (did you know that tailgaters could be found in eighth-century Greece?), the psychology of crowds, and the surprising neuroscience behind the thrill of victory. Reminiscent of Confederates in the Attic and the works of Bill Bryson, Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer is not only a travel story, but a cultural anthropology of fans that goes a long way toward demystifying the universal urge to take sides and to win. Warren St. John Thu, 29 Apr 2004 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346786 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer: A Journey Into the Heart of Fan Mania Author: Warren St. John Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 29, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "Fresh and funny… St. John has crafter a winner.” —Tony Horwitz, author of Confederates in the Attic In the life of every sports fan, there comes a moment of reckoning. It may happen when your team wins on a last-second field goal and you suddenly find yourself clenched in a loving embrace with a large hairy man you’ve never met. . . . Or in the long, hormonally depleted days after a loss, when you’re felled by a sensation similar to the one you first experienced following the death of a pet. At such moments the fan is forced to confront the question others—spouses, friends, children, and colleagues—have asked for years: Why do I care? What is it about sports that turns otherwise sane, rational people into raving lunatics? Why does winning compel people to tear down goalposts, and losing, to drown themselves in bad keg beer? In short, why do fans care? In search of the answers to these questions, Warren St. John seeks out the roving community of RVers who follow the Alabama Crimson Tide from game to game across the South. A movable feast of Weber grills, Igloo coolers, and die-hard superstition, these are characters who arrive on Wednesday for Saturday’s game: Freeman and Betty Reese, who skipped their own daughter’s wedding because it coincided with a Bama game; Ray Pradat, the Episcopalian minister who watches the games on a television set beside his altar while performing weddings; John Ed (pronounced as three syllables, John Ay-ud), the wheeling and dealing ticket scalper whose access to good seats gives him power on par with the governor; and Paul Finebaum, the Anti-Fan, a wisecracking sports columnist and talk-radio host who makes his living mocking Alabama fans—and who has to live in a gated community for all the threats he receives in response. In no time at all, St. John himself is drawn into the world of full-immersion fandom: he buys an RV (a $5,500 beater called The Hawg) and joins the caravan for a football season, chronicling the world of the extreme fan and learning that in the shadow of the stadium, it can all begin to seem strangely normal. Along the way, St. John takes readers on illuminating forays into the deep roots of humanity’s sports mania (did you know that tailgaters could be found in eighth-century Greece?), the psychology of crowds, and the surprising neuroscience behind the thrill of victory. Reminiscent of Confederates in the Attic and the works of Bill Bryson, Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer is not only a travel story, but a cultural anthropology of fans that goes a long way toward demystifying the universal urge to take sides and to win. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer: A Journey Into the Heart of Fan Mania Author: Warren St. John Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 29, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "Fresh and funny… St. John has crafter a winner.” —Tony Horwitz, author of Confederates in the Attic In the life of every sports fan, there comes a moment of reckoning. It may happen when your team wins on a last-second field goal and you suddenly find yourself clenched in a loving embrace with a large hairy man you’ve never met. . . . Or in the long, hormonally depleted days after a loss, when you’re felled by a sensation similar to the one you first experienced following the death of a pet. At such moments the fan is forced to confront the question others—spouses, friends, children, and colleagues—have asked for years: Why do I care? What is it about sports that turns otherwise sane, rational people into raving lunatics? Why does winning compel people to tear down goalposts, and losing, to drown themselves in bad keg beer? In short, why do fans care? In search of the answers to these questions, Warren St. John seeks out the roving community of RVers who follow the Alabama Crimson Tide from game to game across the South. A movable feast of Weber grills, Igloo coolers, and die-hard superstition, these are characters who arrive on Wednesday for Saturday’s game: Freeman and Betty Reese, who skipped their own daughter’s wedding because it coincided with a Bama game; Ray Pradat, the Episcopalian minister who watches the games on a television set beside his altar while performing weddings; John Ed (pronounced as three syllables, John Ay-ud), the wheeling and dealing ticket scalper whose access to good seats gives him power on par with the governor; and Paul Finebaum, the Anti-Fan, a wisecracking sports columnist and talk-radio host who makes his living mocking Alabama fans—and who has to live in a gated community for all the threats he receives in response. In no time at all, St. John himself is drawn into the world of full-immersion fandom: he buys an RV (a $5,500 beater called The Hawg) and joins the caravan for a football season, chronicling the world of the extreme fan and learning that in the shadow of the stadium, it can all begin to seem strangely normal. Along the way, St. John takes readers on illuminating forays into the deep roots of humanity’s sports mania (did you know that tailgaters could be found in eighth-century Greece?), the psychology of crowds, and the surprising neuroscience behind the thrill of victory. Reminiscent of Confederates in the Attic and the works of Bill Bryson, Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer is not only a travel story, but a cultural anthropology of fans that goes a long way toward demystifying the universal urge to take sides and to win. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284290 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Robert Lowell, Setting the River on Fire: A Study of Genius, Mania, and Character Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Jefferson Mays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: PULITZER PRIZE FINALIST • In this magisterial study of the relationship between illness and art, the best-selling author of An Unquiet Mind, Kay Redfield Jamison, brings an entirely fresh understanding to the work and life of Robert Lowell (1917-1977), whose intense, complex, and personal verse left a lasting mark on the English language and changed the public discourse about private matters. In his Pulitzer Prize-winning poetry, Robert Lowell put his manic-depressive illness (now known as bipolar disorder) into the public domain, creating a language for madness that was new and arresting. As Dr. Jamison brings her expertise in mood disorders to bear on Lowell’s story, she illuminates not only the relationships among mania, depression, and creativity but also the details of Lowell’s treatment and how illness and treatment influenced the great work that he produced (and often became its subject). Lowell’s New England roots, early breakdowns, marriages to three eminent writers, friendships with other poets such as Elizabeth Bishop, his many hospitalizations, his vivid presence as both a teacher and a maker of poems—Jamison gives us the poet’s life through a lens that focuses our understanding of his intense discipline, courage, and commitment to his art. Jamison had unprecedented access to Lowell’s medical records, as well as to previously unpublished drafts and fragments of poems, and she is the first biographer to have spoken with his daughter, Harriet Lowell. With this new material and a psychologist’s deep insight, Jamison delivers a bold, sympathetic account of a poet who was—both despite and because of mental illness—a passionate, original observer of the human condition. Kay Redfield Jamison Tue, 28 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284290 thebookvoice.com 18:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Robert Lowell, Setting the River on Fire: A Study of Genius, Mania, and Character Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Jefferson Mays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: PULITZER PRIZE FINALIST • In this magisterial study of the relationship between illness and art, the best-selling author of An Unquiet Mind, Kay Redfield Jamison, brings an entirely fresh understanding to the work and life of Robert Lowell (1917-1977), whose intense, complex, and personal verse left a lasting mark on the English language and changed the public discourse about private matters. In his Pulitzer Prize-winning poetry, Robert Lowell put his manic-depressive illness (now known as bipolar disorder) into the public domain, creating a language for madness that was new and arresting. As Dr. Jamison brings her expertise in mood disorders to bear on Lowell’s story, she illuminates not only the relationships among mania, depression, and creativity but also the details of Lowell’s treatment and how illness and treatment influenced the great work that he produced (and often became its subject). Lowell’s New England roots, early breakdowns, marriages to three eminent writers, friendships with other poets such as Elizabeth Bishop, his many hospitalizations, his vivid presence as both a teacher and a maker of poems—Jamison gives us the poet’s life through a lens that focuses our understanding of his intense discipline, courage, and commitment to his art. Jamison had unprecedented access to Lowell’s medical records, as well as to previously unpublished drafts and fragments of poems, and she is the first biographer to have spoken with his daughter, Harriet Lowell. With this new material and a psychologist’s deep insight, Jamison delivers a bold, sympathetic account of a poet who was—both despite and because of mental illness—a passionate, original observer of the human condition. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Robert Lowell, Setting the River on Fire: A Study of Genius, Mania, and Character Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Jefferson Mays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: PULITZER PRIZE FINALIST • In this magisterial study of the relationship between illness and art, the best-selling author of An Unquiet Mind, Kay Redfield Jamison, brings an entirely fresh understanding to the work and life of Robert Lowell (1917-1977), whose intense, complex, and personal verse left a lasting mark on the English language and changed the public discourse about private matters. In his Pulitzer Prize-winning poetry, Robert Lowell put his manic-depressive illness (now known as bipolar disorder) into the public domain, creating a language for madness that was new and arresting. As Dr. Jamison brings her expertise in mood disorders to bear on Lowell’s story, she illuminates not only the relationships among mania, depression, and creativity but also the details of Lowell’s treatment and how illness and treatment influenced the great work that he produced (and often became its subject). Lowell’s New England roots, early breakdowns, marriages to three eminent writers, friendships with other poets such as Elizabeth Bishop, his many hospitalizations, his vivid presence as both a teacher and a maker of poems—Jamison gives us the poet’s life through a lens that focuses our understanding of his intense discipline, courage, and commitment to his art. Jamison had unprecedented access to Lowell’s medical records, as well as to previously unpublished drafts and fragments of poems, and she is the first biographer to have spoken with his daughter, Harriet Lowell. With this new material and a psychologist’s deep insight, Jamison delivers a bold, sympathetic account of a poet who was—both despite and because of mental illness—a passionate, original observer of the human condition. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284287 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: The Rise of Addictive Technology and the Business of Keeping Us Hooked Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Irresistible is a fascinating and much needed exploration of one of the most troubling phenomena of modern times.” —Malcolm Gladwell, author of New York Times bestsellers David and Goliath and Outliers “One of the most mesmerizing and important books I’ve read in quite some time. Alter brilliantly illuminates the new obsessions that are controlling our lives and offers the tools we need to rescue our businesses, our families, and our sanity.” —Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take Welcome to the age of behavioral addiction—an age in which half of the American population is addicted to at least one behavior. We obsess over our emails, Instagram likes, and Facebook feeds; we binge on TV episodes and YouTube videos; we work longer hours each year; and we spend an average of three hours each day using our smartphones. Half of us would rather suffer a broken bone than a broken phone, and Millennial kids spend so much time in front of screens that they struggle to interact with real, live humans.   In this revolutionary book, Adam Alter, a professor of psychology and marketing at NYU, tracks the rise of behavioral addiction, and explains why so many of today's products are irresistible. Though these miraculous products melt the miles that separate people across the globe, their extraordinary and sometimes damaging magnetism is no accident. The companies that design these products tweak them over time until they become almost impossible to resist.   By reverse engineering behavioral addiction, Alter explains how we can harness addictive products for the good—to improve how we communicate with each other, spend and save our money, and set boundaries between work and play—and how we can mitigate their most damaging effects on our well-being, and the health and happiness of our children. Adam Alter's previous book, Drunk Tank Pink: And Other Unexpected Forces that Shape How We Think, Feel, and Behave is available in paperback from Penguin. Adam Alter Tue, 07 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284287 thebookvoice.com 8:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: The Rise of Addictive Technology and the Business of Keeping Us Hooked Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Irresistible is a fascinating and much needed exploration of one of the most troubling phenomena of modern times.” —Malcolm Gladwell, author of New York Times bestsellers David and Goliath and Outliers “One of the most mesmerizing and important books I’ve read in quite some time. Alter brilliantly illuminates the new obsessions that are controlling our lives and offers the tools we need to rescue our businesses, our families, and our sanity.” —Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take Welcome to the age of behavioral addiction—an age in which half of the American population is addicted to at least one behavior. We obsess over our emails, Instagram likes, and Facebook feeds; we binge on TV episodes and YouTube videos; we work longer hours each year; and we spend an average of three hours each day using our smartphones. Half of us would rather suffer a broken bone than a broken phone, and Millennial kids spend so much time in front of screens that they struggle to interact with real, live humans.   In this revolutionary book, Adam Alter, a professor of psychology and marketing at NYU, tracks the rise of behavioral addiction, and explains why so many of today's products are irresistible. Though these miraculous products melt the miles that separate people across the globe, their extraordinary and sometimes damaging magnetism is no accident. The companies that design these products tweak them over time until they become almost impossible to resist.   By reverse engineering behavioral addiction, Alter explains how we can harness addictive products for the good—to improve how we communicate with each other, spend and save our money, and set boundaries between work and play—and how we can mitigate their most damaging effects on our well-being, and the health and happiness of our children. Adam Alter's previous book, Drunk Tank Pink: And Other Unexpected Forces that Shape How We Think, Feel, and Behave is available in paperback from Penguin. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: The Rise of Addictive Technology and the Business of Keeping Us Hooked Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Irresistible is a fascinating and much needed exploration of one of the most troubling phenomena of modern times.” —Malcolm Gladwell, author of New York Times bestsellers David and Goliath and Outliers “One of the most mesmerizing and important books I’ve read in quite some time. Alter brilliantly illuminates the new obsessions that are controlling our lives and offers the tools we need to rescue our businesses, our families, and our sanity.” —Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take Welcome to the age of behavioral addiction—an age in which half of the American population is addicted to at least one behavior. We obsess over our emails, Instagram likes, and Facebook feeds; we binge on TV episodes and YouTube videos; we work longer hours each year; and we spend an average of three hours each day using our smartphones. Half of us would rather suffer a broken bone than a broken phone, and Millennial kids spend so much time in front of screens that they struggle to interact with real, live humans.   In this revolutionary book, Adam Alter, a professor of psychology and marketing at NYU, tracks the rise of behavioral addiction, and explains why so many of today's products are irresistible. Though these miraculous products melt the miles that separate people across the globe, their extraordinary and sometimes damaging magnetism is no accident. The companies that design these products tweak them over time until they become almost impossible to resist.   By reverse engineering behavioral addiction, Alter explains how we can harness addictive products for the good—to improve how we communicate with each other, spend and save our money, and set boundaries between work and play—and how we can mitigate their most damaging effects on our well-being, and the health and happiness of our children. Adam Alter's previous book, Drunk Tank Pink: And Other Unexpected Forces that Shape How We Think, Feel, and Behave is available in paperback from Penguin. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346855 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confidence: How Winning and Losing Streaks Begin and End Author: Rosabeth Moss Kanter Narrator: Carrington Macduffie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 4, 2004 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the boardroom to the locker room to the living room—how winners become winners . . . and stay that way. Is success simply a matter of money and talent? Or is there another reason why some people and organizations always land on their feet, while others, equally talented, stumble again and again? There’s a fundamental principle at work—the vital but previously unexamined factor called confidence—that permits unexpected people to achieve high levels of performance through routines that activate talent. Confidence explains: • Why the University of Connecticut women’s basketball team continues its winning ways even though recent teams lack the talent of their predecessors • Why some companies are always positively perceived by employees, customers, Wall Street analysts, and the media while others are under a perpetual cloud • How a company like Gillette or a team like the Chicago Cubs ends a losing streak and breaks out of a circle of doom • The lessons a politician such as Nelson Mandela, who resisted the temptation to take revenge after being released from prison and assuming power, offers for leaders in both advanced democracies and trouble spots like the Middle East From the simplest ball games to the most complicated business and political situations, the common element in winning is a basic truth about people: They rise to the occasion when leaders help them gain the confidence to do it. Confidence is the new theory and practice of success, explaining why success and failure are not mere episodes but self-perpetuating trajectories. Rosabeth Moss Kanter shows why organizations of all types may be brimming with talent but not be winners, and provides people in leadership positions with a practical program for either maintaining a winning streak or turning around a downward spiral. Confidence is based on an extraordinary investigation of success and failure in companies such as Continental Airlines, Seagate, and Verizon and sports teams such as the University of North Carolina women’s soccer team, New England Patriots, and Philadelphia Eagles, as well as schools, health care, and politics. Packed with brilliant, practical ideas such as “powerlessness corrupts” and the “timidity of mediocrity,” Confidence provides fresh thinking for perpetuating winning streaks and ending losing streaks in all facets of life—from the factors that can make or break corporations and governments to the keys for successful relationships in the workplace or at home. Rosabeth Moss Kanter Fri, 04 Jun 2004 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346855 thebookvoice.com 13:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confidence: How Winning and Losing Streaks Begin and End Author: Rosabeth Moss Kanter Narrator: Carrington Macduffie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 4, 2004 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the boardroom to the locker room to the living room—how winners become winners . . . and stay that way. Is success simply a matter of money and talent? Or is there another reason why some people and organizations always land on their feet, while others, equally talented, stumble again and again? There’s a fundamental principle at work—the vital but previously unexamined factor called confidence—that permits unexpected people to achieve high levels of performance through routines that activate talent. Confidence explains: • Why the University of Connecticut women’s basketball team continues its winning ways even though recent teams lack the talent of their predecessors • Why some companies are always positively perceived by employees, customers, Wall Street analysts, and the media while others are under a perpetual cloud • How a company like Gillette or a team like the Chicago Cubs ends a losing streak and breaks out of a circle of doom • The lessons a politician such as Nelson Mandela, who resisted the temptation to take revenge after being released from prison and assuming power, offers for leaders in both advanced democracies and trouble spots like the Middle East From the simplest ball games to the most complicated business and political situations, the common element in winning is a basic truth about people: They rise to the occasion when leaders help them gain the confidence to do it. Confidence is the new theory and practice of success, explaining why success and failure are not mere episodes but self-perpetuating trajectories. Rosabeth Moss Kanter shows why organizations of all types may be brimming with talent but not be winners, and provides people in leadership positions with a practical program for either maintaining a winning streak or turning around a downward spiral. Confidence is based on an extraordinary investigation of success and failure in companies such as Continental Airlines, Seagate, and Verizon and sports teams such as the University of North Carolina women’s soccer team, New England Patriots, and Philadelphia Eagles, as well as schools, health care, and politics. Packed with brilliant, practical ideas such as “powerlessness corrupts” and the “timidity of mediocrity,” Confidence provides fresh thinking for perpetuating winning streaks and ending losing streaks in all facets of life—from the factors that can make or break corporations and governments to the keys for successful relationships in the workplace or at home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confidence: How Winning and Losing Streaks Begin and End Author: Rosabeth Moss Kanter Narrator: Carrington Macduffie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 4, 2004 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the boardroom to the locker room to the living room—how winners become winners . . . and stay that way. Is success simply a matter of money and talent? Or is there another reason why some people and organizations always land on their feet, while others, equally talented, stumble again and again? There’s a fundamental principle at work—the vital but previously unexamined factor called confidence—that permits unexpected people to achieve high levels of performance through routines that activate talent. Confidence explains: • Why the University of Connecticut women’s basketball team continues its winning ways even though recent teams lack the talent of their predecessors • Why some companies are always positively perceived by employees, customers, Wall Street analysts, and the media while others are under a perpetual cloud • How a company like Gillette or a team like the Chicago Cubs ends a losing streak and breaks out of a circle of doom • The lessons a politician such as Nelson Mandela, who resisted the temptation to take revenge after being released from prison and assuming power, offers for leaders in both advanced democracies and trouble spots like the Middle East From the simplest ball games to the most complicated business and political situations, the common element in winning is a basic truth about people: They rise to the occasion when leaders help them gain the confidence to do it. Confidence is the new theory and practice of success, explaining why success and failure are not mere episodes but self-perpetuating trajectories. Rosabeth Moss Kanter shows why organizations of all types may be brimming with talent but not be winners, and provides people in leadership positions with a practical program for either maintaining a winning streak or turning around a downward spiral. Confidence is based on an extraordinary investigation of success and failure in companies such as Continental Airlines, Seagate, and Verizon and sports teams such as the University of North Carolina women’s soccer team, New England Patriots, and Philadelphia Eagles, as well as schools, health care, and politics. Packed with brilliant, practical ideas such as “powerlessness corrupts” and the “timidity of mediocrity,” Confidence provides fresh thinking for perpetuating winning streaks and ending losing streaks in all facets of life—from the factors that can make or break corporations and governments to the keys for successful relationships in the workplace or at home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284187 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Grief: Heal Your Soul, Honor Your Loved Ones, and Learn to Live Again Author: Theresa Caputo Narrator: Theresa Caputo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Theresa Caputo, star of Long Island Medium and Raising Spirits provides a guide to overcoming grief, filled with inspiring lessons from Spirit and astonishing stories from the clients who have been empowered and healed by her spiritual readings. After more than a decade of being a practicing medium, Theresa Caputo shares the powerful lessons she has learned about grief, healing, and finding happiness in the wake of tragedy. In almost every reading she gives, Spirit insists that people begin to embrace their lives again. But not everyone knows where to start, and putting back together the pieces of a life marked by loss is never easy. Sometimes, you need spiritual guidance—and that’s where Theresa comes in. With her energetic, positive, and encouraging tone, Theresa uses the lessons from Spirit to guide you through grief toward a place of solace and healing. Each lesson is grounded in her clients’ experiences of losing loved ones, their encounters with Spirit during readings, and the ways in which they’ve been able to heal and grow. Each chapter is filled with activities to help you find your “new normal”—including journaling, individual and group exercises, meditations, and moments of reflection—based on the truths that Theresa has gathered from Spirit. Good Grief—“an excellent resource for those who wish to be in communication with deceased loved ones” (Library Journal)—will help you to feel stronger and more optimistic about what the future has in store for you. Theresa Caputo Tue, 14 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284187 thebookvoice.com 7:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Grief: Heal Your Soul, Honor Your Loved Ones, and Learn to Live Again Author: Theresa Caputo Narrator: Theresa Caputo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Theresa Caputo, star of Long Island Medium and Raising Spirits provides a guide to overcoming grief, filled with inspiring lessons from Spirit and astonishing stories from the clients who have been empowered and healed by her spiritual readings. After more than a decade of being a practicing medium, Theresa Caputo shares the powerful lessons she has learned about grief, healing, and finding happiness in the wake of tragedy. In almost every reading she gives, Spirit insists that people begin to embrace their lives again. But not everyone knows where to start, and putting back together the pieces of a life marked by loss is never easy. Sometimes, you need spiritual guidance—and that’s where Theresa comes in. With her energetic, positive, and encouraging tone, Theresa uses the lessons from Spirit to guide you through grief toward a place of solace and healing. Each lesson is grounded in her clients’ experiences of losing loved ones, their encounters with Spirit during readings, and the ways in which they’ve been able to heal and grow. Each chapter is filled with activities to help you find your “new normal”—including journaling, individual and group exercises, meditations, and moments of reflection—based on the truths that Theresa has gathered from Spirit. Good Grief—“an excellent resource for those who wish to be in communication with deceased loved ones” (Library Journal)—will help you to feel stronger and more optimistic about what the future has in store for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Grief: Heal Your Soul, Honor Your Loved Ones, and Learn to Live Again Author: Theresa Caputo Narrator: Theresa Caputo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Theresa Caputo, star of Long Island Medium and Raising Spirits provides a guide to overcoming grief, filled with inspiring lessons from Spirit and astonishing stories from the clients who have been empowered and healed by her spiritual readings. After more than a decade of being a practicing medium, Theresa Caputo shares the powerful lessons she has learned about grief, healing, and finding happiness in the wake of tragedy. In almost every reading she gives, Spirit insists that people begin to embrace their lives again. But not everyone knows where to start, and putting back together the pieces of a life marked by loss is never easy. Sometimes, you need spiritual guidance—and that’s where Theresa comes in. With her energetic, positive, and encouraging tone, Theresa uses the lessons from Spirit to guide you through grief toward a place of solace and healing. Each lesson is grounded in her clients’ experiences of losing loved ones, their encounters with Spirit during readings, and the ways in which they’ve been able to heal and grow. Each chapter is filled with activities to help you find your “new normal”—including journaling, individual and group exercises, meditations, and moments of reflection—based on the truths that Theresa has gathered from Spirit. Good Grief—“an excellent resource for those who wish to be in communication with deceased loved ones” (Library Journal)—will help you to feel stronger and more optimistic about what the future has in store for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284178 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Were Not Born to Suffer: Overcome Fear, Insecurity and Depression and Love Yourself Back to Happiness, Confidence and Peace Author: Blake Bauer Narrator: Blake Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this life-changing audiobook Blake D Bauer explains why depression, addiction, physical illness, unfulfilling work and relationship problems are caused by years of hiding your true emotions, denying your life purpose and living in fear. Having already helped thousands of people around the world find lasting solutions that conventional medicine, psychiatry or religion couldn't offer, this book will show you how to free yourself from the destructive thoughts, habits and situations that are stopping you from being happy and well. In simple practical steps you’ll learn how to slow down and create a healthier relationship to yourself that is based on acceptance, kindness, honesty and self-worth. You’ll also find out how to transform the stress, anxiety and insecurity that result from constantly trying to please others into lasting confidence, self-respect and inner peace. Whether it’s negative thinking, financial worry, loneliness, guilt or self-doubt that’s holding you back, Blake Bauer’s words will move you to take better care of yourself, heal old pain and courageously move forward. If you’re ready to enjoy your life, feel passionate about your work and create fulfilling relationships, this book will support you to live authentically, love wholeheartedly and finally value yourself enough to put everyday health and happiness at the centre of your life. Blake Bauer Tue, 21 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284178 thebookvoice.com 8:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Were Not Born to Suffer: Overcome Fear, Insecurity and Depression and Love Yourself Back to Happiness, Confidence and Peace Author: Blake Bauer Narrator: Blake Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this life-changing audiobook Blake D Bauer explains why depression, addiction, physical illness, unfulfilling work and relationship problems are caused by years of hiding your true emotions, denying your life purpose and living in fear. Having already helped thousands of people around the world find lasting solutions that conventional medicine, psychiatry or religion couldn't offer, this book will show you how to free yourself from the destructive thoughts, habits and situations that are stopping you from being happy and well. In simple practical steps you’ll learn how to slow down and create a healthier relationship to yourself that is based on acceptance, kindness, honesty and self-worth. You’ll also find out how to transform the stress, anxiety and insecurity that result from constantly trying to please others into lasting confidence, self-respect and inner peace. Whether it’s negative thinking, financial worry, loneliness, guilt or self-doubt that’s holding you back, Blake Bauer’s words will move you to take better care of yourself, heal old pain and courageously move forward. If you’re ready to enjoy your life, feel passionate about your work and create fulfilling relationships, this book will support you to live authentically, love wholeheartedly and finally value yourself enough to put everyday health and happiness at the centre of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Were Not Born to Suffer: Overcome Fear, Insecurity and Depression and Love Yourself Back to Happiness, Confidence and Peace Author: Blake Bauer Narrator: Blake Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this life-changing audiobook Blake D Bauer explains why depression, addiction, physical illness, unfulfilling work and relationship problems are caused by years of hiding your true emotions, denying your life purpose and living in fear. Having already helped thousands of people around the world find lasting solutions that conventional medicine, psychiatry or religion couldn't offer, this book will show you how to free yourself from the destructive thoughts, habits and situations that are stopping you from being happy and well. In simple practical steps you’ll learn how to slow down and create a healthier relationship to yourself that is based on acceptance, kindness, honesty and self-worth. You’ll also find out how to transform the stress, anxiety and insecurity that result from constantly trying to please others into lasting confidence, self-respect and inner peace. Whether it’s negative thinking, financial worry, loneliness, guilt or self-doubt that’s holding you back, Blake Bauer’s words will move you to take better care of yourself, heal old pain and courageously move forward. If you’re ready to enjoy your life, feel passionate about your work and create fulfilling relationships, this book will support you to live authentically, love wholeheartedly and finally value yourself enough to put everyday health and happiness at the centre of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284100 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealing Fire: How Silicon Valley, the Navy SEALs, and Maverick Scientists Are Revolutionizing the Way We Live and Work Author: Steven Kotler, Jamie Wheal Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 90 Ratings of Narrator: 4.54 of Total 24 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The author of the bestselling Bold and The Rise of Superman explores altered states of consciousness and how they can ignite passion, fuel creativity, and accelerate problem solving, in this groundbreaking book in the vein of Daniel Pink’s Drive and Charles Duhigg’s Smarter Faster Better. Why has generating ''flow'' and getting ''into the zone'' become the goal of the world’s most elite organizations? Why are business moguls attending Burning Man? Why has meditation become a billion-dollar industry? Why are technology gurus turning to psychedelic drugs to unlock creativity? All of these people are seeking to shift their state of mind as a way of unlocking their true potential. Altered states, the authors reveal, sharpen our decision making capabilities, unleash creativity, fuel cooperation, and let us tap into levels of inspiration and innovation unavailable at all other times. Stealing Fire combines cutting-edge research and first-hand reporting to explore a revolution in human performance — a movement millions of people strong to harness and utilize some of the most misunderstood and controversial experiences in history. Building a bridge between the extreme and the mainstream, this groundbreaking and provocative book examines how the world’s top performers—the Navy SEALS, Googlers, Fortune 100 CEOs—are using altered states to radically accelerate performance and massively improve their lives, and how we can too. Ultimately, Stealing Fire is a book about profound possibility—about what is actually possible for ourselves and our species when we unlock the full potential of the human mind. Steven Kotler, Jamie Wheal Tue, 21 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284100 thebookvoice.com 8:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealing Fire: How Silicon Valley, the Navy SEALs, and Maverick Scientists Are Revolutionizing the Way We Live and Work Author: Steven Kotler, Jamie Wheal Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 90 Ratings of Narrator: 4.54 of Total 24 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The author of the bestselling Bold and The Rise of Superman explores altered states of consciousness and how they can ignite passion, fuel creativity, and accelerate problem solving, in this groundbreaking book in the vein of Daniel Pink’s Drive and Charles Duhigg’s Smarter Faster Better. Why has generating ''flow'' and getting ''into the zone'' become the goal of the world’s most elite organizations? Why are business moguls attending Burning Man? Why has meditation become a billion-dollar industry? Why are technology gurus turning to psychedelic drugs to unlock creativity? All of these people are seeking to shift their state of mind as a way of unlocking their true potential. Altered states, the authors reveal, sharpen our decision making capabilities, unleash creativity, fuel cooperation, and let us tap into levels of inspiration and innovation unavailable at all other times. Stealing Fire combines cutting-edge research and first-hand reporting to explore a revolution in human performance — a movement millions of people strong to harness and utilize some of the most misunderstood and controversial experiences in history. Building a bridge between the extreme and the mainstream, this groundbreaking and provocative book examines how the world’s top performers—the Navy SEALS, Googlers, Fortune 100 CEOs—are using altered states to radically accelerate performance and massively improve their lives, and how we can too. Ultimately, Stealing Fire is a book about profound possibility—about what is actually possible for ourselves and our species when we unlock the full potential of the human mind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealing Fire: How Silicon Valley, the Navy SEALs, and Maverick Scientists Are Revolutionizing the Way We Live and Work Author: Steven Kotler, Jamie Wheal Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 90 Ratings of Narrator: 4.54 of Total 24 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The author of the bestselling Bold and The Rise of Superman explores altered states of consciousness and how they can ignite passion, fuel creativity, and accelerate problem solving, in this groundbreaking book in the vein of Daniel Pink’s Drive and Charles Duhigg’s Smarter Faster Better. Why has generating ''flow'' and getting ''into the zone'' become the goal of the world’s most elite organizations? Why are business moguls attending Burning Man? Why has meditation become a billion-dollar industry? Why are technology gurus turning to psychedelic drugs to unlock creativity? All of these people are seeking to shift their state of mind as a way of unlocking their true potential. Altered states, the authors reveal, sharpen our decision making capabilities, unleash creativity, fuel cooperation, and let us tap into levels of inspiration and innovation unavailable at all other times. Stealing Fire combines cutting-edge research and first-hand reporting to explore a revolution in human performance — a movement millions of people strong to harness and utilize some of the most misunderstood and controversial experiences in history. Building a bridge between the extreme and the mainstream, this groundbreaking and provocative book examines how the world’s top performers—the Navy SEALS, Googlers, Fortune 100 CEOs—are using altered states to radically accelerate performance and massively improve their lives, and how we can too. Ultimately, Stealing Fire is a book about profound possibility—about what is actually possible for ourselves and our species when we unlock the full potential of the human mind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284004 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grief Works: Stories of Life, Death and Surviving Author: Julia Samuel Narrator: Julia Samuel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Grief Works, written and read by Julia Samuel. Death is the last taboo in our society, and grief is still profoundly misunderstood. So many of us feel awkward and uncertain around death, and shy away from talking honestly with family and friends. Grief Works is a compassionate guide that will inform and engage anyone who is grieving, from the 'expected' death of a parent to the sudden unexpected death of a small child, and provide clear advice for those seeking to comfort the bereaved. With deeply moving case studies of real people's stories of loss, and brilliantly accessible and practical advice,Grief Works will be passed down through generations as the definitive guide for anyone who has lost a loved one, and revolutionise the way we talk about life, loss and death. Julia Samuel Thu, 02 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284004 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grief Works: Stories of Life, Death and Surviving Author: Julia Samuel Narrator: Julia Samuel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Grief Works, written and read by Julia Samuel. Death is the last taboo in our society, and grief is still profoundly misunderstood. So many of us feel awkward and uncertain around death, and shy away from talking honestly with family and friends. Grief Works is a compassionate guide that will inform and engage anyone who is grieving, from the 'expected' death of a parent to the sudden unexpected death of a small child, and provide clear advice for those seeking to comfort the bereaved. With deeply moving case studies of real people's stories of loss, and brilliantly accessible and practical advice,Grief Works will be passed down through generations as the definitive guide for anyone who has lost a loved one, and revolutionise the way we talk about life, loss and death. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grief Works: Stories of Life, Death and Surviving Author: Julia Samuel Narrator: Julia Samuel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Grief Works, written and read by Julia Samuel. Death is the last taboo in our society, and grief is still profoundly misunderstood. So many of us feel awkward and uncertain around death, and shy away from talking honestly with family and friends. Grief Works is a compassionate guide that will inform and engage anyone who is grieving, from the 'expected' death of a parent to the sudden unexpected death of a small child, and provide clear advice for those seeking to comfort the bereaved. With deeply moving case studies of real people's stories of loss, and brilliantly accessible and practical advice,Grief Works will be passed down through generations as the definitive guide for anyone who has lost a loved one, and revolutionise the way we talk about life, loss and death. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284002 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Solution: A Quieter Mind, A Calmer You Author: Chloe Brotheridge Narrator: Chloe Brotheridge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Anxiety Solution, written and read by Chloe Brotheridge. The Anxiety Solution is your roadmap to a calmer, happier and more confident you 'I know what it's like to be stuck in a cycle of anxiety. I used to feel as though fear and worry were a permanent part of who I was... but I'm here to tell you that it doesn't have to be this way. The truth is, your natural state is one of calmness and confidence - and I'm going to teach you how to get there.' Therapist Chloe Brotheridge has used the latest scientific research and her own personal experience to create a programme that has already helped thousands of her clients to overcome anxiety. The Anxiety Solution will provide you with simple yet powerful practical tools to help you manage your symptoms and start feeling better every day. Chloe will help you to understand why we feel anxious in the first place, and equips you with techniques to help manage the symptoms and start living a happier, more confident life. Whether it is social media pressure, perfectionism or fear of failure, this book will show you how to regain control of your life. If you want to spend less time worrying and restore your confidence, this book is the solution for you. You'll be surprised how quickly you can be back in control and able to enjoy your life once again. Chloe Brotheridge Thu, 23 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284002 thebookvoice.com 5:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Solution: A Quieter Mind, A Calmer You Author: Chloe Brotheridge Narrator: Chloe Brotheridge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Anxiety Solution, written and read by Chloe Brotheridge. The Anxiety Solution is your roadmap to a calmer, happier and more confident you 'I know what it's like to be stuck in a cycle of anxiety. I used to feel as though fear and worry were a permanent part of who I was... but I'm here to tell you that it doesn't have to be this way. The truth is, your natural state is one of calmness and confidence - and I'm going to teach you how to get there.' Therapist Chloe Brotheridge has used the latest scientific research and her own personal experience to create a programme that has already helped thousands of her clients to overcome anxiety. The Anxiety Solution will provide you with simple yet powerful practical tools to help you manage your symptoms and start feeling better every day. Chloe will help you to understand why we feel anxious in the first place, and equips you with techniques to help manage the symptoms and start living a happier, more confident life. Whether it is social media pressure, perfectionism or fear of failure, this book will show you how to regain control of your life. If you want to spend less time worrying and restore your confidence, this book is the solution for you. You'll be surprised how quickly you can be back in control and able to enjoy your life once again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Solution: A Quieter Mind, A Calmer You Author: Chloe Brotheridge Narrator: Chloe Brotheridge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Anxiety Solution, written and read by Chloe Brotheridge. The Anxiety Solution is your roadmap to a calmer, happier and more confident you 'I know what it's like to be stuck in a cycle of anxiety. I used to feel as though fear and worry were a permanent part of who I was... but I'm here to tell you that it doesn't have to be this way. The truth is, your natural state is one of calmness and confidence - and I'm going to teach you how to get there.' Therapist Chloe Brotheridge has used the latest scientific research and her own personal experience to create a programme that has already helped thousands of her clients to overcome anxiety. The Anxiety Solution will provide you with simple yet powerful practical tools to help you manage your symptoms and start feeling better every day. Chloe will help you to understand why we feel anxious in the first place, and equips you with techniques to help manage the symptoms and start living a happier, more confident life. Whether it is social media pressure, perfectionism or fear of failure, this book will show you how to regain control of your life. If you want to spend less time worrying and restore your confidence, this book is the solution for you. You'll be surprised how quickly you can be back in control and able to enjoy your life once again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283987 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Defense: Murder in Manhattan and the Dawn of Neuroscience in America's Courtrooms Author: Kevin Davis Narrator: Jim Frangione Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Called “the best kind of nonfiction” by Michael Connelly, this riveting new book combines true crime, brain science, and courtroom drama. In 1991, the police were called to East 72nd St. in Manhattan, where a woman's body had fallen from a twelfth-story window. The woman’s husband, Herbert Weinstein, soon confessed to having hit and strangled his wife after an argument, then dropping her body out of their apartment window to make it look like a suicide. The 65-year-old Weinstein, a quiet, unassuming retired advertising executive, had no criminal record, no history of violent behavior—not even a short temper. How, then, to explain this horrific act?   Journalist Kevin Davis uses the perplexing story of the Weinstein murder to present a riveting, deeply researched exploration of the intersection of neuroscience and criminal justice. Shortly after Weinstein was arrested, an MRI revealed a cyst the size of an orange on his brain’s frontal lobe, the part of the brain that governs judgment and impulse control. Weinstein’s lawyer seized on that discovery, arguing that the cyst had impaired Weinstein’s judgment and that he should not be held criminally responsible for the murder. It was the first case in the United States in which a judge allowed a scan showing a defendant’s brain activity to be admitted as evidence to support a claim of innocence.   The Weinstein case marked the dawn of a new era in America's courtrooms, raising complex and often troubling questions about how we define responsibility and free will, how we view the purpose of punishment, and how strongly we are willing to bring scientific evidence to bear on moral questions. Davis brings to light not only the intricacies of the Weinstein case but also the broader history linking brain injuries and aberrant behavior, from the bizarre stories of Phineas Gage and Charles Whitman, perpetrator of the 1966 Texas Tower massacre, to the role that brain damage may play in violence carried out by football players and troubled veterans of America’s twenty-first century wars. The Weinstein case opened the door for a novel defense that continues to transform the legal system: Criminal lawyers are increasingly turning to neuroscience and introducing the effects of brain injuries—whether caused by trauma or by tumors, cancer, or drug or alcohol abuse—and arguing that such damage should be considered in determining guilt or innocence, the death penalty or years behind bars. As he takes stock of the past, present and future of neuroscience in the courts, Davis offers a powerful account of its potential and its hazards.   Thought-provoking and brilliantly crafted, The Brain Defense marries a murder mystery complete with colorful characters and courtroom drama with a sophisticated discussion of how our legal system has changed—and must continue to change—as we broaden our understanding of the human mind. Kevin Davis Tue, 28 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283987 thebookvoice.com 9:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Defense: Murder in Manhattan and the Dawn of Neuroscience in America's Courtrooms Author: Kevin Davis Narrator: Jim Frangione Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Called “the best kind of nonfiction” by Michael Connelly, this riveting new book combines true crime, brain science, and courtroom drama. In 1991, the police were called to East 72nd St. in Manhattan, where a woman's body had fallen from a twelfth-story window. The woman’s husband, Herbert Weinstein, soon confessed to having hit and strangled his wife after an argument, then dropping her body out of their apartment window to make it look like a suicide. The 65-year-old Weinstein, a quiet, unassuming retired advertising executive, had no criminal record, no history of violent behavior—not even a short temper. How, then, to explain this horrific act?   Journalist Kevin Davis uses the perplexing story of the Weinstein murder to present a riveting, deeply researched exploration of the intersection of neuroscience and criminal justice. Shortly after Weinstein was arrested, an MRI revealed a cyst the size of an orange on his brain’s frontal lobe, the part of the brain that governs judgment and impulse control. Weinstein’s lawyer seized on that discovery, arguing that the cyst had impaired Weinstein’s judgment and that he should not be held criminally responsible for the murder. It was the first case in the United States in which a judge allowed a scan showing a defendant’s brain activity to be admitted as evidence to support a claim of innocence.   The Weinstein case marked the dawn of a new era in America's courtrooms, raising complex and often troubling questions about how we define responsibility and free will, how we view the purpose of punishment, and how strongly we are willing to bring scientific evidence to bear on moral questions. Davis brings to light not only the intricacies of the Weinstein case but also the broader history linking brain injuries and aberrant behavior, from the bizarre stories of Phineas Gage and Charles Whitman, perpetrator of the 1966 Texas Tower massacre, to the role that brain damage may play in violence carried out by football players and troubled veterans of America’s twenty-first century wars. The Weinstein case opened the door for a novel defense that continues to transform the legal system: Criminal lawyers are increasingly turning to neuroscience and introducing the effects of brain injuries—whether caused by trauma or by tumors, cancer, or drug or alcohol abuse—and arguing that such damage should be considered in determining guilt or innocence, the death penalty or years behind bars. As he takes stock of the past, present and future of neuroscience in the courts, Davis offers a powerful account of its potential and its hazards.   Thought-provoking and brilliantly crafted, The Brain Defense marries a murder mystery complete with colorful characters and courtroom drama with a sophisticated discussion of how our legal system has changed—and must continue to change—as we broaden our understanding of the human mind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Defense: Murder in Manhattan and the Dawn of Neuroscience in America's Courtrooms Author: Kevin Davis Narrator: Jim Frangione Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Called “the best kind of nonfiction” by Michael Connelly, this riveting new book combines true crime, brain science, and courtroom drama. In 1991, the police were called to East 72nd St. in Manhattan, where a woman's body had fallen from a twelfth-story window. The woman’s husband, Herbert Weinstein, soon confessed to having hit and strangled his wife after an argument, then dropping her body out of their apartment window to make it look like a suicide. The 65-year-old Weinstein, a quiet, unassuming retired advertising executive, had no criminal record, no history of violent behavior—not even a short temper. How, then, to explain this horrific act?   Journalist Kevin Davis uses the perplexing story of the Weinstein murder to present a riveting, deeply researched exploration of the intersection of neuroscience and criminal justice. Shortly after Weinstein was arrested, an MRI revealed a cyst the size of an orange on his brain’s frontal lobe, the part of the brain that governs judgment and impulse control. Weinstein’s lawyer seized on that discovery, arguing that the cyst had impaired Weinstein’s judgment and that he should not be held criminally responsible for the murder. It was the first case in the United States in which a judge allowed a scan showing a defendant’s brain activity to be admitted as evidence to support a claim of innocence.   The Weinstein case marked the dawn of a new era in America's courtrooms, raising complex and often troubling questions about how we define responsibility and free will, how we view the purpose of punishment, and how strongly we are willing to bring scientific evidence to bear on moral questions. Davis brings to light not only the intricacies of the Weinstein case but also the broader history linking brain injuries and aberrant behavior, from the bizarre stories of Phineas Gage and Charles Whitman, perpetrator of the 1966 Texas Tower massacre, to the role that brain damage may play in violence carried out by football players and troubled veterans of America’s twenty-first century wars. The Weinstein case opened the door for a novel defense that continues to transform the legal system: Criminal lawyers are increasingly turning to neuroscience and introducing the effects of brain injuries—whether caused by trauma or by tumors, cancer, or drug or alcohol abuse—and arguing that such damage should be considered in determining guilt or innocence, the death penalty or years behind bars. As he takes stock of the past, present and future of neuroscience in the courts, Davis offers a powerful account of its potential and its hazards.   Thought-provoking and brilliantly crafted, The Brain Defense marries a murder mystery complete with colorful characters and courtroom drama with a sophisticated discussion of how our legal system has changed—and must continue to change—as we broaden our understanding of the human mind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283960 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inkblots: Hermann Rorschach, His Iconic Test, and the Power of Seeing Author: Damion Searls Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The captivating, untold story of Hermann Rorschach and his famous inkblot test   In 1917, working alone in a remote Swiss asylum, psychiatrist Hermann Rorschach devised an experiment to probe the human mind: a set of ten carefully designed inkblots. For years he had grappled with the theories of Freud and Jung while also absorbing the aesthetic movements of the day, from Futurism to Dadaism. A visual artist himself, Rorschach had come to believe that who we are is less a matter of what we say, as Freud thought, than what we see. After Rorschach’s early death, his test quickly made its way to America, where it took on a life of its own. Co-opted by the military after Pearl Harbor, it was a fixture at the Nuremberg trials and in the jungles of Vietnam. It became an advertising staple, a cliché in Hollywood and journalism, and an inspiration to everyone from Andy Warhol to Jay Z. The test was also given to millions of defendants, job applicants, parents in custody battles, and people suffering from mental illness or simply trying to understand themselves better. And it is still used today. In this first-ever biography of Rorschach, Damion Searls draws on unpublished letters and diaries and a cache of previously unknown interviews with Rorschach’s family, friends, and colleagues to tell the unlikely story of the test’s creation, its controversial reinvention, and its remarkable endurance—and what it all reveals about the power of perception. Elegant and original, The Inkblots shines a light on the twentieth century’s most visionary synthesis of art and science. Includes a bonus PDF with visuals and notes Damion Searls Tue, 21 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283960 thebookvoice.com 15:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inkblots: Hermann Rorschach, His Iconic Test, and the Power of Seeing Author: Damion Searls Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The captivating, untold story of Hermann Rorschach and his famous inkblot test   In 1917, working alone in a remote Swiss asylum, psychiatrist Hermann Rorschach devised an experiment to probe the human mind: a set of ten carefully designed inkblots. For years he had grappled with the theories of Freud and Jung while also absorbing the aesthetic movements of the day, from Futurism to Dadaism. A visual artist himself, Rorschach had come to believe that who we are is less a matter of what we say, as Freud thought, than what we see. After Rorschach’s early death, his test quickly made its way to America, where it took on a life of its own. Co-opted by the military after Pearl Harbor, it was a fixture at the Nuremberg trials and in the jungles of Vietnam. It became an advertising staple, a cliché in Hollywood and journalism, and an inspiration to everyone from Andy Warhol to Jay Z. The test was also given to millions of defendants, job applicants, parents in custody battles, and people suffering from mental illness or simply trying to understand themselves better. And it is still used today. In this first-ever biography of Rorschach, Damion Searls draws on unpublished letters and diaries and a cache of previously unknown interviews with Rorschach’s family, friends, and colleagues to tell the unlikely story of the test’s creation, its controversial reinvention, and its remarkable endurance—and what it all reveals about the power of perception. Elegant and original, The Inkblots shines a light on the twentieth century’s most visionary synthesis of art and science. Includes a bonus PDF with visuals and notes Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inkblots: Hermann Rorschach, His Iconic Test, and the Power of Seeing Author: Damion Searls Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The captivating, untold story of Hermann Rorschach and his famous inkblot test   In 1917, working alone in a remote Swiss asylum, psychiatrist Hermann Rorschach devised an experiment to probe the human mind: a set of ten carefully designed inkblots. For years he had grappled with the theories of Freud and Jung while also absorbing the aesthetic movements of the day, from Futurism to Dadaism. A visual artist himself, Rorschach had come to believe that who we are is less a matter of what we say, as Freud thought, than what we see. After Rorschach’s early death, his test quickly made its way to America, where it took on a life of its own. Co-opted by the military after Pearl Harbor, it was a fixture at the Nuremberg trials and in the jungles of Vietnam. It became an advertising staple, a cliché in Hollywood and journalism, and an inspiration to everyone from Andy Warhol to Jay Z. The test was also given to millions of defendants, job applicants, parents in custody battles, and people suffering from mental illness or simply trying to understand themselves better. And it is still used today. In this first-ever biography of Rorschach, Damion Searls draws on unpublished letters and diaries and a cache of previously unknown interviews with Rorschach’s family, friends, and colleagues to tell the unlikely story of the test’s creation, its controversial reinvention, and its remarkable endurance—and what it all reveals about the power of perception. Elegant and original, The Inkblots shines a light on the twentieth century’s most visionary synthesis of art and science. Includes a bonus PDF with visuals and notes https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283747 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rules Do Not Apply: A Memoir Author: Ariel Levy Narrator: Ariel Levy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER •  “This Year’s Must-Read Memoir” (W magazine) about the choices a young woman makes in her search for adventure, meaning, and love NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Vogue • Time • Esquire • Entertainment Weekly • The Guardian • Harper’s Bazaar • Library Journal • NPR  All her life, Ariel Levy was told that she was too fervent, too forceful, too much. As a young woman, she decided that becoming a writer would perfectly channel her strength and desire. She would be a professional explorer—“the kind of woman who is free to do whatever she chooses.” Levy moved to Manhattan to pursue her dream, and spent years of adventure, traveling all over the world writing stories about unconventional heroines, following their fearless examples in her own life. But when she experiences unthinkable heartbreak, Levy is forced to surrender her illusion of control. In telling her story, Levy has captured a portrait of our time, of the shifting forces in American culture, of what has changed and what has remained. And of how to begin again. Praise for The Rules Do Not Apply “Unflinching and intimate, wrenching and revelatory, Ariel Levy’s powerful memoir about love, loss, and finding one’s way shimmers with truth and heart on every page.”—Cheryl Strayed “Every deep feeling a human is capable of will be shaken loose by this profound book. Ariel Levy has taken grief and made art out of it.”—David Sedaris “Beautifully crafted . . . This book is haunting; it is smart and engaging. It was so engrossing that I read it in a day.”—The New York Times Book Review “Levy’s wise and poignant memoir is the voice of a new generation of women, full of grit, pathos, truth, and inspiration. Being in her presence is energizing and ennobling. Reading her deep little book is inspiring.”—San Francisco Book Review “Levy has the rare gift of seeing herself with fierce, unforgiving clarity. And she deploys prose to match, raw and agile. She plumbs the commotion deep within and takes the measure of her have-it-all generation.”—The Atlantic “Cheryl Strayed meets a Nora Ephron movie. You’ll laugh, ugly cry, and finish it before the weekend’s over.”—theSkimm Ariel Levy Tue, 14 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283747 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rules Do Not Apply: A Memoir Author: Ariel Levy Narrator: Ariel Levy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER •  “This Year’s Must-Read Memoir” (W magazine) about the choices a young woman makes in her search for adventure, meaning, and love NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Vogue • Time • Esquire • Entertainment Weekly • The Guardian • Harper’s Bazaar • Library Journal • NPR  All her life, Ariel Levy was told that she was too fervent, too forceful, too much. As a young woman, she decided that becoming a writer would perfectly channel her strength and desire. She would be a professional explorer—“the kind of woman who is free to do whatever she chooses.” Levy moved to Manhattan to pursue her dream, and spent years of adventure, traveling all over the world writing stories about unconventional heroines, following their fearless examples in her own life. But when she experiences unthinkable heartbreak, Levy is forced to surrender her illusion of control. In telling her story, Levy has captured a portrait of our time, of the shifting forces in American culture, of what has changed and what has remained. And of how to begin again. Praise for The Rules Do Not Apply “Unflinching and intimate, wrenching and revelatory, Ariel Levy’s powerful memoir about love, loss, and finding one’s way shimmers with truth and heart on every page.”—Cheryl Strayed “Every deep feeling a human is capable of will be shaken loose by this profound book. Ariel Levy has taken grief and made art out of it.”—David Sedaris “Beautifully crafted . . . This book is haunting; it is smart and engaging. It was so engrossing that I read it in a day.”—The New York Times Book Review “Levy’s wise and poignant memoir is the voice of a new generation of women, full of grit, pathos, truth, and inspiration. Being in her presence is energizing and ennobling. Reading her deep little book is inspiring.”—San Francisco Book Review “Levy has the rare gift of seeing herself with fierce, unforgiving clarity. And she deploys prose to match, raw and agile. She plumbs the commotion deep within and takes the measure of her have-it-all generation.”—The Atlantic “Cheryl Strayed meets a Nora Ephron movie. You’ll laugh, ugly cry, and finish it before the weekend’s over.”—theSkimm Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rules Do Not Apply: A Memoir Author: Ariel Levy Narrator: Ariel Levy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER •  “This Year’s Must-Read Memoir” (W magazine) about the choices a young woman makes in her search for adventure, meaning, and love NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Vogue • Time • Esquire • Entertainment Weekly • The Guardian • Harper’s Bazaar • Library Journal • NPR  All her life, Ariel Levy was told that she was too fervent, too forceful, too much. As a young woman, she decided that becoming a writer would perfectly channel her strength and desire. She would be a professional explorer—“the kind of woman who is free to do whatever she chooses.” Levy moved to Manhattan to pursue her dream, and spent years of adventure, traveling all over the world writing stories about unconventional heroines, following their fearless examples in her own life. But when she experiences unthinkable heartbreak, Levy is forced to surrender her illusion of control. In telling her story, Levy has captured a portrait of our time, of the shifting forces in American culture, of what has changed and what has remained. And of how to begin again. Praise for The Rules Do Not Apply “Unflinching and intimate, wrenching and revelatory, Ariel Levy’s powerful memoir about love, loss, and finding one’s way shimmers with truth and heart on every page.”—Cheryl Strayed “Every deep feeling a human is capable of will be shaken loose by this profound book. Ariel Levy has taken grief and made art out of it.”—David Sedaris “Beautifully crafted . . . This book is haunting; it is smart and engaging. It was so engrossing that I read it in a day.”—The New York Times Book Review “Levy’s wise and poignant memoir is the voice of a new generation of women, full of grit, pathos, truth, and inspiration. Being in her presence is energizing and ennobling. Reading her deep little book is inspiring.”—San Francisco Book Review “Levy has the rare gift of seeing herself with fierce, unforgiving clarity. And she deploys prose to match, raw and agile. She plumbs the commotion deep within and takes the measure of her have-it-all generation.”—The Atlantic “Cheryl Strayed meets a Nora Ephron movie. You’ll laugh, ugly cry, and finish it before the weekend’s over.”—theSkimm https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283746 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attitude: Develop a Winning Mindset on and off the Court Author: Jay Wright, Michael Sheridan, Mark Dagostino Narrator: Michael Sheridan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this behind-the-scenes look at the making of a champion, the coach of the Villanova University men’s basketball team shares his competitive and cooperative philosophy, along with lessons from his coaching career and the story of his personal road to success. When Kris Jenkins sank a three-pointer at the buzzer to win the 2016 NCAA Tournament, it was a victory not just for a team and its coach but for an entire program. In his twentieth season with the Villanova program, including a five-year stint as an assistant to Coach Rollie Massimino, Coach Jay Wright had achieved his lifelong dream—and witnessed the culmination of a decades-long effort to build a culture of winning around a set of core values. In Attitude, Coach Wright shares some of the leadership secrets that have enabled Villanova, a private university with an undergraduate enrollment of less than 6,500, to thrive in the hypercompetitive world of college athletics. As he recounts the story of the 2015–16 Wildcats, Coach Wright offers anecdotes from his own journey up the ladder of success, with lessons learned on the Little League playing fields of his youth and wisdom passed down from his coaches and mentors. Each step of Villanova’s journey to a national championship incorporates a signature term torn from Coach Wright’s own motivational playbook. Here are key principles that aspiring leaders can apply, not only on the basketball court but in the boardroom, the classroom, and the living room. From learning to accept your role to remembering to honor those who came before us, Jay Wright’s core values provide a positive blueprint for transformational team building based on the idea that anyone—from the head coach to the last player on the bench—can be a leader when the moment demands it. The product of a lifetime’s worth of championship-level preparation, Attitude is perfect for anyone looking to build a team, achieve a goal, or nurture their own winning culture. Read by author Mike Sheridan, with the introduction read by author Jay Wright, and the foreword read by Adam Lazarre-White Advance praise for Attitude “Jay Wright’s Attitude is filled with wonderful anecdotes, life lessons, and that which we all seek: wisdom.”—Phil Knight, co-founder and chairman emeritus, Nike “In 2015–16, Villanova displayed the best attributes of a champion by playing hard, smart, and together. Jay Wright instilled those traits in his team, and in Attitude he shares the universal leadership lessons that helped it succeed.”—Mike Krzyzewski, head coach, Duke University basketball “In my four years at Villanova, Coach Wright taught me what it means to be a respected leader and how infectious a positive daily approach can be. Reading Attitude made me feel like I was right back with my teammates in a circle at center court after practice, listening to Coach’s insight into how I could become a better player and a better leader.”—Ryan Arcidiacono, co-captain, 2015–2016 Villanova Wildcats Jay Wright, Michael Sheridan, Mark Dagostino Tue, 28 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283746 thebookvoice.com 10:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attitude: Develop a Winning Mindset on and off the Court Author: Jay Wright, Michael Sheridan, Mark Dagostino Narrator: Michael Sheridan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this behind-the-scenes look at the making of a champion, the coach of the Villanova University men’s basketball team shares his competitive and cooperative philosophy, along with lessons from his coaching career and the story of his personal road to success. When Kris Jenkins sank a three-pointer at the buzzer to win the 2016 NCAA Tournament, it was a victory not just for a team and its coach but for an entire program. In his twentieth season with the Villanova program, including a five-year stint as an assistant to Coach Rollie Massimino, Coach Jay Wright had achieved his lifelong dream—and witnessed the culmination of a decades-long effort to build a culture of winning around a set of core values. In Attitude, Coach Wright shares some of the leadership secrets that have enabled Villanova, a private university with an undergraduate enrollment of less than 6,500, to thrive in the hypercompetitive world of college athletics. As he recounts the story of the 2015–16 Wildcats, Coach Wright offers anecdotes from his own journey up the ladder of success, with lessons learned on the Little League playing fields of his youth and wisdom passed down from his coaches and mentors. Each step of Villanova’s journey to a national championship incorporates a signature term torn from Coach Wright’s own motivational playbook. Here are key principles that aspiring leaders can apply, not only on the basketball court but in the boardroom, the classroom, and the living room. From learning to accept your role to remembering to honor those who came before us, Jay Wright’s core values provide a positive blueprint for transformational team building based on the idea that anyone—from the head coach to the last player on the bench—can be a leader when the moment demands it. The product of a lifetime’s worth of championship-level preparation, Attitude is perfect for anyone looking to build a team, achieve a goal, or nurture their own winning culture. Read by author Mike Sheridan, with the introduction read by author Jay Wright, and the foreword read by Adam Lazarre-White Advance praise for Attitude “Jay Wright’s Attitude is filled with wonderful anecdotes, life lessons, and that which we all seek: wisdom.”—Phil Knight, co-founder and chairman emeritus, Nike “In 2015–16, Villanova displayed the best attributes of a champion by playing hard, smart, and together. Jay Wright instilled those traits in his team, and in Attitude he shares the universal leadership lessons that helped it succeed.”—Mike Krzyzewski, head coach, Duke University basketball “In my four years at Villanova, Coach Wright taught me what it means to be a respected leader and how infectious a positive daily approach can be. Reading Attitude made me feel like I was right back with my teammates in a circle at center court after practice, listening to Coach’s insight into how I could become a better player and a better leader.”—Ryan Arcidiacono, co-captain, 2015–2016 Villanova Wildcats Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attitude: Develop a Winning Mindset on and off the Court Author: Jay Wright, Michael Sheridan, Mark Dagostino Narrator: Michael Sheridan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this behind-the-scenes look at the making of a champion, the coach of the Villanova University men’s basketball team shares his competitive and cooperative philosophy, along with lessons from his coaching career and the story of his personal road to success. When Kris Jenkins sank a three-pointer at the buzzer to win the 2016 NCAA Tournament, it was a victory not just for a team and its coach but for an entire program. In his twentieth season with the Villanova program, including a five-year stint as an assistant to Coach Rollie Massimino, Coach Jay Wright had achieved his lifelong dream—and witnessed the culmination of a decades-long effort to build a culture of winning around a set of core values. In Attitude, Coach Wright shares some of the leadership secrets that have enabled Villanova, a private university with an undergraduate enrollment of less than 6,500, to thrive in the hypercompetitive world of college athletics. As he recounts the story of the 2015–16 Wildcats, Coach Wright offers anecdotes from his own journey up the ladder of success, with lessons learned on the Little League playing fields of his youth and wisdom passed down from his coaches and mentors. Each step of Villanova’s journey to a national championship incorporates a signature term torn from Coach Wright’s own motivational playbook. Here are key principles that aspiring leaders can apply, not only on the basketball court but in the boardroom, the classroom, and the living room. From learning to accept your role to remembering to honor those who came before us, Jay Wright’s core values provide a positive blueprint for transformational team building based on the idea that anyone—from the head coach to the last player on the bench—can be a leader when the moment demands it. The product of a lifetime’s worth of championship-level preparation, Attitude is perfect for anyone looking to build a team, achieve a goal, or nurture their own winning culture. Read by author Mike Sheridan, with the introduction read by author Jay Wright, and the foreword read by Adam Lazarre-White Advance praise for Attitude “Jay Wright’s Attitude is filled with wonderful anecdotes, life lessons, and that which we all seek: wisdom.”—Phil Knight, co-founder and chairman emeritus, Nike “In 2015–16, Villanova displayed the best attributes of a champion by playing hard, smart, and together. Jay Wright instilled those traits in his team, and in Attitude he shares the universal leadership lessons that helped it succeed.”—Mike Krzyzewski, head coach, Duke University basketball “In my four years at Villanova, Coach Wright taught me what it means to be a respected leader and how infectious a positive daily approach can be. Reading Attitude made me feel like I was right back with my teammates in a circle at center court after practice, listening to Coach’s insight into how I could become a better player and a better leader.”—Ryan Arcidiacono, co-captain, 2015–2016 Villanova Wildcats https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283628 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283628]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stress-Proof Brain: Master Your Emotional Response to Stress Using Mindfulness and Neuroplasticity Author: Melanie Greenberg PhD Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Modern times are stressful—and it’s killing us. Unfortunately, we can’t avoid the things that stress us out, but we can change how we respond to them. In this breakthrough book, a clinical psychologist and neuroscience expert offers an original approach to help readers harness the power of positive emotions and overcome stress for good.Stress is, unfortunately, a natural part of life—especially in our busy and hectic modern times. But you don’t have to let it get in the way of your health and happiness. Studies show that the key to coping with stress is simpler than you think—it’s all about how you respond to the situations and things that stress you out or threaten to overwhelm you.The Stress-Proof Brain offers powerful, comprehensive tools based in mindfulness, neuroscience, and positive psychology to help you put a stop to unhealthy responses to stress—such as avoidance, tunnel vision, negative thinking, self-criticism, fixed mindset, and fear. Instead, you’ll discover unique exercises that provide a recipe for resilience, empowering you to master your emotional responses, overcome negative thinking, and create a more tolerant, stress-proof brain.This book will help you develop an original and effective program for mastering your emotional brain’s response to stress by harnessing the power of neuroplasticity. By creating a more stress tolerant, resilient brain, you’ll learn to shrug off the small stuff, deal with the big stuff, and live a happier, healthier life. Melanie Greenberg PhD Thu, 02 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283628 thebookvoice.com 6:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283628]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stress-Proof Brain: Master Your Emotional Response to Stress Using Mindfulness and Neuroplasticity Author: Melanie Greenberg PhD Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Modern times are stressful—and it’s killing us. Unfortunately, we can’t avoid the things that stress us out, but we can change how we respond to them. In this breakthrough book, a clinical psychologist and neuroscience expert offers an original approach to help readers harness the power of positive emotions and overcome stress for good.Stress is, unfortunately, a natural part of life—especially in our busy and hectic modern times. But you don’t have to let it get in the way of your health and happiness. Studies show that the key to coping with stress is simpler than you think—it’s all about how you respond to the situations and things that stress you out or threaten to overwhelm you.The Stress-Proof Brain offers powerful, comprehensive tools based in mindfulness, neuroscience, and positive psychology to help you put a stop to unhealthy responses to stress—such as avoidance, tunnel vision, negative thinking, self-criticism, fixed mindset, and fear. Instead, you’ll discover unique exercises that provide a recipe for resilience, empowering you to master your emotional responses, overcome negative thinking, and create a more tolerant, stress-proof brain.This book will help you develop an original and effective program for mastering your emotional brain’s response to stress by harnessing the power of neuroplasticity. By creating a more stress tolerant, resilient brain, you’ll learn to shrug off the small stuff, deal with the big stuff, and live a happier, healthier life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283628]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stress-Proof Brain: Master Your Emotional Response to Stress Using Mindfulness and Neuroplasticity Author: Melanie Greenberg PhD Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Modern times are stressful—and it’s killing us. Unfortunately, we can’t avoid the things that stress us out, but we can change how we respond to them. In this breakthrough book, a clinical psychologist and neuroscience expert offers an original approach to help readers harness the power of positive emotions and overcome stress for good.Stress is, unfortunately, a natural part of life—especially in our busy and hectic modern times. But you don’t have to let it get in the way of your health and happiness. Studies show that the key to coping with stress is simpler than you think—it’s all about how you respond to the situations and things that stress you out or threaten to overwhelm you.The Stress-Proof Brain offers powerful, comprehensive tools based in mindfulness, neuroscience, and positive psychology to help you put a stop to unhealthy responses to stress—such as avoidance, tunnel vision, negative thinking, self-criticism, fixed mindset, and fear. Instead, you’ll discover unique exercises that provide a recipe for resilience, empowering you to master your emotional responses, overcome negative thinking, and create a more tolerant, stress-proof brain.This book will help you develop an original and effective program for mastering your emotional brain’s response to stress by harnessing the power of neuroplasticity. By creating a more stress tolerant, resilient brain, you’ll learn to shrug off the small stuff, deal with the big stuff, and live a happier, healthier life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Advanced CBT Course Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Joe Berger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cognitive Behaviour Therapy is a highly successful therapy that is continually increasing in effectiveness and in many cases is more effective than medication treatments. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, or CBT, is the therapy of choice for medical practitioners referring patients that are struggling with certain destructive behaviours. It is a well-recognized system of training a patient to identify and reconstruct certain negative thought processes, which may be affecting their lives. Our feelings and emotions influence how we deal with every event. Negative emotions can adversely affect any part of our lives. For example, a woman who has suffered physical abuse feels she can no longer cope because her self-esteem has become so low. CBT helps her to picture certain situations she faces and to examine the thought processes that convince her she is not equipped with the necessary skills or confidence. Here and Now Therapy It is an extremely valuable tool, which is very highly regarded not only by mental health consumers but also medical providers too. One of the main reasons is it is such a popular therapy, apart from its convincing results, is the fact treatment tends to be over a very short term and focused on a specific problem. This makes it very accessible, at a cost that people can afford. CBT is a '˜here and now'™ therapy that concentrates on a negative feeling or behaviour led by a destructive thought pattern, and how to change this process to move the person'™s life forward and beyond the behaviour. A person'™s distorted thinking pattern can bring an altered view of the world and this in turn can cause feelings of despair, depression, anxiety, frustration, and anger. CBT is a powerful therapy that can realign the poor thought patterns and therefore improve the life of the sufferer in the long term. This advanced course will take you through the many various applications of CBT and the different conditions that it can be used to treat including: depression, anxiety, stress, addictions, sleep problems, and relationships with food (such as eating disorders). The emphasis for the learning contained within this course is on the many different applications of CBT and how powerful these advanced tools and techniques can be used to help yourself and others. Centre Of Excellence Thu, 13 Oct 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283352 thebookvoice.com 2:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Advanced CBT Course Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Joe Berger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cognitive Behaviour Therapy is a highly successful therapy that is continually increasing in effectiveness and in many cases is more effective than medication treatments. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, or CBT, is the therapy of choice for medical practitioners referring patients that are struggling with certain destructive behaviours. It is a well-recognized system of training a patient to identify and reconstruct certain negative thought processes, which may be affecting their lives. Our feelings and emotions influence how we deal with every event. Negative emotions can adversely affect any part of our lives. For example, a woman who has suffered physical abuse feels she can no longer cope because her self-esteem has become so low. CBT helps her to picture certain situations she faces and to examine the thought processes that convince her she is not equipped with the necessary skills or confidence. Here and Now Therapy It is an extremely valuable tool, which is very highly regarded not only by mental health consumers but also medical providers too. One of the main reasons is it is such a popular therapy, apart from its convincing results, is the fact treatment tends to be over a very short term and focused on a specific problem. This makes it very accessible, at a cost that people can afford. CBT is a '˜here and now'™ therapy that concentrates on a negative feeling or behaviour led by a destructive thought pattern, and how to change this process to move the person'™s life forward and beyond the behaviour. A person'™s distorted thinking pattern can bring an altered view of the world and this in turn can cause feelings of despair, depression, anxiety, frustration, and anger. CBT is a powerful therapy that can realign the poor thought patterns and therefore improve the life of the sufferer in the long term. This advanced course will take you through the many various applications of CBT and the different conditions that it can be used to treat including: depression, anxiety, stress, addictions, sleep problems, and relationships with food (such as eating disorders). The emphasis for the learning contained within this course is on the many different applications of CBT and how powerful these advanced tools and techniques can be used to help yourself and others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Advanced CBT Course Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Joe Berger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cognitive Behaviour Therapy is a highly successful therapy that is continually increasing in effectiveness and in many cases is more effective than medication treatments. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, or CBT, is the therapy of choice for medical practitioners referring patients that are struggling with certain destructive behaviours. It is a well-recognized system of training a patient to identify and reconstruct certain negative thought processes, which may be affecting their lives. Our feelings and emotions influence how we deal with every event. Negative emotions can adversely affect any part of our lives. For example, a woman who has suffered physical abuse feels she can no longer cope because her self-esteem has become so low. CBT helps her to picture certain situations she faces and to examine the thought processes that convince her she is not equipped with the necessary skills or confidence. Here and Now Therapy It is an extremely valuable tool, which is very highly regarded not only by mental health consumers but also medical providers too. One of the main reasons is it is such a popular therapy, apart from its convincing results, is the fact treatment tends to be over a very short term and focused on a specific problem. This makes it very accessible, at a cost that people can afford. CBT is a '˜here and now'™ therapy that concentrates on a negative feeling or behaviour led by a destructive thought pattern, and how to change this process to move the person'™s life forward and beyond the behaviour. A person'™s distorted thinking pattern can bring an altered view of the world and this in turn can cause feelings of despair, depression, anxiety, frustration, and anger. CBT is a powerful therapy that can realign the poor thought patterns and therefore improve the life of the sufferer in the long term. This advanced course will take you through the many various applications of CBT and the different conditions that it can be used to treat including: depression, anxiety, stress, addictions, sleep problems, and relationships with food (such as eating disorders). The emphasis for the learning contained within this course is on the many different applications of CBT and how powerful these advanced tools and techniques can be used to help yourself and others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283189 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283189]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warrior Mom: 7 Secrets to Bold, Brave Resilience Author: JJ Virgin Narrator: JJ Virgin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Inside every mother is a fierce, resilient, intuitive woman who has the ability to tap into an indomitable mindset and create heroic outcomes—for her children, her family, her community and for herself—she is a Warrior Mom. In Warrior Mom, (previously published as Miracle Mindset), celebrity health expert and four-time New York Times bestselling author, JJ Virgin reveals how one life-altering event taught her to trust her instincts, pay attention to the details that matter and defy the odds—and she shares how you can too. In 2012, JJ Virgin was in a hospital room next to her sixteen-year-old son who was struck by a hit-and-run driver and left for dead. She was told by doctors that he wouldn't last through the night and to let him go. With every reason to give up, JJ chose instead to invest her energy into the hope that her son would not just survive, but thrive. In Warrior Mom, she shares the lessons that gave her the courage to overcome the worst moment of her life. During this difficult time, she learned valuable personal lessons that helped her rebuild her life and find success and purpose in herself, her work, and teach her sons and community how to face their own obstacles and trials. Lessons like “Don’t Wish It Were Easier, Make Yourself Stronger” and “Your Limitations Will Become Your Life” will lead you to your own personal power and purpose, even when the deck seems stacked against you. With true stories from her life, her clients, and other well-known thought leaders, she can help you transform your mindset and your daily habits to endure the difficult battles that life sends your way. Insightful, personal, and completely relatable, this book proves that miracles are possible when you show up, remain positive, and do the work. JJ Virgin Tue, 21 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283189 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283189]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warrior Mom: 7 Secrets to Bold, Brave Resilience Author: JJ Virgin Narrator: JJ Virgin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Inside every mother is a fierce, resilient, intuitive woman who has the ability to tap into an indomitable mindset and create heroic outcomes—for her children, her family, her community and for herself—she is a Warrior Mom. In Warrior Mom, (previously published as Miracle Mindset), celebrity health expert and four-time New York Times bestselling author, JJ Virgin reveals how one life-altering event taught her to trust her instincts, pay attention to the details that matter and defy the odds—and she shares how you can too. In 2012, JJ Virgin was in a hospital room next to her sixteen-year-old son who was struck by a hit-and-run driver and left for dead. She was told by doctors that he wouldn't last through the night and to let him go. With every reason to give up, JJ chose instead to invest her energy into the hope that her son would not just survive, but thrive. In Warrior Mom, she shares the lessons that gave her the courage to overcome the worst moment of her life. During this difficult time, she learned valuable personal lessons that helped her rebuild her life and find success and purpose in herself, her work, and teach her sons and community how to face their own obstacles and trials. Lessons like “Don’t Wish It Were Easier, Make Yourself Stronger” and “Your Limitations Will Become Your Life” will lead you to your own personal power and purpose, even when the deck seems stacked against you. With true stories from her life, her clients, and other well-known thought leaders, she can help you transform your mindset and your daily habits to endure the difficult battles that life sends your way. Insightful, personal, and completely relatable, this book proves that miracles are possible when you show up, remain positive, and do the work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283189]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warrior Mom: 7 Secrets to Bold, Brave Resilience Author: JJ Virgin Narrator: JJ Virgin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Inside every mother is a fierce, resilient, intuitive woman who has the ability to tap into an indomitable mindset and create heroic outcomes—for her children, her family, her community and for herself—she is a Warrior Mom. In Warrior Mom, (previously published as Miracle Mindset), celebrity health expert and four-time New York Times bestselling author, JJ Virgin reveals how one life-altering event taught her to trust her instincts, pay attention to the details that matter and defy the odds—and she shares how you can too. In 2012, JJ Virgin was in a hospital room next to her sixteen-year-old son who was struck by a hit-and-run driver and left for dead. She was told by doctors that he wouldn't last through the night and to let him go. With every reason to give up, JJ chose instead to invest her energy into the hope that her son would not just survive, but thrive. In Warrior Mom, she shares the lessons that gave her the courage to overcome the worst moment of her life. During this difficult time, she learned valuable personal lessons that helped her rebuild her life and find success and purpose in herself, her work, and teach her sons and community how to face their own obstacles and trials. Lessons like “Don’t Wish It Were Easier, Make Yourself Stronger” and “Your Limitations Will Become Your Life” will lead you to your own personal power and purpose, even when the deck seems stacked against you. With true stories from her life, her clients, and other well-known thought leaders, she can help you transform your mindset and your daily habits to endure the difficult battles that life sends your way. Insightful, personal, and completely relatable, this book proves that miracles are possible when you show up, remain positive, and do the work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/282007 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/282007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Emotions Are Made: The Secret Life of the Brain Author: Lisa Feldman Barrett Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Fascinating . . . A thought-provoking journey into emotion science.” — Wall Street Journal “A singular book, remarkable for the freshness of its ideas and the boldness and clarity with which they are presented.” — Scientific American “A brilliant and original book on the science of emotion, by the deepest thinker about this topic since Darwin.” — Daniel Gilbert, best-selling author of Stumbling on Happiness The science of emotion is in the midst of a revolution on par with the discovery of relativity in physics and natural selection in biology. Leading the charge is psychologist and neuroscientist Lisa Feldman Barrett, whose research overturns the long-standing belief that emotions are automatic, universal, and hardwired in different brain regions. Instead, Barrett shows, we construct each instance of emotion through a unique interplay of brain, body, and culture. A lucid report from the cutting edge of emotion science, How Emotions Are Made reveals the profound real-world consequences of this breakthrough for everything from neuroscience and medicine to the legal system and even national security, laying bare the immense implications of our latest and most intimate scientific revolution. “Mind-blowing.” — Elle “Chock-full of startling, science-backed findings . . . An entertaining and engaging read. ” — Forbes Lisa Feldman Barrett Tue, 07 Mar 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/282007 thebookvoice.com 14:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/282007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Emotions Are Made: The Secret Life of the Brain Author: Lisa Feldman Barrett Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Fascinating . . . A thought-provoking journey into emotion science.” — Wall Street Journal “A singular book, remarkable for the freshness of its ideas and the boldness and clarity with which they are presented.” — Scientific American “A brilliant and original book on the science of emotion, by the deepest thinker about this topic since Darwin.” — Daniel Gilbert, best-selling author of Stumbling on Happiness The science of emotion is in the midst of a revolution on par with the discovery of relativity in physics and natural selection in biology. Leading the charge is psychologist and neuroscientist Lisa Feldman Barrett, whose research overturns the long-standing belief that emotions are automatic, universal, and hardwired in different brain regions. Instead, Barrett shows, we construct each instance of emotion through a unique interplay of brain, body, and culture. A lucid report from the cutting edge of emotion science, How Emotions Are Made reveals the profound real-world consequences of this breakthrough for everything from neuroscience and medicine to the legal system and even national security, laying bare the immense implications of our latest and most intimate scientific revolution. “Mind-blowing.” — Elle “Chock-full of startling, science-backed findings . . . An entertaining and engaging read. ” — Forbes Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/282007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Emotions Are Made: The Secret Life of the Brain Author: Lisa Feldman Barrett Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Fascinating . . . A thought-provoking journey into emotion science.” — Wall Street Journal “A singular book, remarkable for the freshness of its ideas and the boldness and clarity with which they are presented.” — Scientific American “A brilliant and original book on the science of emotion, by the deepest thinker about this topic since Darwin.” — Daniel Gilbert, best-selling author of Stumbling on Happiness The science of emotion is in the midst of a revolution on par with the discovery of relativity in physics and natural selection in biology. Leading the charge is psychologist and neuroscientist Lisa Feldman Barrett, whose research overturns the long-standing belief that emotions are automatic, universal, and hardwired in different brain regions. Instead, Barrett shows, we construct each instance of emotion through a unique interplay of brain, body, and culture. A lucid report from the cutting edge of emotion science, How Emotions Are Made reveals the profound real-world consequences of this breakthrough for everything from neuroscience and medicine to the legal system and even national security, laying bare the immense implications of our latest and most intimate scientific revolution. “Mind-blowing.” — Elle “Chock-full of startling, science-backed findings . . . An entertaining and engaging read. ” — Forbes https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281985 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diary of a Suicide Author: Wallace E. Baker Narrator: Lee Smalley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.41 of Total 75 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 13 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Mr. B. Russell Herts, c/o International Magazine, New York City. Under separate cover I am sending you a record of a young man who is about to commit suicide. My only object is that it may help…to ease the way for some who come after…. I do not sign this, but you may verify my death by communicating with Mr. ——, whom I am writing to-day, so that he may look after my effects in New York.” The body of a well-dressed young man was found off Manhattan Beach, Sept. 28, 1913. In his pockets a torn photograph of Strindberg and receipts for three registered letters were found. These receipts were traced to Mr. Herts and to friends in Toronto, one of whom identified the body on Oct. 2d as that of Wallace E. Baker. –From the book’s Forward. Wallace E. Baker Thu, 05 Jan 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281985 thebookvoice.com 2:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diary of a Suicide Author: Wallace E. Baker Narrator: Lee Smalley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.41 of Total 75 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 13 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Mr. B. Russell Herts, c/o International Magazine, New York City. Under separate cover I am sending you a record of a young man who is about to commit suicide. My only object is that it may help…to ease the way for some who come after…. I do not sign this, but you may verify my death by communicating with Mr. ——, whom I am writing to-day, so that he may look after my effects in New York.” The body of a well-dressed young man was found off Manhattan Beach, Sept. 28, 1913. In his pockets a torn photograph of Strindberg and receipts for three registered letters were found. These receipts were traced to Mr. Herts and to friends in Toronto, one of whom identified the body on Oct. 2d as that of Wallace E. Baker. –From the book’s Forward. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diary of a Suicide Author: Wallace E. Baker Narrator: Lee Smalley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.41 of Total 75 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 13 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Mr. B. Russell Herts, c/o International Magazine, New York City. Under separate cover I am sending you a record of a young man who is about to commit suicide. My only object is that it may help…to ease the way for some who come after…. I do not sign this, but you may verify my death by communicating with Mr. ——, whom I am writing to-day, so that he may look after my effects in New York.” The body of a well-dressed young man was found off Manhattan Beach, Sept. 28, 1913. In his pockets a torn photograph of Strindberg and receipts for three registered letters were found. These receipts were traced to Mr. Herts and to friends in Toronto, one of whom identified the body on Oct. 2d as that of Wallace E. Baker. –From the book’s Forward. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281871 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stretch: Unlock the Power of Less-and Achieve More Than You Ever Imagined Author: Scott Sonenshein Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Rice University social scientist teaches you to rethink what you need to succeed, and do more with what you already have, in this counterintuitive, evidence-based guide to changing the way you work and live. Stretch identifies key ways for people and organizations to work beyond their resources to achieve higher performance. Based on in-depth research in psychology and management, Scott Sonenshein shows how to accomplish goals, find professional and personal success, and live a richer life. Two different mindsets drive achievement, creativity, and innovation: ''stretching'' and ''chasing.''Stretchers embrace what they have, finding unconventional ways to use resources already at hand. A competitor is someone who improves your own work; a floundering brand becomes a trendy; and forgotten workers become star employees. Chasers get trapped in convention. They mindlessly accept other people’s definitions of resources and often feel they are missing what they need to succeed. Sonenshein teaches a four-part framework that activates the stretching potential we all have but may not fully recognize: - Diversify experiences. - Act immediately without overplanning. - Expect the positive. - Build unique combinations. Sonenshein reveals that while we rarely have all we think we need, we usually have more than we imagine. Whether leading organizations, launching careers, or raising families, Stretch teaches us how to achieve more by acting resourcefully at work and beyond. Scott Sonenshein Tue, 07 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281871 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stretch: Unlock the Power of Less-and Achieve More Than You Ever Imagined Author: Scott Sonenshein Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Rice University social scientist teaches you to rethink what you need to succeed, and do more with what you already have, in this counterintuitive, evidence-based guide to changing the way you work and live. Stretch identifies key ways for people and organizations to work beyond their resources to achieve higher performance. Based on in-depth research in psychology and management, Scott Sonenshein shows how to accomplish goals, find professional and personal success, and live a richer life. Two different mindsets drive achievement, creativity, and innovation: ''stretching'' and ''chasing.''Stretchers embrace what they have, finding unconventional ways to use resources already at hand. A competitor is someone who improves your own work; a floundering brand becomes a trendy; and forgotten workers become star employees. Chasers get trapped in convention. They mindlessly accept other people’s definitions of resources and often feel they are missing what they need to succeed. Sonenshein teaches a four-part framework that activates the stretching potential we all have but may not fully recognize: - Diversify experiences. - Act immediately without overplanning. - Expect the positive. - Build unique combinations. Sonenshein reveals that while we rarely have all we think we need, we usually have more than we imagine. Whether leading organizations, launching careers, or raising families, Stretch teaches us how to achieve more by acting resourcefully at work and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stretch: Unlock the Power of Less-and Achieve More Than You Ever Imagined Author: Scott Sonenshein Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Rice University social scientist teaches you to rethink what you need to succeed, and do more with what you already have, in this counterintuitive, evidence-based guide to changing the way you work and live. Stretch identifies key ways for people and organizations to work beyond their resources to achieve higher performance. Based on in-depth research in psychology and management, Scott Sonenshein shows how to accomplish goals, find professional and personal success, and live a richer life. Two different mindsets drive achievement, creativity, and innovation: ''stretching'' and ''chasing.''Stretchers embrace what they have, finding unconventional ways to use resources already at hand. A competitor is someone who improves your own work; a floundering brand becomes a trendy; and forgotten workers become star employees. Chasers get trapped in convention. They mindlessly accept other people’s definitions of resources and often feel they are missing what they need to succeed. Sonenshein teaches a four-part framework that activates the stretching potential we all have but may not fully recognize: - Diversify experiences. - Act immediately without overplanning. - Expect the positive. - Build unique combinations. Sonenshein reveals that while we rarely have all we think we need, we usually have more than we imagine. Whether leading organizations, launching careers, or raising families, Stretch teaches us how to achieve more by acting resourcefully at work and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281798 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindful Hypnobirthing: Hypnosis and Mindfulness Techniques for a Calm and Confident Birth Author: Sophie Fletcher Narrator: Sophie Fletcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audio edition of Mindful Hypnobirthing: Hypnosis and Mindfulness Techniques for a Calm and Confident Birth by Sophie Fletcher, read by the author. Hypnotherapist and experienced doula Sophie Fletcher shares with you the secrets to having a safe, natural and positive birth. Using a powerful combination of mindfulness, hypnosis and relaxation techniques, Sophie will ensure you feel genuinely excited and completely prepared for birth. With stories from women who have successfully used the tools in this book, and downloadable hypnosis and relaxation tracks, discover how to: - use your mind and body together to stay focused and in control - draw on visualisation and breathing techniques to help birth progress - feel positive and empowered, before, during and after you give birth Reassuring, practical and based entirely on what works, Mindful Hypnobirthing is your essential guide to giving birth the way you want to. Part 1: Preparation and Pregnancy Chapter 1. What is Mindful Hypnobirthing? Chapter 2. The Benefits of a Mindful Hypnobirth Chapter 3. Getting Ready for a Mindful Hypnobirth Chapter 4. Getting to Know your Birthing Zone Chapter 5. Letting Go of Fear and Anxiety Chapter 6. Creating Positive Birth Beliefs Chapter 7. The Power of Visualisation for Birth Chapter 8. Your Birth Belongs to You Chapter 9. Birth Preferences Chapter 10. Birth Space, Relaxing Space Chapter 11. Turning a Birth Partner into a Hypnobirth Partner Chapter 12. When Will I Go into Labour? Part 2: Birth Chapter 13. This is it! Signs that Labour has Started Chapter 14. My Baby’s Nearly Here! Chapter 15. When Things Take a Different Path Part 3: Welcoming your Baby to the Family Chapter 16.Welcome Home Sophie Fletcher Thu, 09 Feb 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281798 thebookvoice.com 10:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindful Hypnobirthing: Hypnosis and Mindfulness Techniques for a Calm and Confident Birth Author: Sophie Fletcher Narrator: Sophie Fletcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audio edition of Mindful Hypnobirthing: Hypnosis and Mindfulness Techniques for a Calm and Confident Birth by Sophie Fletcher, read by the author. Hypnotherapist and experienced doula Sophie Fletcher shares with you the secrets to having a safe, natural and positive birth. Using a powerful combination of mindfulness, hypnosis and relaxation techniques, Sophie will ensure you feel genuinely excited and completely prepared for birth. With stories from women who have successfully used the tools in this book, and downloadable hypnosis and relaxation tracks, discover how to: - use your mind and body together to stay focused and in control - draw on visualisation and breathing techniques to help birth progress - feel positive and empowered, before, during and after you give birth Reassuring, practical and based entirely on what works, Mindful Hypnobirthing is your essential guide to giving birth the way you want to. Part 1: Preparation and Pregnancy Chapter 1. What is Mindful Hypnobirthing? Chapter 2. The Benefits of a Mindful Hypnobirth Chapter 3. Getting Ready for a Mindful Hypnobirth Chapter 4. Getting to Know your Birthing Zone Chapter 5. Letting Go of Fear and Anxiety Chapter 6. Creating Positive Birth Beliefs Chapter 7. The Power of Visualisation for Birth Chapter 8. Your Birth Belongs to You Chapter 9. Birth Preferences Chapter 10. Birth Space, Relaxing Space Chapter 11. Turning a Birth Partner into a Hypnobirth Partner Chapter 12. When Will I Go into Labour? Part 2: Birth Chapter 13. This is it! Signs that Labour has Started Chapter 14. My Baby’s Nearly Here! Chapter 15. When Things Take a Different Path Part 3: Welcoming your Baby to the Family Chapter 16.Welcome Home Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindful Hypnobirthing: Hypnosis and Mindfulness Techniques for a Calm and Confident Birth Author: Sophie Fletcher Narrator: Sophie Fletcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audio edition of Mindful Hypnobirthing: Hypnosis and Mindfulness Techniques for a Calm and Confident Birth by Sophie Fletcher, read by the author. Hypnotherapist and experienced doula Sophie Fletcher shares with you the secrets to having a safe, natural and positive birth. Using a powerful combination of mindfulness, hypnosis and relaxation techniques, Sophie will ensure you feel genuinely excited and completely prepared for birth. With stories from women who have successfully used the tools in this book, and downloadable hypnosis and relaxation tracks, discover how to: - use your mind and body together to stay focused and in control - draw on visualisation and breathing techniques to help birth progress - feel positive and empowered, before, during and after you give birth Reassuring, practical and based entirely on what works, Mindful Hypnobirthing is your essential guide to giving birth the way you want to. Part 1: Preparation and Pregnancy Chapter 1. What is Mindful Hypnobirthing? Chapter 2. The Benefits of a Mindful Hypnobirth Chapter 3. Getting Ready for a Mindful Hypnobirth Chapter 4. Getting to Know your Birthing Zone Chapter 5. Letting Go of Fear and Anxiety Chapter 6. Creating Positive Birth Beliefs Chapter 7. The Power of Visualisation for Birth Chapter 8. Your Birth Belongs to You Chapter 9. Birth Preferences Chapter 10. Birth Space, Relaxing Space Chapter 11. Turning a Birth Partner into a Hypnobirth Partner Chapter 12. When Will I Go into Labour? Part 2: Birth Chapter 13. This is it! Signs that Labour has Started Chapter 14. My Baby’s Nearly Here! Chapter 15. When Things Take a Different Path Part 3: Welcoming your Baby to the Family Chapter 16.Welcome Home https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281444 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Won't You Apologize?: Healing Big Betrayals and Everyday Hurts Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “If you want to know why Harriet Lerner is one of my great heroes, Why Won’t You Apologize? is the answer. This book is a game changer.” —Brené Brown, PhD, LMSW, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Rising Strong “Harriet Lerner is one hell of a wise woman. She draws you in with deft and engaging prose, and then changes your life with her rigorous intelligence and her deeply human advice. I promise that you will never see ‘the apology’ in quite the same way.” —Esther Perel, MA, LMFT author of Mating in Captivity Renowned psychologist and bestselling author of The Dance of Anger sheds new light on the two most important words in the English language—I’m sorry—and offers a unique perspective on the challenge of healing broken connections and restoring trust. Dr. Harriet Lerner has been studying apologies—and why some people won’t give them—for more than two decades. Now she offers compelling stories and solid theory that bring home how much the simple apology matters and what is required for healing when the hurt we’ve inflicted (or received) is far from simple. Readers will learn how to craft a deeply meaningful “I’m sorry” and avoid apologies that only deepen the original injury. Why Won’t You Apologize? also addresses the compelling needs of the injured party—the one who has been hurt by someone who won’t apologize, tell the truth, or feel remorse. Lerner explains what drives both the non-apologizer and the over-apologizer, as well as why the people who do the worst things are the least able to own up. She helps the injured person resist pressure to forgive too easily and challenges the popular notion that forgiveness is the only path to peace of mind. With her trademark humor and wit, Lerner offers a joyful and sanity-saving guide to setting things right. Harriet Lerner Tue, 10 Jan 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281444 thebookvoice.com 4:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Won't You Apologize?: Healing Big Betrayals and Everyday Hurts Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “If you want to know why Harriet Lerner is one of my great heroes, Why Won’t You Apologize? is the answer. This book is a game changer.” —Brené Brown, PhD, LMSW, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Rising Strong “Harriet Lerner is one hell of a wise woman. She draws you in with deft and engaging prose, and then changes your life with her rigorous intelligence and her deeply human advice. I promise that you will never see ‘the apology’ in quite the same way.” —Esther Perel, MA, LMFT author of Mating in Captivity Renowned psychologist and bestselling author of The Dance of Anger sheds new light on the two most important words in the English language—I’m sorry—and offers a unique perspective on the challenge of healing broken connections and restoring trust. Dr. Harriet Lerner has been studying apologies—and why some people won’t give them—for more than two decades. Now she offers compelling stories and solid theory that bring home how much the simple apology matters and what is required for healing when the hurt we’ve inflicted (or received) is far from simple. Readers will learn how to craft a deeply meaningful “I’m sorry” and avoid apologies that only deepen the original injury. Why Won’t You Apologize? also addresses the compelling needs of the injured party—the one who has been hurt by someone who won’t apologize, tell the truth, or feel remorse. Lerner explains what drives both the non-apologizer and the over-apologizer, as well as why the people who do the worst things are the least able to own up. She helps the injured person resist pressure to forgive too easily and challenges the popular notion that forgiveness is the only path to peace of mind. With her trademark humor and wit, Lerner offers a joyful and sanity-saving guide to setting things right. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Won't You Apologize?: Healing Big Betrayals and Everyday Hurts Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “If you want to know why Harriet Lerner is one of my great heroes, Why Won’t You Apologize? is the answer. This book is a game changer.” —Brené Brown, PhD, LMSW, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Rising Strong “Harriet Lerner is one hell of a wise woman. She draws you in with deft and engaging prose, and then changes your life with her rigorous intelligence and her deeply human advice. I promise that you will never see ‘the apology’ in quite the same way.” —Esther Perel, MA, LMFT author of Mating in Captivity Renowned psychologist and bestselling author of The Dance of Anger sheds new light on the two most important words in the English language—I’m sorry—and offers a unique perspective on the challenge of healing broken connections and restoring trust. Dr. Harriet Lerner has been studying apologies—and why some people won’t give them—for more than two decades. Now she offers compelling stories and solid theory that bring home how much the simple apology matters and what is required for healing when the hurt we’ve inflicted (or received) is far from simple. Readers will learn how to craft a deeply meaningful “I’m sorry” and avoid apologies that only deepen the original injury. Why Won’t You Apologize? also addresses the compelling needs of the injured party—the one who has been hurt by someone who won’t apologize, tell the truth, or feel remorse. Lerner explains what drives both the non-apologizer and the over-apologizer, as well as why the people who do the worst things are the least able to own up. She helps the injured person resist pressure to forgive too easily and challenges the popular notion that forgiveness is the only path to peace of mind. With her trademark humor and wit, Lerner offers a joyful and sanity-saving guide to setting things right. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281089 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Machine Author: Arnold Bennett Narrator: Ruth Golding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bennett asks us to consider our brains as the most wonderful machine, a machine which is the only thing in this world that we can control. As he writes: "I am simply bent on calling your attention to a fact which has perhaps wholly or partially escaped you -- namely, that you are the most fascinating bit of machinery that ever was." As ever, his prose is honeyed, his thoughts inspired, and his advice as relevant today as when it was written. Arnold Bennett Thu, 01 Dec 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281089 thebookvoice.com 2:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Machine Author: Arnold Bennett Narrator: Ruth Golding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bennett asks us to consider our brains as the most wonderful machine, a machine which is the only thing in this world that we can control. As he writes: "I am simply bent on calling your attention to a fact which has perhaps wholly or partially escaped you -- namely, that you are the most fascinating bit of machinery that ever was." As ever, his prose is honeyed, his thoughts inspired, and his advice as relevant today as when it was written. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Machine Author: Arnold Bennett Narrator: Ruth Golding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bennett asks us to consider our brains as the most wonderful machine, a machine which is the only thing in this world that we can control. As he writes: "I am simply bent on calling your attention to a fact which has perhaps wholly or partially escaped you -- namely, that you are the most fascinating bit of machinery that ever was." As ever, his prose is honeyed, his thoughts inspired, and his advice as relevant today as when it was written. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281049 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep: Change the way you sleep with this 90 minute read Author: Nick Littlehales Narrator: Nick Littlehales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Sleep, written and read by Nick Littlehales. 'Nick Littlehales wants to redefine the very meaning of the word sleep' - Daily Telegraph 'Nick Littlehales has reconfigured the bedrooms of a legion of international sporting stars . . . He has a unique and encyclopaedic knowledge' - Guardian 'Sleep guru Nick Littlehales trains elite athletes to get the best possible rest' - Daily Mail Proven solutions for better nights, from the 'sleep guru' to sports stars including Cristiano Ronaldo One third of our lives are spent trying to sleep. Most us have disturbed, restless nights and rely on a cocktail of caffeine and sugar to drag us through the day. Yet the hours we spend in bed shape our mood, motivation and decision-making skills - defining our performance in work, at home and while keeping fit. We need a new approach to sleep. In this ground-breaking book, Nick Littlehales, elite sleep coach to some of the world's leading sports stars and teams, lays bare his strategies for us all to use. Discover how to map your own sleep cycle, what the optimum room temperature is, which bedding is best and why napping is actually good for you. Read Sleep, learn from the best in sport, and kickstart a more confident, successful and happier you. Nick Littlehales Thu, 27 Oct 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281049 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep: Change the way you sleep with this 90 minute read Author: Nick Littlehales Narrator: Nick Littlehales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Sleep, written and read by Nick Littlehales. 'Nick Littlehales wants to redefine the very meaning of the word sleep' - Daily Telegraph 'Nick Littlehales has reconfigured the bedrooms of a legion of international sporting stars . . . He has a unique and encyclopaedic knowledge' - Guardian 'Sleep guru Nick Littlehales trains elite athletes to get the best possible rest' - Daily Mail Proven solutions for better nights, from the 'sleep guru' to sports stars including Cristiano Ronaldo One third of our lives are spent trying to sleep. Most us have disturbed, restless nights and rely on a cocktail of caffeine and sugar to drag us through the day. Yet the hours we spend in bed shape our mood, motivation and decision-making skills - defining our performance in work, at home and while keeping fit. We need a new approach to sleep. In this ground-breaking book, Nick Littlehales, elite sleep coach to some of the world's leading sports stars and teams, lays bare his strategies for us all to use. Discover how to map your own sleep cycle, what the optimum room temperature is, which bedding is best and why napping is actually good for you. Read Sleep, learn from the best in sport, and kickstart a more confident, successful and happier you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep: Change the way you sleep with this 90 minute read Author: Nick Littlehales Narrator: Nick Littlehales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Sleep, written and read by Nick Littlehales. 'Nick Littlehales wants to redefine the very meaning of the word sleep' - Daily Telegraph 'Nick Littlehales has reconfigured the bedrooms of a legion of international sporting stars . . . He has a unique and encyclopaedic knowledge' - Guardian 'Sleep guru Nick Littlehales trains elite athletes to get the best possible rest' - Daily Mail Proven solutions for better nights, from the 'sleep guru' to sports stars including Cristiano Ronaldo One third of our lives are spent trying to sleep. Most us have disturbed, restless nights and rely on a cocktail of caffeine and sugar to drag us through the day. Yet the hours we spend in bed shape our mood, motivation and decision-making skills - defining our performance in work, at home and while keeping fit. We need a new approach to sleep. In this ground-breaking book, Nick Littlehales, elite sleep coach to some of the world's leading sports stars and teams, lays bare his strategies for us all to use. Discover how to map your own sleep cycle, what the optimum room temperature is, which bedding is best and why napping is actually good for you. Read Sleep, learn from the best in sport, and kickstart a more confident, successful and happier you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280884 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Run for Your Life: Mindful Running for a Happy Life Author: William Pullen Narrator: Roy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Run for Your Life by William Pullen, read by Roy McMillan. Anyone who has ever gone for a run, jog or even a walk knows that uplifting, happy feeling they get at the end of their journey. Some call it the 'runner's high', others put it down to endorphins, here William Pullen teaches us focus that incredible energy to experience our emotions in motion. In Run for Your Life, Pullen argues that we need a radical new approach to mindfulness - an approach which originates in the body itself. DRT offers just that. Whether the you are looking for strategies to cope with anxiety, anger, change, or decision-making, Run for Your Life offers carefully-tailored thought exercises (and talking therapies for pairs or groups) inspired by mindfulness and Cognitive Behavioural Therapy, specifically designed to be implemented whilst on a run or walk. The book is designed to offer space for you to reflect on your practice and see your progress as you run through life's ups and downs. Offering practical steps to combine mental and physical wellbeing, Run for Your Life introduces DRT as a truly holistic approach to living, bringing the mind in perfect harmony with the body and combining the power of both in order to show how we might achieve our fullest potential. William Pullen Thu, 05 Jan 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280884 thebookvoice.com 4:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Run for Your Life: Mindful Running for a Happy Life Author: William Pullen Narrator: Roy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Run for Your Life by William Pullen, read by Roy McMillan. Anyone who has ever gone for a run, jog or even a walk knows that uplifting, happy feeling they get at the end of their journey. Some call it the 'runner's high', others put it down to endorphins, here William Pullen teaches us focus that incredible energy to experience our emotions in motion. In Run for Your Life, Pullen argues that we need a radical new approach to mindfulness - an approach which originates in the body itself. DRT offers just that. Whether the you are looking for strategies to cope with anxiety, anger, change, or decision-making, Run for Your Life offers carefully-tailored thought exercises (and talking therapies for pairs or groups) inspired by mindfulness and Cognitive Behavioural Therapy, specifically designed to be implemented whilst on a run or walk. The book is designed to offer space for you to reflect on your practice and see your progress as you run through life's ups and downs. Offering practical steps to combine mental and physical wellbeing, Run for Your Life introduces DRT as a truly holistic approach to living, bringing the mind in perfect harmony with the body and combining the power of both in order to show how we might achieve our fullest potential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Run for Your Life: Mindful Running for a Happy Life Author: William Pullen Narrator: Roy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Run for Your Life by William Pullen, read by Roy McMillan. Anyone who has ever gone for a run, jog or even a walk knows that uplifting, happy feeling they get at the end of their journey. Some call it the 'runner's high', others put it down to endorphins, here William Pullen teaches us focus that incredible energy to experience our emotions in motion. In Run for Your Life, Pullen argues that we need a radical new approach to mindfulness - an approach which originates in the body itself. DRT offers just that. Whether the you are looking for strategies to cope with anxiety, anger, change, or decision-making, Run for Your Life offers carefully-tailored thought exercises (and talking therapies for pairs or groups) inspired by mindfulness and Cognitive Behavioural Therapy, specifically designed to be implemented whilst on a run or walk. The book is designed to offer space for you to reflect on your practice and see your progress as you run through life's ups and downs. Offering practical steps to combine mental and physical wellbeing, Run for Your Life introduces DRT as a truly holistic approach to living, bringing the mind in perfect harmony with the body and combining the power of both in order to show how we might achieve our fullest potential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280860 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Meaning: The true route to happiness Author: Emily Esfahani Smith Narrator: Mozhan Marno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Power of Meaning by Emily Esfahani Smith, read by Mozhan Marno. There is a myth in our culture that to find meaning you have to travel to a distant monastery or wade through dusty volumes to figure out life’s great secret. The truth is, there are untapped sources of meaning all around us: right here, right now. Drawing on the latest research in positive psychology; on insights from George Eliot, Viktor Frankl, Aristotle, the Buddha and other great minds, Emily Esfahani Smith identifies four pillars upon which meaning rests: Belonging, Purpose, Storytelling and Transcendence. She also explores how we can begin to build a culture of meaning into our families, our workplaces and our communities. Inspiring and full of contemporary examples, The Power of Meaning will strike a profound chord in anyone seeking a richer, more satisfying life. Emily Esfahani Smith Thu, 12 Jan 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280860 thebookvoice.com 7:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Meaning: The true route to happiness Author: Emily Esfahani Smith Narrator: Mozhan Marno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Power of Meaning by Emily Esfahani Smith, read by Mozhan Marno. There is a myth in our culture that to find meaning you have to travel to a distant monastery or wade through dusty volumes to figure out life’s great secret. The truth is, there are untapped sources of meaning all around us: right here, right now. Drawing on the latest research in positive psychology; on insights from George Eliot, Viktor Frankl, Aristotle, the Buddha and other great minds, Emily Esfahani Smith identifies four pillars upon which meaning rests: Belonging, Purpose, Storytelling and Transcendence. She also explores how we can begin to build a culture of meaning into our families, our workplaces and our communities. Inspiring and full of contemporary examples, The Power of Meaning will strike a profound chord in anyone seeking a richer, more satisfying life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Meaning: The true route to happiness Author: Emily Esfahani Smith Narrator: Mozhan Marno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Power of Meaning by Emily Esfahani Smith, read by Mozhan Marno. There is a myth in our culture that to find meaning you have to travel to a distant monastery or wade through dusty volumes to figure out life’s great secret. The truth is, there are untapped sources of meaning all around us: right here, right now. Drawing on the latest research in positive psychology; on insights from George Eliot, Viktor Frankl, Aristotle, the Buddha and other great minds, Emily Esfahani Smith identifies four pillars upon which meaning rests: Belonging, Purpose, Storytelling and Transcendence. She also explores how we can begin to build a culture of meaning into our families, our workplaces and our communities. Inspiring and full of contemporary examples, The Power of Meaning will strike a profound chord in anyone seeking a richer, more satisfying life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280737 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dancing Mania Author: Justus Hecker Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Numerous theories have been proposed for the causes of dancing mania, and it remains unclear whether it was a real illness or a social phenomenon. One of the most prominent theories is that victims suffered from ergot poisoning, which was known as St Anthony's Fire in the Middle Ages. During floods and damp periods, ergots were able to grow and affect rye and other crops. Ergotism can cause hallucinations, but cannot account for the other strange behaviour most commonly identified with dancing mania. Many sources discuss how dancing mania, and tarantism, may have simply been the result of stress and tension caused by natural disasters around the time, such as plagues and floods...people may have danced to relieve themselves of the stress and poverty of the day, and in doing so, attempted to become ecstatic and see visions. Sources agree that dancing mania was one of the earliest forms of mass hysteria, and describe it as a "psychic epidemic", with numerous explanations that might account for the behaviour of the dancers. Another popular theory is that the outbreaks were all staged, and the appearance of strange behaviour was down to its unfamiliarity. Religious cults may have been acting out well-organised dances, in accordance with ancient Greek and Roman rituals. Despite being banned at the time, these rituals could be performed under the guise of uncontrollable dancing mania. (Introduction from Wikipedia, slightly adapted.) Justus Hecker Thu, 01 Dec 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280737 thebookvoice.com 3:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dancing Mania Author: Justus Hecker Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Numerous theories have been proposed for the causes of dancing mania, and it remains unclear whether it was a real illness or a social phenomenon. One of the most prominent theories is that victims suffered from ergot poisoning, which was known as St Anthony's Fire in the Middle Ages. During floods and damp periods, ergots were able to grow and affect rye and other crops. Ergotism can cause hallucinations, but cannot account for the other strange behaviour most commonly identified with dancing mania. Many sources discuss how dancing mania, and tarantism, may have simply been the result of stress and tension caused by natural disasters around the time, such as plagues and floods...people may have danced to relieve themselves of the stress and poverty of the day, and in doing so, attempted to become ecstatic and see visions. Sources agree that dancing mania was one of the earliest forms of mass hysteria, and describe it as a "psychic epidemic", with numerous explanations that might account for the behaviour of the dancers. Another popular theory is that the outbreaks were all staged, and the appearance of strange behaviour was down to its unfamiliarity. Religious cults may have been acting out well-organised dances, in accordance with ancient Greek and Roman rituals. Despite being banned at the time, these rituals could be performed under the guise of uncontrollable dancing mania. (Introduction from Wikipedia, slightly adapted.) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dancing Mania Author: Justus Hecker Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Numerous theories have been proposed for the causes of dancing mania, and it remains unclear whether it was a real illness or a social phenomenon. One of the most prominent theories is that victims suffered from ergot poisoning, which was known as St Anthony's Fire in the Middle Ages. During floods and damp periods, ergots were able to grow and affect rye and other crops. Ergotism can cause hallucinations, but cannot account for the other strange behaviour most commonly identified with dancing mania. Many sources discuss how dancing mania, and tarantism, may have simply been the result of stress and tension caused by natural disasters around the time, such as plagues and floods...people may have danced to relieve themselves of the stress and poverty of the day, and in doing so, attempted to become ecstatic and see visions. Sources agree that dancing mania was one of the earliest forms of mass hysteria, and describe it as a "psychic epidemic", with numerous explanations that might account for the behaviour of the dancers. Another popular theory is that the outbreaks were all staged, and the appearance of strange behaviour was down to its unfamiliarity. Religious cults may have been acting out well-organised dances, in accordance with ancient Greek and Roman rituals. Despite being banned at the time, these rituals could be performed under the guise of uncontrollable dancing mania. (Introduction from Wikipedia, slightly adapted.) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280277 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Meaning: Crafting a Life That Matters Author: Emily Esfahani Smith Narrator: Mozhan Marnò Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In a culture obsessed with happiness, this wise, stirring book points the way toward a richer, more satisfying life. Too many of us believe that the search for meaning is an esoteric pursuit—that you have to travel to a distant monastery or page through dusty volumes to discover life’s secrets. The truth is, there are untapped sources of meaning all around us—right here, right now. To explore how we can craft lives of meaning, Emily Esfahani Smith synthesizes a kaleidoscopic array of sources—from psychologists, sociologists, philosophers, and neuroscientists to figures in literature and history such as George Eliot, Viktor Frankl, Aristotle, and the Buddha. Drawing on this research, Smith shows us how cultivating connections to others, identifying and working toward a purpose, telling stories about our place in the world, and seeking out mystery can immeasurably deepen our lives. To bring what she calls the four pillars of meaning to life, Smith visits a tight-knit fishing village in the Chesapeake Bay, stargazes in West Texas, attends a dinner where young people gather to share their experiences of profound loss, and more. She also introduces us to compelling seekers of meaning—from the drug kingpin who finds his purpose in helping people get fit to the artist who draws on her Hindu upbringing to create arresting photographs. And she explores how we might begin to build a culture that leaves space for introspection and awe, cultivates a sense of community, and imbues our lives with meaning. Inspiring and story-driven, The Power of Meaning will strike a profound chord in anyone seeking a life that matters. Emily Esfahani Smith Tue, 10 Jan 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280277 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Meaning: Crafting a Life That Matters Author: Emily Esfahani Smith Narrator: Mozhan Marnò Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In a culture obsessed with happiness, this wise, stirring book points the way toward a richer, more satisfying life. Too many of us believe that the search for meaning is an esoteric pursuit—that you have to travel to a distant monastery or page through dusty volumes to discover life’s secrets. The truth is, there are untapped sources of meaning all around us—right here, right now. To explore how we can craft lives of meaning, Emily Esfahani Smith synthesizes a kaleidoscopic array of sources—from psychologists, sociologists, philosophers, and neuroscientists to figures in literature and history such as George Eliot, Viktor Frankl, Aristotle, and the Buddha. Drawing on this research, Smith shows us how cultivating connections to others, identifying and working toward a purpose, telling stories about our place in the world, and seeking out mystery can immeasurably deepen our lives. To bring what she calls the four pillars of meaning to life, Smith visits a tight-knit fishing village in the Chesapeake Bay, stargazes in West Texas, attends a dinner where young people gather to share their experiences of profound loss, and more. She also introduces us to compelling seekers of meaning—from the drug kingpin who finds his purpose in helping people get fit to the artist who draws on her Hindu upbringing to create arresting photographs. And she explores how we might begin to build a culture that leaves space for introspection and awe, cultivates a sense of community, and imbues our lives with meaning. Inspiring and story-driven, The Power of Meaning will strike a profound chord in anyone seeking a life that matters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Meaning: Crafting a Life That Matters Author: Emily Esfahani Smith Narrator: Mozhan Marnò Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In a culture obsessed with happiness, this wise, stirring book points the way toward a richer, more satisfying life. Too many of us believe that the search for meaning is an esoteric pursuit—that you have to travel to a distant monastery or page through dusty volumes to discover life’s secrets. The truth is, there are untapped sources of meaning all around us—right here, right now. To explore how we can craft lives of meaning, Emily Esfahani Smith synthesizes a kaleidoscopic array of sources—from psychologists, sociologists, philosophers, and neuroscientists to figures in literature and history such as George Eliot, Viktor Frankl, Aristotle, and the Buddha. Drawing on this research, Smith shows us how cultivating connections to others, identifying and working toward a purpose, telling stories about our place in the world, and seeking out mystery can immeasurably deepen our lives. To bring what she calls the four pillars of meaning to life, Smith visits a tight-knit fishing village in the Chesapeake Bay, stargazes in West Texas, attends a dinner where young people gather to share their experiences of profound loss, and more. She also introduces us to compelling seekers of meaning—from the drug kingpin who finds his purpose in helping people get fit to the artist who draws on her Hindu upbringing to create arresting photographs. And she explores how we might begin to build a culture that leaves space for introspection and awe, cultivates a sense of community, and imbues our lives with meaning. Inspiring and story-driven, The Power of Meaning will strike a profound chord in anyone seeking a life that matters. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280191 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Skills: How to Assert Yourself, Listen to Others, and Resolve Conflicts Author: Robert Bolton Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Improve your personal and professional relationships instantly with this timeless guide to communication, listening skills, body language, and conflict resolution. Maybe a wall of silent resentment has shut you off from someone you love. Maybe you listen to an argument in which neither party seems to hear the other. Or maybe your mind drifts to other matters when people talk to you. People Skills is a communication skills handbook that can help you eliminate these and other communication problems. Author Robert Bolton describes the twelve most common communication barriers, showing how these “roadblocks” damage relationships by increasing defensiveness, aggressiveness, or dependency. He explains how to acquire the ability to listen, assert yourself, resolve conflicts, and work out problems with others. These are skills that will help you communicate calmly, even in stressful emotionally charged situations. People Skills will show you: -How to get your needs met using simple assertion techniques -How body language often speaks louder than words -How to use silence as a valuable communication tool -How to de-escalate family disputes, lovers' quarrels, and other heated arguments Both thought-provoking and practical, People Skills is filled with workable ideas that you can use to improve your communication in meaningful ways, every day. Robert Bolton Tue, 13 Dec 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280191 thebookvoice.com 12:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Skills: How to Assert Yourself, Listen to Others, and Resolve Conflicts Author: Robert Bolton Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Improve your personal and professional relationships instantly with this timeless guide to communication, listening skills, body language, and conflict resolution. Maybe a wall of silent resentment has shut you off from someone you love. Maybe you listen to an argument in which neither party seems to hear the other. Or maybe your mind drifts to other matters when people talk to you. People Skills is a communication skills handbook that can help you eliminate these and other communication problems. Author Robert Bolton describes the twelve most common communication barriers, showing how these “roadblocks” damage relationships by increasing defensiveness, aggressiveness, or dependency. He explains how to acquire the ability to listen, assert yourself, resolve conflicts, and work out problems with others. These are skills that will help you communicate calmly, even in stressful emotionally charged situations. People Skills will show you: -How to get your needs met using simple assertion techniques -How body language often speaks louder than words -How to use silence as a valuable communication tool -How to de-escalate family disputes, lovers' quarrels, and other heated arguments Both thought-provoking and practical, People Skills is filled with workable ideas that you can use to improve your communication in meaningful ways, every day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Skills: How to Assert Yourself, Listen to Others, and Resolve Conflicts Author: Robert Bolton Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Improve your personal and professional relationships instantly with this timeless guide to communication, listening skills, body language, and conflict resolution. Maybe a wall of silent resentment has shut you off from someone you love. Maybe you listen to an argument in which neither party seems to hear the other. Or maybe your mind drifts to other matters when people talk to you. People Skills is a communication skills handbook that can help you eliminate these and other communication problems. Author Robert Bolton describes the twelve most common communication barriers, showing how these “roadblocks” damage relationships by increasing defensiveness, aggressiveness, or dependency. He explains how to acquire the ability to listen, assert yourself, resolve conflicts, and work out problems with others. These are skills that will help you communicate calmly, even in stressful emotionally charged situations. People Skills will show you: -How to get your needs met using simple assertion techniques -How body language often speaks louder than words -How to use silence as a valuable communication tool -How to de-escalate family disputes, lovers' quarrels, and other heated arguments Both thought-provoking and practical, People Skills is filled with workable ideas that you can use to improve your communication in meaningful ways, every day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280065 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freud : la sexualité féminine Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Elodie Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Freud n'a abordé que très tard|dans ses élaborations théoriques|la sexualité féminine. Au début il se référait surtout à celle du garçon et de l'homme à travers sa conception du complexe d'Œdipe. Freud envisage en effet la sexualité infantile comme ayant le même tronc commun masculin. La théorie freudienne peut bien être contestable d'un point de vue empirique et social|elle n'en reste pas moins un des fondements de la psychanalyse et de la pensée de la sexualité. Sigmund Freud Wed, 31 Dec 2014 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280065 thebookvoice.com 1:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freud : la sexualité féminine Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Elodie Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Freud n'a abordé que très tard|dans ses élaborations théoriques|la sexualité féminine. Au début il se référait surtout à celle du garçon et de l'homme à travers sa conception du complexe d'Œdipe. Freud envisage en effet la sexualité infantile comme ayant le même tronc commun masculin. La théorie freudienne peut bien être contestable d'un point de vue empirique et social|elle n'en reste pas moins un des fondements de la psychanalyse et de la pensée de la sexualité. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freud : la sexualité féminine Author: Sigmund Freud Narrator: Elodie Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Freud n'a abordé que très tard|dans ses élaborations théoriques|la sexualité féminine. Au début il se référait surtout à celle du garçon et de l'homme à travers sa conception du complexe d'Œdipe. Freud envisage en effet la sexualité infantile comme ayant le même tronc commun masculin. La théorie freudienne peut bien être contestable d'un point de vue empirique et social|elle n'en reste pas moins un des fondements de la psychanalyse et de la pensée de la sexualité. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279950 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Walks Out of a Bar: A Memoir Author: Lisa F. Smith Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lisa Smith was a bright young lawyer at a prestigious law firm in New York City when alcoholism and drug addiction took over her life. What was once a way she escaped her insecurity and negativity as a teenager became a means of coping with the anxiety and stress of an impossible workload. Girl Walks Out of a Bar explores Smith’s formative years, her decade of alcohol and drug abuse, divorce, and her road to recovery. In this darkly comic and wrenchingly honest story, Smith describes how her circumstances conspired with her predisposition to depression and self-medication in an environment ripe for addiction to flourish. When her close-knit group of high-achieving friends celebrate the end of their grueling workdays with alcohol-fueled nights at the city’s clubs and summer weekends partying at the beach, the feel-good times can spiral wildly out of control. Girl Walks Out of a Bar is a candid portrait of alcoholism through the lens of gritty New York realism. Beneath the façade of success lies the reality of addiction. Lisa F. Smith Tue, 13 Dec 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279950 thebookvoice.com 8:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Walks Out of a Bar: A Memoir Author: Lisa F. Smith Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lisa Smith was a bright young lawyer at a prestigious law firm in New York City when alcoholism and drug addiction took over her life. What was once a way she escaped her insecurity and negativity as a teenager became a means of coping with the anxiety and stress of an impossible workload. Girl Walks Out of a Bar explores Smith’s formative years, her decade of alcohol and drug abuse, divorce, and her road to recovery. In this darkly comic and wrenchingly honest story, Smith describes how her circumstances conspired with her predisposition to depression and self-medication in an environment ripe for addiction to flourish. When her close-knit group of high-achieving friends celebrate the end of their grueling workdays with alcohol-fueled nights at the city’s clubs and summer weekends partying at the beach, the feel-good times can spiral wildly out of control. Girl Walks Out of a Bar is a candid portrait of alcoholism through the lens of gritty New York realism. Beneath the façade of success lies the reality of addiction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Walks Out of a Bar: A Memoir Author: Lisa F. Smith Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lisa Smith was a bright young lawyer at a prestigious law firm in New York City when alcoholism and drug addiction took over her life. What was once a way she escaped her insecurity and negativity as a teenager became a means of coping with the anxiety and stress of an impossible workload. Girl Walks Out of a Bar explores Smith’s formative years, her decade of alcohol and drug abuse, divorce, and her road to recovery. In this darkly comic and wrenchingly honest story, Smith describes how her circumstances conspired with her predisposition to depression and self-medication in an environment ripe for addiction to flourish. When her close-knit group of high-achieving friends celebrate the end of their grueling workdays with alcohol-fueled nights at the city’s clubs and summer weekends partying at the beach, the feel-good times can spiral wildly out of control. Girl Walks Out of a Bar is a candid portrait of alcoholism through the lens of gritty New York realism. Beneath the façade of success lies the reality of addiction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279866 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Lock, Twentieth Anniversary Edition: Free Yourself from Obsessive-Compulsive Behavior Author: Jeffrey M. Schwartz Narrator: Jeffrey M. Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The 20th anniversary edition of the definitive classic on defeating obsessive-compulsive behavior, with all-new material from the author. An estimated 5 million Americans suffer from obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and live diminished lives in which they are compelled to obsess about something or to repeat a similar task over and over. Traditionally, OCD has been treated with Prozac or similar drugs. The problem with medication, aside from its cost, is that 30 percent of people treated don't respond to it, and when the pills stop, the symptoms invariably return. In Brain Lock, Jeffrey M. Schwartz, M.D., presents a simple four-step method for overcoming OCD that is so effective, it's now used in academic treatment centers throughout the world. Proven by brain-imaging tests to actually alter the brain's chemistry, this method doesn't rely on psychopharmaceuticals. Instead, patients use cognitive self-therapy and behavior modification to develop new patterns of response to their obsessions. In essence, they use the mind to fix the brain. Using the real-life stories of actual patients, Brain Lock explains this revolutionary method and provides readers with the inspiration and tools to free themselves from their psychic prisons and regain control of their lives. Jeffrey M. Schwartz Tue, 06 Dec 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279866 thebookvoice.com 10:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Lock, Twentieth Anniversary Edition: Free Yourself from Obsessive-Compulsive Behavior Author: Jeffrey M. Schwartz Narrator: Jeffrey M. Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The 20th anniversary edition of the definitive classic on defeating obsessive-compulsive behavior, with all-new material from the author. An estimated 5 million Americans suffer from obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and live diminished lives in which they are compelled to obsess about something or to repeat a similar task over and over. Traditionally, OCD has been treated with Prozac or similar drugs. The problem with medication, aside from its cost, is that 30 percent of people treated don't respond to it, and when the pills stop, the symptoms invariably return. In Brain Lock, Jeffrey M. Schwartz, M.D., presents a simple four-step method for overcoming OCD that is so effective, it's now used in academic treatment centers throughout the world. Proven by brain-imaging tests to actually alter the brain's chemistry, this method doesn't rely on psychopharmaceuticals. Instead, patients use cognitive self-therapy and behavior modification to develop new patterns of response to their obsessions. In essence, they use the mind to fix the brain. Using the real-life stories of actual patients, Brain Lock explains this revolutionary method and provides readers with the inspiration and tools to free themselves from their psychic prisons and regain control of their lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Lock, Twentieth Anniversary Edition: Free Yourself from Obsessive-Compulsive Behavior Author: Jeffrey M. Schwartz Narrator: Jeffrey M. Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The 20th anniversary edition of the definitive classic on defeating obsessive-compulsive behavior, with all-new material from the author. An estimated 5 million Americans suffer from obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and live diminished lives in which they are compelled to obsess about something or to repeat a similar task over and over. Traditionally, OCD has been treated with Prozac or similar drugs. The problem with medication, aside from its cost, is that 30 percent of people treated don't respond to it, and when the pills stop, the symptoms invariably return. In Brain Lock, Jeffrey M. Schwartz, M.D., presents a simple four-step method for overcoming OCD that is so effective, it's now used in academic treatment centers throughout the world. Proven by brain-imaging tests to actually alter the brain's chemistry, this method doesn't rely on psychopharmaceuticals. Instead, patients use cognitive self-therapy and behavior modification to develop new patterns of response to their obsessions. In essence, they use the mind to fix the brain. Using the real-life stories of actual patients, Brain Lock explains this revolutionary method and provides readers with the inspiration and tools to free themselves from their psychic prisons and regain control of their lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Bias: Identifying and Navigating Unconsious Judgements in Our Daily Lives Author: Howard J. Ross Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you biased? May as well ask, "are you human"? Because if you are human, you are biased. Howard Ross, diversity expert, explores this fundamental truth and the biases we each hold. Most of us do not see ourselves as biased towards people of different races, genders, or religious/cultural backgrounds, and yet, disparities remain in virtually every area of modern life. Even in corporate America, which has seemed to embrace the idea of diversity, patterns of disparity remain rampant. Why? Recent breakthroughs in the cognitive and neurosciences provide insight into why our results are inconsistent with our intentions. Bias is a survival mechanism that is fundamental to our identity, it is natural to the human mind. It is overwhelmingly unconscious. Ross helps readers understand how and why unconscious bias impacts our daily lives, particularly our daily work lives, incorporating anecdotes from today's headlines as well as case studies from over 30 years of research. And, most importantly, he answers the question: "Is there anything we can do about it?", offering ways we can become less unconsciously biased towards people who are different from us. This audio edition includes the added appendix with lessons for handling conflict and bias in the workplace. An invaluable resource for everyone, from those seeking to understand and confront their own biases to business leaders and human resource professionals striving to create bias-free organizations. If we understand the powerful nature of the biases we all have, we can create personal and business environments that are more productive, fairer, and offer greater personal happiness. Howard J. Ross Sun, 01 May 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279618 thebookvoice.com 8:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Bias: Identifying and Navigating Unconsious Judgements in Our Daily Lives Author: Howard J. Ross Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you biased? May as well ask, "are you human"? Because if you are human, you are biased. Howard Ross, diversity expert, explores this fundamental truth and the biases we each hold. Most of us do not see ourselves as biased towards people of different races, genders, or religious/cultural backgrounds, and yet, disparities remain in virtually every area of modern life. Even in corporate America, which has seemed to embrace the idea of diversity, patterns of disparity remain rampant. Why? Recent breakthroughs in the cognitive and neurosciences provide insight into why our results are inconsistent with our intentions. Bias is a survival mechanism that is fundamental to our identity, it is natural to the human mind. It is overwhelmingly unconscious. Ross helps readers understand how and why unconscious bias impacts our daily lives, particularly our daily work lives, incorporating anecdotes from today's headlines as well as case studies from over 30 years of research. And, most importantly, he answers the question: "Is there anything we can do about it?", offering ways we can become less unconsciously biased towards people who are different from us. This audio edition includes the added appendix with lessons for handling conflict and bias in the workplace. An invaluable resource for everyone, from those seeking to understand and confront their own biases to business leaders and human resource professionals striving to create bias-free organizations. If we understand the powerful nature of the biases we all have, we can create personal and business environments that are more productive, fairer, and offer greater personal happiness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Bias: Identifying and Navigating Unconsious Judgements in Our Daily Lives Author: Howard J. Ross Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you biased? May as well ask, "are you human"? Because if you are human, you are biased. Howard Ross, diversity expert, explores this fundamental truth and the biases we each hold. Most of us do not see ourselves as biased towards people of different races, genders, or religious/cultural backgrounds, and yet, disparities remain in virtually every area of modern life. Even in corporate America, which has seemed to embrace the idea of diversity, patterns of disparity remain rampant. Why? Recent breakthroughs in the cognitive and neurosciences provide insight into why our results are inconsistent with our intentions. Bias is a survival mechanism that is fundamental to our identity, it is natural to the human mind. It is overwhelmingly unconscious. Ross helps readers understand how and why unconscious bias impacts our daily lives, particularly our daily work lives, incorporating anecdotes from today's headlines as well as case studies from over 30 years of research. And, most importantly, he answers the question: "Is there anything we can do about it?", offering ways we can become less unconsciously biased towards people who are different from us. This audio edition includes the added appendix with lessons for handling conflict and bias in the workplace. An invaluable resource for everyone, from those seeking to understand and confront their own biases to business leaders and human resource professionals striving to create bias-free organizations. If we understand the powerful nature of the biases we all have, we can create personal and business environments that are more productive, fairer, and offer greater personal happiness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279330 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Left Brain Speaks and the Right Brain Laughs Author: Ransom Stephens Narrator: James Patrick Cronin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Using understandable metaphors and easy to follow language, Stephens gives readers of any scientific level an introduction to neuroscience and shows them how things like creativity, skill, and even perception of self can grow and change by utilizing the body’s most important muscle. Fans of Bill Nye and Neil deGrasse Tyson will love Stephens’ down to earth attitude and those interested in science will appreciate his thoughtful explanations of scientific terms. The Left Brain Speaks, but the Right Brain Laughs is the perfect gift for anyone who wants to know what’s going on inside their head and how they can use that knowledge to make themselves the best humans they can be. Ransom Stephens Tue, 08 Nov 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279330 thebookvoice.com 8:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Left Brain Speaks and the Right Brain Laughs Author: Ransom Stephens Narrator: James Patrick Cronin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Using understandable metaphors and easy to follow language, Stephens gives readers of any scientific level an introduction to neuroscience and shows them how things like creativity, skill, and even perception of self can grow and change by utilizing the body’s most important muscle. Fans of Bill Nye and Neil deGrasse Tyson will love Stephens’ down to earth attitude and those interested in science will appreciate his thoughtful explanations of scientific terms. The Left Brain Speaks, but the Right Brain Laughs is the perfect gift for anyone who wants to know what’s going on inside their head and how they can use that knowledge to make themselves the best humans they can be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Left Brain Speaks and the Right Brain Laughs Author: Ransom Stephens Narrator: James Patrick Cronin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Using understandable metaphors and easy to follow language, Stephens gives readers of any scientific level an introduction to neuroscience and shows them how things like creativity, skill, and even perception of self can grow and change by utilizing the body’s most important muscle. Fans of Bill Nye and Neil deGrasse Tyson will love Stephens’ down to earth attitude and those interested in science will appreciate his thoughtful explanations of scientific terms. The Left Brain Speaks, but the Right Brain Laughs is the perfect gift for anyone who wants to know what’s going on inside their head and how they can use that knowledge to make themselves the best humans they can be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279268 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Empathy: The Case for Rational Compassion Author: Paul Bloom Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A controversial call to arms, Against Empathy argues that the natural impulse to share the feelings of others can lead to immoral choices in both public policy and in our intimate relationships with friends and family. Most people, including many policy makers, activists, scientists, and philosophers, have encouraged us to be more empathetic—to feel the pain and pleasure of others. Yale researcher and author Paul Bloom argues that this is a mistake. Far from leading us to improve the lives of others, empathy is a capricious and irrational emotion that appeals to our narrow prejudices. It muddles our judgment and often leads to cruelty. We are at our best when we are smart enough not to rely on it, and draw upon a more distanced compassion.  Based on groundbreaking scientific findings, Against Empathy makes the case that some of the worst decisions that individuals and nations make—from who to give money to, when to go to war, how to respond to climate change, and who to put in prison—are too often motivated by honest, yet misplaced, emotions. With clear and witty prose, Bloom demonstrates how empathy distorts our judgment in every aspect of our lives, from philanthropy and charity to the justice system; from culture and education to foreign policy and war. Without empathy, Bloom insists, our decisions would be clearer, fairer, and ultimately more moral. Bound to be controversial, Against Empathy shows us that, when it comes to major policy decisions and the choices we make in our everyday lives, limiting our empathetic emotions is often the most compassionate choice we can make. Paul Bloom Tue, 06 Dec 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279268 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Empathy: The Case for Rational Compassion Author: Paul Bloom Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A controversial call to arms, Against Empathy argues that the natural impulse to share the feelings of others can lead to immoral choices in both public policy and in our intimate relationships with friends and family. Most people, including many policy makers, activists, scientists, and philosophers, have encouraged us to be more empathetic—to feel the pain and pleasure of others. Yale researcher and author Paul Bloom argues that this is a mistake. Far from leading us to improve the lives of others, empathy is a capricious and irrational emotion that appeals to our narrow prejudices. It muddles our judgment and often leads to cruelty. We are at our best when we are smart enough not to rely on it, and draw upon a more distanced compassion.  Based on groundbreaking scientific findings, Against Empathy makes the case that some of the worst decisions that individuals and nations make—from who to give money to, when to go to war, how to respond to climate change, and who to put in prison—are too often motivated by honest, yet misplaced, emotions. With clear and witty prose, Bloom demonstrates how empathy distorts our judgment in every aspect of our lives, from philanthropy and charity to the justice system; from culture and education to foreign policy and war. Without empathy, Bloom insists, our decisions would be clearer, fairer, and ultimately more moral. Bound to be controversial, Against Empathy shows us that, when it comes to major policy decisions and the choices we make in our everyday lives, limiting our empathetic emotions is often the most compassionate choice we can make. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Empathy: The Case for Rational Compassion Author: Paul Bloom Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A controversial call to arms, Against Empathy argues that the natural impulse to share the feelings of others can lead to immoral choices in both public policy and in our intimate relationships with friends and family. Most people, including many policy makers, activists, scientists, and philosophers, have encouraged us to be more empathetic—to feel the pain and pleasure of others. Yale researcher and author Paul Bloom argues that this is a mistake. Far from leading us to improve the lives of others, empathy is a capricious and irrational emotion that appeals to our narrow prejudices. It muddles our judgment and often leads to cruelty. We are at our best when we are smart enough not to rely on it, and draw upon a more distanced compassion.  Based on groundbreaking scientific findings, Against Empathy makes the case that some of the worst decisions that individuals and nations make—from who to give money to, when to go to war, how to respond to climate change, and who to put in prison—are too often motivated by honest, yet misplaced, emotions. With clear and witty prose, Bloom demonstrates how empathy distorts our judgment in every aspect of our lives, from philanthropy and charity to the justice system; from culture and education to foreign policy and war. Without empathy, Bloom insists, our decisions would be clearer, fairer, and ultimately more moral. Bound to be controversial, Against Empathy shows us that, when it comes to major policy decisions and the choices we make in our everyday lives, limiting our empathetic emotions is often the most compassionate choice we can make. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279239 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Discipline Parenting Tools: The 49 Most Effective Methods to Stop Power Struggles, Build Communication, and Raise Empowered, Capable Kids Author: Brad Ainge, Mary Nelsen Tamborski, Jane Nelsen Narrator: Kathleen Mcinerney, Kimberly Farr, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 35 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you wish there was a way to raise well-behaved children without punishment? Are you afraid the only alternative is being overly indulgent? With Positive Discipline, an encouragement model based on both kindness and firmness, you don’t have to choose between these two extremes. Using these 49 Positive Discipline tools, honed and perfected after years of real-world research and feedback, you’ll be able to work with your children instead of against them. The goal isn’t perfection but providing you with the techniques you need to help your children develop the life and social skills you hope for them, such as respect for self and others, problem-solving ability, and self-regulation. The tenets of Positive Discipline consistently foster mutual respect so that any child—from a three-year-old toddler to a rebellious teenager—can learn creative cooperation and self-discipline without losing his or her dignity. In this new parenting audio guidebook, you’ll find day-to-day exercises for parents to improve their parenting skills, along with success stories from parents worldwide who have benefited from the Positive Discipline philosophy. With training tools and personal examples from the authors, you will learn: ·         The “hidden belief” behind a child’s misbehavior, and how to respond accordingly ·         The best way to focus on solutions instead of dwelling on the negative ·         How to encourage your child without pampering or praising ·         How to teach your child to make mistakes and follow through on agreements ·         How to foster creative thinking Read by Kimberly Farr, Kathleen McInerney, and Fred Sanders Includes a bonus PDF with charts, illustrations, and lists Brad Ainge, Mary Nelsen Tamborski, Jane Nelsen Tue, 15 Nov 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279239 thebookvoice.com 11:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Discipline Parenting Tools: The 49 Most Effective Methods to Stop Power Struggles, Build Communication, and Raise Empowered, Capable Kids Author: Brad Ainge, Mary Nelsen Tamborski, Jane Nelsen Narrator: Kathleen Mcinerney, Kimberly Farr, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 35 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you wish there was a way to raise well-behaved children without punishment? Are you afraid the only alternative is being overly indulgent? With Positive Discipline, an encouragement model based on both kindness and firmness, you don’t have to choose between these two extremes. Using these 49 Positive Discipline tools, honed and perfected after years of real-world research and feedback, you’ll be able to work with your children instead of against them. The goal isn’t perfection but providing you with the techniques you need to help your children develop the life and social skills you hope for them, such as respect for self and others, problem-solving ability, and self-regulation. The tenets of Positive Discipline consistently foster mutual respect so that any child—from a three-year-old toddler to a rebellious teenager—can learn creative cooperation and self-discipline without losing his or her dignity. In this new parenting audio guidebook, you’ll find day-to-day exercises for parents to improve their parenting skills, along with success stories from parents worldwide who have benefited from the Positive Discipline philosophy. With training tools and personal examples from the authors, you will learn: ·         The “hidden belief” behind a child’s misbehavior, and how to respond accordingly ·         The best way to focus on solutions instead of dwelling on the negative ·         How to encourage your child without pampering or praising ·         How to teach your child to make mistakes and follow through on agreements ·         How to foster creative thinking Read by Kimberly Farr, Kathleen McInerney, and Fred Sanders Includes a bonus PDF with charts, illustrations, and lists Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Discipline Parenting Tools: The 49 Most Effective Methods to Stop Power Struggles, Build Communication, and Raise Empowered, Capable Kids Author: Brad Ainge, Mary Nelsen Tamborski, Jane Nelsen Narrator: Kathleen Mcinerney, Kimberly Farr, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 35 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you wish there was a way to raise well-behaved children without punishment? Are you afraid the only alternative is being overly indulgent? With Positive Discipline, an encouragement model based on both kindness and firmness, you don’t have to choose between these two extremes. Using these 49 Positive Discipline tools, honed and perfected after years of real-world research and feedback, you’ll be able to work with your children instead of against them. The goal isn’t perfection but providing you with the techniques you need to help your children develop the life and social skills you hope for them, such as respect for self and others, problem-solving ability, and self-regulation. The tenets of Positive Discipline consistently foster mutual respect so that any child—from a three-year-old toddler to a rebellious teenager—can learn creative cooperation and self-discipline without losing his or her dignity. In this new parenting audio guidebook, you’ll find day-to-day exercises for parents to improve their parenting skills, along with success stories from parents worldwide who have benefited from the Positive Discipline philosophy. With training tools and personal examples from the authors, you will learn: ·         The “hidden belief” behind a child’s misbehavior, and how to respond accordingly ·         The best way to focus on solutions instead of dwelling on the negative ·         How to encourage your child without pampering or praising ·         How to teach your child to make mistakes and follow through on agreements ·         How to foster creative thinking Read by Kimberly Farr, Kathleen McInerney, and Fred Sanders Includes a bonus PDF with charts, illustrations, and lists https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279184 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Payoff: The Hidden Logic That Shapes Our Motivations Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Dan Ariely reveals fascinating new insights into motivation—showing that the subject is far more complex than we ever imagined. Every day we work hard to motivate ourselves, the people we live with, the people who work for and do business with us. In this way, much of what we do can be defined as being “motivators.” From the boardroom to the living room, our role as motivators is complex, and the more we try to motivate partners and children, friends and coworkers, the clearer it becomes that the story of motivation is far more intricate and fascinating than we’ve assumed. Payoff investigates the true nature of motivation, our partial blindness to the way it works, and how we can bridge this gap. With studies that range from Intel to a kindergarten classroom, Ariely digs deep to find the root of motivation—how it works and how we can use this knowledge to approach important choices in our own lives. Along the way, he explores intriguing questions such as: Can giving employees bonuses harm productivity? Why is trust so crucial for successful motivation? What are our misconceptions about how to value our work? How does your sense of your mortality impact your motivation? Dan Ariely Tue, 15 Nov 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279184 thebookvoice.com 2:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Payoff: The Hidden Logic That Shapes Our Motivations Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Dan Ariely reveals fascinating new insights into motivation—showing that the subject is far more complex than we ever imagined. Every day we work hard to motivate ourselves, the people we live with, the people who work for and do business with us. In this way, much of what we do can be defined as being “motivators.” From the boardroom to the living room, our role as motivators is complex, and the more we try to motivate partners and children, friends and coworkers, the clearer it becomes that the story of motivation is far more intricate and fascinating than we’ve assumed. Payoff investigates the true nature of motivation, our partial blindness to the way it works, and how we can bridge this gap. With studies that range from Intel to a kindergarten classroom, Ariely digs deep to find the root of motivation—how it works and how we can use this knowledge to approach important choices in our own lives. Along the way, he explores intriguing questions such as: Can giving employees bonuses harm productivity? Why is trust so crucial for successful motivation? What are our misconceptions about how to value our work? How does your sense of your mortality impact your motivation? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Payoff: The Hidden Logic That Shapes Our Motivations Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Dan Ariely reveals fascinating new insights into motivation—showing that the subject is far more complex than we ever imagined. Every day we work hard to motivate ourselves, the people we live with, the people who work for and do business with us. In this way, much of what we do can be defined as being “motivators.” From the boardroom to the living room, our role as motivators is complex, and the more we try to motivate partners and children, friends and coworkers, the clearer it becomes that the story of motivation is far more intricate and fascinating than we’ve assumed. Payoff investigates the true nature of motivation, our partial blindness to the way it works, and how we can bridge this gap. With studies that range from Intel to a kindergarten classroom, Ariely digs deep to find the root of motivation—how it works and how we can use this knowledge to approach important choices in our own lives. Along the way, he explores intriguing questions such as: Can giving employees bonuses harm productivity? Why is trust so crucial for successful motivation? What are our misconceptions about how to value our work? How does your sense of your mortality impact your motivation? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278947 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Suggestible You: The Curious Science of Your Brain’s Ability to Deceive, Transform, and Heal Author: Erik Vance Narrator: Richard Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This riveting narrative explores the world of placebos, hypnosis, false memories, and neurology to reveal the groundbreaking science of our suggestible minds. Could the secrets to personal health lie within our own brains? Journalist Erik Vance explores the surprising ways our expectations and beliefs influence our bodily responses to pain, disease, and everyday events. Drawing on centuries of research and interviews with leading experts in the field, Vance takes us on a fascinating adventure from Harvard’s research labs to a witch doctor’s office in Catemaco, Mexico, to an alternative medicine school near Beijing (often called “China’s Hogwarts”). Vance’s firsthand dispatches will change the way you think—and feel. Continuing the success of National Geographic’s brain books and rounding out our pop science category, this book shows how expectations, beliefs, and self-deception can actively change our bodies and minds. Vance builds a case for our “internal pharmacy”—the very real chemical reactions our brains produce when we think we are experiencing pain or healing, actual or perceived. Supporting this idea is centuries of placebo research in a range of forms, from sugar pills to shock waves; studies of alternative medicine techniques heralded and condemned in different parts of the world (think crystals and chakras); and most recently, major advances in brain mapping technology. Thanks to this technology, we’re learning how we might leverage our suggestibility (or lack thereof) for personalized medicine, and Vance brings us to the front lines of such study. Erik Vance Tue, 08 Nov 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278947 thebookvoice.com 9:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Suggestible You: The Curious Science of Your Brain’s Ability to Deceive, Transform, and Heal Author: Erik Vance Narrator: Richard Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This riveting narrative explores the world of placebos, hypnosis, false memories, and neurology to reveal the groundbreaking science of our suggestible minds. Could the secrets to personal health lie within our own brains? Journalist Erik Vance explores the surprising ways our expectations and beliefs influence our bodily responses to pain, disease, and everyday events. Drawing on centuries of research and interviews with leading experts in the field, Vance takes us on a fascinating adventure from Harvard’s research labs to a witch doctor’s office in Catemaco, Mexico, to an alternative medicine school near Beijing (often called “China’s Hogwarts”). Vance’s firsthand dispatches will change the way you think—and feel. Continuing the success of National Geographic’s brain books and rounding out our pop science category, this book shows how expectations, beliefs, and self-deception can actively change our bodies and minds. Vance builds a case for our “internal pharmacy”—the very real chemical reactions our brains produce when we think we are experiencing pain or healing, actual or perceived. Supporting this idea is centuries of placebo research in a range of forms, from sugar pills to shock waves; studies of alternative medicine techniques heralded and condemned in different parts of the world (think crystals and chakras); and most recently, major advances in brain mapping technology. Thanks to this technology, we’re learning how we might leverage our suggestibility (or lack thereof) for personalized medicine, and Vance brings us to the front lines of such study. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Suggestible You: The Curious Science of Your Brain’s Ability to Deceive, Transform, and Heal Author: Erik Vance Narrator: Richard Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This riveting narrative explores the world of placebos, hypnosis, false memories, and neurology to reveal the groundbreaking science of our suggestible minds. Could the secrets to personal health lie within our own brains? Journalist Erik Vance explores the surprising ways our expectations and beliefs influence our bodily responses to pain, disease, and everyday events. Drawing on centuries of research and interviews with leading experts in the field, Vance takes us on a fascinating adventure from Harvard’s research labs to a witch doctor’s office in Catemaco, Mexico, to an alternative medicine school near Beijing (often called “China’s Hogwarts”). Vance’s firsthand dispatches will change the way you think—and feel. Continuing the success of National Geographic’s brain books and rounding out our pop science category, this book shows how expectations, beliefs, and self-deception can actively change our bodies and minds. Vance builds a case for our “internal pharmacy”—the very real chemical reactions our brains produce when we think we are experiencing pain or healing, actual or perceived. Supporting this idea is centuries of placebo research in a range of forms, from sugar pills to shock waves; studies of alternative medicine techniques heralded and condemned in different parts of the world (think crystals and chakras); and most recently, major advances in brain mapping technology. Thanks to this technology, we’re learning how we might leverage our suggestibility (or lack thereof) for personalized medicine, and Vance brings us to the front lines of such study. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278881 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Essentials of a Dream Relationship Author: Harville Hendrix Narrator: Harville Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nearly all of us have an ideal of what a "dream" relationship would be, but very few of us are living in one. Three decades of research and clinical practice have led Harville Hendrix to pinpoint four essential "non-negotiable" keys to creating and sustaining a healthy, loving relationship. In this workshop, he will help couples: understand what prevents them from achieving the type of relationship they aspire to; discover how to cultivate those habits that can create the conditions that permit such a relationship to blossom; and practice the Imago Dialogue, a three-step process that offers us a highly effective tool to transform our dream about our relationship into reality. Harville Hendrix -- one of the foremost relationship experts of our time -- guides listeners through the four most important elements to the kind of relationship we all want in "Four Essentials of a Dream Relationship". In this transcribed excerpt from his workshop, Hendrix talks about how having a healthy relationship is not only beneficial to ourselves, but to the world. Harville Hendrix Sun, 01 Apr 2012 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278881 thebookvoice.com 2:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Essentials of a Dream Relationship Author: Harville Hendrix Narrator: Harville Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nearly all of us have an ideal of what a "dream" relationship would be, but very few of us are living in one. Three decades of research and clinical practice have led Harville Hendrix to pinpoint four essential "non-negotiable" keys to creating and sustaining a healthy, loving relationship. In this workshop, he will help couples: understand what prevents them from achieving the type of relationship they aspire to; discover how to cultivate those habits that can create the conditions that permit such a relationship to blossom; and practice the Imago Dialogue, a three-step process that offers us a highly effective tool to transform our dream about our relationship into reality. Harville Hendrix -- one of the foremost relationship experts of our time -- guides listeners through the four most important elements to the kind of relationship we all want in "Four Essentials of a Dream Relationship". In this transcribed excerpt from his workshop, Hendrix talks about how having a healthy relationship is not only beneficial to ourselves, but to the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Essentials of a Dream Relationship Author: Harville Hendrix Narrator: Harville Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nearly all of us have an ideal of what a "dream" relationship would be, but very few of us are living in one. Three decades of research and clinical practice have led Harville Hendrix to pinpoint four essential "non-negotiable" keys to creating and sustaining a healthy, loving relationship. In this workshop, he will help couples: understand what prevents them from achieving the type of relationship they aspire to; discover how to cultivate those habits that can create the conditions that permit such a relationship to blossom; and practice the Imago Dialogue, a three-step process that offers us a highly effective tool to transform our dream about our relationship into reality. Harville Hendrix -- one of the foremost relationship experts of our time -- guides listeners through the four most important elements to the kind of relationship we all want in "Four Essentials of a Dream Relationship". In this transcribed excerpt from his workshop, Hendrix talks about how having a healthy relationship is not only beneficial to ourselves, but to the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278859 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Collective Myths We Live and Die By Author: Sam Keen Narrator: Sam Keen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this lecture, psychologist Sam Keen explores some of the myths ingrained in our culture including our separation from, dominion over, and integration with our natural world. Sam Keen Sat, 01 Aug 2015 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278859 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Collective Myths We Live and Die By Author: Sam Keen Narrator: Sam Keen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this lecture, psychologist Sam Keen explores some of the myths ingrained in our culture including our separation from, dominion over, and integration with our natural world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Collective Myths We Live and Die By Author: Sam Keen Narrator: Sam Keen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this lecture, psychologist Sam Keen explores some of the myths ingrained in our culture including our separation from, dominion over, and integration with our natural world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278855 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics of Feeling Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Recorded many years ago in New York City, the audio recording of this weekend workshop has been honed down to a steady stream of wisdom, inspiration and classic, never before released James Hillman . It will energize and challenge your world and life viewl James Hillman was the father of Archetypal Psychology. This field uses metaphors derived from ancient alchemy to elucidate deep structures in the creative imagination. The psyche moves; but does psychology? James discusses a shift in psychotherapy which could help us connect feeling with our political or worldly dilemma's. The world is entering a new moment of consciousness: by drawing attention to itself by means of its symptoms, it is becoming aware of itself as a psychic reality. In this scholarly, entertaining and highly informative program, James dives deep into the psychology and politics of feeling. James Hillman Mon, 01 Aug 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278855 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics of Feeling Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Recorded many years ago in New York City, the audio recording of this weekend workshop has been honed down to a steady stream of wisdom, inspiration and classic, never before released James Hillman . It will energize and challenge your world and life viewl James Hillman was the father of Archetypal Psychology. This field uses metaphors derived from ancient alchemy to elucidate deep structures in the creative imagination. The psyche moves; but does psychology? James discusses a shift in psychotherapy which could help us connect feeling with our political or worldly dilemma's. The world is entering a new moment of consciousness: by drawing attention to itself by means of its symptoms, it is becoming aware of itself as a psychic reality. In this scholarly, entertaining and highly informative program, James dives deep into the psychology and politics of feeling. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics of Feeling Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Recorded many years ago in New York City, the audio recording of this weekend workshop has been honed down to a steady stream of wisdom, inspiration and classic, never before released James Hillman . It will energize and challenge your world and life viewl James Hillman was the father of Archetypal Psychology. This field uses metaphors derived from ancient alchemy to elucidate deep structures in the creative imagination. The psyche moves; but does psychology? James discusses a shift in psychotherapy which could help us connect feeling with our political or worldly dilemma's. The world is entering a new moment of consciousness: by drawing attention to itself by means of its symptoms, it is becoming aware of itself as a psychic reality. In this scholarly, entertaining and highly informative program, James dives deep into the psychology and politics of feeling. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278854 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue Fire, Part 3 Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are extremely proud to offer this third and final part of the audio series A Blue Fire from a timeless workshop recorded years ago with the late, great James Hillman. You can also get the complete series which includes all three parts here at a discount. James Hillman's A Blue Fire burns through the entire range of his life's work in this lecture. Recorded during a seminar weekend in Rowe, Massachusetts, this talk is a conflagration of ideas. The result is Hillman revisions himself, his work, and archetypal psychology. Hillman reads from and reflects on his life's work. James Hillman Mon, 01 Oct 2012 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278854 thebookvoice.com 2:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue Fire, Part 3 Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are extremely proud to offer this third and final part of the audio series A Blue Fire from a timeless workshop recorded years ago with the late, great James Hillman. You can also get the complete series which includes all three parts here at a discount. James Hillman's A Blue Fire burns through the entire range of his life's work in this lecture. Recorded during a seminar weekend in Rowe, Massachusetts, this talk is a conflagration of ideas. The result is Hillman revisions himself, his work, and archetypal psychology. Hillman reads from and reflects on his life's work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue Fire, Part 3 Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are extremely proud to offer this third and final part of the audio series A Blue Fire from a timeless workshop recorded years ago with the late, great James Hillman. You can also get the complete series which includes all three parts here at a discount. James Hillman's A Blue Fire burns through the entire range of his life's work in this lecture. Recorded during a seminar weekend in Rowe, Massachusetts, this talk is a conflagration of ideas. The result is Hillman revisions himself, his work, and archetypal psychology. Hillman reads from and reflects on his life's work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278853 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue Fire, Part 2 Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman's A Blue Fire burns through the entire range of his life's work in this lecture. Recorded during a seminar weekend in Rowe, Massachusetts, this talk is a conflagration of ideas. The result is Hillman revisions himself, his work, and archetypal psychology. James Hillman Mon, 01 Oct 2012 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278853 thebookvoice.com 1:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue Fire, Part 2 Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman's A Blue Fire burns through the entire range of his life's work in this lecture. Recorded during a seminar weekend in Rowe, Massachusetts, this talk is a conflagration of ideas. The result is Hillman revisions himself, his work, and archetypal psychology. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue Fire, Part 2 Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman's A Blue Fire burns through the entire range of his life's work in this lecture. Recorded during a seminar weekend in Rowe, Massachusetts, this talk is a conflagration of ideas. The result is Hillman revisions himself, his work, and archetypal psychology. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278852 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue Fire, Part 1 Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 58 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman's A Blue Fire Part I burns through the entire range of his life's work in this lecture. Recorded during a seminar weekend in Rowe, Massachusetts, this talk is a conflagration of ideas. The result is Hillman revisions himself, his work, and archetypal psychology. Hillman reads from and reflects on his life's work. James Hillman Mon, 01 Oct 2012 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278852 thebookvoice.com 1:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue Fire, Part 1 Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 58 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman's A Blue Fire Part I burns through the entire range of his life's work in this lecture. Recorded during a seminar weekend in Rowe, Massachusetts, this talk is a conflagration of ideas. The result is Hillman revisions himself, his work, and archetypal psychology. Hillman reads from and reflects on his life's work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Blue Fire, Part 1 Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 58 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman's A Blue Fire Part I burns through the entire range of his life's work in this lecture. Recorded during a seminar weekend in Rowe, Massachusetts, this talk is a conflagration of ideas. The result is Hillman revisions himself, his work, and archetypal psychology. Hillman reads from and reflects on his life's work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278850 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Father Son Wound Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this moving, compassionate presentation John Lee shows how to break the crippling cycle of emotional woundedness that is passed from father to son. Sharing his own struggle to come to terms with his father and to recover from a troubled childhood, Lee tells the listener how all men can let go of the past and reclaim themselves and say goodbye to the patterns that are no longer useful or wanted. John Lee Thu, 01 Sep 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278850 thebookvoice.com 0:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Father Son Wound Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this moving, compassionate presentation John Lee shows how to break the crippling cycle of emotional woundedness that is passed from father to son. Sharing his own struggle to come to terms with his father and to recover from a troubled childhood, Lee tells the listener how all men can let go of the past and reclaim themselves and say goodbye to the patterns that are no longer useful or wanted. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Father Son Wound Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this moving, compassionate presentation John Lee shows how to break the crippling cycle of emotional woundedness that is passed from father to son. Sharing his own struggle to come to terms with his father and to recover from a troubled childhood, Lee tells the listener how all men can let go of the past and reclaim themselves and say goodbye to the patterns that are no longer useful or wanted. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278849 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anger Solution: The Proven Method for Achieving Calm and Developing Healthy, Long-Lasting Relationships Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is a unique and powerful approach to Anger and rage. Discover the differences between healthy and harmful anger with John Lee's life-changing program. Therapist Lee's proven method will help anyone immediately tap into the causes of their own anger, allowing them to get a handle on the emotions that cause stress and pain. Without guilt, shame, embarrassment, resentment, or hopelessness this lecture offers groundbreaking information on controlling rage. The Anger Solution promises to be the next classic in anger management. John Lee Thu, 01 Sep 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278849 thebookvoice.com 2:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anger Solution: The Proven Method for Achieving Calm and Developing Healthy, Long-Lasting Relationships Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is a unique and powerful approach to Anger and rage. Discover the differences between healthy and harmful anger with John Lee's life-changing program. Therapist Lee's proven method will help anyone immediately tap into the causes of their own anger, allowing them to get a handle on the emotions that cause stress and pain. Without guilt, shame, embarrassment, resentment, or hopelessness this lecture offers groundbreaking information on controlling rage. The Anger Solution promises to be the next classic in anger management. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anger Solution: The Proven Method for Achieving Calm and Developing Healthy, Long-Lasting Relationships Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is a unique and powerful approach to Anger and rage. Discover the differences between healthy and harmful anger with John Lee's life-changing program. Therapist Lee's proven method will help anyone immediately tap into the causes of their own anger, allowing them to get a handle on the emotions that cause stress and pain. Without guilt, shame, embarrassment, resentment, or hopelessness this lecture offers groundbreaking information on controlling rage. The Anger Solution promises to be the next classic in anger management. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278848 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Well am I Loving Them Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is a touching and tender talk that will change forever the way you think about love, sending it, receiving it with those you love whether family, friends, lovers and even colleges. It will remind you to throw away "The Golden Rule" when it comes time to loving people and adopt "The Platinum Rule" which says send the people you love the kind of love they long for and tell your loved ones the way you wish to be loved. John Lee Thu, 01 Sep 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278848 thebookvoice.com 0:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Well am I Loving Them Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is a touching and tender talk that will change forever the way you think about love, sending it, receiving it with those you love whether family, friends, lovers and even colleges. It will remind you to throw away "The Golden Rule" when it comes time to loving people and adopt "The Platinum Rule" which says send the people you love the kind of love they long for and tell your loved ones the way you wish to be loved. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Well am I Loving Them Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is a touching and tender talk that will change forever the way you think about love, sending it, receiving it with those you love whether family, friends, lovers and even colleges. It will remind you to throw away "The Golden Rule" when it comes time to loving people and adopt "The Platinum Rule" which says send the people you love the kind of love they long for and tell your loved ones the way you wish to be loved. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278847 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing Yourself Back Up: Understanding Emotional Regression Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 20 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Growing Yourself Back is John Lee's book that thousands of therapists recommend to their clients every year. This lecture will help the listener recognize, prevent, and diffuse regression in ourselves and others. He teaches, for example, that adults cannot be abandoned, they can only be left; if we're feeling abandoned we're regressing. He also reminds us that no matter how overwhelmed we are, adults always have options; if we believe we don't, we're in a regression. "Growing Yourself Back Up will show you how to: * develop strong emotional boundaries and convey them to others * learn the Detour Method that reverses regression * confront without regressing * communicate with the authority figures who push your buttons * minimize regression at family functions Lee offers hope--as well as practical strategies that work--for conquering those childlike feelings of powerlessness that are almost always rooted in regression. John Lee Thu, 01 Sep 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278847 thebookvoice.com 1:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing Yourself Back Up: Understanding Emotional Regression Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 20 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Growing Yourself Back is John Lee's book that thousands of therapists recommend to their clients every year. This lecture will help the listener recognize, prevent, and diffuse regression in ourselves and others. He teaches, for example, that adults cannot be abandoned, they can only be left; if we're feeling abandoned we're regressing. He also reminds us that no matter how overwhelmed we are, adults always have options; if we believe we don't, we're in a regression. "Growing Yourself Back Up will show you how to: * develop strong emotional boundaries and convey them to others * learn the Detour Method that reverses regression * confront without regressing * communicate with the authority figures who push your buttons * minimize regression at family functions Lee offers hope--as well as practical strategies that work--for conquering those childlike feelings of powerlessness that are almost always rooted in regression. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing Yourself Back Up: Understanding Emotional Regression Author: John Lee Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 20 minutes Release date: September 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Growing Yourself Back is John Lee's book that thousands of therapists recommend to their clients every year. This lecture will help the listener recognize, prevent, and diffuse regression in ourselves and others. He teaches, for example, that adults cannot be abandoned, they can only be left; if we're feeling abandoned we're regressing. He also reminds us that no matter how overwhelmed we are, adults always have options; if we believe we don't, we're in a regression. "Growing Yourself Back Up will show you how to: * develop strong emotional boundaries and convey them to others * learn the Detour Method that reverses regression * confront without regressing * communicate with the authority figures who push your buttons * minimize regression at family functions Lee offers hope--as well as practical strategies that work--for conquering those childlike feelings of powerlessness that are almost always rooted in regression. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278845 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: W.B. Yeats and His Father: The Development of Personality in Men Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: These broadcast quality archival recordings have been edited down into an amazing journey led by one of the great and entertaining American thinkers in recent history. Robert explores the poetry of Yeats and goes deep into his biography to help bring to light the inspirations of his great works. Part english/history lesson, part poetry reading and a deep exploration into the personality of men, this never before released program will be a treasure for long-time fans of Robert, fans of W.B. Yeats and folks new to Robert and his timeless performances. Robert Bly Mon, 01 Aug 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278845 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: W.B. Yeats and His Father: The Development of Personality in Men Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: These broadcast quality archival recordings have been edited down into an amazing journey led by one of the great and entertaining American thinkers in recent history. Robert explores the poetry of Yeats and goes deep into his biography to help bring to light the inspirations of his great works. Part english/history lesson, part poetry reading and a deep exploration into the personality of men, this never before released program will be a treasure for long-time fans of Robert, fans of W.B. Yeats and folks new to Robert and his timeless performances. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: W.B. Yeats and His Father: The Development of Personality in Men Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: These broadcast quality archival recordings have been edited down into an amazing journey led by one of the great and entertaining American thinkers in recent history. Robert explores the poetry of Yeats and goes deep into his biography to help bring to light the inspirations of his great works. Part english/history lesson, part poetry reading and a deep exploration into the personality of men, this never before released program will be a treasure for long-time fans of Robert, fans of W.B. Yeats and folks new to Robert and his timeless performances. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Shadow Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through poetry, music and storytelling, Robert Bly takes us on a thought provoking and entertaining journey captured by this extraordinary live audio program recorded at the Open Center in New York City. Bly says parents make it clear there are certain parts of us they don't like, 'you're too noisy' ... One image is to say we take that part and put it into a bag. Our independence and feeling goes into the bag, the bag is getting heavy and two miles long...You could say we spend our life until we're 20 deciding what to put into the bag, and we spend the rest of our life trying to get it out again." Robert Bly Mon, 01 Aug 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278844 thebookvoice.com 2:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Shadow Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through poetry, music and storytelling, Robert Bly takes us on a thought provoking and entertaining journey captured by this extraordinary live audio program recorded at the Open Center in New York City. Bly says parents make it clear there are certain parts of us they don't like, 'you're too noisy' ... One image is to say we take that part and put it into a bag. Our independence and feeling goes into the bag, the bag is getting heavy and two miles long...You could say we spend our life until we're 20 deciding what to put into the bag, and we spend the rest of our life trying to get it out again." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Human Shadow Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through poetry, music and storytelling, Robert Bly takes us on a thought provoking and entertaining journey captured by this extraordinary live audio program recorded at the Open Center in New York City. Bly says parents make it clear there are certain parts of us they don't like, 'you're too noisy' ... One image is to say we take that part and put it into a bag. Our independence and feeling goes into the bag, the bag is getting heavy and two miles long...You could say we spend our life until we're 20 deciding what to put into the bag, and we spend the rest of our life trying to get it out again." https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278843 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men and Women: Talking Together Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This discussion between best-selling authors Deborah Tannen (You Just Don't Understand) and Robert Bly (Iron John) is presented as a sort of continuing education program. It is utterly delightful. The authors are both funny and serious. They care a great deal about the topic of women and men's conversational styles. The production is so well done that even questions from the audience are picked up by the microphones. This would be excellent for both bookstores and public libraries in which these books are great favorites and academic libraries with strong communications programs. Robert Bly Mon, 01 Aug 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278843 thebookvoice.com 1:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men and Women: Talking Together Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This discussion between best-selling authors Deborah Tannen (You Just Don't Understand) and Robert Bly (Iron John) is presented as a sort of continuing education program. It is utterly delightful. The authors are both funny and serious. They care a great deal about the topic of women and men's conversational styles. The production is so well done that even questions from the audience are picked up by the microphones. This would be excellent for both bookstores and public libraries in which these books are great favorites and academic libraries with strong communications programs. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men and Women: Talking Together Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This discussion between best-selling authors Deborah Tannen (You Just Don't Understand) and Robert Bly (Iron John) is presented as a sort of continuing education program. It is utterly delightful. The authors are both funny and serious. They care a great deal about the topic of women and men's conversational styles. The production is so well done that even questions from the audience are picked up by the microphones. This would be excellent for both bookstores and public libraries in which these books are great favorites and academic libraries with strong communications programs. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278842 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Living Friend Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert Bly is in beautiful form, reading seven of his own poems from Stealing Sugar from the Castle and Coleman Barks reads some segments from the Shams Tabriz Sayings, as well as Rumi poems. Robert Bly Thu, 01 Oct 2015 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278842 thebookvoice.com 1:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Living Friend Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert Bly is in beautiful form, reading seven of his own poems from Stealing Sugar from the Castle and Coleman Barks reads some segments from the Shams Tabriz Sayings, as well as Rumi poems. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Living Friend Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert Bly is in beautiful form, reading seven of his own poems from Stealing Sugar from the Castle and Coleman Barks reads some segments from the Shams Tabriz Sayings, as well as Rumi poems. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278841 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Have all the Parents Gone: A Talk on the Sibling Society Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert Bly looks beyond the individual psyche to the problems of our public life, explaining why we as a culture are so adrift. What he finds is an infantilized society in which the battle between youth and age has been won by youth. Bly argues that in the collapse of the old patriarchal world-view, we are becoming a world of "siblings" who do not look up to heroes, leaders, or God, but only sideways at an army of siblings like ourselves. Through the psychological lessons embedded in ancient folk tales, Bly challenges us to move beyond our own adolescent envy and fantasy. Robert Bly Sun, 01 Nov 2015 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278841 thebookvoice.com 2:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Have all the Parents Gone: A Talk on the Sibling Society Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert Bly looks beyond the individual psyche to the problems of our public life, explaining why we as a culture are so adrift. What he finds is an infantilized society in which the battle between youth and age has been won by youth. Bly argues that in the collapse of the old patriarchal world-view, we are becoming a world of "siblings" who do not look up to heroes, leaders, or God, but only sideways at an army of siblings like ourselves. Through the psychological lessons embedded in ancient folk tales, Bly challenges us to move beyond our own adolescent envy and fantasy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where Have all the Parents Gone: A Talk on the Sibling Society Author: Robert Bly Narrator: Robert Bly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert Bly looks beyond the individual psyche to the problems of our public life, explaining why we as a culture are so adrift. What he finds is an infantilized society in which the battle between youth and age has been won by youth. Bly argues that in the collapse of the old patriarchal world-view, we are becoming a world of "siblings" who do not look up to heroes, leaders, or God, but only sideways at an army of siblings like ourselves. Through the psychological lessons embedded in ancient folk tales, Bly challenges us to move beyond our own adolescent envy and fantasy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278838 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding and Keeping the Love You Want Author: Harville Hendrix Narrator: Harville Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: July 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harville Hendrix is one of the foremost therapists and authors in the world on the subject of relationships. This presentation explores the role the unconscious plays in choosing a partner and will show you how to avert anguish, stimulate growth, and gain insight to your patterns of attraction and conflict. You will learn to pinpoint unmet childhood needs and replace self-defeating traits with effective skills. Whether you're in a relationship or are having trouble connecting with the right person, this lecture will show you how to get the love you want! Harville Hendrix Fri, 01 Jul 2011 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278838 thebookvoice.com 1:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding and Keeping the Love You Want Author: Harville Hendrix Narrator: Harville Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: July 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harville Hendrix is one of the foremost therapists and authors in the world on the subject of relationships. This presentation explores the role the unconscious plays in choosing a partner and will show you how to avert anguish, stimulate growth, and gain insight to your patterns of attraction and conflict. You will learn to pinpoint unmet childhood needs and replace self-defeating traits with effective skills. Whether you're in a relationship or are having trouble connecting with the right person, this lecture will show you how to get the love you want! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding and Keeping the Love You Want Author: Harville Hendrix Narrator: Harville Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: July 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harville Hendrix is one of the foremost therapists and authors in the world on the subject of relationships. This presentation explores the role the unconscious plays in choosing a partner and will show you how to avert anguish, stimulate growth, and gain insight to your patterns of attraction and conflict. You will learn to pinpoint unmet childhood needs and replace self-defeating traits with effective skills. Whether you're in a relationship or are having trouble connecting with the right person, this lecture will show you how to get the love you want! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278747 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Field Guide to Lies and Statistics: A Neuroscientist on How to Make Sense of a Complex World Author: Daniel Levitin Narrator: Dan Piraro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of a Field Guide to Lies by David Levitin, read by Dan Piraro. The bestselling author of The Organized Mind explains and debunks statistics in the information age We live in a world of information overload. Facts and figures on absolutely everything are at our fingertips, but are too often biased, distorted, or outright lies. From unemployment figures to voting polls, IQ tests to divorce rates, we're bombarded by seemingly plausible statistics on how people live and what they think. In a world where anyone can become an expert at the click of a button, being able to see through the tricks played with statistics is more necessary than ever before. Daniel Levitin teaches us how to effectively ask ourselves: can we really know that? And how do they know that? In this eye-opening, entertaining and accessible guide filled with fascinating examples and practical takeaways, acclaimed neuroscientist Daniel Levitin shows us how learning to understand statistics will enable you to make quicker, better-informed decisions to simplify your life. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Daniel Levitin Thu, 26 Jan 2017 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278747 thebookvoice.com 7:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Field Guide to Lies and Statistics: A Neuroscientist on How to Make Sense of a Complex World Author: Daniel Levitin Narrator: Dan Piraro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of a Field Guide to Lies by David Levitin, read by Dan Piraro. The bestselling author of The Organized Mind explains and debunks statistics in the information age We live in a world of information overload. Facts and figures on absolutely everything are at our fingertips, but are too often biased, distorted, or outright lies. From unemployment figures to voting polls, IQ tests to divorce rates, we're bombarded by seemingly plausible statistics on how people live and what they think. In a world where anyone can become an expert at the click of a button, being able to see through the tricks played with statistics is more necessary than ever before. Daniel Levitin teaches us how to effectively ask ourselves: can we really know that? And how do they know that? In this eye-opening, entertaining and accessible guide filled with fascinating examples and practical takeaways, acclaimed neuroscientist Daniel Levitin shows us how learning to understand statistics will enable you to make quicker, better-informed decisions to simplify your life. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Field Guide to Lies and Statistics: A Neuroscientist on How to Make Sense of a Complex World Author: Daniel Levitin Narrator: Dan Piraro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of a Field Guide to Lies by David Levitin, read by Dan Piraro. The bestselling author of The Organized Mind explains and debunks statistics in the information age We live in a world of information overload. Facts and figures on absolutely everything are at our fingertips, but are too often biased, distorted, or outright lies. From unemployment figures to voting polls, IQ tests to divorce rates, we're bombarded by seemingly plausible statistics on how people live and what they think. In a world where anyone can become an expert at the click of a button, being able to see through the tricks played with statistics is more necessary than ever before. Daniel Levitin teaches us how to effectively ask ourselves: can we really know that? And how do they know that? In this eye-opening, entertaining and accessible guide filled with fascinating examples and practical takeaways, acclaimed neuroscientist Daniel Levitin shows us how learning to understand statistics will enable you to make quicker, better-informed decisions to simplify your life. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278277 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hi, Anxiety: Life With a Bad Case of Nerves Author: Kat Kinsman Narrator: Kat Kinsman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Joining the ranks of such acclaimed accounts as Manic, Brain on Fire, and Monkey Mind, a deeply personal, funny, and sometimes painful look at anxiety and its impact from writer and commentator Kat Kinsman. Feeling anxious? Can’t sleep because your brain won’t stop recycling thoughts? Unable to make a decision because you're too afraid you’ll make the wrong one? You’re not alone. In Hi, Anxiety, beloved food writer, editor, and commentator Kat Kinsman expands on the high profile pieces she wrote for CNN.com about depression, and its wicked cousin, anxiety. Taking us back to her adolescence, when she was diagnosed with depression at fourteen, Kat speaks eloquently with pathos and humor about her skin picking, hand flapping, “nervousness” that made her the recipient of many a harsh taunt. With her mother also gripped by depression and health issues throughout her life, Kat came to live in a constant state of unease—that she would fail, that she would never find love . . . that she would end up just like her mother. Now, as a successful media personality, Kat still battles anxiety every day. That anxiety manifests in strange, and deeply personal ways. But as she found when she started to write about her struggles, Kat is not alone in feeling like the simple act of leaving the house, or getting a haircut can be crippling. And though periodic medication, counseling, a successful career and a happy marriage have brought her relief, the illness, because that is what anxiety is, remains. Exploring how millions are affected anxiety, Hi, Anxiety is a clarion call for everyone—but especially women—struggling with this condition. Though she is a strong advocate for seeking medical intervention, Kinsman implores those suffering to come out of the shadows—to talk about their battle openly and honestly. With humor, bravery, and writing that brings bestsellers like Laurie Notaro and Jenny Lawson to mind, Hi, Anxiety tackles a difficult subject with amazing grace. Kat Kinsman Tue, 15 Nov 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278277 thebookvoice.com 6:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hi, Anxiety: Life With a Bad Case of Nerves Author: Kat Kinsman Narrator: Kat Kinsman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Joining the ranks of such acclaimed accounts as Manic, Brain on Fire, and Monkey Mind, a deeply personal, funny, and sometimes painful look at anxiety and its impact from writer and commentator Kat Kinsman. Feeling anxious? Can’t sleep because your brain won’t stop recycling thoughts? Unable to make a decision because you're too afraid you’ll make the wrong one? You’re not alone. In Hi, Anxiety, beloved food writer, editor, and commentator Kat Kinsman expands on the high profile pieces she wrote for CNN.com about depression, and its wicked cousin, anxiety. Taking us back to her adolescence, when she was diagnosed with depression at fourteen, Kat speaks eloquently with pathos and humor about her skin picking, hand flapping, “nervousness” that made her the recipient of many a harsh taunt. With her mother also gripped by depression and health issues throughout her life, Kat came to live in a constant state of unease—that she would fail, that she would never find love . . . that she would end up just like her mother. Now, as a successful media personality, Kat still battles anxiety every day. That anxiety manifests in strange, and deeply personal ways. But as she found when she started to write about her struggles, Kat is not alone in feeling like the simple act of leaving the house, or getting a haircut can be crippling. And though periodic medication, counseling, a successful career and a happy marriage have brought her relief, the illness, because that is what anxiety is, remains. Exploring how millions are affected anxiety, Hi, Anxiety is a clarion call for everyone—but especially women—struggling with this condition. Though she is a strong advocate for seeking medical intervention, Kinsman implores those suffering to come out of the shadows—to talk about their battle openly and honestly. With humor, bravery, and writing that brings bestsellers like Laurie Notaro and Jenny Lawson to mind, Hi, Anxiety tackles a difficult subject with amazing grace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hi, Anxiety: Life With a Bad Case of Nerves Author: Kat Kinsman Narrator: Kat Kinsman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Joining the ranks of such acclaimed accounts as Manic, Brain on Fire, and Monkey Mind, a deeply personal, funny, and sometimes painful look at anxiety and its impact from writer and commentator Kat Kinsman. Feeling anxious? Can’t sleep because your brain won’t stop recycling thoughts? Unable to make a decision because you're too afraid you’ll make the wrong one? You’re not alone. In Hi, Anxiety, beloved food writer, editor, and commentator Kat Kinsman expands on the high profile pieces she wrote for CNN.com about depression, and its wicked cousin, anxiety. Taking us back to her adolescence, when she was diagnosed with depression at fourteen, Kat speaks eloquently with pathos and humor about her skin picking, hand flapping, “nervousness” that made her the recipient of many a harsh taunt. With her mother also gripped by depression and health issues throughout her life, Kat came to live in a constant state of unease—that she would fail, that she would never find love . . . that she would end up just like her mother. Now, as a successful media personality, Kat still battles anxiety every day. That anxiety manifests in strange, and deeply personal ways. But as she found when she started to write about her struggles, Kat is not alone in feeling like the simple act of leaving the house, or getting a haircut can be crippling. And though periodic medication, counseling, a successful career and a happy marriage have brought her relief, the illness, because that is what anxiety is, remains. Exploring how millions are affected anxiety, Hi, Anxiety is a clarion call for everyone—but especially women—struggling with this condition. Though she is a strong advocate for seeking medical intervention, Kinsman implores those suffering to come out of the shadows—to talk about their battle openly and honestly. With humor, bravery, and writing that brings bestsellers like Laurie Notaro and Jenny Lawson to mind, Hi, Anxiety tackles a difficult subject with amazing grace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275949 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being a Dog Author: Alexandra Horowitz Narrator: Alexandra Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the #1 bestselling author of Inside of a Dog and The Year of the Puppy—“an incredible journey into the olfactory world of man’s best friend” (O, The Oprah Magazine), Alexandra Horowitz’s follow-up to her New York Times bestseller explains how dogs experience the world through their most spectacular organ—the nose. In her “fascinating book…Horowitz combines the expertise of a scientist with an easy, lively writing style” (The New York Times Book Review) as she imagines what it is like to be a dog. Guided by her own dogs, Finnegan and Upton, Horowitz sets off on a quest through the cutting-edge science behind the olfactory abilities of the dog. In addition to speaking to cognitive researchers and smell experts, Horowitz visits detection-dog trainers and training centers; she meets researchers working with dogs to detect cancerous cells and anticipate epileptic seizure or diabetic shock; and she even attempts to smell-train her own nose. As we come to understand how rich, complex, and exciting the world around us is to the canine nose, Horowitz changes our perspective on dogs forever. Readers will finish this book feeling that they have broken free of their human constraints and understanding smell as never before; that they have, for however fleetingly, been a dog. And, as The Boston Globe says about Being a Dog, “becoming more doglike, not surprisingly, can make anyone’s life a little more vivid.” Alexandra Horowitz Tue, 04 Oct 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275949 thebookvoice.com 9:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being a Dog Author: Alexandra Horowitz Narrator: Alexandra Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the #1 bestselling author of Inside of a Dog and The Year of the Puppy—“an incredible journey into the olfactory world of man’s best friend” (O, The Oprah Magazine), Alexandra Horowitz’s follow-up to her New York Times bestseller explains how dogs experience the world through their most spectacular organ—the nose. In her “fascinating book…Horowitz combines the expertise of a scientist with an easy, lively writing style” (The New York Times Book Review) as she imagines what it is like to be a dog. Guided by her own dogs, Finnegan and Upton, Horowitz sets off on a quest through the cutting-edge science behind the olfactory abilities of the dog. In addition to speaking to cognitive researchers and smell experts, Horowitz visits detection-dog trainers and training centers; she meets researchers working with dogs to detect cancerous cells and anticipate epileptic seizure or diabetic shock; and she even attempts to smell-train her own nose. As we come to understand how rich, complex, and exciting the world around us is to the canine nose, Horowitz changes our perspective on dogs forever. Readers will finish this book feeling that they have broken free of their human constraints and understanding smell as never before; that they have, for however fleetingly, been a dog. And, as The Boston Globe says about Being a Dog, “becoming more doglike, not surprisingly, can make anyone’s life a little more vivid.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being a Dog Author: Alexandra Horowitz Narrator: Alexandra Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the #1 bestselling author of Inside of a Dog and The Year of the Puppy—“an incredible journey into the olfactory world of man’s best friend” (O, The Oprah Magazine), Alexandra Horowitz’s follow-up to her New York Times bestseller explains how dogs experience the world through their most spectacular organ—the nose. In her “fascinating book…Horowitz combines the expertise of a scientist with an easy, lively writing style” (The New York Times Book Review) as she imagines what it is like to be a dog. Guided by her own dogs, Finnegan and Upton, Horowitz sets off on a quest through the cutting-edge science behind the olfactory abilities of the dog. In addition to speaking to cognitive researchers and smell experts, Horowitz visits detection-dog trainers and training centers; she meets researchers working with dogs to detect cancerous cells and anticipate epileptic seizure or diabetic shock; and she even attempts to smell-train her own nose. As we come to understand how rich, complex, and exciting the world around us is to the canine nose, Horowitz changes our perspective on dogs forever. Readers will finish this book feeling that they have broken free of their human constraints and understanding smell as never before; that they have, for however fleetingly, been a dog. And, as The Boston Globe says about Being a Dog, “becoming more doglike, not surprisingly, can make anyone’s life a little more vivid.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275946 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Warrior's Way: Ignite Your Energy and Focus, Attack Illness and Aging, Transform Pain into Purpose Author: Tana Amen, Daniel G. Amen Narrator: Tana Amen, Daniel G. Amen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling authors Dr. Daniel Amen and Tana Amen are ready to lead you to victory...The Brain Warrior’s Way is your arsenal to win the fight to live a better life. The Amens will guide you through the process, and give you the tools to take control. So if you’re serious about your health, either out of desire or necessity, it’s time to arm yourself and head into battle.   When trying to live a healthy lifestyle, every day can feel like a battle. Forces are destroying our bodies and our minds. The standard American diet we consume is making us sick; we are constantly bombarded by a fear-mongering news media; and we’re hypnotized by technical gadgets that keep us from our loved ones. Even our own genes can seem like they’re out to get us. But you can win the war. You can live your life to the fullest, be your best, and feel your greatest, and the key to victory rests between your ears.   Your brain runs your life. When it works right, your body works right, and your decisions tend to be thoughtful and goal directed. Bad choices, however, can lead to a myriad of problems in your body. Studies have shown that your habits turn on or off certain genes that make illness and early death more or less likely. But you can master your brain and body for the rest of your life with a scientifically-designed program: the Brain Warrior’s Way.   Master your brain and body for the rest of your life. This is not a program to lose 10 pounds, even though you will do that—and lose much more if needed. You can also prevent Alzheimer’s, reverse aging, and improve your:   -Overall health -Focus -Memory -Energy -Work -Mood Stability -Flexibility -Inner Peace -Relationships   The Amens have helped tens of thousands of clients over thirty years, and now they can help you. It is time to live a better life—right now! Tana Amen, Daniel G. Amen Tue, 22 Nov 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275946 thebookvoice.com 10:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Warrior's Way: Ignite Your Energy and Focus, Attack Illness and Aging, Transform Pain into Purpose Author: Tana Amen, Daniel G. Amen Narrator: Tana Amen, Daniel G. Amen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling authors Dr. Daniel Amen and Tana Amen are ready to lead you to victory...The Brain Warrior’s Way is your arsenal to win the fight to live a better life. The Amens will guide you through the process, and give you the tools to take control. So if you’re serious about your health, either out of desire or necessity, it’s time to arm yourself and head into battle.   When trying to live a healthy lifestyle, every day can feel like a battle. Forces are destroying our bodies and our minds. The standard American diet we consume is making us sick; we are constantly bombarded by a fear-mongering news media; and we’re hypnotized by technical gadgets that keep us from our loved ones. Even our own genes can seem like they’re out to get us. But you can win the war. You can live your life to the fullest, be your best, and feel your greatest, and the key to victory rests between your ears.   Your brain runs your life. When it works right, your body works right, and your decisions tend to be thoughtful and goal directed. Bad choices, however, can lead to a myriad of problems in your body. Studies have shown that your habits turn on or off certain genes that make illness and early death more or less likely. But you can master your brain and body for the rest of your life with a scientifically-designed program: the Brain Warrior’s Way.   Master your brain and body for the rest of your life. This is not a program to lose 10 pounds, even though you will do that—and lose much more if needed. You can also prevent Alzheimer’s, reverse aging, and improve your:   -Overall health -Focus -Memory -Energy -Work -Mood Stability -Flexibility -Inner Peace -Relationships   The Amens have helped tens of thousands of clients over thirty years, and now they can help you. It is time to live a better life—right now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Warrior's Way: Ignite Your Energy and Focus, Attack Illness and Aging, Transform Pain into Purpose Author: Tana Amen, Daniel G. Amen Narrator: Tana Amen, Daniel G. Amen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling authors Dr. Daniel Amen and Tana Amen are ready to lead you to victory...The Brain Warrior’s Way is your arsenal to win the fight to live a better life. The Amens will guide you through the process, and give you the tools to take control. So if you’re serious about your health, either out of desire or necessity, it’s time to arm yourself and head into battle.   When trying to live a healthy lifestyle, every day can feel like a battle. Forces are destroying our bodies and our minds. The standard American diet we consume is making us sick; we are constantly bombarded by a fear-mongering news media; and we’re hypnotized by technical gadgets that keep us from our loved ones. Even our own genes can seem like they’re out to get us. But you can win the war. You can live your life to the fullest, be your best, and feel your greatest, and the key to victory rests between your ears.   Your brain runs your life. When it works right, your body works right, and your decisions tend to be thoughtful and goal directed. Bad choices, however, can lead to a myriad of problems in your body. Studies have shown that your habits turn on or off certain genes that make illness and early death more or less likely. But you can master your brain and body for the rest of your life with a scientifically-designed program: the Brain Warrior’s Way.   Master your brain and body for the rest of your life. This is not a program to lose 10 pounds, even though you will do that—and lose much more if needed. You can also prevent Alzheimer’s, reverse aging, and improve your:   -Overall health -Focus -Memory -Energy -Work -Mood Stability -Flexibility -Inner Peace -Relationships   The Amens have helped tens of thousands of clients over thirty years, and now they can help you. It is time to live a better life—right now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275865 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Labyrinths: Emma Jung, Her Marriage to Carl, and the Early Years of Psychoanalysis Author: Catrine Clay Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A sensational, eye-opening account of Emma Jung’s complex marriage to Carl Gustav Jung and the hitherto unknown role she played in the early years of the psychoanalytic movement. Clever and ambitious, Emma Jung yearned to study the natural sciences at the University of Zurich. But the strict rules of proper Swiss society at the beginning of the twentieth century dictated that a woman of Emma’s stature—one of the richest heiresses in Switzerland—travel to Paris to ''finish'' her education, to prepare for marriage to a suitable man. Engaged to the son of one of her father’s wealthy business colleagues, Emma’s conventional and predictable life was upended when she met Carl Jung. The son of a penniless pastor working as an assistant physician in an insane asylum, Jung dazzled Emma with his intelligence, confidence, and good looks. More important, he offered her freedom from the confines of a traditional haute-bourgeois life. But Emma did not know that Jung’s charisma masked a dark interior—fostered by a strange, isolated childhood and the sexual abuse he’d suffered as a boy—as well as a compulsive philandering that would threaten their marriage. Using letters, family interviews, and rich, never-before-published archival material, Catrine Clay illuminates the Jungs’ unorthodox marriage and explores how it shaped—and was shaped by—the scandalous new movement of psychoanalysis. Most important, Clay reveals how Carl Jung could never have achieved what he did without Emma supporting him through his private torments. The Emma that emerges in the pages of Labyrinths is a strong, brilliant woman, who, with her husband’s encouragement, becomes a successful analyst in her own right. Catrine Clay Tue, 08 Nov 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275865 thebookvoice.com 11:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Labyrinths: Emma Jung, Her Marriage to Carl, and the Early Years of Psychoanalysis Author: Catrine Clay Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A sensational, eye-opening account of Emma Jung’s complex marriage to Carl Gustav Jung and the hitherto unknown role she played in the early years of the psychoanalytic movement. Clever and ambitious, Emma Jung yearned to study the natural sciences at the University of Zurich. But the strict rules of proper Swiss society at the beginning of the twentieth century dictated that a woman of Emma’s stature—one of the richest heiresses in Switzerland—travel to Paris to ''finish'' her education, to prepare for marriage to a suitable man. Engaged to the son of one of her father’s wealthy business colleagues, Emma’s conventional and predictable life was upended when she met Carl Jung. The son of a penniless pastor working as an assistant physician in an insane asylum, Jung dazzled Emma with his intelligence, confidence, and good looks. More important, he offered her freedom from the confines of a traditional haute-bourgeois life. But Emma did not know that Jung’s charisma masked a dark interior—fostered by a strange, isolated childhood and the sexual abuse he’d suffered as a boy—as well as a compulsive philandering that would threaten their marriage. Using letters, family interviews, and rich, never-before-published archival material, Catrine Clay illuminates the Jungs’ unorthodox marriage and explores how it shaped—and was shaped by—the scandalous new movement of psychoanalysis. Most important, Clay reveals how Carl Jung could never have achieved what he did without Emma supporting him through his private torments. The Emma that emerges in the pages of Labyrinths is a strong, brilliant woman, who, with her husband’s encouragement, becomes a successful analyst in her own right. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Labyrinths: Emma Jung, Her Marriage to Carl, and the Early Years of Psychoanalysis Author: Catrine Clay Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A sensational, eye-opening account of Emma Jung’s complex marriage to Carl Gustav Jung and the hitherto unknown role she played in the early years of the psychoanalytic movement. Clever and ambitious, Emma Jung yearned to study the natural sciences at the University of Zurich. But the strict rules of proper Swiss society at the beginning of the twentieth century dictated that a woman of Emma’s stature—one of the richest heiresses in Switzerland—travel to Paris to ''finish'' her education, to prepare for marriage to a suitable man. Engaged to the son of one of her father’s wealthy business colleagues, Emma’s conventional and predictable life was upended when she met Carl Jung. The son of a penniless pastor working as an assistant physician in an insane asylum, Jung dazzled Emma with his intelligence, confidence, and good looks. More important, he offered her freedom from the confines of a traditional haute-bourgeois life. But Emma did not know that Jung’s charisma masked a dark interior—fostered by a strange, isolated childhood and the sexual abuse he’d suffered as a boy—as well as a compulsive philandering that would threaten their marriage. Using letters, family interviews, and rich, never-before-published archival material, Catrine Clay illuminates the Jungs’ unorthodox marriage and explores how it shaped—and was shaped by—the scandalous new movement of psychoanalysis. Most important, Clay reveals how Carl Jung could never have achieved what he did without Emma supporting him through his private torments. The Emma that emerges in the pages of Labyrinths is a strong, brilliant woman, who, with her husband’s encouragement, becomes a successful analyst in her own right. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275715 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whipping Girl: A Transsexual Woman on Sexism and the Scapegoating of Femininity Author: Julia Serano Narrator: Julia Serano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A foundational text for anyone hoping to understand transgender politics and culture in the U.S. today.” —NPR Named as one of 100 Best Non-Fiction Books of All Time by Ms. Magazine Julia Serano shares her experiences and insights—both pre- and post-transition—to reveal the ways in which fear, suspicion, and dismissiveness toward femininity shape our societal attitudes toward trans women, as well as gender and sexuality as a whole. Serano's well-honed arguments and pioneering advocacy stem from her ability to bridge the gap between the often-disparate biological and social perspectives on gender. In this provocative manifesto, she exposes how deep-rooted the cultural belief is that femininity is frivolous, weak, and passive. In addition to debunking popular misconceptions about being transgender, Serano makes the case that today's feminists and transgender activists must work to embrace and empower femininity—in all of its wondrous forms. Julia Serano Tue, 25 Oct 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275715 thebookvoice.com 11:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whipping Girl: A Transsexual Woman on Sexism and the Scapegoating of Femininity Author: Julia Serano Narrator: Julia Serano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A foundational text for anyone hoping to understand transgender politics and culture in the U.S. today.” —NPR Named as one of 100 Best Non-Fiction Books of All Time by Ms. Magazine Julia Serano shares her experiences and insights—both pre- and post-transition—to reveal the ways in which fear, suspicion, and dismissiveness toward femininity shape our societal attitudes toward trans women, as well as gender and sexuality as a whole. Serano's well-honed arguments and pioneering advocacy stem from her ability to bridge the gap between the often-disparate biological and social perspectives on gender. In this provocative manifesto, she exposes how deep-rooted the cultural belief is that femininity is frivolous, weak, and passive. In addition to debunking popular misconceptions about being transgender, Serano makes the case that today's feminists and transgender activists must work to embrace and empower femininity—in all of its wondrous forms. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whipping Girl: A Transsexual Woman on Sexism and the Scapegoating of Femininity Author: Julia Serano Narrator: Julia Serano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A foundational text for anyone hoping to understand transgender politics and culture in the U.S. today.” —NPR Named as one of 100 Best Non-Fiction Books of All Time by Ms. Magazine Julia Serano shares her experiences and insights—both pre- and post-transition—to reveal the ways in which fear, suspicion, and dismissiveness toward femininity shape our societal attitudes toward trans women, as well as gender and sexuality as a whole. Serano's well-honed arguments and pioneering advocacy stem from her ability to bridge the gap between the often-disparate biological and social perspectives on gender. In this provocative manifesto, she exposes how deep-rooted the cultural belief is that femininity is frivolous, weak, and passive. In addition to debunking popular misconceptions about being transgender, Serano makes the case that today's feminists and transgender activists must work to embrace and empower femininity—in all of its wondrous forms. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275590 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men Chase, Women Choose: The Neuroscience of Meeting, Dating, Losing Your Mind, and Finding True Love Author: Dawn Maslar Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Love is one of our strongest biological drives, but it can be frustratingly elusive and misunderstood. Music, literature, and movies are filled with common folklore about love and millions of TV viewers tune in to shows like The Bachelor and read the latest relationship tome with one simple hope: to uncover some nugget of mystic wisdom that will help them understand the exciting, addictive, insane experience called 'love'. Men Chase, Women Choose, is the first book to offer cutting-edge research that explains how the brain works when two people first meet, start to date, fall in love, and then move into long-term, real love. Maslar's unique approach brings together the latest and most relevant neurological, physiological, and biochemical research on the science of love while incorporating stories and examples of composite characters based on participants of her popular classes and seminars. She explains that 'love' is actually neural activity as well as the presence or absence of certain neurotransmitters that bathe the brain, and it follows a precisely timed path of four, easy-to-understand phases: the exciting norepinephrine-charged meeting phase; the addictive dopamine dating phase; the insane falling-in-love and losing your mind phase; and finally, the safe, warm and wonderful, true, long-term love phase. For the past decade Maslar has made it her mission to learn all she can about the science behind falling in love, including its evolutionary benefits. Her goal?and the purpose of this book?is to help men and women find and maintain love by understanding and applying the science behind it. The bottom line? We actually can have long-lasting, nourishing, exciting, passionate love with little or no risk! Dawn Maslar Sat, 01 Oct 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275590 thebookvoice.com 7:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men Chase, Women Choose: The Neuroscience of Meeting, Dating, Losing Your Mind, and Finding True Love Author: Dawn Maslar Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Love is one of our strongest biological drives, but it can be frustratingly elusive and misunderstood. Music, literature, and movies are filled with common folklore about love and millions of TV viewers tune in to shows like The Bachelor and read the latest relationship tome with one simple hope: to uncover some nugget of mystic wisdom that will help them understand the exciting, addictive, insane experience called 'love'. Men Chase, Women Choose, is the first book to offer cutting-edge research that explains how the brain works when two people first meet, start to date, fall in love, and then move into long-term, real love. Maslar's unique approach brings together the latest and most relevant neurological, physiological, and biochemical research on the science of love while incorporating stories and examples of composite characters based on participants of her popular classes and seminars. She explains that 'love' is actually neural activity as well as the presence or absence of certain neurotransmitters that bathe the brain, and it follows a precisely timed path of four, easy-to-understand phases: the exciting norepinephrine-charged meeting phase; the addictive dopamine dating phase; the insane falling-in-love and losing your mind phase; and finally, the safe, warm and wonderful, true, long-term love phase. For the past decade Maslar has made it her mission to learn all she can about the science behind falling in love, including its evolutionary benefits. Her goal?and the purpose of this book?is to help men and women find and maintain love by understanding and applying the science behind it. The bottom line? We actually can have long-lasting, nourishing, exciting, passionate love with little or no risk! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men Chase, Women Choose: The Neuroscience of Meeting, Dating, Losing Your Mind, and Finding True Love Author: Dawn Maslar Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Love is one of our strongest biological drives, but it can be frustratingly elusive and misunderstood. Music, literature, and movies are filled with common folklore about love and millions of TV viewers tune in to shows like The Bachelor and read the latest relationship tome with one simple hope: to uncover some nugget of mystic wisdom that will help them understand the exciting, addictive, insane experience called 'love'. Men Chase, Women Choose, is the first book to offer cutting-edge research that explains how the brain works when two people first meet, start to date, fall in love, and then move into long-term, real love. Maslar's unique approach brings together the latest and most relevant neurological, physiological, and biochemical research on the science of love while incorporating stories and examples of composite characters based on participants of her popular classes and seminars. She explains that 'love' is actually neural activity as well as the presence or absence of certain neurotransmitters that bathe the brain, and it follows a precisely timed path of four, easy-to-understand phases: the exciting norepinephrine-charged meeting phase; the addictive dopamine dating phase; the insane falling-in-love and losing your mind phase; and finally, the safe, warm and wonderful, true, long-term love phase. For the past decade Maslar has made it her mission to learn all she can about the science behind falling in love, including its evolutionary benefits. Her goal?and the purpose of this book?is to help men and women find and maintain love by understanding and applying the science behind it. The bottom line? We actually can have long-lasting, nourishing, exciting, passionate love with little or no risk! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275364 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life as Sport: What Top Athletes Can Teach You about How to Win in Life Author: Jonathan Fader Narrator: Jonathan Fader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do sports captivate people? They allow us to watch human beings achieve peak performance, but, beyond physical strength and skill, what's really impressive is an athlete's mental prowess -- their will to succeed, engagement with their environment, and self-confidence. In Life as Sport, sport psychologist Dr. Jonathan Fader shares the skills that he teaches professional athletes--to enhance motivation, set productive goals, sharpen routines, manage stress, and clarify thought processes--and applies them to real-world situations. Dr. Fader's book is the product of thousands of hours of conversations with athletes from various teams and sports: power forwards, tennis phenoms, power-hitting outfielders, and battle-scarred linebackers, as well as hedge-fund managers, entrepreneurs, A-list actors, and dozens of other elite achievers in sports, business, and performing arts. It offers a compendium of stories, theories, and techniques that have been helpful to players, coaches, and executives in professional sports. What emerges is more than just a set of techniques, but a life philosophy that anyone can live by: an internal code to help translate our talent and drive toward the highest plateaus of performance. Dr. Fader designs his strategies to be studied, learned, practiced, and improved. He offers his readers the same exercises that he uses in every session with a professional athlete. These exercises help you to get truly engaged, whether you are designing a new business plan, working to inspire a team or individual, or even falling in love. This is what it means to truly live life as sport--to approach it with the same immediacy, wonder, and engagement that athletes feel at their peak during a game. Life as Sport helps you to pursue your own goals with an enriched intensity -- not only because it creates new potential, but also because it helps you unlock what was always there to begin with. Jonathan Fader Tue, 20 Sep 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275364 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life as Sport: What Top Athletes Can Teach You about How to Win in Life Author: Jonathan Fader Narrator: Jonathan Fader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do sports captivate people? They allow us to watch human beings achieve peak performance, but, beyond physical strength and skill, what's really impressive is an athlete's mental prowess -- their will to succeed, engagement with their environment, and self-confidence. In Life as Sport, sport psychologist Dr. Jonathan Fader shares the skills that he teaches professional athletes--to enhance motivation, set productive goals, sharpen routines, manage stress, and clarify thought processes--and applies them to real-world situations. Dr. Fader's book is the product of thousands of hours of conversations with athletes from various teams and sports: power forwards, tennis phenoms, power-hitting outfielders, and battle-scarred linebackers, as well as hedge-fund managers, entrepreneurs, A-list actors, and dozens of other elite achievers in sports, business, and performing arts. It offers a compendium of stories, theories, and techniques that have been helpful to players, coaches, and executives in professional sports. What emerges is more than just a set of techniques, but a life philosophy that anyone can live by: an internal code to help translate our talent and drive toward the highest plateaus of performance. Dr. Fader designs his strategies to be studied, learned, practiced, and improved. He offers his readers the same exercises that he uses in every session with a professional athlete. These exercises help you to get truly engaged, whether you are designing a new business plan, working to inspire a team or individual, or even falling in love. This is what it means to truly live life as sport--to approach it with the same immediacy, wonder, and engagement that athletes feel at their peak during a game. Life as Sport helps you to pursue your own goals with an enriched intensity -- not only because it creates new potential, but also because it helps you unlock what was always there to begin with. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life as Sport: What Top Athletes Can Teach You about How to Win in Life Author: Jonathan Fader Narrator: Jonathan Fader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do sports captivate people? They allow us to watch human beings achieve peak performance, but, beyond physical strength and skill, what's really impressive is an athlete's mental prowess -- their will to succeed, engagement with their environment, and self-confidence. In Life as Sport, sport psychologist Dr. Jonathan Fader shares the skills that he teaches professional athletes--to enhance motivation, set productive goals, sharpen routines, manage stress, and clarify thought processes--and applies them to real-world situations. Dr. Fader's book is the product of thousands of hours of conversations with athletes from various teams and sports: power forwards, tennis phenoms, power-hitting outfielders, and battle-scarred linebackers, as well as hedge-fund managers, entrepreneurs, A-list actors, and dozens of other elite achievers in sports, business, and performing arts. It offers a compendium of stories, theories, and techniques that have been helpful to players, coaches, and executives in professional sports. What emerges is more than just a set of techniques, but a life philosophy that anyone can live by: an internal code to help translate our talent and drive toward the highest plateaus of performance. Dr. Fader designs his strategies to be studied, learned, practiced, and improved. He offers his readers the same exercises that he uses in every session with a professional athlete. These exercises help you to get truly engaged, whether you are designing a new business plan, working to inspire a team or individual, or even falling in love. This is what it means to truly live life as sport--to approach it with the same immediacy, wonder, and engagement that athletes feel at their peak during a game. Life as Sport helps you to pursue your own goals with an enriched intensity -- not only because it creates new potential, but also because it helps you unlock what was always there to begin with. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275295 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind: A Journey to the Heart of Being Human Author: Daniel J. Siegel, M.D. Narrator: Daniel J. Siegel, M.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.35 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A scientist’s exploration into the mysteries of the human mindWhat is the mind? What is the experience of the self truly made of? How does the mind differ from the brain? Though the mind’s contents—its emotions, thoughts, and memories—are often described, the essence of mind is rarely, if ever, defined. In this book, noted neuropsychiatrist and New York Times bestselling author Daniel J. Siegel, M.D., uses his characteristic sensitivity and interdisciplinary background to offer a definition of the mind that illuminates the how, what, when, where, and even why of who we are, of what the mind is, and what the mind’s self has the potential to become. Mind takes the reader on a deep personal and scientific journey into consciousness, subjective experience, and information processing, uncovering the mind’s self-organizational properties that emerge from both the body and the relationships we have with one another, and with the world around us. While making a wide range of sciences accessible and exciting—from neurobiology to quantum physics, anthropology to psychology—this book offers an experience that addresses some of our most pressing personal and global questions about identity, connection, and the cultivation of well-being in our lives. Daniel J. Siegel, M.D. Tue, 18 Oct 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275295 thebookvoice.com 18:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind: A Journey to the Heart of Being Human Author: Daniel J. Siegel, M.D. Narrator: Daniel J. Siegel, M.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.35 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A scientist’s exploration into the mysteries of the human mindWhat is the mind? What is the experience of the self truly made of? How does the mind differ from the brain? Though the mind’s contents—its emotions, thoughts, and memories—are often described, the essence of mind is rarely, if ever, defined. In this book, noted neuropsychiatrist and New York Times bestselling author Daniel J. Siegel, M.D., uses his characteristic sensitivity and interdisciplinary background to offer a definition of the mind that illuminates the how, what, when, where, and even why of who we are, of what the mind is, and what the mind’s self has the potential to become. Mind takes the reader on a deep personal and scientific journey into consciousness, subjective experience, and information processing, uncovering the mind’s self-organizational properties that emerge from both the body and the relationships we have with one another, and with the world around us. While making a wide range of sciences accessible and exciting—from neurobiology to quantum physics, anthropology to psychology—this book offers an experience that addresses some of our most pressing personal and global questions about identity, connection, and the cultivation of well-being in our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind: A Journey to the Heart of Being Human Author: Daniel J. Siegel, M.D. Narrator: Daniel J. Siegel, M.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.35 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A scientist’s exploration into the mysteries of the human mindWhat is the mind? What is the experience of the self truly made of? How does the mind differ from the brain? Though the mind’s contents—its emotions, thoughts, and memories—are often described, the essence of mind is rarely, if ever, defined. In this book, noted neuropsychiatrist and New York Times bestselling author Daniel J. Siegel, M.D., uses his characteristic sensitivity and interdisciplinary background to offer a definition of the mind that illuminates the how, what, when, where, and even why of who we are, of what the mind is, and what the mind’s self has the potential to become. Mind takes the reader on a deep personal and scientific journey into consciousness, subjective experience, and information processing, uncovering the mind’s self-organizational properties that emerge from both the body and the relationships we have with one another, and with the world around us. While making a wide range of sciences accessible and exciting—from neurobiology to quantum physics, anthropology to psychology—this book offers an experience that addresses some of our most pressing personal and global questions about identity, connection, and the cultivation of well-being in our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274880 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Teenage Zombie: Resurrecting the Undead Adolescent in Your Home Author: David L. Henderson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is a must-read guide for parents and grandparents who want to practically and successfully help their teenager navigate the ever-lengthening stage of adolescence, launching them into society with confidence, vision, and success. Zombies are not just found in horror books and movies. Sometimes they’re lying on your living room couch. These are undead adolescents whose psychological and social development have come to a screeching halt. Torn between their yearning for freedom and their fear of surviving the outside world, they have stalled in their maturity, motivation, and purpose in life, hijacked by feelings of helplessness and fear of responsibility. Parents often feel ill-equipped to love, support, and guide them—especially when they may be facing a midlife crisis of their own and battling some of the same issues in their own lives. Is it really possible to escape this “undead” state of being? In My Teenage Zombie, David L. Henderson explains the teenage zombie’s brain, heart, and spirit; how they got into this undead state; and how to resurrect them back to life. Using real case studies of families he has counseled, he describes both their physical and psychological characteristics and offers practical suggestions on how to deal with, and in many cases avoid, having an undead adolescent in your home. If you are the parent of an undead adolescent, there is hope for you and your child. Or maybe you have children who are not yet adolescents. It’s never too early to prepare for the challenges that await you. Either way, stay calm and start resurrecting zombies! David L. Henderson Tue, 04 Oct 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274880 thebookvoice.com 6:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Teenage Zombie: Resurrecting the Undead Adolescent in Your Home Author: David L. Henderson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is a must-read guide for parents and grandparents who want to practically and successfully help their teenager navigate the ever-lengthening stage of adolescence, launching them into society with confidence, vision, and success. Zombies are not just found in horror books and movies. Sometimes they’re lying on your living room couch. These are undead adolescents whose psychological and social development have come to a screeching halt. Torn between their yearning for freedom and their fear of surviving the outside world, they have stalled in their maturity, motivation, and purpose in life, hijacked by feelings of helplessness and fear of responsibility. Parents often feel ill-equipped to love, support, and guide them—especially when they may be facing a midlife crisis of their own and battling some of the same issues in their own lives. Is it really possible to escape this “undead” state of being? In My Teenage Zombie, David L. Henderson explains the teenage zombie’s brain, heart, and spirit; how they got into this undead state; and how to resurrect them back to life. Using real case studies of families he has counseled, he describes both their physical and psychological characteristics and offers practical suggestions on how to deal with, and in many cases avoid, having an undead adolescent in your home. If you are the parent of an undead adolescent, there is hope for you and your child. Or maybe you have children who are not yet adolescents. It’s never too early to prepare for the challenges that await you. Either way, stay calm and start resurrecting zombies! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Teenage Zombie: Resurrecting the Undead Adolescent in Your Home Author: David L. Henderson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is a must-read guide for parents and grandparents who want to practically and successfully help their teenager navigate the ever-lengthening stage of adolescence, launching them into society with confidence, vision, and success. Zombies are not just found in horror books and movies. Sometimes they’re lying on your living room couch. These are undead adolescents whose psychological and social development have come to a screeching halt. Torn between their yearning for freedom and their fear of surviving the outside world, they have stalled in their maturity, motivation, and purpose in life, hijacked by feelings of helplessness and fear of responsibility. Parents often feel ill-equipped to love, support, and guide them—especially when they may be facing a midlife crisis of their own and battling some of the same issues in their own lives. Is it really possible to escape this “undead” state of being? In My Teenage Zombie, David L. Henderson explains the teenage zombie’s brain, heart, and spirit; how they got into this undead state; and how to resurrect them back to life. Using real case studies of families he has counseled, he describes both their physical and psychological characteristics and offers practical suggestions on how to deal with, and in many cases avoid, having an undead adolescent in your home. If you are the parent of an undead adolescent, there is hope for you and your child. Or maybe you have children who are not yet adolescents. It’s never too early to prepare for the challenges that await you. Either way, stay calm and start resurrecting zombies! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274553 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Hidden Lives: The Remarkable Diaries of Postwar Britain Author: Simon Garfield Narrator: Moir Leslie, Jeffrey Perry, Amanda Carlton, Joan Walker, Simon Garfield, Christopher Scott Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 6, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 1936 anthropologist Tom Harrison, poet and journalist Charles Madge and documentary filmmaker Humphrey Jennings set up the Mass Observation Project. The idea was simple: ordinary people would record, in diary form, the events of their everyday lives. An estimated one million pages eventually found their way to the archive - and it soon became clear this was more than anyone could digest. Today, the diaries are stored at the University of Sussex, where remarkably most remain unread. In Our Hidden Lives, Simon Garfield has skilfully woven a tapestry of diary entries in the rarely discussed but pivotal period of 1945 to 1948. The result is a moving, intriguing, funny, at times heartbreaking book -unashamedly populist in the spirit of Forgotten Voices or indeed Margaret Forster's Diary of an Ordinary Woman.'I love these diaries. They have the attraction of being stories, but REAL stories- Better than any novel.' Margaret Forster 'A lovely book. It will appeal to- anyone who appreciates the richness and diversity of human experience.' Tony Benn'Utterly engrossing, better than any kind of reality TV.' Gavin Esler'Funny, vivid, touching, angry, thoughtful - every page is a delight. This is definitely no. 1 on my present list to give to everyone in the coming year.' Jenny Uglow, author of The Lunar Men Simon Garfield Thu, 06 Oct 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274553 thebookvoice.com 3:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Hidden Lives: The Remarkable Diaries of Postwar Britain Author: Simon Garfield Narrator: Moir Leslie, Jeffrey Perry, Amanda Carlton, Joan Walker, Simon Garfield, Christopher Scott Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 6, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 1936 anthropologist Tom Harrison, poet and journalist Charles Madge and documentary filmmaker Humphrey Jennings set up the Mass Observation Project. The idea was simple: ordinary people would record, in diary form, the events of their everyday lives. An estimated one million pages eventually found their way to the archive - and it soon became clear this was more than anyone could digest. Today, the diaries are stored at the University of Sussex, where remarkably most remain unread. In Our Hidden Lives, Simon Garfield has skilfully woven a tapestry of diary entries in the rarely discussed but pivotal period of 1945 to 1948. The result is a moving, intriguing, funny, at times heartbreaking book -unashamedly populist in the spirit of Forgotten Voices or indeed Margaret Forster's Diary of an Ordinary Woman.'I love these diaries. They have the attraction of being stories, but REAL stories- Better than any novel.' Margaret Forster 'A lovely book. It will appeal to- anyone who appreciates the richness and diversity of human experience.' Tony Benn'Utterly engrossing, better than any kind of reality TV.' Gavin Esler'Funny, vivid, touching, angry, thoughtful - every page is a delight. This is definitely no. 1 on my present list to give to everyone in the coming year.' Jenny Uglow, author of The Lunar Men Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Hidden Lives: The Remarkable Diaries of Postwar Britain Author: Simon Garfield Narrator: Moir Leslie, Jeffrey Perry, Amanda Carlton, Joan Walker, Simon Garfield, Christopher Scott Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 6, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 1936 anthropologist Tom Harrison, poet and journalist Charles Madge and documentary filmmaker Humphrey Jennings set up the Mass Observation Project. The idea was simple: ordinary people would record, in diary form, the events of their everyday lives. An estimated one million pages eventually found their way to the archive - and it soon became clear this was more than anyone could digest. Today, the diaries are stored at the University of Sussex, where remarkably most remain unread. In Our Hidden Lives, Simon Garfield has skilfully woven a tapestry of diary entries in the rarely discussed but pivotal period of 1945 to 1948. The result is a moving, intriguing, funny, at times heartbreaking book -unashamedly populist in the spirit of Forgotten Voices or indeed Margaret Forster's Diary of an Ordinary Woman.'I love these diaries. They have the attraction of being stories, but REAL stories- Better than any novel.' Margaret Forster 'A lovely book. It will appeal to- anyone who appreciates the richness and diversity of human experience.' Tony Benn'Utterly engrossing, better than any kind of reality TV.' Gavin Esler'Funny, vivid, touching, angry, thoughtful - every page is a delight. This is definitely no. 1 on my present list to give to everyone in the coming year.' Jenny Uglow, author of The Lunar Men https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274194 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Designing Your Life: Build a Life that Works for You Author: Bill Burnett, Dave Evans Narrator: Bill Burnett, Dave Evans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Change your life this year with the simple, scientifically proven method that has already worked for thousands of people. 'Life has questions. They have answers' New York Times At last, a book that shows you how to build - design - a life you can thrive in, at any age or stage. A well-designed life means a life well-lived. Many of us are still looking for an answer to that perennial question, 'What do I want to be when I grow up?' Stanford innovators Bill Burnett and Dave Evans show us how design thinking can help us create a life that is both meaningful and fulfilling, regardless of who and where we are, our careers and our age. Designing Your Life puts forward the idea that the same design thinking responsible for amazing technology, products and spaces can be used to build towards a better life and career by a design of your own making. '[Designing Your Life] teaches you how to change what's not working by turning ideas on their head' Viv Groskop, author of How To Own The Room 'An empowering book based on their popular class of the same name at Stanford University...this book will easily earn a place among career-finding classics' Publishers Weekly © Bill Burnett & Dave Evans 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2016 Bill Burnett, Dave Evans Thu, 15 Sep 2016 04:02:22 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274194 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Designing Your Life: Build a Life that Works for You Author: Bill Burnett, Dave Evans Narrator: Bill Burnett, Dave Evans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Change your life this year with the simple, scientifically proven method that has already worked for thousands of people. 'Life has questions. They have answers' New York Times At last, a book that shows you how to build - design - a life you can thrive in, at any age or stage. A well-designed life means a life well-lived. Many of us are still looking for an answer to that perennial question, 'What do I want to be when I grow up?' Stanford innovators Bill Burnett and Dave Evans show us how design thinking can help us create a life that is both meaningful and fulfilling, regardless of who and where we are, our careers and our age. Designing Your Life puts forward the idea that the same design thinking responsible for amazing technology, products and spaces can be used to build towards a better life and career by a design of your own making. '[Designing Your Life] teaches you how to change what's not working by turning ideas on their head' Viv Groskop, author of How To Own The Room 'An empowering book based on their popular class of the same name at Stanford University...this book will easily earn a place among career-finding classics' Publishers Weekly © Bill Burnett & Dave Evans 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Designing Your Life: Build a Life that Works for You Author: Bill Burnett, Dave Evans Narrator: Bill Burnett, Dave Evans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Change your life this year with the simple, scientifically proven method that has already worked for thousands of people. 'Life has questions. They have answers' New York Times At last, a book that shows you how to build - design - a life you can thrive in, at any age or stage. A well-designed life means a life well-lived. Many of us are still looking for an answer to that perennial question, 'What do I want to be when I grow up?' Stanford innovators Bill Burnett and Dave Evans show us how design thinking can help us create a life that is both meaningful and fulfilling, regardless of who and where we are, our careers and our age. Designing Your Life puts forward the idea that the same design thinking responsible for amazing technology, products and spaces can be used to build towards a better life and career by a design of your own making. '[Designing Your Life] teaches you how to change what's not working by turning ideas on their head' Viv Groskop, author of How To Own The Room 'An empowering book based on their popular class of the same name at Stanford University...this book will easily earn a place among career-finding classics' Publishers Weekly © Bill Burnett & Dave Evans 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2016